Lasting Connections
100% Stainless
Practice and products for
stainless steel welding
voestalpine Böhler Welding
www.voestalpine.com/welding
© voestalpine Böhler Welding, 2017
All rights reserved.
No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or
transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise without the prior permission of voestalpine Böhler Welding.
Information given in this manual may be subject to alteration without notice. Care
has been taken to ensure that the contents of this publication are accurate, but
voestalpine Böhler Welding and its subsidiary companies do not accept responsibility
for errors or for information which is found to be misleading.
4
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
5
Table of Content
Lasting Connections���������������������� 10
1. Stainless steels�������������������������20
Introduction�������������������������������������������� 20
Austenitic stainless steels��������������������� 20
Ferritic stainless steels�������������������������� 23
Duplex stainless steels ������������������������� 24
Martensitic and precipitation
hardening stainless steels��������������������� 26
The physical properties of
stainless and mild steels������������������������ 27
The importance of ferrite���������������������� 28
2.Definitions�������������������������������� 31
Welding positions����������������������������������� 31
Weld metal���������������������������������������������� 31
Heat-affected zone��������������������������������� 31
Heat input����������������������������������������������� 32
Interpass temperature��������������������������� 33
Penetration and dilution������������������������ 33
Metal deposition rate����������������������������� 33
Preheating����������������������������������������������� 34
Post-weld heat treatment����������������������� 34
Effect of high silicon content����������������� 34
Cast and helix����������������������������������������� 34
3. Welding methods���������������������36
Introduction�������������������������������������������� 36
Terminology and abbreviations ����������� 36
Manual Metal-Arc with covered
electrode (MMA)������������������������������������ 36
Coatings�������������������������������������������������� 37
Metal Inert Gas (MIG) or Metal
Active Gas (MAG)���������������������������������� 39
Tungsten inert gas (TIG)����������������������� 43
Submerged arc welding (SAW)������������� 46
Flux-cored arc welding (FCAW)����������� 48
Metal-cored arc welding (MCAW)������� 53
Plasma arc welding (PAW) ������������������� 54
Laser and laser hybrid welding������������ 56
4. Welding techniques for
stainless steel����������������������������58
Fitup and tack welding�������������������������� 58
Planning the welding sequence����������� 60
Flame straightening������������������������������� 68
Welding stainless to mild steel������������� 69
6
Overlay welding������������������������������������� 69
Repair welding��������������������������������������� 76
5. Weld imperfections������������������78
Introduction�������������������������������������������� 78
Inspection����������������������������������������������� 78
Lack of fusion����������������������������������������� 79
Incomplete penetration�������������������������� 80
Solidification and liquation
cracking�������������������������������������������������� 80
Crater cracks������������������������������������������ 82
Porosity���������������������������������������������������� 83
Slag inclusions���������������������������������������� 84
Spatter����������������������������������������������������� 85
Undercut�������������������������������������������������� 85
Stray arcing��������������������������������������������� 86
Burn-through������������������������������������������ 87
Slag islands��������������������������������������������� 87
Excessive weld metal����������������������������� 88
Liquid metal Embrittlement������������������ 88
6. Welding practice –
Guidelines for welding
different types of stainless steel������������������������������������ 91
Introduction�������������������������������������������� 91
Welding procedure design/
specification�������������������������������������������� 91
Choice of welding method�������������������� 92
Choice of filler metal����������������������������� 92
Shielding/backing gases����������������������� 93
Edge preparation and joint design������� 93
Welding parameters������������������������������� 93
Heat input����������������������������������������������� 94
Interpass temperature��������������������������� 94
Weldment properties����������������������������� 95
Preheating��������������������������������������������� 102
Post-weld heat treatment��������������������� 103
Cleanliness������������������������������������������� 105
Post-weld cleaning������������������������������� 105
Austenitic stainless steels������������������� 106
Ferritic stainless steels�������������������������113
Duplex stainless steels ������������������������118
Martensitic and precipitation
hardening stainless steels������������������� 124
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
7. Edge preparation�������������������127
Introduction������������������������������������������ 127
Type of joint������������������������������������������ 127
Cleaning before welding��������������������� 127
Selection of joint type�������������������������� 128
Joint preparation methods������������������ 135
8. Shielding and backing
gases����������������������������������������136
Shielding gas function������������������������� 136
Shielding gas components������������������ 136
Backing (purging) gases��������������������� 139
Shielding gases for MAG welding����� 140
Shielding gases for TIG welding���������141
Shielding gases for FCAW������������������ 143
Shielding gases for PAW���������������������� 143
Shielding gases for laser welding������ 144
Shielding gases for laser hybrid
welding ������������������������������������������������ 144
9. Post-weld cleaning of
stainless steel�������������������������� 145
Need for cleaning stainless steel�������� 145
Typical defects�������������������������������������� 145
Mechanical methods��������������������������� 146
Chemical methods��������������������������������147
Choice of method����������������������������������151
How to carry out a complete
cleaning process������������������������������������151
Chemical methods in practice������������ 152
Safe handling��������������������������������������� 160
10. Storage and handling
re­commendations������������������ 161
Storage and transport���������������������������161
Recycling fluxes����������������������������������� 163
Redrying����������������������������������������������� 163
11. Quality assurance,
third-party approvals and
international standards���������164
Quality assurance�������������������������������� 164
Third-party approvals�������������������������� 164
CE marking������������������������������������������� 164
12.Recommended filler
metal����������������������������������������182
Similar welding������������������������������������ 182
Dissimilar welding������������������������������� 182
13. Filler metal and flux
consumption���������������������������228
14. Health and safety when
welding stainless steels��������234
Radiation����������������������������������������������� 234
Welding fumes�������������������������������������� 235
Spatter and flying slag������������������������ 236
Fire��������������������������������������������������������� 236
Ergonomics������������������������������������������� 237
Noise������������������������������������������������������ 237
Electrical safety������������������������������������ 238
Electromagnetic fields������������������������� 238
Cuts ������������������������������������������������������� 239
MSDS����������������������������������������������������� 239
15. Product data sheets����������������240
Introduction������������������������������������������ 240
Standard designations������������������������� 240
Approvals���������������������������������������������� 240
16. Packaging data�����������������������589
Covered electrodes������������������������������ 589
TIG wire������������������������������������������������ 589
MIG/MAG wire������������������������������������ 589
Flux-cored and metal-cored wire������� 590
Flux�������������������������������������������������������� 592
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
7
17. Conversion tables – EN to
imperial units ������������������������593
Length��������������������������������������������������� 593
Packaging��������������������������������������������� 593
Weight��������������������������������������������������� 594
Metric conversion factors, ������������������ 594
Temperature����������������������������������������� 595
Impact toughness��������������������������������� 596
Tensile and yield strength������������������� 596
Heat input��������������������������������������������� 597
Volume/time conversion���������������������� 597
Symbols of the elements��������������597
Abbreviations�������������������������������598
Index, product data sheets����������600
Covered electrodes������������������������������ 600
Flux-cored wires����������������������������������� 603
Metal-cored wires�������������������������������� 604
Welding wire���������������������������������������� 605
Wires for submerged arc welding������� 609
Welding flux������������������������������������������610
Finishing Chemicals�����������������������������610
Disclaimer��������������������������������������������� 612
Index���������������������������������������������� 614
8
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
9
Lasting Connections
As a pioneer in innovative welding
consumables, Böhler Welding offers a
unique product portfolio for joint
welding worldwide. More than 2000
products are adapted continuously to the
current industry specifications and
customer requirements, certified by
well-respected institutes and thus
approved for the most demanding
welding applications. As a reliable
partner for customers, “lasting connections” are the brand’s philosophy in
terms of both welding and people.
As a globally active supplier in the field
of joint welding, Böhler Welding offers
its customers the best solutions and
products for stainless steels. Stainless
steel welding is a complex mix of
metallurgy, chemistry, geometry and
aesthetics. Knowledge and skill are
essential in achieving optimum properties and surface finishes. This manual
gives an introduction to different kinds
of stainless steel and assistance in
selecting suitable welding consumables,
cost-efficient welding methods and
techniques for best possible quality. The
second part collects datasheets for
stainless welding consumables available
from Böhler Welding.
advice on the selection of stainless
steels, welding consumables and
methods. All elements of welding
operations are always taken into
consideration.
With over 90 years of experience, Böhler
Welding has actively shaped the history
of welding technology and will continue
to do so in the future.
The special Stainless Steel Welding
Manual is a living tool. This first Böhler
Welding edition contains significant
updates, including details of the products added to our programs in response
to new steels, standards and
requirements.
As always, you are warmly invited to
send queries, opinions and suggestions –
not just on the manual, but also on how
we can bring even further added value
to your business!
The manual is based on 90 years of
experience in stainless steel and
welding. A major element in this has
been the development of covered
electrodes, solid wires, flux-cored wires
and fluxes for high-alloyed steels and
specific applications. Complementing
the above, the product range also
includes cleaning and pickling products
for stainless steels.
Our extensive research and development
activities are closely attuned to the
needs and wishes expressed by customers worldwide. The pooling of expertise
enables us to give the best possible
10
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
11
Table 1.1. Steel grades and their typical chemical compositions and
mechanical properties
Martensitic
Wet corrosion and general service
Ferritic
Steel
designation
12
EN
ASTM/
UNS
1.4003
S40977
1.4000
Name
Chemical composition
Mechanical properties
Typical values wt.%
Typical values,
room temperature
Rp0.2
Rm
A5
Name
Physical properties
Fabrication
Modulus Coefficient of
of elas- thermal expanticity,
sion between
E GPa, 20°C
RT
and T, 10-6/°C,
100°C
Thermal
conductivity, λ,
J/Kg°C,
RT
Specific
heat
capacity
Electric
resistivity
µΩm
Temper- Welding fillers
ature
heat2
treatment,
°C
C
N
Cr
Ni
Mo
Oth- Pro­ MPa
ers duct1
MPa
%
410L
0.02
–
11.5
0.5
–
–
P
360
570
28
410L
220
10.4
25
430-460 0.60
600 ± 40
13, 19 9 L, 18 8 Mn / 410,
308L, 307
S41008
410S
0.03
0.01
12.5
–
–
–
P
270
490
30
410S
220
10.5
30
430-460 0.60
780 ± 30
13, 19 9 L / 410, 308L
1.4016
S43000
430
0.04
–
16.5
–
–
–
C
380
520
25
430
220
10.0
25
430-460 0.60
800 ± 30
19 9 L, 23 12 L, 18 Nb L /
308L, 309L, 430
1.4509
S43932
441
0.02
–
18
–
–
Nb, Ti C
360
520
30
441
220
10.0
25
430-460 0.60
900 ± 30
19 9 L, 23 12 L, 18 Nb L /
308L, 309L, 430
1.4510
S43035
439
0.02
–
17
–
–
Ti
C
300
460
31
439
220
10.0
25
430-460 0.60
800 ± 30
19 9 L, 17 Nb L, 18 Ti L,
17 Ti / 308L, 439Nb, 439,
430
1.4511
430Cb
430 Cb
0.02
–
16.2
–
–
Nb
C
320
475
30
430Cb
220
10.5
25
430-460 0.60
820 ± 30
19 9 L, 18 Nb L / 308L,
430
1.4512
S40910
409
0.02
–
11.5
0.2
–
Ti
C
370
530
28
409
220
10.5
25
430-460 0.60
800 ± 30
19 9 L, 23 12 L, 13 Nb
L, 18 Nb L / 308L, 309L,
409Nb, 430
1.4521
S44400
444
0.02
0.01
18
–
2.1
Ti
P
360
540
26
444
220
10.4
23
430-460 0.60
850 ± 30
19 12 3 L, 23 12 2 L /
316L, 309LMo
1.4622
S44330
443
0.02
0.02
21
–
–
Cu,
Ti,
Nb
C
360
470
22
443
220
10.0
21
430-460 0.65
930 ± 30
19 12 3 L / 316L
1.4006
S41000
410
0.12
0.04
12
–
–
–
P3
300
560
30
410
215
10.5
30
450
0.80
780 ± 30
13, 13 Nb L, 19 9, 19 9
Nb, 22 12 / 410, 409Nb,
308, 347, 309
1.4021
S42000
420
0.20
–
13
–
–
–
P4
500
650
20
420
215
10.5
30
450
0.80
T 740 ± 40 13, 13 Nb L, 19 9, 19 9
Nb, 22 12 / 410, 409Nb,
308, 347, 309
1.4024
S42000
410
0.16
–
13.2
–
–
–
C
–
550
20
410
216
10.5
30
460
0.60
775 ± 25
1.4057
S43100
431
0.18
–
15.6
1.7
–
–
C
520
915
18
431
216
10.5
25
460
0.70
T 700 ± 50 17, 19 13 2 L, 18 8 Mn /
430, 316L, 307
1.4313
S41500
415
0.03
0.04
12.5
4.1
0.6
–
P
700
850
20
415
200
10.5
25
450
0.80
T 600 ± 40 13 4, 16 6 Mo, 17 6 /
410NiMo, 630
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
13, 13 Nb L, 19 9 Nb /
410, 409Nb, 347
13
Austenitic
Wet corrosion and general service
Duplex
Martensitic
Steel
designation
14
EN
ASTM/
UNS
1.4548
630 /
S17480
1.4418
Name
Chemical composition
Mechanical properties
Typical values wt.%
Typical values,
room temperature
Rp0.2
Rm
A5
Name
Physical properties
Fabrication
Modulus Coefficient of
of elas- thermal expanticity,
sion between
E GPa, 20°C
RT
and T, 10-6/°C,
100°C
Thermal
conductivity, λ,
J/Kg°C,
RT
Specific
heat
capacity
Electric
resistivity
µΩm
Temper- Welding fillers
ature
heat2
treatment,
°C
C
N
Cr
Ni
Mo
Oth- Pro­ MPa
ers duct1
MPa
%
17-4 PH
0.05
0.07
15.5
4.2
–
Mn
R
850
1100
22
17-4 PH
200
10.9
16
500
0.71
1040 ± 15 17 6. 16 6 Mo, 16 5 1 /
630
–
248 SV
0.03
–
16
5
1
–
P4
750
915
18
248 SV
200
10.3
15
450
0.80
T 610 ± 40 17 4 Cu, 19 9 L / 630,
308L
1.4162
S32101
LDX 2101® 0.03
0.22
21.5
1.5
0.3
5Mn
P
480
700
38
LDX
2101®
200
13.0
15
500
0.80
1050 ± 30 23 7 N L, 22 9 3N L /
2307, 2209
1.4062
S32202
2202
0.03
0.20
22
2
0.3
2Mn
P
450
650
30
2202
200
13.0
15
500
0.80
1050 ± 30 23 7 N L, 22 9 3N L /
2307, 2209
1.4362
S32304
2304
0.02
0.10
23
4.8
0.3
–
P
450
670
40
2304
200
13.0
15
500
0.80
1000 ± 50 23 7 N L, 22 9 3N L /
2307, 2209
1.4662
S82441
LDX 2404® 0.20
0.27
24
3.6
1.6
3Mn, P
Cu
520
750
33
LDX
2404®
200
13.0
15
500
0.80
1100 ± 20 25 9 4 N L, 22 9 3 N L /
2594 / 2209
1.4462
S322055 2205
0.02
0.17
22
5.7
3.1
–
P
510
750
35
2205
200
13.0
15
500
0.80
1060 ± 40 22 9 3 N L, 25 9 4 N L /
2209, 2594
1.4501
S32760
Zeron
100®
0.02
0.27
25.4
6.9
3.8
W
P
507
805
35
Zeron
100®
200
13.0
15
500
0.80
1080 ± 40 25 9 4 N L / 2594
1.4410
S32750
2507
0.02
0.27
25
7
4
–
P
560
830
35
2507
200
13.0
15
500
0.80
1080 ± 40 25 9 4 N L / 2594
1.4310
S30100
301
0.10
–
17
7
–
–
C
300
800
50
301
200
16.0
15
500
0.73
1050 ± 40 19 9 L / 308L
1.4318
S30153
301LN
0.02
0.14
17.7
6.5
–
–
C
360
765
47
301LN
200
16.0
15
500
0.73
1060 ± 40 19 9 L / 308L
1.4372
S20100
201
0.05
0.20
17
4
–
7Mn
C
390
720
45
201
200
1.4301
S30400
304
0.04
–
18.1
8.1
–
–
P
290
600
55
304
200
16.0
15
500
0.73
1050 ± 50 19 9, 19 9 / 308L, 308L
1.4307
S30403
304L
0.02
–
18.1
8.1
–
–
P
280
580
55
304L
200
16.0
15
500
0.73
1050 ± 50 19 9 L / 308L
1.4311
S30453
304LN
0.02
0.14
18.5
9.2
–
–
P
320
640
55
304LN
200
16.0
15
500
0.73
1050 ± 50 19 9 L / 308L
1.4541
S32100
321
0.04
–
17.3
9.1
–
Ti
P
250
570
55
321
200
16.0
15
500
0.73
1050 ± 50 19 9 Nb, 19 9 L / 347,
308L
1.4550
S34700
347
0.05
0.04
17.5
9.5
–
Nb
P
260
595
45
347
200
16.0
15
500
0.73
1070 ± 50 19 9 Nb, 19 9 L / 347,
308L
1.4306
30403
304L
0.02
–
18.2
10.1
–
–
P
280
580
55
304L
200
16.0
15
500
0.73
1050 ± 50 19 9 L / 308L
1.4401
S31600
316
0.04
–
17.2
10.1
2.1
–
P
280
570
55
316
200
16.0
15
500
0.75
1070 ± 40 19 12 3, 19 12 3L / 316,
316L
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
15
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
1050 ± 50 18 8 Mn, 23 12 L / 307,
309
15
16
Austenitic
Wet corrosion and general service
Steel
designation
EN
ASTM/
UNS
1.4404
S31603
1.4436
Name
Chemical composition
Mechanical properties
Typical values wt.%
Typical values,
room temperature
Rp0.2
Rm
A5
Name
Physical properties
Fabrication
Modulus Coefficient of
of elas- thermal expanticity,
sion between
E GPa, 20°C
RT
and T, 10-6/°C,
100°C
Thermal
conductivity, λ,
J/Kg°C,
RT
Specific
heat
capacity
Electric
resistivity
µΩm
Temper- Welding fillers
ature
heat2
treatment,
°C
C
N
Cr
Ni
Mo
Oth- Pro­ MPa
ers duct1
MPa
%
316L
0.02
–
17.2
10.1
2.1
–
P
280
570
55
316L
200
16.0
15
500
0.75
1070 ± 40 19 12 3 L / 316L
S31600
316
0.04
–
16.9
10.7
2.6
–
P
300
590
50
316
200
16.0
15
500
0.75
1070 ± 40 19 12 3 L / 316L
1.4432
S31603
316L
0.02
–
16.9
10.7
2.6
–
P
280
570
50
316L
200
16.0
15
500
0.75
1070 ± 40 19 12 3 L / 316L
1.4406
S31653
316LN
0.02
0.14
17.2
10.3
2.1
–
P
320
620
50
316LN
200
16.0
15
500
0.75
1070 ± 40 19 12 3 L / 316L
1.4429
S31653
316LN
0.02
0.14
17.3
12.5
2.6
–
P
350
670
45
316LN
200
16.0
15
500
0.75
1070 ± 40 19 12 3 L / 316L
1.4571
S31635
316Ti
0.04
–
16.8
10.9
2.1
Ti
P
270
570
50
316Ti
200
16.5
15
1.44356 S31603
316L
0.02
–
17.3
12.6
2.6
–
P
270
570
55
316L
200
16.0
15
500
1.4438
S31703
317L
0.02
–
18.2
13.7
3.1
–
P
300
610
50
317L
200
16.0
14
450-500 0.80-1.00 1110 ± 40
19 13 4 L / 317L
1.4434
S31753
317LN
0.02
0.15
18.2
13
3.1
–
P
290
590
40
317LN
200
16.0
14
450-500 0.80-1.00 1125 ± 25
19 13 4 L / 317L
1.4439
S31726
317LMN
0.02
0.14
17.3
13.7
4.1
–
P
310
640
50
317LMN
200
16.0
14
450-500 0.80-1.00 1100 ± 40 18 16 5 N L, 20 25 5 Cu L
/ 317L, 385
1.4466
S31050
725LN
0.01
0.12
25
22.3
2.1
–
P
290
630
55
725LN
195
15.7
14
450-500 0.80-1.00 1110 ± 40
1.3964
S20910
Nitronic 50 0.02
0.27
20.5
15.4
3.2
Mn,
Nb
P
460
800
40
Nitronic
50
195
15.7
14
1.4539
N08904
904L
0.01
–
20
25
4.3
1.5Cu P
260
600
50
904L
195
15.8
12
450-500 0.80-1.00 1100 ± 40 20 25 5 Cu L, Ni 8025, Ni
6625 / 383, NiCrMo-3
1.4529
N08926
1925Mo
0.01
0.20
20.5
24.8
6.5
Cu
P
360
750
55
1925Mo
195
15.8
12
450-500 0.80-1.00 1150 ± 30 Ni 6625, Ni 6059 /
NiCrMo-3, NiCrMo-13
1.4547
S31254
254 SMO® 0.01
0.20
20
18
6.1
Cu
P
340
680
50
254
SMO®
195
16.5
14
450-500 0.80-1.00 1175 ± 25
Ni 6625, Ni 6059 /
NiCrMo-3, NiCrMo-13
1.4565
S34565
Alloy 24
0.02
0.45
24
17
4.5
5.5Mn P
440
825
55
Alloy 24
190
14.5
12
450-500 0.80-1.00 1145 ± 25
Ni 6059 / NiCrMo-13
1.4652
S32654
654 SMO® 0.02
0.45
23
21
7
2Mn,
Cu
450
830
60
654
SMO®
190
15.0
8.6
P
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
1070 ± 40 19 12 3 Nb, 19 12 3L /
318, 316L
0.75
1070 ± 40 19 12 3 L / 316L
25 22 2 N L
1055 ± 25 22 17 8 4 N L
1180 ± 30 Ni 6059 / NiCrMo-13
17
Steel
designation
Austenitic
Heat and creep resistant
Ferritic
EN
Name
ASTM/
UNS
Chemical composition
Mechanical properties
Typical values wt.%
Typical values,
room temperature
C
N
Cr
Ni
Mo
Rp0.2
Rm
A5
Oth- Pro­ MPa
ers duct1
MPa
%
Name
Physical properties
Modulus Coefficient of
of elas- thermal expanticity,
sion between
E GPa, 20°C
RT
and T, 10-6/°C,
100°C
Fabrication
Thermal
conductivity, λ,
J/Kg°C,
RT
400°C
400°C
Specific
heat
capacity
Electric
resistivity
µΩm
Temper- Welding fillers
ature
heat2
treatment,
°C
1.4713
-
1.4713
0.07
0.02
6.5
-
-
0.7Al
P
320
475
30
1.4713
12.0
23
810 ± 30
18 8 Mn, 22 12, 19 9 Nb,
25 4, 22 12 H / 307, 309,
347, 309
1.4724
S40500
405
0.08
0.02
12.3
-
-
0.8Al P
340
515
30
405
11.5
21
830 ± 30
22 12, 22 12 H, 25 4, 17
Ti / 309, 430
1.4742
S44200
442
0.08
0.02
17.5
-
-
1Al
P
375
535
25
442
11.5
19
830 ± 30
22 12, 22 12 H, 21 10 N,
25 4, 25 20 / 309, 310
1.4762
S44600
446
0.08
0.02
23.4
-
-
1.4Al
P
405
555
30
446
11.5
17
830 ± 30
25 20, 22 12, 22 12 H,
25 4 / 310, 309
500°C
500°C
500°C
1.4948
S30409
304H
0.05
-
18.1
8.3
-
-
P
290
600
55
304H
158
18.4
21.9
1080 ± 30 19 9 / 308H
1.4878
S32109
321H
0.05
-
17.3
9.1
-
Ti
P
250
570
55
321H
158
18.4
21.6
1070 ± 50 19 9 Nb
1.4818
S30415
153 MATM
0.05
0.15
18.5
9.5
-
1.3Si, P
Ce
340
660
55
153 MATM 163
18.2
21.2
1070 ± 50 21 10 N
1.4833
S30908
309S
0.06
-
22.3
12.6
-
-
P
300
620
50
309S
158
18.4
20.5
1100 ± 50 23 12, 22 12 H, 25 20 /
309, 310
1.4828
S30700
309
0.04
-
20
12.
-
2Si
P
270
610
55
309
158
18.4
20.5
1100 ± 50 23 12, 22 12 H, 25 20 /
309, 310
1.4835
S30815
253 MA®
0.09
0.17
21
11
-
1.6Si, P
Ce
370
700
50
253 MA® 163
18.2
21.2
1070 ± 50 21 10 N
1.4841
S31400
310
0.07
0.05
24.5
19.5
-
2Si
P
275
595
55
310
158
18.8
19.0
1100 ± 50 25 20 / 310
1.4845
S31008
310S
0.05
-
25
20
-
-
P
270
600
50
310S
158
18.4
19.8
1100 ± 50 25 20 / 310
1 P = hot rolled plate, C = cold rolled plate, R = Rod
2 Annealing temperature apart from T = tempering temperature
3 Annealed condition
4 Quenched condition
5 Also available as S31803
6 724L is a modified version of 1.4435 for urea applications
18
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
19
1. Stainless steels
Introduction
Stainless steels are corrosion resistant
due to formation of an invisible, 2 – 4 nm
thick, passive film that is established in
oxidizing environments when the steel
contains at least 10.5% chromium. This
film primarily consists of Cr2O3 and has
the ability to be rebuilt by oxidation of
the underlying metal when it has been
damaged. There are, however, environments in which permanent breakdown of
the passive layer occur either uniformly
or locally, causing corrosion of the
unprotected surface. By alloying with
more chromium, molybdenum, nitrogen,
etc., it is possible to make the passive
film more stable and improve the
corrosion resistance. Anything that
blocks the ready access of oxygen to the
stainless steel surface (dirt, grease, oil,
paint, coatings, etc.) interferes with the
formation of the passive layer and results
in local reduction of corrosion resistance.
The chemical composition of a stainless
steel determines the microstructure and
has a large effect on the corrosion
resistance, weldability, mechanical
properties, etc. The steels grades are
normally classified in different groups
related to their microstructure in the
solution annealed condition.
■■ Ferritic and ferritic-martensitic steels
■■ Martensitic and precipitation hardening steels
■■ Austenitic steels
■■ Duplex (austenitic-ferritic) steels
The rest of this chapter gives a brief
introduction to some common stainless
steels and their weldability. Table 1.1
gives examples of grades and properties
of the different stainless steels available.
20
Austenitic stainless
steels
Microstructure and chemical
composition
Austenitic stainless steels are the most
common stainless steels. Figure 1.1
shows a fully austenitic structure. The
austenitic group covers a wide range of
steels with great variations in properties.
Corrosion resistance is normally the
most important of these. The steels can
be divided into the following
sub-groups:
■■ Austenitic without molybdenum (e.g.
304 and 304L)
■■ Austenitic with molybdenum (e.g. 316,
316L, 317L and 904L)
■■ Stabilized austenitic (e.g. 321, 321H
and 316Ti)
■■ Fully austenitic with high molybdenum and nitrogen (e.g. 254 SMO® and
1.4565)
■■ Heat and creep resistant (e.g. 321H,
253 MA® and 310S)
Figure 1.1. The microstructure of a welded
austenitic stainless steel (from the left to the
right: weld, HAZ and base metal)
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Austenitic stainless steels with and
without molybdenum have an austenitic
(γ) microstructure with, possibly, a low
content of delta-ferrite (α). The main
alloying elements are chromium
(17 – 20%) and nickel (8 – 13%). These
grades have a low carbon content
(typically below 0.04%) in order to
prevent the formation of chromium
carbides when exposed to temperatures
exceeding 400°C. The addition of
molybdenum (2 – 3%) increases resistance to pitting corrosion.
Stabilized austenitic stainless steels
have an addition of titanium or niobium
in proportion to the amount of carbon
and nitrogen (typically min. 10 × C). This
stabilization prevents the precipitation of
chromium carbides when exposed to
temperatures exceeding 400°C.
Furthermore, the stabilized steels
display good strength and creep resistance up to about 600°C.
Fully austenitic stainless steels are
typically highly alloyed with chromium
(20 – 25%), nickel (18 – 35%), molybdenum (2 – 7%) and nitrogen (up to 0.4%).
The austenitic structure is stabilized by
the addition of austenite forming
elements such as carbon, nickel,
manganese, nitrogen and copper.
Corrosion resistance
Austenitic stainless steels are characterized by excellent corrosion resistance.
Many austenitic stainless steels have a
low carbon content (< 0.030%). This
makes them resistant to sensitization
(i.e. predisposition to intergranular
corrosion) engendered by the brief
thermal exposures associated with
cooling after annealing, stress relieving
or welding. The effect of carbon content
on the times permitted at certain
temperatures is shown in Figure 1.2.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Figure 1.2. Effect of carbon content on
sensitization times
Chromium and nickel alloyed steels
demonstrate good general corrosion
resistance in wet environments.
Resistance increases generally with
increased chromium, nickel, molybdenum and nitrogen content. To obtain
good resistance to pitting and crevice
corrosion in chloride containing environments, a Cr-Ni-Mo type steel (e.g. 316L,
or one with an even higher molybdenum
content) is necessary. Figure 1.3 shows
the pitting corrosion resistance (measured as the CPT value) of some austenitic and duplex stainless steels.
Figure 1.3. Critical pitting temperatures
(CPT) of some austenitic and duplex
stainless steels
21
For improved hot cracking resistance
and better weldability, austenitic
stainless steels (e.g. 316L) are normally
produced with some ferrite. In certain
environments, these steels may demonstrate reduced resistance to selective
corrosion. Thus, in applications such as
urea production or acetic acid, ferrite
free plates and welds are often required.
Steel types 304L and 316L are highly
susceptible to stress corrosion cracking.
However, resistance to stress corrosion
cracking increases with increased nickel
and molybdenum content. Highly
alloyed austenitic stainless steels such as
254 SMO® and 1.4565 have very good
resistance.
Mechanical properties
Austenitic stainless steels are primarily
characterized by their excellent ductility, even at low temperatures. Ferritefree, fully austenitic stainless steels with
a high nitrogen content, and austenitic
stainless steels with a ferrite content up
to 8 FN, have very good impact toughness and are therefore highly suitable for
cryogenic applications. Especially for
nitrogen-alloyed steels, yield and tensile
strengths are generally high.
As austenitic stainless steels cannot be
hardened by heat treatment, they are
normally supplied in solution annealed
condition.
Weldability
Austenitic stainless steels are generally
easy to weld and do not normally require
any preheating or post-weld heat
treatment. With respect to weldability,
the filler metals used for welding these
steels can be divided into two groups:
■■ Fillers with min. 3% ferrite (e.g. types
19 9 L / 308L, 19 12 3 L / 316L and 19 9
Nb / 347)
22
■■ Fillers with zero ferrite (e.g. austenitic
type 20 25 5 Cu N / 385 and nickel-base fillers such as Ni 6625
/ ENiCrMo3 and Ni 6059 /
ENiCrMo-13)
amounts of precipitation do not usually
affect corrosion resistance. However, it is
advisable to weld with moderate heat
input and the lowest possible dilution of
the parent metal.
The weldability of austenitic stainless
steels is strongly dependent on the
solidification mode during welding. Most
standard austenitic stainless steels are
designed to solidify initially as delta
ferrite, which has high solubility of
sulfur and phosphorus, and transforms to
austenite upon further cooling. Without
ferrite, impurities tend to segregate
interdendritically and in the austenitic
grain boundaries. The resulting phases
solidify at a lower temperature and make
the weld metal more susceptible to
solidification and reheat cracking. A
filler metal with a ferrite content of 3 –
10% gives high resistance to cracking.
For niobium or titanium-alloyed steels
such as 321, 347 and 316Ti, niobium-stabilized fillers of 19 9 Nb / 347 or 19 12 3
Nb / 318 type should be used. This is
because titanium does not transfer
readily across the arc to the weld.
As fully austenitic stainless steels and
welds are somewhat sensitive to hot
cracking, the heat input when welding
must be carefully controlled and dilution
of the parent metal should be kept to a
minimum. The interpass temperature
must not exceed 100°C.
To compensate the element segregation
that typically occurs during solidification, filler metals are, in most cases,
over-alloyed with chromium, nickel and
molybdenum. Fully austenitic stainless
steels (e.g. 254 SMO®) with high
molybdenum and nitrogen contents
should be welded using nickel-base
fillers over-alloyed with molybdenum,
e.g. 625 (Ni 6625 / ENiCrMo3) and Alloy
59 (Ni 6059 / ENiCrMo-13). Due to the
varying element distribution in the
dendritic microstructure, use of a
matching filler can lead to selective
corrosion of areas with lower molybdenum content.
Fully austenitic stainless steels may also
exhibit grain boundary precipitation in
the heat-affected zone. Moderate
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Applications
Austenitic stainless steels are used in a
wide range of applications. They are
economic where the demands placed on
them are moderate, e.g. processing,
storing and transporting foodstuffs and
beverages. They are also reliably
effective in highly corrosive environments, e.g. offshore installations,
high-temperature equipment, components in the pulp, paper and chemical
industries.
as high as 29%) and low levels of the
austenite formers carbon and nickel. To
tie up the carbon in the steel, they are
also sometimes alloyed with stabilizers
such as titanium or niobium. Figure 1.5
shows the microstructure of a ferritic
stainless steel.
Figure 1.5. The microstructure of a welded
ferritic stainless steel (from the left to the
right: base metal, HAZ and weld)
Ferritic stainless steels, and especially
high-alloyed ferritic stainless steels, tend
to lack toughness at low temperatures.
Due to sigma phase formation and ferrite
decomposition, they may also embrittle
with long exposure in the 475 – 950°C
temperature range.
Figure 1.4. High-alloyed steels such as 2205
and 254 SMO® are widely used in pulp and
paper applications
Ferritic stainless steels
Microstructure and chemical
composition
Ferritic stainless steels are, in principle,
ferritic at all temperatures. They are
normally alloyed with 13 – 18% chromium (though chromium content can be
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Corrosion resistance
Modern ferritic stainless steels (e.g. type
430) have a low carbon content. Their
resistance to atmospheric corrosion,
organic acids, detergents and alkaline
solutions is good (comparable to that of
type 304L).
Ferritic stainless steels tend to be
relatively weak at high temperatures.
However, the oxidation resistance of
type 430 is satisfactory up to 850°C and
high-alloyed ferritic stainless steels such
as 446 can be used at temperatures up to
1000°C.
23
The resistance of ferritic stainless steels
in chloride containing environments and
strong acids is moderate.
Mechanical properties
Compared to the common austenitic
grades, ferritic stainless steels have
higher yield strength, but lower tensile
strength. Their elongation at fracture is
only about half that of the austenitic
stainless steels.
Weldability
The weldability of ferritic stainless steels
depends heavily on their chemical
compositions. Due to the generally high
(C+N)/Cr ratio, which led to martensite
formation and embrittlement in the
heat-affected zone (HAZ), the “old
types” of steel had rather poor weldability. The risk of cracking in the HAZ was
a barrier to their use in engineering
applications. Another problem was the
precipitation of chromium carbides along
the grain boundaries. This sometimes
led to intergranular corrosion.
Today’s ferritic stainless steels normally
have a low (C+N)/Cr ratio. This is
especially true of grades such as 439 and
444, which have added stabilizers.
Modern ferritic stainless steels are
entirely ferritic at all temperatures.
Consequently, weldability is much
improved. However, all ferritic stainless
steels are susceptible to grain growth in
the HAZ. This decreases ductility and,
as a result, heat input must be kept to a
minimum during welding. Ferritic
stainless steels are also somewhat
sensitive to hydrogen embrittlement.
Thus, moist electrodes and shielding
gases that contain hydrogen are to be
avoided.
24
Most ferritic stainless steels can be
welded with either matching ferritic or
with austenitic fillers. Popular austenitic
fillers, especially for welding thick
gauge material, are 19 9 L / 308L and 19
12 3 L / 309L (for 430 and lower alloyed
grades) and 19 12 3 L / 316L (for molybdenum-alloyed grades such as 444).
Applications
12Cr stainless steels alloyed with
titanium or niobium (e.g. 409) are often
found in vehicle exhaust systems. The
18Cr ferritic stainless steels are used
primarily in household utensils, decorative and coated panels and vehicle
components.
High-alloyed ferritic stainless steels with
a chromium content of 20 – 28% have
good resistance to sulfurous gases and
are widely used in high-temperature
applications, e.g. flues and furnaces.
Figure 1.6. Vehicle exhaust system – a
typical application for ferritic stainless steel
Duplex (austeniticferritic) stainless steels
Microstructure and chemical
composition
Duplex stainless steels have a two-phase
microstructure with approximately 50%
austenite and 50% ferrite, Figure 1.7.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Figure 1.7. The microstructure of a welded
duplex stainless steel (from the left to the
right: weld, HAZ and base metal)
Chemical composition is typically
21 – 25% chromium, 1 – 7% nickel,
0.10 – 0.27% nitrogen and, if used,
1.5 – 4% molybdenum. Hyperduplex
stainless steels are even higher alloyed
with up to 32% chromium and 9%
nickel. The most common duplex steel is
2205 (1.4462 / S32205, S31803).
Corrosion resistance
Due to the high content of chromium,
nitrogen and additions of molybdenum,
duplex stainless steels are characterized
by their high resistance to pitting and
crevice corrosion. For example, the
pitting resistance of 2205 is significantly
higher than that of 316L. All modern
types of duplex stainless steels are
produced with low carbon content. This
and the favorable microstructure, make
them resistant to sensitization to
intergranular corrosion. The duplex
microstructure also contributes to high
resistance to stress corrosion cracking.
Mechanical properties
Duplex stainless steels combine the
properties of ferritic and austenitic
steels. The yield strength is up to twice
as high as for austenitic steels with
similar pitting corrosion resistance and
the ductility is higher as compared to
ferritic steels.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Weldability
Although somewhat different to ordinary
austenitic stainless steels such as 304L
and 316L, the weldability of duplex
stainless steels is generally good.
However, the slightly lower penetration
into the parent metal and the mildly
inferior fluidity of the melt (e.g. compared to 308L or 316L fillers used with
austenitic stainless steels) must be borne
in mind.
Duplex stainless steels, commonly,
solidify with a fully ferritic structure
with austenite nucleation and growth
during cooling. To stabilize the austenite
at higher temperatures, modern duplex
stainless steels have a high nitrogen
content. If the cooling rate when welding
is very high (e.g. low heat input with
thick gauges) there is a risk that weld
metal ferrite content will be on the high
side (above 65%). This high level of
ferrite decreases corrosion resistance
and ductility. A too high ferrite content
may also result if welding without filler
wire or if welding with, for example,
pieces cut from the base metal plate.
Due to rapid formation of intermetallic
phases in the range 700 – 980°C, it is
important to adopt a welding procedure
that minimizes the total time in this
critical temperature range. The presence
of these phases has a severely negative
impact on corrosion resistance and
toughness. Heat input at welding must
be carefully controlled (typically
0.2 – 1.5 kJ/mm).
Matching or over-alloyed filler metals
must be used when welding duplex
stainless steels. To stabilize and increase
the austenitic structure during the rapid
cooling following welding, the nickel
content of all matching duplex fillers is
higher than that of the parent metal.
25
Weldability
The high hardness and low ductility of
fully martensitic, air-hardening, stainless steels make them very susceptible to
hydrogen cracking. Weldability can thus
be considered poor. Careful preparation
(preheating at followed by cooling,
tempering and, finally, slow cooling in
air) is normally necessary.
Figure 1.8. Chemical tanker with tanks in
2205 stainless steel
Applications
The excellent combination of high
mechanical strength and good corrosion
resistance makes duplex stainless steels
highly suitable for: heat exchangers,
pressure vessels and pulp digesters;
chemi­cal industry equipment and
desalination plants; rotors, fans and
shafts exposed to corrosion fatigue; and
tanks used for transporting chemicals.
Martensitic and
precipitation hardening
stainless steels
Microstructure and chemical
composition
Sufficient carbon is the key to obtaining
a martensitic microstructure, Figure 1.9.
With the addition of certain other
alloying elements, the strength of
martensitic stainless steels can be
enhanced through the precipitation of
intermetallic phases. In producing these
precipitation hardening stainless steels,
heat treatment must be carefully
controlled.
26
Figure 1.9. The microstructure of a welded
martensitic stainless steel (from the left to
the right: base metal, HAZ and weld)
Martensitic stainless steels can also be
alloyed with any one or more of the
elements nickel, molybdenum and
nitrogen. For use in, amongst other
things, oil and gas applications, and
hydropower, super-martensitic stainless
steels have been developed. Their
combination of high strength, better
corrosion resistance and improved
weldability give them an advantage over
other martensitic stainless steels.
Corrosion resistance
The corrosion resistance of martensitic
stainless steels is generally modest, but
can be increased by the addition of
molybdenum, nickel or nitrogen. Being
resistant to carbon dioxide corrosion,
12Cr stainless steels can be used in
petroleum refining applications. In such
environments, corrosion engendered by
carbon dioxide contamination prevents
the use of carbon steels.
Mechanical properties
The higher carbon martensitic stainless
steels can be produced with very high
yield and tensile strengths as well as
superior hardness. However, elongation
and impact toughness suffer.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
The weldability of martensitic-ferritic-austenitic stainless steels (e.g. 248 SV)
is much better. The tempered structure,
with low carbon martensite and finely
dispersed austenite, gives good ductility.
Thus, except where thick material and/
or restraint conditions are involved,
preheating prior to welding and heat
treatment after welding is not generally
necessary.
To ensure optimal mechanical properties, welding should be performed using
matching fillers. Austenitic or duplex
fillers can be used in some cases, but the
somewhat lower tensile strength of the
resulting weld must be borne in mind.
Super-martensitic stainless steels are
often welded using superduplex fillers
such as 25 9 4 N L / 2594.
Figure 1.10. Soft-martensitic stainless steels
are used for hydropower applications
(photo courtesy of Andritz AG)
Applications
Martensitic stainless steels are used in
process vessels in the petroleum industry and in water turbines, propellers,
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
shafts and other components for hydropower applications.
The physical properties
of stainless and mild
steels
Amongst the physical differences
between stainless and mild steels are:
■■ Thermal expansion
■■ Thermal conductivity
■■ Electrical resistivity
Designers and welders must be aware of
how these differences affect welding
characteristics.
Table 1.1 summarizes various physical
properties of a number of steel grades.
The linear thermal expansion of ferritic
and martensitic stainless steels is similar
to that of mild steels. It is approximately
50% higher for austenitic stainless steels.
As a result, shrinkage stresses are
greater and thermal distortions are
larger in the austenitic steels.
Consequently, austenitic stainless steels
require closer tack welds than ferritic
and martensitic stainless steels or mild
steels. Greater detail is given in Chapter
4, “Welding techniques”. The thermal
expansion of duplex stainless steels is
only slightly higher than that of carbon-manganese steels.
The thermal conductivity of ferritic,
martensitic and duplex stainless steels is
about half that of mild steels. The
thermal conductivity of austenitic
stainless steels is only one third that of
mild steels. Thus, stainless steels
conduct heat away from the weld zone
more slowly than the mild steels. This
must be taken into consideration to
minimize distortion control and ensure
microstructural stability.
27
The electrical resistivity of stainless
steels is approximately four to seven
times higher than that of mild steels.
One of the consequences of this is that
stainless steel MMA electrodes reach
red heat relatively easily. Some qualities
are for this reason made shorter to avoid
excessive heat build-up. Furthermore,
special care is required in dissimilar
welds between stainless and mild steels.
This is because the arc tends to move
towards the latter and compensation has
to be made by, for example, directing the
arc slightly towards the stainless steel.
This is especially important in automatic
welding.
The importance of
ferrite
Ferrite is known to be very effective in
reducing the tendency to hot cracking
shown by welds in austenitic stainless
steels. Compared to austenite, ferrite is
better at dissolving impurities such as
sulfur, phosphorous, lead and tin. These
elements can segregate to the grain
boundaries and form low melting
secondary phases. The latter can give
rise to hot cracking in the weld during
cooling (see Chapter 5, “Weld
imperfections”).
The ferrite level can be expressed in
several different ways. The most
accurate method is to use image analysis
on color etched cross-sections to measure the volume percent. In ASTM E562,
the ferrite content is given as a volume
fraction determined from point counting
and expressed as percentages. Although
this is the most accurate method,
determination is very time-consuming
and expensive. For this reason, the
ferrite value of the metal is often
measured by instruments such as
Magne-Gage or FeritScope®, which give
a ferrite content expressed as a ferrite
number (FN). There is a difference
28
between the volume percent of ferrite
and the ferrite number (FN) because FN
measures the magnetic permeability in
the sample and thus includes other
magnetic phases such as martensite.
From 0 – 12% there is only a small
difference between percent ferrite and
FN, but above 12, the FN figure is
somewhat higher than the measured
volume fraction value.
Ferrite numbers can also be calculated
from the weld metal composition using
either Schaeffler DeLong (Figure 1.11) or
WRC-92 diagrams (Figure 1.12). This
gives an estimation of the ferrite
number. It should be noted that these
diagrams relate to alloys that have been
cooled at the high cooling rates associated with welding and not at the
relatively low cooling rates that are
associated with parent material production. Such calculations cannot be used
for qualification – the actual value has to
be measured.
Low ferrite content (0 – 3 FN DeLong)
gives a weld that may be sensitive to hot
cracking. To avoid this, a filler wire with
higher ferrite content may be used. In
some demanding environments, e.g.
urea plants, ferrite-free (< 0.5 FN) fillers
are stipulated. These are for instance
austenitic type 18 16 5 N L / 317L and 25
22 2 N L.
For certain cryogenic applications, the
welder may have to use low ferrite 19 9 L
/ 308L and 19 12 3 L / 316L with controlled ferrite (2 – 4 FN according to
WRC-92) or fully austenitic fillers such
as nickel-base 625 (Ni 6625 /
ENiCrMo3). To pass the requirements
set, often min. 32 J impact toughness at
-196°C and ≥ 0.38 mm lateral expansion,
the heat input must be low and controlled and dilution of the parent metal
must be kept to a minimum.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Figure 1.12. WRC-92 diagram.
Figure 1.11. DeLong diagram for welding
consumables
Example. A mild steel plate ➀ is welded to a
stainless steel plate ➁ in 316L (EN 1.4404 /
UNS S31603) using 309LMo / 23 12 2 L
electrodes ➄. First, a line is drawn between
the two metals ➀ and ➁. Assuming that
the metals melt equally into the weld, the
halfway point ➂ is marked on this line.
Another line is then drawn between this
point and the electrodes ➄. Knowing that
the composition of the weld metal will be
approximately 30% parent metals and 70%
filler metal, a further point ➃ is marked as
shown (i.e. the distance between ➂ and
➃ is 70% of the line length of the line). The
DeLong diagram predicts a ferrite content
of approximately 6 FN for this weld metal.
The WRC-92 constitutional diagram can be
used in the same way.
A ferrite content of 3 – 12 FN gives good
resistance to hot cracking. All standard
austenitic fillers such as 19 9 L / 308L,
19 12 3 L / 316L, 23 12 3 L / 309LMo and
19 9 Nb / 347 give welds with a ferrite
content in this range. Hence, these fillers
provide good resistance to hot cracking.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
The filled lines give the predicted Ferrite
Number (FN). The broken lines give an
estimation of the solidification mode. AF
means that the weld metal has primarily
solidified in a mixed mode (austenitic/ferritic). Such a weld metal could be more
prone to solidification cracking than if the
solidification is ferrite/austenitic (FA).
At ferrite contents above 12 FN DeLong,
a continuous network of ferrite may be
present. In some environments, this may
result in selective corrosion. If subjected
to thermal cycles in the temperature
range 600 – 900°C, the ferrite may,
depending on time and temperature,
transform totally or partly into sigma
phase and other intermetallic phases
such as Chi and Laves. This reduces
corrosion resistance and toughness.
Ferrite decomposition can also occur at
lower temperature, so-called 475°C
embrittlement.
The ferrite level in duplex steel weld
metals is normally between 25 and 75%.
For this reason there is in practice low
risk of solidification cracking caused by
trace elements such as sulfur, phosphorous and lead. The increased yield and
tensile strengths that the duplex
structure gives are highly beneficial.
The pitting corrosion resistance is
generally higher in a more austenitic
weld metal as the ferrite containing
29
2. Definitions
chromium nitrides is the preferred
location for pitting initiation and growth.
It is important to realize that weldment
microstructure is not to be seen as a
material property. Technological
properties such as mechanical strength,
ductility/formability and corrosion
resistance in different environments are
instead the factors that should be taken
into consideration for a fabricated
welded construction.
Figures 1.13 to 1.15 show stainless steel
microstructures with, respectively, low,
medium and high ferrite contents.
Welding positions
Figure 1.13. Ferrite 3 FN DeLong
Figure 1.14. Ferrite 12 FN DeLong
In principle, there are four different
welding positions for all types of welded
joints. These are: flat, horizontal-vertical,
overhead and vertical-downwards/
vertical-upwards. Figure 2.1 shows the
EN ISO and AWS codes for welding
positions.
Figure 2.1. Welding positions for butt and
fillet according EN ISO 6947 and AWS A3.0/
A3.0M
Weld metal
The welding process does not change
the composition of the parent material
involved in the weld thermal cycles.
However, there are several factors that
affect the composition of the solidified
weld metal:
Figure 1.15. Ferrite 50 FN WRC-92
■■ The compositions of the two metals
that are joined
■■ The composition of the filler metal
used
■■ Reactions between the atmosphere
and the molten metal
An autogenous weld is made without
filler metal by fusing the joint surfaces of
the parent material and allowing the
molten pool to blend, solidify and cool.
30
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
The weld metal will inherit the composition of the parent material or, if the two
metals being joined are different, a
mixture of the metals. When filler
addition is used, the composition of the
weld metal will be a mixture of the
compositions of the filler metal and the
parent metals. The final weld metal
composition depends on the welding
method and the welding procedure. The
gas above or below the weld pool may
also affect the composition of the
solidified weld. Gases such as nitrogen,
oxygen and other components of the
atmosphere or shielding gas may partly
dissolve into the weld pool and remain in
the solidified weld metal. On the other
hand some elements may also evaporate
from the weld pool.
Oxygen dissolved in the weld pool will
combine with certain metallic elements
and form oxide particles, so called
micro-slag particles, in the solidified
weld metal.
During the cooling after solidification,
metallurgical reactions may occur in the
weld metal and the heat affected zone.
Precipitation reactions can occur in
various temperature ranges, such as the
formation of austenite in duplex steels or
the precipitation of intermetallic phases,
carbides, nitrides, etc. The type and
amount of the different phases may
affect both the mechanical and corrosion
properties of the weldment.
Heat-affected zone
The heat-affected zone (HAZ) is the area
around the weld bead that is unavoidably heated during welding, e.g. Figure
2.2. In general, the term HAZ refers to
the base material adjacent to the weld.
Since properties such as toughness and
31
Both ferritic and martensitic steels are mildly prone to grain growth in the HAZ. This can reduce
toughness. Hence, low heat input is also important when welding these types of steel.
Figure 2.2. Heat-affected zone in a 304 (1.4301 / UNS S30400) stainless steel weld
corrosion resistance can be affected by
the welding thermal cycle, the HAZ
properties may differ from those of the
weld and the unaffected parent metal.
The extent is determined by how the
steel in question responds to the thermal
cycle.
In general, the thermal cycle is tolerated
slightly less well by high-alloyed
stainless steels than it is by standard
grades. Consequently, the welding of
high-alloyed grades requires closer
control. A somewhat lower heat input is
also probably advisable.
Both ferritic and martensitic steels are
mildly prone to grain growth in the
HAZ. This can reduce toughness. Hence,
low heat input is also important when
welding these types of steel.
Heat input
Heat input is calculated according to the
Interpass temperature
When welding
any metal
steels included
therein), heat input is controlled for a number of
formula
below.
If (stainless
the thermal
efficiency
reasons. The heat input influences, for example, the distortion, lateral shrinkage and risk of precipitation
factor,
K (sometimes
also
referred
tocan
asaffect the serviceability of the welded Interpass temperature is one of the
of secondary,
possibly deleterious,
phases.
All of these
η),
is not included, the value given is
factors determining the thermal cycle
structure.
designated arc energy. Different welding
experienced by the weld zone; together
Heat input is calculated according to the formula below. If the thermal efficiency factor, K (sometimes
methods
also referredhave
to as η),different
is not included,efficiency,
the value given Table
is designated arc energy. Different welding with heat input/arc energy, material
2.1.
thickness and welding process (arc
methods have different efficiency, Table 2.1.
efficiency). The effect of the thermal
Current × Voltage
A×V
kJ
Heat input
=K×
=
cycle on dilution and microstructure
mm
Travel speed
mm
1000 ×
s
strongly influences the serviceability of
the welded joint. Thus, it is advisable to
Table 2.1 Thermal efficiency factor
control the interpass temperature in the
Welding method
Thermal efficiency factor (K)
SAW
1
Table
2.1. Thermal efficiency factor
same way as heat input.
MMA/MIG/MAG/FCAW
TIG/PAW
Welding method
0.8
0.6
Thermal efficiency
Stainless steel type
Min.
0.6
important of these is the thickness of the
Interpass
temperature
metal
being
welded. Table 2.2 shows
some typical heat input ranges for a
variety of stainless steels.
Figure 2.2. Heat-affected zone in a 304
(1.4301 / UNS S30400) stainless steel weld
restruck in multipass welding. The
interpass temperatures in Table 2.3 are
representative for production welding.
Max.
2.0 kJ/mm
Stabilized austenitic steels
1.5 kJ/mm
Table 2.3. Typical interpass
Fully austenitic steels
1.0 – 1.5 kJ/mm
Duplex steels
0.2 – 0.5 kJ/mm
1.5 – 2.5 kJ/mm
temperatures
Super duplex steels
kJ/mm
1.0 – 1.5 kJ/mm
The
acceptable heat0.2
input
is determined
* In a specific case the ranges given might have to be adjusted to take metal thickness, welding method,
by
several
One of the most
Stainless steel type
Interpass
steel
grade, etc.factors.
into account.
Austenitic steels
TIG/PAW
temperature
Austenitic
steels
17
max. 150 – 200°C
Stabilized austenitic steels
max. 150°C
Table 2.2. Typical heat input
ranges* for some stainless steels
Fully austenitic steels
max. 100°C
Duplex steels
max. 100 – 150°C
Stainless
steel type
Superduplex steels
max. 100 – 120°C
Min.
Max.
2.0 kJ/mm
Heat input
Stabilized
austenitic steels
1.5 kJ/mm
Penetration and dilution
When welding any metal (stainless
steels included therein), heat input is
controlled for a number of reasons. The
heat input influences, for example, the
distortion, lateral shrinkage and risk of
precipitation of secondary, possibly
deleterious, phases. All of these can
affect the serviceability of the welded
structure.
Fully austenitic
steels
1.0 – 1.5 kJ/mm
Duplex steels
0.2 – 0.5 kJ/mm 1.5 – 2.5 kJ/mm
Superduplex
steels
0.2 kJ/mm
Penetration during welding is defined as
the depth of fusion into the parent metal,
Figure 2.3. This is important as it
influences both dilution and the possibility of making a sound weld under set
conditions. Generally, full penetration is
essential for the maximum corrosion
performance and for structural integrity
of the weld zone. Single-sided welds can
be made with unsupported root beads or
by welding onto temporary backing bars
32
* In a specific case the ranges given might
have to be adjusted to take metal thickness,
welding method, steel grade, etc. into
account.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Weld metal dilution is the proportion (by
volume) of fused parent metal in the
weld deposit. A dilution of 30% means
that 30% of the weld comes from the
parent metal and 70% from the filler
metal. Dilution increases with increased
heat input and also if the arc is directed
towards the parent metal rather than the
middle of the joint, and with decreased
joint angle. Table 2.4 gives typical
dilution values for various welding
processes.
Increased dilution can increase the risk
of hot cracking. This should always be
taken into account and especially when
welding stainless steel to mild steel, or
when welding fully austenitic steels.
Metal deposition rate
Austenitic steels
1.0 – 1.5 kJ/mm
Figure 2.3. Illustration of penetration and
depth of fusion
The interpass temperature is the
The acceptable heat input is determined
several factors. One of the most important of these istemperature
the
at the welding point
factor by
(K)
thickness of the metal being welded. Table 2.2 shows some typical heat input ranges for a variety immediately
of
before the welding arc is
stainless
steels.
SAW
1
Table 2.2 Typical heat input ranges*
MMA/MIG/MAG/FCAW
0.8 for some stainless steels
(see also Chapter 4 ”Welding techniques”). The second side of double-sided welds should be cold cut to
bright, sound metal before welding is
restarted. The second side cut for a
sealing run might typically be 1 – 2 mm
deep by 2 – 4 mm wide.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
The metal deposition rate, often measured as kilograms per hour, is the
amount of filler metal that can be
deposited during a fixed period of time.
As shown in Table 2.4, the metal
deposition rate varies between the
different welding methods.
33
Table 2.4. Typical dilution and
deposition rate for various welding
methods.
Welding
method
Diameter, Typical
mm
dilution,
%
Deposition rate,
kg/h
MMA
3.25
30
1.5
MMA
5.0
35
3
MAG,
spray arc
1.2
30
2–5
MAG,
spray arc
1.6
30
3–7
TIG
2.4
20 – 40
1
SAW, wire
3.2
50
4–8
SAW, strip
0.5 × 60
15
15 – 17
Electroslag, 0.5 × 60
strip
10
15 – 17
FCAW
25
3–6
1.2
Preheating
Preheating means that the base material
to be welded is heated to a temperature
above the room temperature; either to
avoid condensation on the surface or to
avoid unwanted microstructures.
Post-weld heat
treatment
Post-weld heat treatment (PWHT) is any
heat treatment after welding to improve
weldment properties. PWHT is usually
carried out in order to either relieve or
minimize the weld stresses or to ensure
that the microstructure of the metal
(parent metal, weld metal and HAZ) is in
an optimal condition. Table 1.1 shows the
suggested PWHT temperatures for each
grade.
34
Both these have a negative effect on arc
stability.
Helix is the vertical distance between
the ends of a single loop of wire cut from
the spool and laid free on a flat surface.
Too large helix will result in the wire
rotating in the feeder and/or at the
contact tip. Consequently, the arc will
rotate across the plate surface.
Figure 2.4. 253 MA® radiant tubes in a
heat treatment furnace. Courtesy of Rolled
Alloys.
In order to maximize MAG feedability
and ensure optimum welding characteristics, Böhler Welding controls cast and
helix very closely.
Effect of high silicon
content
MAG/TIG wires from Böhler Welding
are available with either a low or a high
silicon content (typically 0.4% and 0.9%
respectively). A high silicon content
improves arc stability and gives better
fluidity. This enables higher MAG
welding speeds to be used with less risk
of forming porosity or spatter and the
resulting weld surfaces having a better
surface appearance. These advantages
are particularly pronounced when MAG
welding is performed with short arc.
Böhler Welding’s high-silicon type wires
are intended for use with metals that are
known to have good resistance to hot
cracking. As most fluxes promote silicon
alloying, Böhler Welding’s SAW wire is
produced only in a low-silicon format.
Figure 2.5. Figure 2.5 Principle of (a) cast
and (b) helix
Cast and helix
Wire feeding in MAG welding is
influenced by, amongst other things, cast
and helix. Cast is the diameter of a
single loop of wire cut from the spool and
laid free on a flat surface. A too high or
too low cast can lead to feeding problems
in the feeder and/or at the contact tip.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
35
3. Welding methods
Introduction
The choice of welding method depends
on many factors. For most steels all
common welding methods can be used.
The following are some of the factors
affecting the choice of method:
■■ Type of parent metal
■■ Material thickness
■■ Welding position
■■ Accessibility
■■ Productivity (deposition rate)
■■ Equipment availability
■■ Possibility for automation
■■ Skill and experience of welders
■■ Welding site (indoors/outdoors)
■■ Properties (mechanical properties and
corrosion resistance)
■■ Appearance
In this chapter, the basic characteristics
of the most common arc welding
methods are briefly described.
Terminology and
abbreviations
Table 3.1. Terminology and
abbreviations
EN ISO 4063
AWS A3.0/
A3.0M
Manual metal
arc
MMA
SMAW
Metal inert gas
MIG
GMAW
Metal active gas MAG
GMAW
Tungsten inert
gas
TIG
GTAW
DC electrode
positive
DCEP
DCRP
DC electrode
negative
DCEN
DCSP
Submerged arc
welding
SAW
SAW
Flux-cored arc
welding
FCAW
FCAW
Plasma arc
welding
PAW
PAW
European terminology and abbreviations
are used throughout this manual. Where
appropriate, American equivalents are
also given.
When deciding which welding method
to use, special attention should be paid
to the metal deposition rate. Figure 3.1
compares the deposition rates of several
welding methods.
Figure 3.1. A comparison of deposition rates
Manual Metal-Arc with
covered electrode
(MMA) – flexible allposition welding
Characteristics
In MMA welding, the arc is established
between the material to be welded and
an electrode consisting of a solid core
wire covered by a coating, Figure 3.2.
36
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
The coating may contain components
providing such functions as shielding
from the atmosphere, deoxidation and
arc stabilization. It also serves as a
source for addition of alloying elements
to the weld. The arc melts the edges of
the joint and the tip of the electrode. A
melt pool is formed on the parent
material and small metal droplets
covered with slag from the electrode
coating are transferred from the metal
wire of the electrode to the melt pool.
The molten metal is protected from the
air by the gases evolved from the
electrode coating. The slag surrounding
the metal droplets forms a layer that
covers the hot weld metal. It is suitable
for almost all weldable stainless steels
and a broad range of applications.
Characterized by great flexibility in all
welding positions, MMA is widely
employed for primary fabrication, on-site
work and repair welding. It is a manual
welding method and can be used for a
material thickness of 2 mm and
upwards.
Figure 3.2. The principle of MMA welding
A = Core wire (stainless steel)
B = Coating (minerals and metals)
C = Gas (formed from the coating)
D = Solidified slag
E = Weld metal
F = Weld pool
G = Arc with metal droplets (each
droplet is covered by slag)
H = Parent metal
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Coatings
The electrodes used for MMA are
characterized by the coatings on the
electrodes, which can be of several
different types. They are named according to the chemical composition of the
coatings. The types are given in e.g.
AWS A5.4/A5.4M and EN ISO 3581, with
a classification based on usability
designation. The coatings of Böhler
Welding’s electrodes fall into three
groups: basic electrodes, rutile electrodes and rutile-acid electrodes.
Depending on the type of coating used,
the electrodes have different welding
characteristics and produce different
weld metal properties.
■■ Basic electrodes
(-15 in AWS A5.4/A5.4M and EN ISO
3581-B, B in EN ISO 3581-A)
The coatings of basic electrodes contain
large quantities of basic minerals or
chemicals, such as CaCO3 and CaF2.
Compared to rutile electrodes, they thus
have a lower melting point. This gives a
weld with lower oxygen content and less
inclusions. The lime-covered electrodes
also result in lower nitrogen content in
the weld metal. As a result, the impact
toughness and lateral expansion are
improved and the risk of hot cracking is
decreased. For these reasons, many fully
austenitic and nickel-base electrodes
have basic coatings.
The weldability is generally good in the
vertical-up position. Electrode sizes 4.0
mm and smaller may be used in all
positions of welding. Compared to rutile
electrodes, basic electrodes give better
penetration into the parent metal. The
weld bead is normally slightly convex
and not quite as smooth as that obtained
with rutile electrodes. DCEP must be
used when welding with basic
electrodes.
37
■■ Rutile electrodes
(-16 in AWS A5.4/A5.4M and EN ISO
3581-B and R in EN ISO 3581)
The coatings of rutile electrodes have a
large proportion of the mineral rutile,
which is largely TiO2 (titania). This gives
easy arc ignition, very smooth surfaces
and easier slag removal. The mechanical
properties of the weld, especially the
impact toughness, are not quite as good
as those obtained when using basic
electrodes due to larger fractions of
inclusions in the weld metal. The
covering for these electrodes generally
contains readily ionizing elements, such
as potassium, in order to stabilize the arc
for welding with alternating current.
Direct current electrode positive (DCEP)
and alternating current (AC) can both be
used. Electrode sizes 4.0 mm and smaller
may be used in all positions of welding.
■■ Rutile-acid electrodes
(-17 in AWS A5.4/A5.4M and EN ISO
3581-B and R in EN ISO 3581-A)
The covering of these electrodes is a
modification of the -16 covering, in that
considerable silica replaces some of the
titania of the -16 covering. The component added is mainly feldspar. Rutileacid electrodes are characterized by
easy arc ignition and high current
capacity. The slag removal is excellent
and the electrodes give a smooth,
slightly concave weld bead. In order to
ensure sufficient penetration, the root
gap must be slightly larger than when
welding with basic electrodes. Direct
current electrode positive (DCEP) and
alternating current (AC) can both be
used; however arc stability and weld
pool control are normally better with
DCEP.
On horizontal fillet welds, electrodes
with a -17 covering tend to produce more
of a spray arc and a finer rippled
weld-bead surface than do those with
the -16 coverings. A slower freezing slag
38
of the -17 covering also permits
improved handling characteristics when
employing a drag technique. The bead
shape on horizontal fillets is typically flat
to concave with -17 covered electrodes as
compared to flat to slightly convex with
-16 covered electrodes. When making
fillet welds in the vertical position with
upward progression, the slower freezing
slag of the -17 covered electrodes
requires a slight weave technique to
produce the proper bead shape. For this
reason, the minimum leg-size fillet that
can be properly made with a -17 covered
electrode is larger than that for a -16
covered electrode. While these electrodes are designed for all-position
operation, electrode sizes Ø 4.8 mm and
larger are not recommended for verticalup or overhead welding. It may be more
difficult to weld in the vertical-up
position on thinner material.
Table 3.2. Typical parameters for
the MMA process
Note that under EN ISO 3581-A, no
distinction is made between the rutile
and acid coverings in approach B
(classification according to alloy type).
Ø,
mm
Voltage, Current, A
V
Horizon- VertiOvertal (PA/ cal-up head
1G)
(PF/ 3G) (PE/ 5G)
Type of electrode: Basic* -15:
2.0
22 – 27
35-55
35 – 40
35 – 45
2.5
22 – 27
50-75
50 – 60
55 – 65
3.25
22 – 27
70-10
70 – 80
90 – 100
4.0
22 – 27
100-140
110 – 115 125 – 135
5.0
22 – 27
140-190
-
-
Type of electrode: Rutile -16:
2.0
22 – 24
35-55
35 – 40
40 – 50
2.5
22 – 24
50-75
50 – 60
60 – 70
3.25
22 – 24
70-110
70 – 80
98 – 105
4.0
22 – 24
100-150
100 – 120 120 – 35
5.0
22 – 24
140-190
-
-
Type of electrode: Rutile-acid -17:
Welding parameters
Typical welding parameters are given in
Table 3.2.
The electrode concept
Electrodes offered by Böhler Welding
are produced with a range of special
coatings for different applications with
focus on optimizing efficiency and weld
metal quality in each application.
Maximum fabrication/assembly efficiency and great cost savings are
amongst the results. Thanks to these, the
positive characteristics of covered
electrodes can be exploited to the full.
The metal recovery of the standard
products is typically 105 – 120%.
All position electrodes have a coating
specially developed for welding out of
position. These “all-round” electrodes
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
1.6
26 – 30
30 – 50
30 – 40
35 – 45
2.0
26 – 30
35 – 60
35 – 50
40 – 50
2.5
26 – 30
50 – 80
50 – 60
60 – 70
3.25
26 – 30
80 – 120
80 – 95
95 – 105
4.0
26 – 30
100 – 160 -
-
5.0
26 – 30
160 – 220 -
-
* For nickel-base electrodes, a slightly lower
current is used
have a wide parameter box with a large
working range and can be used for all
types of joints. The weldability is
extremely good and the resulting arc
stable. The slag and weld pool are both
easy to control. Suitable metal thickness
is 3 mm upwards.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
4D electrodes are optimized for extreme
all position welding of sheet and pipes.
The weldability is extremely good and
the arc and weld pool are both stable.
The thin coating gives a small weld pool.
However, the slag is very compliant and
easy to control. A short arc is to be used
for welding. The slag is self-releasing
and leaves an even, beautiful weld
finish.
Vertical down electrodes have a rutileacid coating and are to be used for the
vertical-down welding of joints that have
no gaps, e.g. lap welds.
Metal Inert Gas (MIG) or
Metal Active Gas
(MAG) – high
productivity with both
manual and automatic
welding
Characteristics
When the welding is carried out with
only inert gases the process is designated MIG. If the inert gas contains
some active components it is designated
MAG. In most gas metal arc welding
(GMAW), active components are used to
improve weldability. For this reason this
process is hereby designated MAG in the
following chapters.
In MAG welding, the arc is established
between a consumable solid wire
electrode that is continuously fed into
the arc, and the parent metal, Figure 3.3.
The weld pool and weld metal are
protected from the air by shielding gas.
MAG is a high productivity, economical
welding method well-suited to continuous welding sequences. It can be used in
both manual and automatic welding. The
weld metal properties are good and due
to the low resulting weld metal oxide
39
content, the impact toughness is higher
than in MMA and FCAW welds. The
introduction of new inverter and
synergic pulse machines has dramatically improved MAG weldability.
■■ Rapid arc
■■ Rapid melt
Figure 3.4. Metal transfer for MAG welding;
wire diameter 1.2 mm
Figure 3.3. MAG welding
A = Gas cup
B = Contact tip
C = Filler wire
D = Shielding gas
E = Weld metal
F = Weld pool
G = Arc (metal transfer)
H = Parent metal
Arc types and metal transfer
Stainless steels are normally welded in
the DCEP mode, the positive pole of the
generator being connected to the
electrode. There are several different
metal transfer modes, defined by the
welding current/arc voltage balance.
Figure 3.4 gives an overview of these.
The following metal transfer modes are
generally recognized:
■■ Dip transfer/short arc
■■ Globular arc
■■ Spray transfer/open arc
■■ Pulsed arc
■■ Modified pulsed arc
Dip transfer (short arc)
Dip transfer occurs at low current and
voltage settings. The arc is short and
melts the wire tip to form “big” droplets
that dip into the weld pool. This, in
essence, short-circuits and extinguishes
the arc. When the arc is extinguished,
fused filler metal is transferred into the
weld pool. This allows the arc to re-ignite “explosively”. Current, voltage and
inductance (“choke”) are tuned so that
this explosive re-ignition does not
generate excessive weld spatter. The
spatter particles tend to be fairly
fine – typically equal to or less than the
diameter of the wire. The short-circuit
frequency is typically 50 – 200 Hz.
Dip transfer is a low heat input process
suitable for welding thin material, for
welding out of position and for root pass
welding of thicker sections. The deposition rate is fairly low (1 – 3 kg/h).
Further development of the dip transfer
process is listed by DVS1 as controlled
short arc, low-spatter short arc, energy-reduced short arc and high-performance short arc.
Globular metal transfer
A relatively small increase in arc voltage
and an increase in welding current will
generate larger droplets – typically
double or triple the diameter of the wire.
The electromagnetic pinch effect
detaches the metal droplets from the
wire tip. Short-circuiting and/or gravity
then transfer the metal through the arc.
The arc is often relatively unstable and
the risk of spatter rather high. The
spatter particles in globular transfer tend
to be much larger (greater than the wire
diameter) than in dip transfer. Globular
transfer is not normally the first choice of
metal transfer mode.
Spray transfer (open arc)
Spray transfer occurs with another small
rise in arc voltage and an increase in the
welding current. On melting, the wire
tip forms a sharp cone. Primarily due to
electromagnetic effects, the filler metal
detaches in a fine spray and is forced
axially across the arc. The arc is stable,
open and smooth. Spatter is thus
minimal. The deposition rate is typically
4 – 6 kg/h. The higher currents generally
result in higher heat inputs, larger weld
pools and deeper penetration into the
parent metal. For these reasons, the
spray arc mode is well-suited for
horizontal welding of thicker base
material (5 mm and above). A further
development of spray arc is modified
spray arc.
Figure 3.5. The principle of pulsed arc
The low mean current of the pulsed arc
also gives excellent arc stability and
superior control of metal transfer. As a
result the weld pool is stable and
controllable. Compared to both the short
arc and spray arc modes, the parameter
tolerance is consequently much greater.
Pulsed arc welding is suitable for manual
and automatic welding of all thickness
in all welding positions. With stainless
steel or nickel-base filler metals, the
process is very suitable for welding both
standard and high performance grades
of stainless steel, Figure 3.6.
Pulsed spray arc
In spray transfer, the current is held at a
constant level. In pulsed or “synergic”
MAG, welding current is supplied as a
square wave pulse, Figure 3.5. The
metal transfer is controlled by the pulse
or peak current. The background current
must be sufficient to maintain the arc.
1 Technical Bulletin DVS 0973 Supplement 1, Tabular overview of process control variants for gas-shielded
metal-arc welding, August 2016, page 2.
40
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
41
joints, butt welds and fillet welds. The
controlled heat input has also made it
possible to weld overlay carbon steel
with nickel-based fillers in a single pass
with excellent results.
Figure 3.6. Pulsed arc (top) and spray arc
(bottom) welding using 625 type filler metal
Modified pulsed arc
Modified pulsed arc welding is a
development of the pulse technique
characterized by extremely stable arcs,
low heat input and precise penetration.
This is achieved by splitting the pulse
period into two parts and controlling
both in such a way that together they
produce the desired weld properties. By
setting half the pulse at a high current
level and the other half at a low current
level, the penetration can be closely
controlled and the heat input kept
relatively low. Some manufacturers also
use retraction of the filler at short
intervals (cyclic wire movement), which
further lowers the heat input. This type
of controlled arc transfer may even give
a weld appearance similar to those
produced by TIG welding. In stainless
steel down to 1.0 mm thickness, in some
cases even 0.8 mm, modern welding
machines can produce excellent lap
42
Rapid Arc™ and Rapid Melt™
Higher currents and voltages are used in
Rapid Arc™ and Rapid Melt™ transfer
(both are trademarks of AGA/Linde).
Both modes require high wire feeding
speed and a long electrode stick-out. In
Rapid Arc™ welding, the long stick-out
causes both a reduction of the current
and increased resistive heating of the
wire. The voltage is set relatively low
and a forced arc is obtained. Rapid Arc™
welding gives better parent metal
penetration compared to conventional
MAG and makes it possible to use a
higher travel speed, typically up to 150
cm/min. A conventional power source
can be used.
The even higher current in Rapid Melt™
welding generates a spray arc. The
power source must be capable of
running at very high voltages and wire
feeding speeds (up to 50 m/min). Setting
the voltage high causes the arc to rotate,
which aids fusion. Rapid Melt™ is
primarily used for high productivity
welding – the metal deposition rate can
be as high as 20 kg/h. Both methods may
give rise to slightly increased spatter and
radiation. They are mainly used for
mechanized welding.
Tandem and twin
The productivity may be further
improved by using tandem or twin-wire
welding. Both methods give increased
welding speed and metal deposition
rates at a lower total heat input compared to single wire welding.
Tandem welding uses two wires, each
fed by a separate unit and each connected to its own power source. The two
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
wires can have different potentials, arc
modes and parameter settings.
Twin-wire welding is performed with
two wires connected to the same power
source. As this arrangement makes it
difficult to obtain a stable arc that is free
from spatter, the twin wire method is not
widely used in MAG welding.
Welding parameters
Table 3.3 shows typical parameters for
MAG welding.
Table 3.3. Typical welding parameters for MAG
Typical welding parameters for MAG
Pulse parameters
Mode
Wire
diameter
mm
Current
A
Voltage
V
Peak
current
A
Background Frequency
current
Hz
A
Short arc
0.8
90 – 120
19 – 22
-
-
-
Short arc
1.0
110 – 140
19 – 22
-
-
-
Short arc
1.2
130 – 160
20 – 22
-
-
-
Spray arc
0.8
150 – 170
24 – 27
-
-
-
Short arc
1.0
170 – 200
25 – 28
-
-
-
Short arc
1.2
200 – 270
26 – 29
-
-
-
Short arc
1.6
250 – 330
27 – 30
-
-
-
Pulsed arc
1.2
75 – 350
24 – 30
300 – 400
35 – 100
50 – 200
Rapid Arc™
1.2
300 – 400
28 – 32
-
-
-
Rapid Melt™
1.2
400 – 500
40 – 50
-
-
-
Tungsten inert gas
(TIG) – high quality
welds
Characteristics
In TIG welding the arc is formed
between a non-consumable tungsten
electrode and the parent material,
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Figure 3.7. An inert gas shield is used for
protection of the weld pool and weld
metal from the air. Filler metal, in the
form of specially-produced wire, is fed
into the arc from the side. TIG welding
can be either manual or automatic. If the
welding is carried out manually, the wire
is normally a straight 1 m rod. In
automatic TIG welding, wire on a spool
43
is normally used. The stainless steel
solid wire electrode rods are classified in
EN ISO 14343 and AWS A5.9/A5.9M.
TIG welding is characterized by high
quality weld metal deposits, great
precision, superior surfaces and excellent strength. It is widely used in tube
and pipe welding (wall thickness from
0.3 mm upwards). The root pass for pipes
and tubes is one particularly important
TIG application.
Autogenous welding (i.e. without the use
of filler metals) can be carried out on
certain grades of thin material, but the
strength, corrosion resistance and
ductility may suffer. Unless solution
annealing is possible, suitable filler
metals should be always be used when
welding some high-performance/
high-alloyed stainless steels such as
2205, 904L, 254 SMO® and 1.4565. A
piece of plate, the core wire of a covered
electrode or a gas welding rod, must
never be used to replace TIG wire.
Figure 3.7 shows the basics of TIG
welding.
in the weld metal. If the tungsten
electrode is ground in the longitudinal
direction, the ignition of the arc and the
arc stability are improved.
Figure 3.7. The principle of TIG welding
A = Gas cup
B = Electrode holder (contact tip)
C = Tungsten electrode (non-consumable)
D = Shielding gas
E = Weld metal
F = Weld pool
G = Arc (struck between electrode and
parent metal)
H = Filler wire (fed into the arc from the
side)
I
= Parent metal
Tungsten electrode
TIG electrodes can be either pure
tungsten or, as is more often the case,
tungsten alloys with 1 – 4% zirconium,
lanthanum or cerium oxides. Previously
thorium oxide was extensively used, but
as it is slightly radioactive (mainly being
an issue when grinding the electrodes),
it has largely been replaced by the other
types. Electrode diameters range from
1.0 to 4.8 mm (1.6 mm to 3.2 mm being
most common).
The apex angle (α) of the tungsten
electrode has a significant effect on
penetration, Figure 3.8. A narrow angle
(15 – 30°) gives a wide arc with low
penetration. This is suitable for thin
gauges. Wider angles (60 – 75°) give a
narrower arc with deeper penetration.
The tip of the electrode is generally
rounded off by grinding in order to
minimize the risk of tungsten inclusions
44
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
High frequency (HF) devices are
normally used to ignite the arc. Such
ignition is generally smooth and reliable.
However, the possibility of interference
with/from other electronic devices close
to the power source must be taken into
account. In “lift arc” ignition, raising the
electrode from the workpiece initiates
electrically controlled ignition. Due to
the risk of damaging the electrode and
introducing tungsten inclusions into the
weld, “scratch start” ignition should be
avoided.
High productivity welding using TIG
Manual TIG gives a high quality weld,
but at a fairly low metal deposition rate
of around 1 kg/h. In automatic TIG
welding (e.g. pipe and tube welding), the
deposition rate can be up to approximately 3 kg/h. The productivity can be
increased even further using a hot-wire
TIG system.
Figure 3.8. The effect of electrode angle on
penetration
Welding parameters
Continuous and pulsed direct current
electrode negative (DCEN) are both
used in the TIG welding of stainless
steels. A pulsed arc is particularly
suitable for thin sections and welding
out of position. Typical welding parameters are given in Table 3.4.
Table 3.4. Typical parameters for
the TIG process
Narrow gap (NG) welding increases the
joint completion rate and reduces the
joint volume. It also has the potential to
reduce welding distortion. The joint
bevel angle is decreased to around 5°
and the weld can be performed in a V or
U-joint (single or double-sided in both
cases) – see Chapter 7, “Edge preparation”, for further details.
As the joint is very deep and narrow in
NG-TIG, a special welding head is
required. When welding thick sections,
the NG process can be an alternative to
SAW for welding thick sections. Care
must be taken to avoid lack of fusion.
Tungsten Current, A Voltage, V Typical
electrode
section
diameter,
thickness,
mm
mm
1.6
50 – 120
10 – 12
< 1.0
2.4
100 – 230
16 – 18
1.0 – 3.0
3.2
170 – 300
17 – 19
> 2.0
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
45
Submerged arc welding
(SAW) – high productivity
welding of thick sections
Characteristics
In SAW, the arc is established between a
consumable solid wire electrode (or a
strip or flux-cored wire electrode) and
the parent material, Figure 3.9. The weld
pool and the weld metal are protected
from the deleterious influence from the
air by a flux that forms a slag layer on
top of the weld. The flux plays an
important part in determining the
weldability and weld metal properties.
During welding, some elements contained in the molten flux transfer to the
weld metal and some of the flux forms a
slag. Excess flux is removed behind the
welding head and reused.
SAW is an automatic method that is
normally used for thick sections (typically 10 mm and upwards) in the flat
(PA/1G) welding position. SAW is a high
productivity welding method. It is also
used for overlay welding, i.e. surfacing
or cladding of both mild and low-alloyed
steels by a stainless surface layer. When
the heat input is kept within in the
recommended range, the mechanical
and corrosion properties of SAW joints
are of the same high quality as those of
other arc welding methods.
SAW is also well-suited for tandem and
twin welding.
46
Figure 3.9. The principle of SAW
A = Weld metal
B = Slag protecting the arc and weld
pool
C = Recycling / removal of flux
D = Contact tip
E = Filler wire
F = Flux
G = Flux supply
H = Root bead
I
= Parent metal
Welding parameters
Both DCEP and DCEN are possible with
SAW. Since DCEP gives the deepest
penetration and best arc stability and
weld bead appearance, it is normally
used for joining. For any given current,
the wire speed is higher with the
electrode connected to negative polarity
(DCEN). This results in lower dilution
and a higher deposition rate. Hence,
DCEN is normally preferred for cladding. Some of the fluxes for SAW, can
also be welded with alternating current
(AC). This gives a result between that of
DCEP and DCEN.
SAW generally requires higher currents
than other arc welding methods.
Combined with the higher material
thickness and protecting slag, this may
result in a slower cooling rate than with
other processes. Care must consequently
be taken when welding alloys where the
formation of deleterious phases is a
problem. The risk of weld cracking must
also be taken into account when welding
high-alloyed grades of stainless steel to
each other, or when welding unalloyed
steels to stainless steels. In such cases,
the heat input and the dilution with the
parent metal should be kept reasonably
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
low (as given in the welding procedure
specification). The joint configuration
and welding parameters should be
selected so that the width/depth ratio of
the weld bead is about 1.5 to 2.0. The
risk of hot cracking may be reduced for
sensitive alloys by welding the first
beads manually using covered electrodes or flux-cored wires.
Typical welding parameters are given in
Table 3.5.
Table 3.5. Typical SAW parameters
Wire diameter, mm
Current, A Voltage, V
2.4
200 – 350
27 – 33
3.2
300 – 600
30 – 36
4.0
400 – 700
30 – 36
Travel speed is typically 30-60 cm/min
Tandem
Wire 1: 2.4 (DC+)
300 – 350
28 – 29
Wire 2: 3.2 (DC+)
350 – 400
30 – 32
Flux for SAW
There are two main groups of fluxes –
agglomerated and fused. Agglomerated
flux, the more modern of the two types,
has the advantage that it can be alloyed.
In obtaining the desired weld metal
composition and mechanical properties,
it is of utmost importance to select the
right combination of wire/strip electrode
and flux, together with the optimum
welding parameters. The flux creates a
protective slag, deoxidizes the weld
metal and is sometimes agglomerated
with alloying element additions. The
fluxes are classified in EN ISO 14174.
The basicity of the flux has a major
influence on mechanical properties,
particularly on impact toughness. The
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
more basic the flux, the lower the
content of oxides and other inclusions in
the
weld metal
and
thisand
result
in higher
deoxidizes
the weld
metal
is sometimes
agglomerate
impact
toughness.
is also important
are classified
in EN ISOThis
14174.
for high-alloyed stainless grades where
special
attention
must
paidinfluence
to the risk
The basicity
of the flux
hasbe
a major
on mechani
of
Themicrocracking.
more basic the flux, the lower the content of oxides a
result in higher impact toughness. This is important for hi
The Basicity Index (B), which is based on
attention must be paid to the risk of microcracking.
the contents of basic oxides (e.g. MgO)
and acidic oxides (e.g. SiO2), can be used
The Basicity Index (B), which is based on the contents of b
to group fluxes according to their
SiO2), can be used to group fluxes according to their chem
chemical/metallurgical
properties:
B=
basic constituents (CaO, CaF3 , MgO, MnO)
acid constituents(SiO3 , TiO3 , ZrO3 )
• Acid
B < 0 .9
• ■ Neutral
B = 0.9
■
Acid
B <– 1.2
0 .9
• ■ Basic
B > 1.2
■
Neutral
B =– 3.0
0.9 – 1.2
■■ Basic
B > 1.2 – 3.0
Acid fluxes give an advantage for the operator because th
smoother
compared
to advantage
if a high basicity
flux has been use
Acid
fluxes
give an
for the
operator because the slag removal is
easier
and thefor
surface
is smoother
To compensate
chromium
losses in the arc during the
compared
if a high
basicity
flux hasfor most sta
alloyed with to
chromium
are
used as standard
been
slightlyused.
basic. Fluxes used for high-alloyed stainless steels
metals, sensitive to hot cracking, a highly basic flux shoul
To
compensate
for chromium
in
cleanness
and minimizes
the risk oflosses
microcracking.
the arc during the welding of Cr-Ni and
Cr-Ni-Mo steels, fluxes alloyed with
chromium
are the
used
asheat
standard
for most
In tandem SAW,
total
input must
be considered.
stainless
steels.where
Theseparticular
are normally
austenitic grades,
attention has to be pa
neutral to slightly basic. Fluxes used for
high-alloyed
Cladding by stripstainless
welding steels are normally
more
strongly
For weld
SAW can also be used forbasic.
strip cladding
(strip surfacing), i
metals,
hot cracking,
a and/or wear res
electrode,sensitive
in order totoenhance
corrosion
highly basic flux should also be used.
higher than in wire cladding, typically 10 – 15 kg/h using a
This maximizes the weld metal cleanin Chapter 4.
ness and minimizes the risk of
microcracking.
Flux-cored arc welding (FCAW) – a high deposition,
In tandem SAW, the total heat input must
Characteristics
be
considered. The method is not
The primary difference
between
the FCAW
and solid wire
recommended
for fully
austenitic
grades,
combination
in
FCAW
protects
the
arc
and
the
weld from
where particular attention has to be paid
Flux-cored
arc welding
is characterized by high metal dep
to
the possibility
of microcracking.
weldability. The weld bead appearance is excellent – the
higher content of oxides in the weld, the impact toughne
welds.
Flux-cored wire is produced from a stainless steel strip fo
47
flux to provide deoxidation and arc stabilizing. The flux co
Cladding by strip welding
SAW can also be used for strip cladding
(strip surfacing), i.e. cladding of mild
steels using a strip electrode, in order to
enhance corrosion and/or wear resistance. The deposition rates are considerably higher than in wire cladding,
typically 10 – 15 kg/h using a 0.5 × 60
mm strip. See also ”Overlay welding” in
Chapter 4.
Flux-cored arc welding
(FCAW) – a high
deposition, flexible
process for all-position
welding
Characteristics
The primary difference between the
FCAW and solid wire MAG process is
that the slag and shielding gas combination in FCAW protects the arc and the
weld from the air, Figure 3.10.
Due to its combination of a shielding gas
and a protective slag, outdoor welding
can be carried out far more easily with
FCAW than with solid wire MAG and
TIG. Nonetheless, steps should be taken
to shield against draughts.
Figure 3.10. Flux-cored arc welding
A = Gas cup
B = Contact tip
C = Filler wire
D = Shielding gas
E = Weld metal
F = Weld pool
G = Solidified slag
H = Arc (metal transfer)
I
= Parent metal
Figure 3.11 shows the cross-section of a
typical flux-cored wire.
Flux-cored arc welding is characterized
by high metal deposition rates, great
flexibility and good weldability. The
weld bead appearance is excellent – the
weld is smooth and slightly concave. Due
to a higher content of oxides in the weld,
the impact toughness is lower than for
solid wire MAG and TIG welds.
Flux-cored wire is produced from a
stainless steel strip formed to a tube and
filled with an agglomerated flux to
provide deoxidation and arc stabilizing.
The flux contains slag forming compounds and alloying elements. Its
composition is specifically formulated to
ensure the correct chemical composition
of the weld, good mechanical properties
and optimum welding characteristics in
the recommended positions.
The stainless steel flux cored electrodes
are classified in EN ISO 17633 and AWS
A5.22/A5.22M.
48
Figure 3.11. Cross-section of a flux-cored
wire
FCAW is commonly used for welding
thicker sections, i.e. > 5 mm. The high
deposition rate (typically twice that of
solid wire MIG, when the same current
is used) also makes it suitable for the
overlay welding of mild and low-alloyed
steel components.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Different wires for different purposes
Böhler Welding offers two different
types of flux-cored wires for welding of
stainless steel. The AWS T1 wires are
most universal and can be used in all
positions, but it may be a more cost-efficient solution to use AWS T0 wires for
welding in flat and horizontal positions.
These wires have many characteristics
in common. Arc stability is very good.
Both the arc and the weld pool are very
easy to control. The slag is self-releasing
and leaves an even, beautiful weld
finish. There are flux-cored wires for
welding most common austenitic and
duplex stainless steels. The ranges also
include special wires for joints between
stainless and carbon steels. The Böhler
Welding flux-cored wires are suitable for
most stainless steel applications, e.g.
plant in the pulp and paper industry,
storage tanks, process vessels, marine
chemical tankers and bridges.
Flat and horizontal T0 wires (Avesta
FCW-2D XXX, BÖHLER XXX-FD)
The flat and horizontal FCAW wires are
used for rapid and cost-efficient welding
in the flat, horizontal and horizontal-vertical positions. The T0 wires are particularly suitable for flat horizontal fillet
welds, flat butt welds and various types
of overlay welding.
Due to the slow freezing (R type) slag,
the weld metal shows very good wetting,
smooth bead appearance and low temper
discoloration, which makes post-weld
cleaning easier. Flat and horizontal
FCAW wires are also preferred for
applications where the optical
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
appearance is important. The slag is
self-peeling and leaves shiny beads with
a nice rippled surface. Suitable metal
thickness is 2.5 mm and upwards.
Flat and horizontal FCAW wires are not
suitable for welding in vertical-up and
overhead positions.
All-position wires “PW” T1 types
(Avesta FCW XXX-PW, BÖHLER XXX
PW-FD)
The T1 wires offer maximum flexibility
with great performance in all positions –
including flat and horizontal. The
resulting weld surface is, however, not as
shiny as for T0 wires.
The fast freezing (P type) slag provides
excellent weldability. The slag solidifies
at high temperature, supports the weld
pool and prevents it from running. PW
type flux-cored wires weld with a stable
arc and easily controlled weld pool. This
makes them very user-friendly.
With very high welding speed (high
current) in vertical-up position, it is
possible to weld up to 2 – 3 times faster
compared to stick electrodes and solid
wires.
The T1 slag concept results in the
highest impact toughness and makes the
weld metal more resistant to solidification cracking. The all-position wires are,
for this reason, preferred in flat and
horizontal positions when welding
thicker materials (≥ 25 mm / 1’’).
However, although T1 wires are optimized for welding in all positions, the
wires are not as suitable for vertical-down welding. Care must be taken
as there is risk for shallow penetration
(lack of fusion) and the slag becomes
thinner which can have a negative effect
on surface appearance and slag removal.
49
Welding parameters
FCAW is suitable for welding in all
positions and as it has a greater operating range, the process does not require
the same precision as solid wire MAG.
While the solid wire MAG process is
welded with pushing (forehand) technique to avoid cold laps in the flat and
horizontal positions, FCAW performs
best when welded with the backhand
technique. All flux-cored wire manufacturers are sometimes confronted with
customers failing X-ray inspections due
to slag inclusions and slag pockets / lack
of fusion. The rule of thumb is that “with
slag you drag”. The trailing torch
permits good weld pool control while at
the same time promoting defect-free
sidewall fusion, while maintaining high
deposition rates. Welding with backhand
technique also improves the slag
detachability and minimizes spatter
formation.
Table 3.6. Typical welding parameter range for various product types
and alloys
DCEP is used for FCAW. Tables 3.6 – 3.11
give typical welding parameters. To
obtain a smooth and even weld, free
from defects such as slag and porosity, it
is important to maintain the proper
current to voltage relationship in FCAW.
Too high voltage creates a long arc that
leads to heavy spatter and a wide weld.
There may also be undercutting and lack
of fusion. Too low voltage, on the other
hand, gives a short arc. This may result
in a convex weld bead that is prone to
porosity and slag inclusions. Thus, for
each current level, it is always advisable
to use a voltage at the high end of the
recommended range. In most applications, a wire stick-out of 15 – 25 mm and
an arc length of around 3 mm produce
the best results. Welding speed is
typically 20 – 60 cm/min for horizontal
welding and 10 – 20 cm/min for vertical-up welding.
Ø
Wire feed speed
Arc length
Current
Voltage
mm
m/min
mm
A
V
1.2
5.0–15.0
~3
130–280
22–30
1.6
4.5–9.5
~3
200–350
25–30
0.9
8.0–15.0
~3
100–160
22–27
1.2
6.0–13.0
~3
150–280
22–30
1.6
4.5–9.5
~3
200–360
23–28
1.2
6.5–15.5
~3
150–280
24–30
1.6
5.0–9.5
~3
200–350
26–30
1.2
5.5–11.5
~3
130–230
23–30
1.6
5.0–9.0
~3
200–320
25–30
1.2
5.0–15.0
Max. 3
130–280
22–30
1.6
4.5–9.5
Max. 3
200–350
25–30
6.0–12.0
Max. 3
130–230
23–27
Austenitic T0 wires
Austenitic T1 wires
Duplex T0 wires
Duplex T1 wires
Nickel-base T0 wires
Nickel-base T1 wires
Leteral A
1.2
Image A
Image C
Table 3.7. Downhand PA/1G/1F typical parameter range for 1.2 mm wire
with Ar + 18% CO2
45±5°
90±5°
90±5°
70°
50
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Stick-out
Current
Voltage
Wire feed Run
mm
A
V
m/min
15
140–190
22.0–26.5
6.5–9.0
Root
(ceramic
backing)
15
165–250
24.5–29.0
9.0–13.5
Cap
70°
51
page 11
ral B
Leteral F
Image B
Image D
Table 3.8. Flat fillet PB/2F typical parameter range for 1.2 mm wire with
Ar + 18% CO2
90°
Current
Voltage
Wire feed Run
mm
A
V
m/min
15
160–260
25.0–29.0
8.5–15.0
0-10°
Joint
type
45±5°
90±5°
30±5°
70°
70°
15
135–215
22.5–27.5
Fill (10 mm
material
thickness)
0-10°
Current
Voltage
Wire feed Run
mm
A
V
m/min
15
160–200
21.0–22.5
6.5–8.5
Root
(ceramic
backing)
PE Butt
15
165–220
22.0-24.0
7.0–12.0
Fill
PD Fillet
15
170–250
22.0–24.0
7.0–11.5
Fill
30±5°
0-10°
PE Butt
90°
6.5–11.0
90°
Stick-out
0-10°
Fill (5 mm
material
thickness)
30±5°
0-10°
30±5°
0-10°
Leteral C
Table 3.9. Horizontal-vertical T1 PC / 2G typical parameter range for 1.2
Image 2
mm T1 wire
with Ar + 18% CO2
Next passes
Stick-out
Current
Voltage
Wire feed Run
mm
A
V
m/min
15
130–170
21.0–23.5
6.0–8.0
Root
(ceramic
backing)
15
155–235
22.5–24.0
7.0–10.5
Fill
15
160–235
22.5–24.0
7.0–10.5
Cap
+10°
First pass
-10°
Next passes
0°
0-10°
short wait
page 9
3.10. Vertical-up PF/3G, 3F T1 typical parameter range for 1.2 mm
hniques
Techniques
D Table
D
T1 wire with Ar + 18% CO2.
Joint
typeD2 D2
D1 D1
D2
-10°
s
Table 3.11. Overhead PD/PE/4G/4F typical parameter range for 1.2 mm
T1 wire with Ar + 18% CO2.
page 11
Stick-out
Leteral F 2
page 11
5-10°
5-10°
5-10°
Butt
First
pass
First
pass
Horizontal-vertical
PC/2G
Next
Next
passes passes
Butt
Flat Fillet
PB/2F Fillet
Stick-out
Current
Voltage
Wire feed Run
mm
A
V
m/min
15
140–175
20.5–23.5
6.0–8.5
Root
(ceramic
backing)
15
145–230
22.5-26.5
6.0–12.5
Fill
15
130–280
21.0–26.5
5.5–13.5
Fill
A 1.2 mm diameter wire can, in most
Overhead
cases,
be used in all positions. However,
PD/PE/4G/4F
for thinner sections (2 – 4 mm), and in
some welding positions, a 0.9 mm
diameter wire may be preferable. The
largest diameter wire (1.6 mm) is
principally used for thicker sections (≥ 10
mm) in the horizontal position and the
overlay welding of mild steel
components.
Single-sided welding against a ceramic
backing is common; see Chapter 4,
“Welding techniques”.
MCAW – a high
deposition all-round
welding process
Characteristics
As compared to flux-cored wires, the
metal-cored wires are not filled with
flux, but metal powder. They are welded
using GMAW power sources and Ar +
0.5 – 5% CO2 or Ar + 0.5 – 3% O2 (M12 or
M13) as shielding gas. Just as for solid
wire the process can be optimized with
Ar + 2 – 3% CO2 and synergic pulsing.
The metal-cored wires have higher
current density than solid wires and
enter the favorable spray arc droplet
transfer mode at much lower wire
Vertical-up
52
PF/3G↑/3F↑
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
feeding rate (lower current) than solid
wire. This makes it easier to find suitable
welding parameters.
Significantly higher deposition rate and
welding speed can be achieved compared to solid wires of the same diameter. As travel speeds of up to 2.6 m/min
can be reached, these wires are especially suitable for high productivity
welding in mechanized applications.
Spray arc is used for high productivity
welding in flat horizontal and vertical
horizontal positions. Welding in vertical
position is possible with short-arc, but
the productivity is then similar to that of
solid wire.
As compared to solid wires, the metal-cored wires have a wider arc that
ensures uniform and safe side-wall
fusion. This results in improved resistance to lack of fusion and make the
metal-cored wires less sensitive to edge
misalignment and variation in gap
width. This method is excellent for
small, single pass fillet welds at high
welding speed. It is possible to weld
thinner material than with solid wire,
down to 0.6 mm.
Metal-cored wire is primarily used for
welding sheets and medium thick
components in the horizontal position.
53
For heavier thickness and welding out of
position, FCAW is still the best alternative, offering a higher deposition rate
and a supportive slag which is, in these
cases, an advantage.
Other advantages are that the metal-cored wires show excellent wetting
behavior and result in a smooth surface
with less oxidation and residual slag
than solid wires. The arc is extremely
stable resulting in minimal amount of
spatter.
The stainless steel metal-cored electrodes are classified in EN ISO 17633
and AWS A5.22/A5.22M.
Typical welding parameters are given in
Table 3.12.
Table 3.12. Typical welding
parameters for metal-cored wires
Ø
Stick- Arc
Wire Weld- Arc
out
length feed ing
voltspeed curage
rent
mm
mm
mm
m/min A
1.2
15
Max. 3 3.5 – 13 100 –
280
10 – 27
1.6
20
Max. 3 1.5 – 8
10 – 27
110 –
280
V
Flowing smoothly behind the arc, the
molten metal forms the weld bead.
Single pass keyhole mode welding is
normally used for material thickness of
up to 8 mm. Filler metal may or may not
be used.
PAW is characterized by a high-energy
arc which, when welding in the keyhole
mode, gives narrow, deep penetration
and low distortion of the workpiece. The
quality of the weld beads is often
excellent with low and even cap and the
heat-affected zone (HAZ) is small. In
keyhole mode, the root can become
somewhat sharper than what is commonly found with TIG welding. For some
of the tube and piping standards, this
requires remelting of the root on the
inside. Relatively high welding speeds
are possible and PAW is normally used
as an automatic process. The material
thickness is generally 0.5 – 8 mm.
Figure 3.12. The principle of PAW
A = Insulating sheath
B = Water-cooled torch
C = Plasma gas forced into the arc
D = Tungsten electrode
(non-consumable)
E = Shielding gas
F = Weld metal
G = Plasma jet
H = Parent metal
Welding is usually completed with a
square edge closed butt (SECB) weld.
However, for thicker sections, PAW may
be used for the root run in a beveled
joint that is filled and capped using other
welding methods, e.g. SAW or FCAW.
Owing to the narrow arc, the joint
tolerances are generally tighter for PAW
than for other welding methods, e.g.
TIG.
Filler wire for PAW
PAW can be either with or without filler
wire. Unless the complete workpiece can
be solution annealed to maximize
corrosion and mechanical performance,
filler wire should always be used when
welding high-alloyed grades such as
2205, 2507, 904L and 254 SMO®.
The plasma
The constriction of the arc imposed by
the inner nozzle forms an almost
cylindrical plasma. This gives arc
temperatures in excess of 20 000°C. To
protect the arc and weld pool against
oxidation, a shielding gas flows through
the outer nozzle.
Plasma arc welding
(PAW) – a high-energy
process for automatic
welding
Characteristics
In PAW, the arc is struck between a
non-consumable tungsten electrode and
the parent metal. In contrast to TIG
welding, the electrode is placed in a
separate nozzle where a separate plasma
54
Keyhole mode welding
The so-called keyhole mode is normally
used for full penetration PAW. The arc
burns trough the material to form a
keyhole.
gas flows through the arc forming a
plasma, which is then projected onto the
workpiece, Figure 3.12. A separate gas
shield protects the weld pool and the
weld metal. Filler material in the form of
wire, if used, is fed into the arc from the
side.
Both the plasma gas is normally Ar + 5%
H2. The shielding gas is normally pure
argon, but for duplex grades, Ar + 2% N2
is also used.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Remelt mode welding
Remelt mode PAW, also known as
“plasma TIG”, is used for filling and,
especially for capping welds. The gas
flows are much lower than in keyhole
mode. The penetration depth is generally 2 – 3 mm and filler metal is normally
used.
Welding parameters
DCEN is used for PAW and the material
thickness determines the welding
parameters used, Table 3.13.
Microplasma arc welding is a development of PAW. It uses extremely low
currents (0.3 – 10 A) for welding stainless
steels up to around 0.8 mm thick.
Table 3.13. Typical welding
parameters for PAW (keyhole)
Parent
Filler wire Current,
material
diameter, A
thickness, mm
mm
Welding
speed,
cm/min
2
1.0
120-130
40-60
4
1.2
150-160
30-40
6
1.2
160-180
25-30
8
1.2
200-250
15-20
55
Another alternative to PAW can be the
keyhole TIG welding process (K-TIG).
Laser and laser hybrid
welding – high
productivity and high
quality
Characteristics
Laser welding is not an arc welding
method, although it is a welding method
that relies on the fusion of molten metal.
In laser welding, a beam of coherent
single wavelength light is focused on a
small spot, where the absorbed light
energy melts the material, Figure 3.13.
Figure 3.13. The principle pf laser beam
welding (CO2 laser)
Laser welding is a high productivity
welding method that is often used for
welding thin sections (< 4 mm). The
single most common laser in the industry
has been the CO2 laser, due to high
process stability and high weld quality.
CO2 lasers are suitable for welding
stainless steel up to 10 mm and show less
spatter formation and smoother weld
roots than other laser types. Nd:YAG
lasers are generally of lower power and
with less beam quality, and so tend to be
used on thinner material (< 2 mm).
However, since the beam can be
delivered to the weld through fiber optic
cables, Nd:YAG lasers are particularly
56
suitable for robotic welding. These lasers
have traditionally been used within the
automotive industry. With excellent
beam quality and efficiency the new
high-brightness disc and fiber lasers
have gained popularity in the recent
years and substituted Nd:YAG, but also
CO2 lasers in many applications. Keyhole
welding gives better penetration than
conduction welding and the process
stability is improved when using backing
gas. Material as thick as 25 – 30 mm can
be welded with full penetration, but at
loss of root and cap quality as compared
to CO2 lasers. Laser welding produces a
narrow and deep weld with a small
HAZ. Consequently, good results
require tight tolerances in edge preparation. The root gap should not exceed 0.1
mm. Welding is normally autogenous as
it is difficult to add filler metal to the
narrow joint. As the high cooling rate
may cause an unfavorable ferrite and
austenite balance, duplex stainless steel
such as 2205 and 2304 should not be
laser welded unless solution annealing is
possible.
Laser hybrid welding is a high productivity method that combines the advantages of laser and for example MAG.
Where the weld can be made in a single
run, it is suitable for thickness up to
around 15 mm. The method combines a
laser beam, which penetrates the parent
metal, and a MAG torch, which fills the
joint. Compared with pure laser welding,
the tolerance requirements are far less
severe. Additionally, because filler is
added, there are less risks of detrimental
phases and improper weld metal
microstructure. This is so even when
welding high-alloyed materials such as
duplex 2205 up to approximate 8 mm.
considerably better penetration. The
penetration depth is primarily determined by the ability of the laser beam to
create a keyhole. The width is dependent
on the heat transferred by the arc. Butt
welding is normally performed as a
V-joint with a joint angle of 30° or less.
In the laser-MAG process, the following
parameters have proved to be important;
process orientation, travel angle, nozzle
angle, “offset”, stick-out, working
distance and focal length. The effect of
torch angle is much the same as in
conventional MAG welding.
There are two variants of laser hybrid
welding, “leading” and “trailing”.
Whichever is chosen, it is important that
the arc and the beam are sufficiently
close to each other for them to work in
the same weld pool. For better process
stability in leading laser hybrid welding,
the angle of the MAG nozzle should be
as slight as possible (i.e. in upright
position). Having the arc in the leading
position allows material from the filler
wire to fill any gaps. This means that the
laser beam creates a keyhole in a stable
weld pool. The result is an even weld
with good penetration and this should be
the preferred process orienta­t ion,
especially for material thicker than 4
mm. With trailing laser and leading arc,
the welding speed is somewhat reduced,
deeper penetration of filler additions for
uniform microstructure throughout the
weld and elimination of defects associated with leading laser (lack of fusion
and solidification cracking in both
austenitic and duplex stainless steels).
Trailing laser also gives more time for
austenite formation in duplex steels.
Further advantages are smoother
surfaces, a wider weld root and less
spatter formation. Trailing laser is thus
the only option to guarantee high weld
quality, but at somewhat lower welding
speeds than with leading laser. Also
when welding thinner material (1 – 2
mm), trailing laser and leading arc are
beneficial as this gives the smoothest
root formation.
The use of spray and pulsed arcs can be
advantageous, but due to the fact that
there is no stabilizing of the arc, a short
arc should be avoided in laser MAG
welding.
Currently, laser hybrid welding is most
often performed using a CO2 laser, but
the use of high-brightness lasers
increases. Laser hybrid welding of thin
sheets has much in common with
ordinary MAG welding, but shows the
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
57
4. Welding techniques for
stainless steel
Fitup and tack welding
When fitting up joints, the requirements
of the chosen welding procedure must
be respected. The size and the regularity
of the root gap are important factors
here. Depending on thickness, joint
configuration and the working practices,
standard grades can generally be
welded either with or without a root gap.
Welding without a root gap is not
advisable apart from MMA and TIG
welding of thin plates/pipes (< 2.5 mm).
In manual welding, a root gap generally
makes it easier to achieve constant root
penetration.
Unless solution annealing is possible,
there should always be a root gap when
welding high-performance grades of
stainless steel. This is because the
composition of the filler metal generally
differs from that of the parent material in
order to counteract weld metal element
segregation. Excessive dilution from the
base metal may lead to a unwanted
microstructure and formation of intermetallic precipitates. Root gaps are for the
same reason necessary when joining
dissimilar metals.
Recommended root gaps are shown in
Table 4.1.
stop defects on the tacks are removed.
This should be done sequentially, i.e.
weld, grind, weld, etc., Figure 4.2.
Grinding of start and stop
Table 4.1. Recommended root
gaps
Filler
Material
thickness
< 4 mm
Material
thickness
≥ 4 mm*
MMA, basic
0.3 × plate
thickness
2.5 mm**
MMA, rutile
0.5 × plate
thickness
3.0 mm**
MMA, rutile-acid 0.7 × plate
thickness
3.2 mm**
MIG
0.7 × plate
thickness
2.5 – 3.0 mm
FCAW
0.7 × plate
thickness
2.5 – 3.0 mm***
SAW
No root gap
No root gap
A
B
Figure 4.2. Grinding, length of tack welds
and recommended distances between
tacks for plate thickness > 6 mm.
Figure 4.1. To avoid plate movement, tacks
should be welded from each end alternately
Please note: These measurements are not
to scale. A = 150 – 200 mm; B = 20 – 30 mm
The spacing between tack welds should
be considerably shorter for stainless
steels than for mild steels, Figure 4.2.
This is because, when heated, stainless
steels expand more than mild steels (see
also “The physical properties of stainless
and mild steel” in Chapter 1 and in this
chapter “Welding stainless to mild
steel”).
Table 4.2. Spacing between welds
* V-joint, X-joint or K-joint welding
** When MMA welding, a useful rule of thumb
for thicker gauges is that the root gap should
be equal to the diameter of the core wire used
in the first run
*** The root gap when welding against a
ceramic backing should be 4 – 6 mm
Great care should be taken when tack
welding. The gap between the sheets
must remain uniform along the entire
length of the weld. If this is not the case,
there may be inadequate penetration
and significant deformation.
Tacks should be welded from each end
alternately and then in the middle of
each space until the operation is
complete. If welded from one end only,
the gap tends to be smaller at the
opposite end, Figure 4.1.
Material
thickness,
mm
Spacing,
mm
Tack length,
mm
1 – 1.5
30 – 60
5–7
2–3
70 – 120
5 – 10
4–6
120 – 160
10 – 15
>6
150 – 200
20 – 30
If welding from one side, the entire
intermediate tacks must be ground away
before welding that section.
Distance pieces, bullets or clamps
(sometimes referred to as bridges or
horses) can also be used for fitting up,
Figure 4.3.
Figure 4.3. Figure 4.3 Distance piece (top)
and bridge to it up the joint (below)
This is especially applicable where
plates are thick and the root side cannot
be accessed. The bullets and clamps
should be made of stainless steel. All
tacking (even temporary) of bullets and
clamps should use a filler metal that is
compatible with, and appropriate for, the
metal being welded. Qualified welding
procedures must always be used. To
avoid the risks of crack formation and
misalignment, the distance pieces or
clamps should not be removed until at
least two passes have been welded.
Tacks must be carefully ground before
welding starts to ensure that start and
58
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
59
When tacking and removing the fitup
support, care should be taken not to
contaminate or damage the surface of
the stainless steel. Any damage or
contamination should be carefully and
thoroughly removed.
Planning the welding
sequence
Starts and stops (Striking and
extinguishing the arc)
Every weld (manual, mechanized or
automated) has starts and stops. Each
start and stop is locally critical for
corrosion resistance, mechanical
properties and structural integrity. For
example, stray arcing on the plate
surface can have a negative effect on
local corrosion performance.
Consequently, the arc should be struck
at a point in the joint itself. Stray arcing
on the plate must be removed by
grinding followed by proper repair
welding.
When welding small components, or
where access is difficult, the arc should
be struck/extinguished on run-on/
run-off plates. Rutile electrodes are
easily struck. Basic electrodes, on the
other hand, are slightly more difficult to
ignite and re-ignite.
Arcs must always be extinguished
carefully. This is done by making a few
circular movements over the center of
the weld pool, moving the electrode
about 10 mm back through the weld and
lifting gently. Removing the electrode
quickly from the weld pool entails a
great risk of crater cracks (see also
Chapter 5 “Weld imperfections”). Many
modern power sources have crater-filling
functions. To remove end craters, and
minimize the risk of inclusions, the start
and stop of each weld should be carefully ground before continuing with the
next run.
60
Root runs (single or double-sided
welds)
Butt welding is easiest when it is
double-sided. Prior to welding the
second side, double-sided welds should
be ground to clean, sound metal.
Dye-penetrant testing can be used to
confirm the soundness of the metal.
In some cases (e.g. pipes), double-sided
welding is not possible. Single-sided,
unsupported root passes are most
commonly deposited using either TIG or
MMA welding. TIG welding is used for
weld deposits of the highest quality or
where de-slagging access is restricted.
Joint preparation for a single-sided root
pass has to be particularly precise. The
root gap must be optimized and constant. MMA should only be used where
it is possible (or not necessary) to de-slag
the penetration bead.
The following should be borne in mind:
■■ When welding thin plates or thinwalled tubes (max. 4 mm), the use of
an appropriately sized (e.g. 2 mm)
grinding disc ensures a consistent
root gap. Such a disc is also useful
when the root gap has decreased after
tacking.
■■ For best arc and melt control, use
small diameter (max. 3.25 mm)
covered electrodes.
■■ Welding should be performed with a
short arc. A longer arc, gives less
penetration.
■■ To obtain a nicely shaped root bead
and minimum oxidation when TIG
welding, a backing gas (purging gas)
should be used. See also “Backing
gases” in Chapter 8. A clean weld is
shown in Figure 4.4.
■■ For maximum penetration, the
electrode should be inclined as little
as possible in relation to the
workpiece.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
achieve the best possible root surfaces, a
backing suitable for stainless steel must
be used. It is also very important that
there is minimum misfit between plate
and backing. The root gap when welding
against a ceramic backing is normally
4 – 6 mm.
Figure 4.4. TIG root run on thin plate,
performed manually using backing gas
Root runs must satisfy three crucial
criteria. The welds must be:
■■ metallurgically sound
■■ geometrically sound
■■ deposited in a cost-efficient way
The run deposited on top of the root run
(i.e. run number 2) is called the “cold
run”. To avoid any possibility of deleterious phases, the cold run must not
excessively reheat the root bead. For
stainless steels, this is much more of an
issue with high performance grades than
it is with standard grades.
Root runs against ceramic backing
The use of ceramic backing strips can be
advantageous in single-sided welding.
By using ceramic weld metal support for
the welding of root passes with the
FCAW process, it is possible to weld the
full joint, from root to cap, from only one
side. It is a very productive way of
depositing high quality root passes with
excellent penetration and wetting, while
eliminating time-consuming gouging/
grinding from the opposite side. Such
backings are widely used for on-site
FCAW (e.g. in chemical tankers and
when building storage tanks).
The shape of the backing is determined
by joint preparation and welding
position. The two most common shapes
are flat and round bar, Figure 4.5. To
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Figure 4.5. Ceramic backings – flat and
round
After welding, the backing is normally
removed. If double-sided welding is
carried out, appearing slag on the
backing side should be removed before
welding on this side starts.
Fill passes
Fill passes may be performed with the
same welding method as for the root
pass, but other methods with higher
deposition rates can, in many cases, be
advantageous. Some common choices
are:
■■ TIG root pass – MMA or SAW fill pass
■■ MMA root pass – SAW or FCAW fill
pass
■■ TIG root pass – MAG or FCAW fill
pass
■■ FCAW root pass – SAW fill pass
61
Fill passes must, most importantly,
ensure that the necessary mechanical
properties and structural integrity are
obtained. Corrosion performance is only
an issue on the relatively rare occasions
where end grain is exposed, i.e. usually
where the weld stops and starts. Fill
passes normally use the same filler as
the root run. Exceptions may be cases
where a higher-alloyed filler is used for
the root pass to achieve higher weld
metal pitting resistance. For instance for
standard duplex 2205 material, superduplex fillers are sometimes used for
welding the root and duplex fillers used
for the fill passes as these are somewhat
cheaper and may also have better
ductility. Another example is to use
duplex filler for welding the root pass of
lean duplex LDX 2101, and fill with 309L
(23 12 L) for improved impact toughness.
There may, however, be other requirements preventing use of austenitic and
nickel-base fillers for fill passes.
X or double U-joints (normally recommended for plate thickness > 15 mm) can
be welded with alternating runs on each
side. This minimizes plate deformation.
Due to the sharper joint angle in double
U-joints as compared to X-joints, care
should be taken to avoid lack of fusion.
Two requirements determine the heat
input for fill passes. One is the economic
production of geometrically sound welds
demonstrating the required properties.
The other is the need to maintain both
the corrosion performance and the
mechanical performance of the root
region.
Cap passes
In cap passes, corrosion performance is a
major consideration. For this reason, the
heat input must be determined in the
same way as it is for root and cold passes
(i.e. the right heat input to achieve the
desired balance of corrosion performance, mechanical properties and
62
structural integrity). The correct
appearance/shape of the cap pass/passes
is critical for good corrosion resistance.
Excessive metal, undercut, unevenness
and crevices are all not normally
allowed. Aesthetic factors may also have
to be taken into consideration.
Stringer beads versus weaving
Especially in flat (PA/1G) and horizontal-vertical (PC/2G) positions, stainless
steels are normally welded using
stringer beads, Figure 4.6. With light
weaving of the arc, there is normally
better wetting of the sides and improved
safety to lack of fusion. In PB / 1F
position, stringer beads would require
lower parameter settings, while weaving
allows the welder to increase the
parameters and weld somewhat faster
still having control of the melt.
Figure 4.6. Stringer beads in PC/2G position
Weaving can be used in both flat and
vertical-up (PF/3G) positions. The weld
width should, however, not exceed a
width of 20 mm. When welding with the
MMA process in flat position, the weave
width should not exceed 4 times the
diameter of the electrode. This is
because of the risk of slag being
entrapped each time the electrode
changes direction. In the vertical-up
position, the width of the weave can be
up to 20 mm. Consequently, using a
weaving technique rather than stringer
beads means that the number of runs
can be drastically decreased. For
example, with FCAW, a 15 – 18 mm plate
can be welded in only three runs, as
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
compared to 8 – 12 runs with stringer
beads. This dramatically reduces
welding costs.
Using a weaving technique, the travel
speed is much lower than with stringer
beads. However, the heat input cannot
be calculated using the formula given in
Chapter 1, “Introduction”. If the heat
input in the weld metal the total zig-zag
length shall be used. Compared to
stringer beads, weaving considerably
lowers the risk of hot cracking due to
that the solidification direction changes
with every weave.
passes are required and the total
welding time is reduced. A weaving
technique is normally used for vertical-up MMA and FCAW.
As shown in Figure 4.7, the torch or
electrode should be held more or less at
right angles to the workpiece.
Vertical-up and vertical-down
welding
All arc welding methods, except
submerged arc, can be used in the
vertical-up position.
Welding with solid wire MAG and
metal-cored wires in the vertical-up
position must be with a short or a pulsed
arc. It is normally only used for relatively
thin materials (less than 3 – 4 mm) and is
usually carried out in one run with a
very small melt pool. MAG welding in
the vertical-down position is also
possible. This requires a pulsed arc
welding machine and a low parameter
setup.
TIG welding is possible in all positions.
The weld pool and weld thickness are
once again relatively small.
Figure 4.7. Vertical-up welding.
An “in and out” weave, with the torch
manipulated in a “side-center-side”
triangle, Figure 4.8, can be used. Care
must be taken when changing direction.
The slag from the previous pass must
always be remelted when welding in the
reverse direction. Failure to do this will
commonly result in the formation of slag
inclusions.
The slag forming methods, MMA and
FCAW, have the advantage that thick
plates can be welded easily and with
relatively few passes in all positions. For
welding in the PF (3G, 3F), PD (4F) and
PE (4G) positions, however, electrodes
and wires with fast-freezing slag must
be used. The slag solidifies, supports the
weld pool and prevents it from running.
Relatively large weld pools are thus
possible to achieve. Consequently,
compared with other methods, fewer
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
63
Table 4.3. Backhand versus
forehand welding using solid wire
with the MAG process.
Figure 4.8. Vertical-up welding using the “in
and out” technique
Figure 4.9. Vertical-down welding
Compared to horizontal welding, the
current in vertical-up welding is
typically 40 – 60 A lower for FCAW and
10 – 30 A lower for MMA.
Backhand versus forehand welding
Holding the torch at different angles
gives different welding results.
Backhand (drag angle) and forehand
(push or lead angle) welding are shown
in Figure 4.10. Table 4.3 summarizes the
differences between backhand and
forehand welding.
For vertical-down butt welding, there
are specially designed covered electrodes. For fillet or lap joints, vertical-down with flux-cored wires is a
further possibility. The torch or electrode
should be inclined at about 15° to the
plate, Figure 4.9. Vertical-down welding
is, however, not the first choice for FCAW
other than for cosmetic sealing. When
using flux-cored wire for welding
vertical-down, the penetration profile is
shallow, hence the risk of lack of fusion
defects increases. The slag also becomes
thinner, which can have a negative
effect on the slag removal. Instead, the
MAG process may be considered.
Forehand (push)
welding
+ Increased penetration
+W
ider and more
concave weld bead
+ Increased arc stability
+E
asier and better
control of arc and melt
pool
– Increased risk of
undercuts
+ Smoother weld surface
– Narrow weld bead
+ Improved gas shield
– Decreased fluidity
– Decreased penetration
(lack of fusion)
Width and depth are two major factors in
achieving a good weld. Both are closely
related to current, voltage and travel
speed. However, other welding parameters such as electrode size, stick-out,
torch angle and shielding gas can also
influence weld quality and shape. Figure
4.11 depicts the effects of voltage,
current and travel speed on the shape of
the weld bead.
Figure 4.11. The influence of current, voltage
and travel speed on bead shape
Figure 4.10. Backhand and forehand
techniques
64
Backhand (drag)
welding
Width and depth
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
The differences are most apparent when
MAG welding. Nonetheless, changes in
torch angle can also have significant
effects in SAW. For best results in FCAW,
the torch is generally not angled and the
process is always dragged with the
exception of welding vertical-up where
the torch can be directed up to 10°
upwards. For optimum weld pool control
in MMA welding, a backhand technique
is normally used.
While the MAG process is welded with
pushing (forehand) technique to avoid
cold laps in the flat and horizontal
positions, FCAW performs best when
welded with the backhand technique. It
is common that flux-cored wire welders
fail the X-ray inspection due to slag
inclusions and slag pockets / lack of
fusion. This is the reason for the general
rule that “with slag you drag”. The
trailing torch permits good weld pool
control and, at the same time, promotes
defect-free sidewall fusion, while
maintaining high deposi­t ion rates.
Welding with the backhand technique
also improves slag detachabil­ity and
minimizes spatter formation.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Current
Arc current is the parameter having the
strongest effect on parent metal penetration. A higher current enhances penetration, but also increases the risk of
burn-through and solidification cracking. Too low current gives low penetration and a risk of lack of fusion or other
root defects.
Voltage
Arc voltage strongly influences the
shape and width of the weld bead. To
some extent, it also affects weld depth,
especially in SAW. A high voltage gives
a very wide bead with the risk of
undercut and even a concave shape. A
too low voltage gives a very peaky,
erratic and convex weld. In both cases,
any slag can be hard to remove.
Travel speed
The travel speed when single pass
welding is dependent on penetration.
Increased travel speed normally reduces
penetration and gives a narrower weld
65
bead. Decreased speed often improves
penetration and results in a wider weld.
The penetration will also be affected by
trace elements (e.g. sulfur, oxygen2,3) in
the steel and filler metal.
With a constant current, an increase in
electrode or wire diameter reduces
current density. This normally reduces
penetration and metal deposition rate.
Besides these effects, the use of, for
example, excessively large diameter
consumables in root runs also restricts
access, increases the size of the weld
pool and makes it more difficult to
achieve the desired penetration and
profile characteristics and hence affect
the travel speed.
Stick-out
Wire stick-out (SAW, MAG and FCAW) is
the distance between the contact tip and
the tip of the electrode. This distance
affects the resistive heating of the
electrode tip. A short stick-out gives low
resistive heating and, consequently,
deep penetration. Increasing the
stick-out raises resistive heating (i.e. the
electrode becomes warmer); the metal
deposition rate improves and penetration
decreases. Particularly in overlay
welding, increased stick-out is used to
maximize the metal deposition rate and
minimize dilution.
Residual stresses
Residual stresses will always occur as a
result of welding. Welding causes large
tensile and compressive stresses both
parallel and perpendicular to the weld.
The value is at the same level as the
yield strength. The level of the residual
stress also increases with sheet thickness and degree of constraints.
Residual tensile stresses may reduce the
performance or may contribute to failure
of manufactured components due to
fatigue, creep, environmental degradation or brittle fracture. They may also
cause other forms of damage such as
distortion. Compressive residual stresses
are generally beneficial, but may cause a
decrease of the buckling load.
As welding involves highly localized
heating of the joint area, non-uniform
stresses are induced in the component
because of thermal expansion and
contraction of the heated material.
Initially, compressive stresses are
created in the surrounding cold sheet
when the weld pool is formed, due to the
thermal expansion of the hot metal
adjacent to the weld pool. Tensile
stresses are then induced on cooling,
when the contraction of the weld metal
and the immediate HAZ is restrained by
the bulk of the cold parent metal. When
the stresses generated from thermal
expansion/contraction exceed the yield
strength of the sheet, localized plastic
deformation occurs and the plastic
deformation causes a permanent
distortion of the component or structure.
Residual stresses in as-welded structures
may be minimized by appropriate
selection of materials, welding process
and welding parameters, structural
geometry, fabrication and/or welding
sequence. They may be relaxed by
thermal processes including post-weld
heat treatment and creep in service, or
by mechanical processes including proof
testing, cold stretching, hammer-peening and vibratory stress relief. Different
2 K. Watanabe (1993) Effects of residuals and micro-alloying elements on welding of stainless steels.
International Institute of Welding Doc. No. IX-H-285-93, 33pp.
3 T. Miyake, H. Nagasaki, D. Watanabe and N. Yurioka (2000) Effect of residual and micro-alloying elements
on welding of stainless steels – Part 2: Effects on mechanical properties by arc welding. International
Institute of Welding Doc. No. IX-1983-00/IX-H-482-00, 22pp.
66
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
stress relief treatments are appropriate
in different applications/situations. The
effectiveness of all the above treatments
may be reduced, or the residual stresses
may even be increased, if the treatment
is not applied properly.
Distortion
Welding will always introduce distortion
of the welded components. The distortions are a result of build-up of residual
stresses during the welding process and
cooling. The magnitude of thermal
stresses induced in the material is
dependent on the volume change in the
weld area during solidification and
subsequent cooling to room temperature.
If the stresses generated from thermal
expansion/contraction exceed the yield
strength of the parent metal, localized
plastic deformation of the metal occurs.
Plastic deformation causes a permanent
reduction/expansion in the component
dimensions and distorts the structure.
The degree of distortion is strongly
dependent on the welding method and
whether or not a fixture is used. The
higher the heat input, the larger the
deformation. If a fixture is used (high
degree of “clamping”) smaller deformation is obtained. In addition, thinner
gauges are much more sensitive to
distortion than heavier gauges. Thin
sheets may, if the distortion is large,
even suffer buckling. Austenitic stainless steels suffer more distortion than
mild steels, mainly due to differences in
thermal expansion and thermal conductivity. As a general rule, one should
always design so that the thermal
expansion and shrinking have the
smallest possible influence on the
deformation. Alternatively, the design
should be made so that it is easy to make
corrections afterwards. Some general
recommendations regarding distortion
control are:
■■ Use double-sided welding (X-joint)
rather than single-sided (V-joint).
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
■■ Weld in a symmetrical fashion.
■■ The transverse shrinkage in butt
welds decreases with decreased root
gap since less weld metal is needed to
fill the joint.
■■ The transverse shrinkage in butt
welds also decreases with decreased
bevel angle.
■■ Heat input control may be necessary
to minimize distortion.
■■ Transverse shrinkage decreases with
increased degree of restraint.
■■ As excessive welding promotes
distortion, it is important to optimize
the size of the weld.
■■ A narrow weld, as in laser welding
and plasma welding, and fewer
passes are beneficial for limiting
distortion. The degree of angular
distortion is generally proportional to
the number of passes.
■■ Hammer peening (mechanical
deformation inducing compressive
stress) generally reduces deformation
and residual stresses.
■■ The butt joint is the most generally
suitable type for arc welding of
stainless steels.
■■ If fillet joints are used on thin sheet, it
must be remembered that the joints
should not be made too thin. The
minimum thickness of the weld throat
is about 2 mm. Highly skilled welders
with proper equipment can, however,
produce smaller beads.
■■ With arc welding, i.e. MMA, the joints
become disproportionately large on
1 mm sheet. Severe distortion will
occur, and it is almost impossible to
avoid burning through the sheet.
There is less danger of burn-through
on 1.5 and 2 mm sheet, but distortion
may still be a serious problem. Only
when the thickness of the material
reaches 3 mm, can joints be made
with the proper weld throat size,
usually about 0.7 × sheet thickness.
■■ Pre-bending or pre-resetting the
plates, Figure 4.12 can help control
angular distortion and give the
correct alignment after welding. The
67
main advantages compared with the
use of restraint are that there is no
expensive equipment needed and
there will be lower residual stresses in
the structure. As it is difficult to
predict the amount of pre-setting
needed to accommodate shrinkage, a
number of trial welds will usually be
required.
■■ Distortion is reduced by using
balanced welding sequences and
techniques. These may incorporate
block and back-step welding
sequences, Figure 4.13. Intermittent
welding can help combat distortion.
To minimize the distortion after the
part has been tack welded or
clamped, a suitable welding
sequence, or bead sequence, should
be chosen.
■■ The order in which the individual
passes are made in a multi-pass weld
will also affect the distortion. If the
beads are made in a non-symmetrical
way, the distortion will be greater
than if welded in a symmetric way.
■■ Clamps and/or fixtures are sometimes
used together with tack welds to
combat distortion. If a component is
welded without any external restraint
at all, it distorts to relieve the residual
stresses from welding. After parts to
be welded together have been
positioned as required, generally by
clamping them, tack welds are used
temporary to hold the components in
the proper location, alignment, and
distance apart, until the final welding
can be completed. In manual welding
operations, tack welding can be used
to set up the parts without using
fixtures.
straightening process itself and to follow
some basic guidelines.
Figure 4.12. Presetting of butt and fillet
welds to prevent angular distortion and
tapered gap to prevent undesired closure
Welding stainless to
mild steel
When welding stainless to mild steel,
great attention must be paid to cleanliness, dilution and type of filler metal. As
detailed in “Dissimilar welding” in
Chapter 12, an over-alloyed filler should
be used. This is to compensate for
dilution with the mild steel.
Figure 4.13. Block welding sequences
Flame straightening
Modern austenitic stainless steels with
low contents of carbon can sometimes be
flame straightened, even if some surface
oxidation will occur. However, it is
necessary to have the proper knowledge
of both the material and the
68
The risk of chromium carbide precipitation and intergranular corrosion always
has to be considered when welding or
heating austenitic stainless steels,
particularly those with high carbon
content, in the temperature range
between 500°C and 900°C. Today this is
less of a problem, as most modern
austenitic steels have a carbon content
below 0.05%. There are also austenitic
stainless steels with higher carbon
contents that have been stabilized by
adding titanium or niobium. As a rule of
thumb, heating and cooling should be
performed as quickly as possible when
flame straightening stainless steels. The
flame should be slightly oxidizing to
reduce carbon pick up. The weld oxide
and scale after flame straightening
should be removed. Pickling is the
preferred cleaning method to ensure
sufficient corrosion properties.
input should be limited and an appropriate bevel angle should be used. The arc
must not be aimed directly at the mild
steel side. In manual welding, it is
advisable to tilt the torch slightly
towards the stainless steel. In SAW, a
slight offset of 1 – 2 mm towards the
stainless steel is suggested, Figure 4.14.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
As there is a significant risk of pore
formation, welding to primer-coated
sheet should be avoided. The paint
should be removed from all surfaces that
are likely to be exposed to temperatures
above 500°C (i.e. approximately 20 – 50
mm from the weld).
When welding stainless steel to unalloyed or low-alloyed steels, it is advisable/necessary to reduce the dilution of
the weld as much as possible. Thus, heat
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Figure 4.14. Mild steel dilution is minimized
by an offset of 1 – 2 mm (SMAW) and by
angling the torch towards the stainless steel
(MMA, FCAW and MAG)
Overlay welding
In applications demanding a corrosion or
wear-resistant surface, overlay welding
(also called cladding or surfacing) of
low-alloyed steel is often chosen as an
alternative to using clad steel plates or
homogenous stainless steel. All types of
welding methods can be used for overlay
welding. In this case, the main differences between the methods are
69
Submerged arc strip welding (SAW)
Submerged arc strip welding is in
principal the same as conventional SAW
except that, instead of wire, strips of
various widths are used (30, 60 or 90
mm). This requires a special welding
head. The width is determined by the
shape of the component to be surfaced.
The strip thickness is normally 0.5 mm.
deposition rate and dilution with the
parent metal.
The properties of the weld metal are
generally determined by the chemical
composition of the deposit. Various
combinations of welding methods,
consumables, fluxes and welding
parameters can be used in overlay
welding. Whether overlaying uses one or
several layers depend on the welding
method used and the stipulated requirements. Type 309L / 23 12 L or 309LMo /
23 12 2 L consumables are normally used
for the first (buffer) layer. Other filler
used are 307 / 18 8 Mn, 312 / 29 9 and
various nickel-based types.
A consumable with a chemical composition satisfying the stated requirements is
used for the final layer(s).
To reduce stress in the component,
post-weld heat treatment (PWHT) is
often carried out after overlaying. Due to
the transformation of ferrite into sigma
phase, PWHT reduces the ductility of
high-ferrite overlays. Thus, a maximum
ferrite content of 8 – 12% is often
stipulated. This must be borne in mind
when choosing the electrodes, wire or
wire/strip and flux combination.
Figure 4.15. Overlay welding of a heat
exchanger end cap.
Carbon content
To minimize the risk of intercrystalline
corrosion due to formation of chromium
carbide precipitates, carbon content
should be held reasonably low (normally
less than 0.05%). Using consumables
with a maximum carbon content of
0.030% (and observing the recommended welding parameters) this is not
usually a problem, even in the first layer.
With a two-layer surfacing the carbon
content is never higher than 0.03%,
which is the maximum allowed for extra
low carbon (ELC) steel. Low carbon
content also reduces the risk of sensitization when a PWHT is carried out.
Overlay welding is common in all types
of industries where surfacing or repair is
required, e.g. the chemical, nuclear,
petrochemical and paper industries.
70
The overlay deposit exhibits relatively
low dilution (typically 10 – 20%) from the
parent metal. Thanks to the good fusion
characteristics, a high alloy content is
achieved in the first layer. Consequently,
a minimum number of layers are
required to achieve a particular final
deposit composition. Table 4.4 gives
examples of some overlay deposits.
Compared to wire surfacing, strip
surfacing is characterized by a high
deposition rate and a low and uniform
dilution. The cross-sections of overlay
welds using strip and wire are shown in
Figure 4.16.
Figure 4.16. Weld bead shape – strip versus
wire
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
71
Table 4.4. Surfacing – examples of chemical composition of overlay
deposits
Final layer1
Filler
Layer
Flux
Composition of weld metal, wt.%
Ferrite
C
Si
Mn
Cr
Ni
Other
FN2 %3
Method: SAW (strip)
347
347
308L
309L
1
301
0.03
0.5
1.2
19.0
10.5
-
5
5
347
2
301
0.02
1.0
1.0
19.7
10.5
Nb 0.30
10
7
309LNb 1
301
0.04
0.5
1.3
19.5
10.5
Nb 0.60
6
5
347
2
301
0.02
0.5
1.2
19.0
10.5
Nb 0.35
7
5
309L
1
301
0.03
0.5
1.2
19.0
10.5
-
5
5
308L
2
301
0.02
1.1
0.6
18.6
10.3
-
10
7
ESW-flux 0.03
0.5
1.5
19.6
10.5
Nb 0.60
8
8
Method: ESW (strip)
347
309LNb 1
Method: SAW (wire)
347
316L
309L
1
805
0.03
0.5
1.4
22.0
13.5
-
7
6
347
2
807
0.04
0.6
0.8
19.0
10.0
Nb 0.70
6
5
309Mo
1
805
0.03
0.7
1.4
20.5
14.0
Mo 2.3
5
6
316L
2
807
0.02
0.6
1.2
19.5
10.0
Mo 2.5
8
7
309L
1
-
0.03
0.8
1.3
22.5
13.5
-
9
9
347
2
-
0.02
0.8
1.1
19.0
10.0
N 0.30
7
6
904L
1
-
0.04
0.6
0.9
18.0
21.0
Mo 3.5
-
-
904L
2
-
0.02
0.7
1.2
21.0
24.5
Mo 4.3
-
-
904L
3
-
0.02
0.7
1.2
21.0
24.7
Mo 4.4
-
-
690
1
-
0.05
0.5
1.9
26.0
45
Nb 1.0
-
-
690
2
-
0.03
0.5
2.3
29.5
51
Nb 1.6
-
-
690
3
-
0.03
0.5
2.3
30.5
53
Nb 1.6
-
-
309LMo 1
-
0.04
0.5
1.5
21.0
11.5
Mo 2.1
8
6
316L
2
-
0.03
0.6
1.4
18.5
12.5
Mo 2.8
9
7
309L
1
-
0.04
0.5
1.5
21.5
11.0
-
8
6
347
2
-
0.03
0.4
1.6
19.0
10.0
Nb 0.60
8
7
Method: MMA
347
904L
690
Differing only slightly with travel speed,
the normal penetration is about 1 mm.
The surface appearance is superior to
that obtained using any other welding
technique.
Welding parameters have a great effect
on bead thickness and dilution. Figures
4.17 and 4.18 show the effect of travel
speed on thickness and dilution respectively. The figures use a constant current
(750 A) and voltage (26 V). A suitable
thickness for the first layer is
3.5 – 4.5 mm.
To obtain the desired weld metal
composition, choosing the right combination of strip electrode and flux,
together with the correct welding
parameters, is of the utmost importance.
Mainly in terms of current capacity and
slag density, the fluxes used for strip
surfacing usually differ slightly from
wire welding fluxes. Strip surfacing
fluxes are normally agglomerated,
slightly basic and have a small addition
of chromium.
347
Figure 4.17. Travel speed and thickness
Figure 4.18. Travel speed and dilution
1 Composition of final layer as stipulated by AWS standards
The flux used in ESW differs from that
used in SAW and cannot be alloyed. The
heat input is also generally higher than
in SAW. Consequently, the mild steel has
to be slightly thicker. The melt pool in
ESW is larger than that in SAW. This
makes it difficult to clad cylindrical
objects that have a diameter of less than
1 000 mm.
Submerged arc wire welding (SAW)
Using wire instead of strip gives a much
smaller weld pool. This is a great
advantage when surfacing small objects
of a complex design. Productivity, on the
other hand, is much lower, but can be
increased by using two or more wires.
As shown in Figures 4.11 and 4.19,
welding parameters, torch angle and
torch position can have a considerable
effect on dilution (see Table 4.4 for
examples of overlay deposits).
Method: FCAW
316L
Electroslag welding (ESW)
Electroslag strip welding is a development of submerged arc strip cladding.
The basic difference is that ESW utilizes
a conductive slag (instead of an electrical arc) to transfer the melted strip. The
lower penetration of ESW greatly
reduces dilution with the parent metal.
For this reason, ESW is normally carried
out in a single layer (see Table 4.4 for
examples of overlay deposits).
When surfacing cylindrical objects,
welding is best performed in a slightly
downhill position. The influence of the
various welding parameters is detailed
in ”Width and depth”. In addition to the
measures given there, dilution can also
be lowered by switching the polarity to
DC-. However, this gives a slightly
rougher weld bead surface.
2 Ferrite according to WRC-92
3 Ferrite measured in % using Fischer FeritScope ® FMP30
72
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
73
The deposition rate, which is generally
rather low, can be improved by using
high recovery electrodes.
Metal active gas (MAG)
Due to the development of new welding
machines (e.g. synergic pulsed
machines), MAG is becoming more
widely used for overlaying. Nickel-base
overlay welding for the oil and gas
industry is an example of this. Welding
is carried out using a spray or pulsed arc,
often in a fully automatic welding
machine that has an oscillating torch.
Oscillation amplitude and frequency are
normally 20 – 50 mm and 40 – 80 cycles
per minute respectively. Compared to
stringer beads, oscillation has the
advantage that dilution with the parent
metal is lower and the resultant surface
is more attractive.
Figure 4.19. Effect of torch angle and torch
position on dilution
Covered electrodes (MMA)
Covered electrodes are widely used for
surfacing small components or when
welding out of position is necessary. As
dilution from the parent metal is rather
high, more than one layer is normally
required (see Table 4.4 for examples of
overlay deposits).
When surfacing cylindrical objects,
welding is best performed in a slightly
downhill position.
Compared to other overlaying methods,
the use of covered electrodes has the
advantage that special coatings (e.g.
with a controlled ferrite content) can be
purpose-designed for the job in
question.
74
Welding is normally performed in two or
more layers (see Table 4.4 for examples
of overlay deposits). The effect of torch
angle and torch position is depicted in
Figure 4.19. When surfacing cylindrical
objects, welding is best performed in a
slightly downhill position.
Flux-cored arc welding (FCAW)
Often used for weld overlay of smaller
parts or when welding out of position.
Overlay welding of digesters in the pulp
and paper industry is an example of this.
As dilution from the parent metal is
rather high, more than one layer is
normally required (see Table 4.4 for
examples of overlay deposits).
Critical process equipment in refineries
such as heavy-wall reactors or pressure
vessels for hydrotreating and hydrocracking is normally made in low-alloyed
creep-resistant steels and clad internally
with alloy 347. Some areas such as the
inside of nozzles and fittings cannot be
covered by clad plates and/or strip
cladding and need separate overlay
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
welding. This can be efficiently done
using the FCAW process with an E309L
buffer layer between the creep-resistant
steel and the E347 layer. This type of
equipment is typically operated at
temperatures below 500 °C, but depending on the alloy grade and requirements
on mechanical properties, a final PWHT
is performed at 660–710 °C, in addition
to other intermediate PWHT. FCAW
overlay welding is also performed using
E308H. One application is restoration of
fluid catalytic cracking (FCC) regenerators that operate at temperatures above
700 °C.
Figure 4.20. V-joint (thickness < 20 mm) –
pre-milled plates
Joint angle: 60 – 70°
Root land: 1.5 – 2.0 mm (+ clad plate)
Root gap: 0 – 3 mm
Pre-milling (A): 8 – 16 mm (4 – 8 mm at each
plate edge)
➀ Welding from mild steel side using mild
steel consumables.
➁ Grinding, or gouging followed by
grinding, to at least 2 mm below the
cladding (B)
➂ Welding from the clad side using type
309LMo or 309L electrodes minimum one
layer)
➃ Welding with consumables that match
the cladding (minimum one layer)
Welding clad steel plates
All arc welding methods can be used for
welding clad steel plates. The chemical
composition and the thickness of the
weld metal in the top layer must correspond to that of the cladding metal.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Edges are normally prepared for V, X or
U-joints. The best methods of edge
preparation are milling or plasma
cutting followed by grinding to smooth
surfaces.
The plates used for V-joints may or may
not have pre-milled edges (Figures 4.20
and 4.21, respectively). In the latter case
4 – 8 mm of the cladding must be ground
away on each side of the groove prior to
welding.
Figure 4.21. V-joint (thickness < 20 mm) –
plates not pre-milled
Joint angle: 60 – 70°
Root land: 1.5 – 2.0 mm (+ clad plate)
Root gap: 0 – 3 mm
➀ Grinding away of cladding, 4 – 8 mm on
each side of the groove
➁ Welding from mild steel side using mild
steel consumables
➂ Grinding, or gouging followed by
grinding, to at least 2 mm below the
cladding (B)
➃ Welding from the clad side using type
309LMo or 309L electrodes (minimum one
layer)
➄ Welding with consumables that match
the cladding (minimum one layer)
Plates over 20 mm thick are preferably
welded using an X or U-joint. Where
plates do not have pre-milled edges,
4 – 8 mm of the cladding must be ground
away on each side of the groove. Figure
4.22 shows an X-joint.
75
Dilution with the mild steel should be
kept as low as possible by reducing the
current and by directing the arc to the
center of the joint.
In cases where welding can only be
performed from one side (e.g. in pipes),
all welding should be carried out using
stainless steel or nickel-base electrodes
of a suitable composition.
Figure 4.22. X-joint (thickness > 20 mm)
Joining angle: 60 – 70°
Root land: 1.5 – 2.0 mm (+ clad plate)
Root gap: 0 – 3 mm
Pre-milling (A): 4 – 8 mm
Note: If plates are not pre-milled, 4 – 8 mm
of the cladding must be ground away on
each side of the groove
➀ Welding from mild steel side using mild
steel consumables
➁ Grinding, or gouging followed by
grinding, to at least 2 mm below the
cladding (B)
➂ Welding from the clad side using type
309LMo or 309L electrodes (minimum one
layer
➃ Welding with consumables that match
the cladding (minimum one layer)
To minimize welding on the clad side, it
is advisable for edges to be prepared
asymmetrically. Mild steel electrodes
should never be used when welding on
the clad steel side.
As far as possible, always start from the
mild steel side when welding clad plates.
Suitable mild steel consumables should
be used. The prime concern is preventing the root bead from penetrating the
cladding.
The first bead on the clad side must be
deposited using a type 309L or 309LMo
over-alloyed electrodes or similar
suitable fillers for dissimilar welding. At
least one layer should be welded before
capping with a consumable that has a
composition matching that of the
cladding.
76
All welding, grinding and cutting must
be carried out with great care, so that
the stainless steel surface is not damaged by spatter, contamination or
grinding scars. Cardboard or chalk-paint
can be used to protect the surrounding
clad surface.
Repair welding
The repair of welding imperfections
must, when stipulated, be carried out in
a proper manner. Small imperfections
such as spatter or scars are normally
only ground off using a suitable grinding
disc. Note that a grinding disc intended
for stainless steels only should be used.
The repaired area should then be
pickled and passivated using standard
procedures (for example ASTM A380
and A967). Fully austenitic and duplex
steels should be repair welded using
designated filler material. Remelting of
imperfections without filler, i.e. TIG
dressing must be followed by post-weld
heat treatment for those grades. This is
because remelting changes the mechanical and corrosion properties of the
affected area.
starts, the gouged area should be ground
off (1 – 2 mm is normally necessary) to
sound metal. This is to ensure that the
area subject to carbon-pickup has been
removed. For austenitic stainless steel,
this operation is also needed to ensure
that no copper-induced liquid metal
embrittlement takes place.
Gouging and repair can be carried out
several times without harming the
surrounding metal. However, with both
gouging and repair, great care must be
taken as regards spatter. Use cardboard,
chalk-paint or any other suitable
protection to shield all surrounding
areas.
It is always advisable to establish and
follow suitable repair procedures.
Repair welding of large defects may also
mean that PWHT is required.
Larger and more severe imperfections
require heavier grinding. The ground
area must then be filled using a suitable
filler.
Where there are internal imperfections
in heavy sections, a gouging operation
may be required. Air carbon arc gouging
can be used. Before repair welding
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
77
5. Weld imperfections
Introduction
Weld imperfections may affect the
performance of a weld. Imperfection is a
general term for any irregularity or
discontinuity in a weld. A defect is a
type of imperfection that has a negative
impact on serviceability and usability.
Acceptance levels for the various types
of imperfections are set out in, for
example, ISO 5817 “Welding-quality
levels for imperfections”. This standard
also has a system of three quality
levels – B, C and D. Level B is the highest
and is normally only required where
demands are extremely high, e.g. in the
welding of pressure vessels.
This chapter examines some of the
common imperfections directly associated with the welding process. It also
details common causes of imperfections
and typical ways of remedying and
avoiding imperfections.
The terminology of EN 1792 “Weldingmultilingual list for welding and related
processes”, is used in the section
headings giving the names of imperfections. Alternative “shorthand” or
“everyday” names are also used in the
main text.
Inspection
It is good practice to have a formal
inspection procedure, in addition to the
visual inspection by the welder. A range
of non-destructive tests (NDT) can also
be used for welds in stainless steels,
Table 5.1.
Visual inspection and dye-penetrant
testing (PT) are the most common forms
of inspection. Visual inspection can be
“formal” (undertaken by qualified
78
quality control personnel) or “informal”
(a welder inspecting his or her own
work). Radiographic testing (RT) and
ultrasonic testing (UT) are used for high
integrity work and to inspect for volumetric imperfections.
Table 5.1. Inspection procedures
and their applications
Method Scope
Stainless steel type
Ferritic Austenitic
Visual
Duplex
Surface A
breaking
A
A
Dye-pen- Surface A
etrant
breaking
(PT)
A
A
Radiography
(RT)
Volumet- A
ric
A
A
Eddy
current
Surface L
breaking
and near
L
L
Ultrasound
(UT)*
Volumet- (A)
ric
(A)
(A)
Magnetic Surface A
Particle breaking
Inspection (MPI)
N/A
N/A
* Metal thickness
A= Applicable
and grain size may (A) = Applicable with care
limit the efficiency of L = Limited applicability
inspection
N/A = Not applicable
Weld quality should be judged against a
set of recognized weld acceptance
criteria (WAC) detailing when an
indication or imperfection becomes a
defect. Design codes, contract technical
specifications, etc. normally establish
the relevant WAC.
Lack of fusion
Alternative names
■■ Lack of sidewall fusion
■■ Lack of inter-run fusion
■■ Lack of root fusion
Importance
This is normally a serious imperfection
that can only be accepted, to a limited
extent, at the lowest quality level. It has
adverse effects on mechanical and
corrosion properties as well as structural
integrity.
Incidence
Lack of fusion can occur with all welding
methods, but is more common in the
MAG welding of heavy gauges and
FCAW of narrow joints. When welding
with the FCAW process, lack of fusion
may also be the result from pushing the
wire (forehand welding).
Detection
Lack of fusion can be surface breaking,
Figure 5.1, or buried. Surface breaking
imperfections can be detected visually,
though PT (and even RT) is generally
used. RT and UT are used to detect
buried imperfections.
Qualified inspectors should always use
qualified inspection procedures. Welders
who undertake inspection should be
aware of what they are looking for and
what is acceptable.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Figure 5.1. Example of lack of fusion – MAG
Common causes
Lack of fusion occurs when the melt pool
is too large or when the travel speed is so
low that the weld pool runs ahead of the
arc (MAG). If the melt pool is too cold or
too small, non-molten edges may give
rise to a lack of fusion. When using the
MAG process for fillet welds, there is
risk for lack of fusion on the other side if
the welder tilts the nozzle too much to
one of the sides. Narrow joint angles
(less than approximately 60°) and
unfavorable welding positions (e.g.
vertical-down) both have a negative
impact. Cold laps can also occur when
the MAG welding using the backhand
(drag) technique in the flat and horizontal positions. Lack of fusion may also be
the result from FCAW with pushing
(forehand) technique or in too narrow
joints.
Typical solutions
■■ Ensure that the travel speed and the
wire speed/current are suitable for
each other
■■ Avoid welding in narrow/tight joints
■■ If necessary, prior to welding, grind
slightly to open the joint
■■ In MAG welding, weld bead penetration is wider when helium is added to
the shielding gas
■■ Weld the MAG process with pushing
(forehand) technique
79
■■ Weld the slag carrying processes with
dragging (backhand) technique in the
flat and horizontal positions
Incomplete penetration
Alternative name
■■ Lack of penetration
Importance
Full penetration is essential for structural integrity and good mechanical and
corrosion properties.
Incidence
Care must be taken with all welding
methods and with single and double-sided welds. It is more difficult to
ensure adequate, consistent penetration
with viscous weld pools.
Alloys with high nickel and nitrogen
content have lower penetration than
lower alloyed stainless steels. Compared
to the standard 300 series, high-alloyed
austenitic and all duplex grades present
slightly more problems, Figure 5.2.
Detection
Incomplete penetration can be detected
by visual inspection, PT, RT or UT.
Common causes
■■ Root gap too narrow or the bevel
angle too small
■■ Diameter of the welding consumable
too large
■■ Incorrect welding parameters, i.e. too
low current or too high voltage
■■ Unbeveled edge too thick
Typical solutions
■■ Increase the root gap (a common gap
is 2 – 3 mm)
■■ Adjust the welding parameters (e.g.
increasing the current while decreasing the travel speed improves
penetration)
■■ The angle of the welding torch is very
important. A “leading” angle (torch
angled towards the travel direction)
increases penetration when MAG
welding with solid wire. With the
FCAW process a “trailing” angle is
preferred
■■ Grinding followed by a sealing run on
the second side is sometimes used to
ensure full penetration
■■ Thinner unbeveled edge
Solidification and
liquation cracking
Alternative names
■■ Hot cracking
■■ Reheat cracking
Figure 5.2. Incomplete penetration when
welding duplex 2205 using SAW. High-alloyed grades require a wider opening angle
and thinner unbeveled edge as compared to
the austenitic 300-series.
80
The weld pool starts to solidify by
so-called epitaxial growth i.e. grains in
the HAZ start to grow into the melt.
Nucleation of new grains may also occur
and the solidification front moves
inwards into the weld pool as it cools.
The grains often grow as columnar
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
grains and continue to grow into the
molten metal until they meet in the
center of the weld.
(h × l < 1 mm 2) may be acceptable under
certain codes.
During solidification, segregation of
alloying elements and impurities occurs.
Segregation is due to different solubility
of elements in the solid and liquid states.
When the solidification front moves it
will push alloying elements into the
liquid and this will lead to lower alloying
content in the first solidified metal and
higher amounts of alloying elements and
impurities in the residual melt. Trace
elements thus tend to be enriched in the
residual melt and as some of these
elements have profound effects on the
weld metal, they may lead to increased
risk for hot cracking, loss of mechanical
properties or corrosion resistance.
Different zones in the weldment will
contract during solidification and
cooling, and if this strain is restricted, it
will build up tensile stresses in the weld.
If the local stresses reach a sufficiently
high level, hot cracking may occur. Hot
cracking is a term used to describe
cracking that occurs at high temperature, usually during solidification or at
temperatures just below the solidification range. The formation of hot cracks
in the weld metal is dependent on both
segregation of impurities and residual
stresses. The cracks can be visible to the
naked eye, macro cracks, or only visible
under the microscope, microcracking or
microfissuring.
Liquation cracking occurs either in the
high-temperature HAZ or in the center
of previous beads.
Importance
Solidification and liquation cracking
both have a detrimental effect on
corrosion performance and structural
integrity, Figure 5.3. In the worst cases,
cracking can result in component failure.
A small amount of microfissuring
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Figure 5.3. Example of solidification
cracking in a SAW weld (t = 20 mm)
Incidence
Fully austenitic steels are generally more
sensitive to hot cracking than steels
containing some ferrite. Dissimilar joints
between, for example, stainless and mild
steels are also more sensitive.
Cracking is generally intergranular.
Detection
Solidification cracking, and possibly
liquation cracking, may break the weld
surface and can thus be detected by
visual inspection or PT. Buried cracks
can be detected by UT or, in some cases,
RT. Examination of weld cross-sections,
e.g. during welding procedure qualification, can indicate the propensity to
solidification and liquation cracking.
Side bend testing is often used for
detection. Once failed, evidence of the
hot cracks can be confirmed by examination in a microscope where the
81
dendritic structure is characteristic for
this defect type.
Common causes
Solidification cracking – caused by a
combination of high tension, unfavorable
solidification directions and segregation
of impurities contaminants, trace and
alloying elements during solidification of
the weld bead.
Liquation cracking in the weld or
HAZ – this is associated with multipass
welding (SAW typically being most
sensitive). Repeated welding passes may
cause remelting of segregated impurities. In combination with high restraint,
this may lead to cracking. Crack
morphology is generally intergranular.
Typical solutions
■■ Avoid/reduce restraint
■■ Minimize residual stresses by using
balanced and double-sided welding
techniques
■■ Avoid excessive heat input (max. 1.5
kJ/mm for fully austenitic grades)
Ensure the weld zone is clean
■■ Use basic fluxes/coatings – these give
fewer inclusions/less impurities
■■ Use welding methods without any
slag formers (e.g. TIG and MAG) –
these produce cleaner welds with
fewer inclusions/less impurities
■■ Weld using a filler metal resulting in
a weld metal ferrite content of 3 – 10
FN
■■ Control the weld bead shape to give a
width/ depth ratio of 1.5 to 2.0
■■ Minimize the dilution of mild and
low-alloyed steels in dissimilar welds
■■ Chose a low impurity grade/filler
Crater cracks
Importance
Crater cracks can have a detrimental
effect on structural integrity and
corrosion performance, Figure 5.4. They
may be allowed at the lowest quality
level (D) only. The cracks serve to
concentrate stresses. This can be
detrimental if the component is subjected to static and/or fatigue loads.
Cracks also act as a starting point for
local corrosion attack.
Typical solutions
To avoid crater cracks, good stainless
steel practice should be followed.
Back-step welding from the crater
immediately before the arc is extinguished, and use of the current decay/
slope out facility built into many modern
power sources, are just two examples of
this.
Weld craters should be dressed off or
lightly ground to remove any crater
cracks. It is extremely unlikely that any
subsequent welding pass will melt out
crater cracks.
Porosity
The solubility of gas in the molten metal
is normally reduced as the temperature
decreases. Unless the gas dissolved in
the molten weld pool can form solid
compounds, the reduced solubility at
lower temperatures will cause supersaturation of the molten metal and below a
certain temperature thus gas bubbles
will form, causing porosity in the
solidified weld metal.
Figure 5.4. Example of crater cracking in a
MMA weld
Incidence
All welding methods.
Detection
Crater cracks are normally easy to detect
by visual inspection; PT (during welding) or RT or UT (after welding is
complete).
Importance
Particularly if it is surface breaking,
porosity can be detrimental to the
corrosion performance of a weld, Figure
5.5. Porosity ultimately also affects
strength and toughness if a large volume
of the weld contains pores. The various
codes distinguish between “isolated”
and “clustered/localized” porosity.
Dependent on the thickness being
welded and the quality level in question,
considerable levels of porosity may be
allowed.
Common cause
Incorrect extinction of the electrode.
82
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Figure 5.5. Example of porosity in a MMA
fillet weld
Incidence
Porosity can be engendered by all
welding methods. MMA and FCAW are
most prone to surface porosity. MAG and
SAW are more prone to forming weld
metal pores when welding high-alloyed
grades and especially duplex. Highalloyed austenitic and duplex grades are
more sensitive to pore formation than the
300-series.
Detection
Porosity is normally buried in the weld
bead and can be detected using RT or
UT. In extreme cases, where porosity
breaks the surface, visual or PT inspection is sufficient.
Common causes
Damp consumables (FCAW, MMA and
SAW fluxes) and/or moisture on the plate
or joint surface
■■ Grease or dirt on the plate or joint
surface
■■ Welding on top of primers or other
coatings
■■ Inadequate gas protection (TIG, MAG
or PAW) due to draughts, too high or
too low gas flows or leaking hoses and
connections
■■ Moisture entrainment in the shielding
gas
■■ Too rapid cooling (nitrogen-alloyed
weld metals)
83
■■ MAG of superduplex using shielding
gas containing CO2
■■ MAG welding of high nitrogen
containing duplex alloys with
nitrogen additions to the shielding
gas
■■ Wrong shielding gas
■■ Running out of shielding gas
■■ Nitrogen trapped in the weld metal
when multi-pass welding duplex
alloys overhead with nitrogen
additions to the shielding gas
Typical solutions
■■ Store consumables correctly in a
climate-controlled room; especially
open boxes
■■ Take positive steps to exclude
draughts
■■ Take particular care when welding
outdoors or in draughty locations
■■ Prior to welding, carefully clean all
plate and joint surfaces
■■ To avoid leakage and moisture
entrainment, check all hoses and
connections
■■ Change welding process from MAG to
FCAW when welding duplex alloys
with high nitrogen content
■■ Change shielding gas
Slag inclusions
Alternative name
■■ Inclusions
Importance
Provided that they are small, spherical
and buried, slag inclusions may be
accepted at all quality levels. The length
of slag inclusions is a further factor in
the determination of acceptability.
■■ Use the correct welding technique
and welding parameters and maintain the correct arc length
■■ Avoid too tight/narrow joints – follow
the recommendations
■■ Seek to form a weld bead with a
concave or flat surface
■■ Weld the FCAW process in flat
horizontal position using dragging
(backhand) technique
Figure 5.6. Example of a slag inclusion in a
2205 FCAW joint being too narrow
Incidence
All welding processes, particularly those
protected by a slag cover.
Detection
Buried slag inclusions can be detected
by RT or UT. Most slag particles are,
however, so small that they can only be
seen by microstructural evaluation
(polished cross-sections under
microscope).
Common causes
■■ Slag remaining from previous
beads – i.e. slag that has not been
remelted by subsequent passes over
the bead
■■ Incorrect FCAW parameters – unfused
flux can remain in the weld if the arc
is too short (i.e. voltage too low)
■■ Improper starts/stops when welding
with covered electrodes
■■ Tack welds that have not been ground
away before welding
■■ Insufficient gap or grinding after
welding
■■ Welding FCAW in flat horizontal
position using pushing (forehand)
technique
Typical solutions
■■ Between passes, carefully grind tack
welds and all starts and stops
84
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Spatter
Importance
Depending on final application requirements, spatter may be acceptable at all
quality levels. However, spatter that has
adhered to plate surfaces is a corrosion
initiation point and, for optimum
corrosion performance, should be
removed, Figure 5.7.
Common causes
■■ Improper shielding gas protection
(e.g. outdoor welding) or unsuitable
shielding gas
■■ Suboptimum welding parameters
giving an unstable arc
■■ Contamination by dirt, grease or
moisture
■■ The risk of spatter is, to some extent,
connected with alloy content. Highalloyed fillers are generally a little
more difficult to weld without spatter
than low-alloyed fillers
Typical solutions
■■ Tune the welding parameters
■■ Where feasible, use another shielding
gas
■■ Ensure the weld zone is clean
■■ Never use contaminated or moist
electrodes
■■ Spatter is more common with dip
transfer (MAG welding) or when
using older types of welding
machines. Spatter from MAG welding
is much reduced by using spray arc or
pulsed mode and modern welding
machines with strictly controlled
pulsing
Undercut
Figure 5.7. Example of spatter in a MAG
weld (316LSi)
Incidence
Mainly MAG, MCAW, FCAW and MMA
welding. Low levels of spatter are almost
inevitable with some welding processes
and metal transfer modes.
Importance
An undercut may serve as a stress
concentrator and, consequently, reduce
static and fatigue strength, Figure 5.8.
Potentially, it is also a corrosion initiation
point.
Detection
Visual inspection.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
85
■■ Undercut should be repaired, as
required, by toe grinding and/or
additional welding, e.g. TIG or MMA.
Autogenous (without filler metal) TIG
dressing is only appropriate for 304L
and 316L type steels. With high
performance grades such as 2205,
filler metal must be added when
repair undercut.
Figure 5.8. Example of undercut
Incidence
If they are not executed correctly, all
welding methods can give undercut. For
example, undercutting is strongly related
to excessive welding speeds, welding
position and process. Undercut is more
common in vertical-up (PF/3G), horizontal-vertical (PC/2G) or overhead (PE/4G)
welding than in the flat (PA/1G) position.
MAG welding in PB / 1F position is most
sensitive – by welding with the forehand
technique, the narrower arc does not
make the weld as wide. FCAW is least
susceptible with lower heat input and
support from the slag.
Stray arcing
Typical solutions
■■ Ignition must occur at a point in the
joint itself
■■ Use run-on/run-off plates for ignition/
extinction
Alternative names
■■ Arc strikes
■■ Stray flash
Burn-through
Importance
Stray arcing (outside the joint line) can
produce scars that act as corrosion
initiation points.
Detection
Undercut is normally detected by visual
inspection.
Common causes
■■ Forms at weld toes when gravity and
surface tension are insufficient for the
weld pool to flow adequately into the
zone melted by the arc
■■ High welding speed or current
■■ Excessively large electrodes or wire
diameter
■■ Improper weaving of the arc
Typical solutions
■■ Adjust welding parameters/
techniques
86
Common causes
■■ Improper manipulation of the electrode or welding torch
■■ Because of their reignition characteristics, basic type electrodes are
slightly more prone to stray arcing
Importance
If not properly repaired, burn-through
can impair structural integrity and
reduce corrosion resistance, Figure 5.10.
Detection
Visual inspection.
Common causes
■■ Voltage or current too high
■■ Excessively large diameter electrodes/welding wires
■■ Welding speed too low or too high
■■ Excessive root opening
Typical solutions
■■ Especially with thin gauges, great
care should be taken as regards
welding parameters
■■ Training of welders
Slag islands
Alternative name
■■ Surface slag
■■ Embedded slag
Figure 5.10. Example of burn-through
Figure 5.9. Example of stray arc scars in a
MMA weld
Incidence
Mainly MMA, but also other welding
methods used for the welding of small
components.
Detection
Visual inspection.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Incidence
Burn-through occurs primarily in thin
sheet welding or when welding unsupported root passes. It arises when the
weld pool becomes too large and drops
through the weld line. This disturbs the
balance between, on the one hand, the
welding parameters and, on the other,
surface tension, capillary flow within the
weld pool round the fusion line and
gravitational forces.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Figure 5.11. Example of slag islands in a
MAG weld (316LSi)
Importance
Slag islands on the weld bead surface
may affect corrosion resistance and
structural performance. They should
generally be avoided.
87
Incidence
MAG and TIG welding.
Detection
Visual inspection.
Common cause
■■ Associated with slag formers and
impurities in parent metals and
consumables
Typical solution
■■ MAG slag islands are difficult to
remove by brushing and, unless
otherwise specified, may be left on
the weld surface. Where removal is
specified, light grinding is sufficient.
Residual slag may also be found on the
surface when welding with the slag
bearing processes FCAW and MMA.
This can be improved with the correct
welding technique and parameter
settings. The slag detachability is better
with a rutile than a basic composition.
The embedded slag seen for MAG and
TIG, however, is normally not found on
the surface of FCAW and MMA welds as
the slag formers and impurities are
present in the slag removed after
welding.
Excessive weld metal
Alternative names
■■ Excessive penetration
■■ Excessive reinforcement
Importance
Weld toe notches and the resultant stress
concentrations can influence fatigue
strength and corrosion performance,
Figure 5.12. Excessive penetration into
the bore of a pipe can impede flow and
prevent cleaning operations.
88
Figure 5.12. Example of excessive weld
metal – MAG
Incidence
All welding methods.
Detection
Visual inspection.
Common causes
■■ Welding parameters (welding speed
and current in particular) unsuitable
for the joint configuration
■■ Unsuitable joint preparation
Typical solutions
■■ Rebalance the welding parameters
■■ Change joint preparation
Importance
Cracking caused by liquid metal
embrittlement (LME) might impair the
mechanical and corrosion properties.
Figure 5.13. Cracks caused by liquid metal
embrittlement (LME) in a 301 stainless steel
base plate after being welded in a lap joint
to galvanized carbon steel
Incidence
This type of defect can occur with all arc
welding methods and is caused by
contamination of the steel surface by
metals with low melting points; e.g. Zn,
Cu, brass and Al. When welding, these
low melting point materials penetrate
the stainless steel grain boundaries in
the HAZ where the temperature exceeds
750 – 800°C. On cooling, intergranular
cracking forms under the internal
residual stresses always present after
welding and brittle fracture of the
normally ductile steel. LME requires a
susceptible microstructure, tensile stress
and a liquid metal and has only been
observed in face centered cubic (FCC)
metals including the austenitic stainless
steel AISI 300 series. The susceptibility
increases with the alloy content of the
austenitic stainless steel.
Note that LME is caused by surface
contamination and only occurs in the
HAZ and not in the weld metal. Copper
is used as an alloying element in both
base materials and fillers.
One example where this defect might
occur is when welding stainless steel to
galvanized carbon steel in lap joints. In
such case the Zn melts and penetrates
the stainless steel grain boundaries.
LME cracking is always perpendicular
to the weld direction and located to
areas where the temperature has passed
the melting point of the contaminant,
Figure 5.13.
Liquid metal
Embrittlement (LME)
Detection
Dye-penetrant testing, Figure 5.14.
Common causes
■■ Surface contamination of copper, zinc,
brass or aluminum caused by for
instance:
■■ Clad or low melting point metal in or
near the weld area
■■ Copper clamps used to hold workpiece in place during welding
■■ Zink or copper plates for cooling or
present in the cutting operation of
plates and sheets
■■ Copper backing
■■ Arc gouging with copper-coated
electrodes
Typical solutions
■■ Ensure that low melting point
material does not come in contact
with the stainless steel
■■ Remove clad material/contamination
before welding
■■ Coat copper backing bars with
chromium
■■ Remove heat-affected material after
arc gouging
Alternative names
■■ Contamination cracking
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
89
Figure 5.14. PT indications after arc gouging
with copper-coated electrodes
Examples of weld defects that should be
avoided, 5.15 and the result from a
trained welder and after post-weld
cleaning, 5.16.
■■ Ignition scars
■■ Tacks/ “repairs” that have not been
removed
■■ Hammer marks
■■ Undercuts
■■ Excessive weld cap
■■ Coarse grinding of surface
■■ Grinding scars
■■ Grinding burrs
■■ Misalignment and uneven root gaps
■■ Incomplete penetration
■■ Spatter
■■ Bad tacking
■■ No root protection
■■ No post-weld cleaning
Figure 5.16. Result from trained welder
and after post-weld cleaning - this is the
appearance to aim for
Introduction
If good stainless steel practice is followed, it is not normally difficult to weld
stainless steels. This is true for most
stainless steel grades. However, the
relative importance of the different
factors in good practice depends on
which grade is being welded.
The classification of stainless steels
described in Chapter 1 ‘Introduction’. In
this chapter, the steels are grouped and
discussed as follows:
■■ Austenitic stainless steels with and
without molybdenum
■■ Stabilized austenitic stainless steels
■■ Fully austenitic stainless steels
■■ Heat-resistant austenitic stainless
steels
■■ Ferritic stainless steels
■■ Heat-resistant ferritic stainless steels
■■ Duplex stainless steels
■■ Martensitic and precipitation hardening stainless steels
The present chapter gives an outline of
good practice and how it applies to
different groups of stainless steels. In all
cases, it is of prime importance that
appropriate welding procedures are
drawn up and implemented. Welding
procedures detail the welding parameters (heat input, temperatures, etc.) that
have to be used. Cleanliness is also an
extremely important factor in achieving
good results.
Figure 5.15. Different weld defects and
irregularities such as:
90
6. Welding practice – Guidelines for welding different
types of stainless steel
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Welding procedure
design/specification
When devising and qualifying a welding
procedure, many factors have to be
considered. Several of these factors are
of particular importance for stainless
steel. The procedure must be properly
designed. In addition to satisfying the
technical requirements of the material
being welded, and the quality assurance
system in force, a good welding procedure also helps the welder execute the
weld. Thus, besides the requirements of
the material being welded, and the
properties required of the welded joint,
the procedure must also take into
account the way the welder has to work
and the welder’s environment.
EN ISO 15614 sets out, amongst other
things, the process for setting up a
welding procedure. There are three
main stages in this process:
1. Preliminary welding procedure
specification (pWPS)
2. Welding procedure quality record
(WPQR)
3. Welding procedure specification
(WPS)
Below some of the important parameters
are discussed. Based on the test welding
(pWPS) and result from the testing
(WPQR) of that test weld, the responsible
welding engineer creates an approved
WPS that the welder shall follow in the
field.
91
Choice of welding
method
Material thickness
When welding thick materials, SAW and
FCAW are the most productive methods.
However, there are sometimes situations
where high heat input methods should
be avoided. When welding thin materials (< 2 mm) TIG, plasma, laser, metal-cored wires and sometimes MAG are
used.
Productivity
The concept of productivity may variously be used to denote the attainable
welding speed (m/min) with full
penetration or the amount of fused filler
metal (kg/h). Methods that give high
fusion rates are SAW, MAG, MCAW and
FCAW. Such methods have normally a
minimum material thickness requirement to avoid burning through. These
welding procedures also give high heat
input, which might be a limiting factor
for certain steels. Examples of steels
where the heat input should be limited
are fully austenitic steels (hot cracking),
some duplex grades (phase instability,
dilution) and ferritic grades (grain
growth).
Accessibility/position
For single side manual welding (e.g. in
pipe welding) the first run can be
welded with TIG. In this situation it is
important to provide proper root protection with purging gas. If MMA is used,
root side heat tint and slag must be
considered particularly if the corrosion
properties are important. Subsequent
passes for filling can be made with most
welding methods. When manual welding
in vertical position, FCAW, MMA and
TIG are the most used methods.
Properties
The corrosion resistance of the weld is
similar or somewhat lower than that of
the parent material. The most important
factor is that the weld is free from
surface defects and cleaned after
welding. When welding nitrogen-alloyed
steels, it is also of importance to avoid
nitrogen loss. This can be achieved by
using additions of nitrogen to the
shielding gas and a nitrogen-based
backing gas or using slag-forming
methods (SAW, MMA or FCAW). When it
comes to mechanical properties, a weld
has always a reduced ductility compared
to the parent material. The strength is,
on the other hand, usually higher. If high
impact toughness is required, TIG and
MAG will give the best results. The
fatigue properties can be strongly
influenced by the geometry of the weld.
TIG and some MMA electrodes give the
smoothest weld toes. Basic covered
electrodes and short arc MAG give the
largest stress concentration factor
between parent material and weld metal
due to the convex geometry.
Appearance
The appearance of the weld is sometimes very important, particular in
architectural applications. Sometimes
the welds will not even be ground or
polished, so in such cases it can be
important to select a method that gives a
high quality surface finish. In most
applications, fully automatic processes
(laser, PAW, TIG) will give better results
than manual methods. The manual
method that should be used if appearance is important is TIG. Flux-cored arc
welding or pulse welding with MAG
might be an alternative.
Choice of filler metal
When welding together two parts in the
same stainless steel grade, the parent
metal generally determines the choice of
92
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
filler metal. To ensure that the weld has
the optimum corrosion performance and
mechanical properties, the chemical
composition of the filler metal must be
tailored to the properties of the steel
being welded. To compensate for
element loss in the arc, and for segregation of alloying elements in the weld
metal during cooling, the content of
alloying elements (Cr, Ni, Mo and Mn) in
the filler metal is normally higher than
that of the workpiece. There are,
however, some exceptions to this latter
generalization. For example, in nitric
acid or citric acid environments, the
resistance of molybdenum-free steels is
better than that of molybdenum-alloyed
steels. Consequently, filler metals may
here have a lower alloy content than the
workpiece. Hence, whilst there are
standard recommendations, every case
must be considered on its merits. In some
specific instances, for example cryogenic
applications with severe demands as
regards toughness at low temperatures, a
low/zero ferrite filler might be necessary.
For use in very corrosive environments,
e.g. urea plants, specially designed
consumables can also be requested.
Shielding/backing gases
For TIG, argon (Ar) is the most common
shielding gas. For duplex steels an
addition of 1 – 2% nitrogen (N2) is
beneficial. The most effective backing
gas is a mix of 90% nitrogen and 10%
hydrogen (H2). If automatic TIG welding
is used for austenitic steels, addition of
hydrogen and or helium (He) will make
it possible to increase welding speed. For
ferritic, martensitic and duplex steels
hydrogen is not used.
When MAG, the most common gas is
Ar + 1 – 2% O2 or Ar + 2 – 3% CO2.
High-alloyed austenitic or duplex steels
are mostly MAG welded with a threecomponent gas (Ar + 30% He + 2% CO2).
Ferritic and martensitic steels are MAG
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
welded with Ar + 2% O2. When welding
with flux-cored arc wires, Ar + 18% CO2
or even 100% CO2 can be used, since
each droplet is protected by the slag.
The shielding gas with PAW can be pure
Ar for most stainless steels. Hydrogen
addition to the plasma gas is normally
used for austenitic steels, but should be
avoided for ferritic, martensitic and
duplex grades.
The gases used for welding are also
presented in Chapter 8, ‘Shielding and
backing gases’.
Edge preparation and
joint design
The joint angle might differ between
steel types and welding procedure used,
see Chapter 7, ‘Edge preparation’. When
welding some high performance
austenitics and some of the duplex
steels, the joint design shall allow for
filler to be used. The edge preparation
angle for duplex stainless steels shall be
about 10° greater and the land shall be
somewhat smaller compared to what is
used when welding standard austenitics.
Welding parameters
There are no rules governing which
welding parameters must be stipulated.
The crucial thing is that, in each
welding position, the welder must have
full control of the arc and the weld pool.
Consequently, upper limits are often set
on welding parameters, especially when
welding high-alloyed fully austenitic
steels. This is because the parameters
have an effect on energy (i.e. heat input).
93
Heat input
To achieve good weldment properties,
the single most important factor is the
heat input via the thermal cycle. Chapter
2 sets out how to calculate heat input.
The heat input into a weld, and the
control of this heat input, are both
closely linked to steel grade and
thickness. There is an optimum heat
input for the thickness, joint configuration and grade being welded. This
optimum heat establishes a “balance”
between the weld pool and metallurgical
integrity.
The concept of “balanced heat input” is
critical. When welding steels that have a
high degree of metallurgical stability
(e.g. 304L and 316L), the emphasis is on
weld pool control. With steels that are
relatively metallurgically unstable (e.g.
904L and 254 SMO®), the emphasis
shifts to metallurgical integrity. In other
words, high performance stainless steel
grades are more sensitive than their
standard counterparts to high heat input.
The most difficult pass in any weld is the
root pass. If the root pass is deposited
correctly, all other passes tend to be
relatively easy. However, if there are
problems with the root pass, it is likely
that there will be problems with all the
subsequent passes. The balance of heat
inputs from one pass to the next is very
important. To maintain good metallurgical integrity, care must be taken to
ensure that the root pass is not “overheated” by the second, “cold” pass,
especially if the root is exposed to the
media. A rule of thumb is to use 70 –
80% of the heat input used for the root
pass to weld the cold pass.
Heat input is relatively easy to control
when using mechanized or automated
welding systems. To ensure sound welds,
travel speed is synchronously adjusted to
94
reflect changes in arc voltage and
welding current.
The optimum metal deposition rate is
that which correctly balances cost-efficiency with geometric and metallurgical
integrity. Clearly enough, it is important
to maximize the metal deposition and
joint completion rates. However, this
must not be at the expense of heat input
control.
Interpass temperature
In multipass welding, the interpass
temperature is the temperature at the
welding point immediately before the
arc is relit. It is one of the factors
determining the thermal cycle experienced by the weld zone; other factors are
heat input, thickness and welding
process. The effect of the thermal cycle
on the microstructure may have a major
influence on the service performance of
a welded joint.
When welding stainless steels that have
not been preheated (almost certainly
austenitic and duplex grades), the
interpass temperature is regarded as a
maximum value. The actual interpass
temperature is related primarily to the
grade and thickness of the stainless steel
in question.
As noted later in the section on preheating, it may be necessary to preheat
martensitic and ferritic grades to certain
minimum levels (usually 200 – 300°C). In
these cases, interpass temperatures are
also seen as minimum values. They are
often the same as the preheating
temperatures.
The natural conduction and convection
of heat away from the weld line may be
sufficient to control interpass temperature. Control can be enhanced by the
use of balanced welding sequences/
techniques or by working on several
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
welds simultaneously. Distortion control
and productivity also benefit from these
measures.
During welding, forced air cooling of
plate backs and pipe bores is permissible
if the weld is approximately 8 – 10 mm
thick. Because of the risk of contamination, great care should be taken not to
direct blasts of air towards the weld
metal. Interpass temperature should be
measured in the weld zone. Rather than
temperature indicating crayons, a
contact pyrometer should be used for
this.
Weldment properties
It is in general desirable that weldment
properties are on par with those of the
parent material. A correctly performed
and cleaned weld can approach base
material properties. However, there are
several aspects of the weld structure that
can lead to deviating performance such
as preferential corrosion attack or
mechanical failure. Firstly, the weld has
a dendritic microstructure, which has
many similarities with the cast structure.
It is typically less homogenous than
wrought material and also less ductile.
The yield strength is often somewhat
higher than the base material, while the
impact toughness and formability are
lower. Secondly, residual stresses, which
develop as the weld solidifies and cools,
can have a negative impact on properties. If the weld can be post-weld
heat-treated, residual stresses can be
reduced and the dendritic microstructure improved.
Weld imperfections such as slag inclusions, fissures and porosity should be
avoided, as should surface geometrical
imperfections such as undercut and
spatter, which can form crevices and act
as stress concentrations. Weld discoloration/heat tint also decreases corrosion
resistance, particular in environments
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
which can cause pitting, and should thus
be removed.
One way to compensate for the reduction
in corrosion properties compared with
the base material is to use designed,
over-alloyed fillers. If the sensitive area
is the HAZ, optimization of the welding
parameters should be explored; alternatively selection of a steel with superior
properties should be used.
Corrosion resistance after welding
The corrosion performance is influenced
by fabrication. The pitting resistance of
the weldment after adequate post-weld
cleaning is generally somewhat lower
than for the parent material. There are,
however, a number of metallurgical
reactions that can occur and the corrosion resistance can be further decreased
by several factors and phenomena. The
effect of welding on the corrosion
performance is controlled by a complex
combination of material properties,
welding procedure and surface cleanliness. The material thickness and heat
input affect the cooling rate, which
together with the material composition
govern the phase balance in the HAZ.
The pitting resistance of a stainless steel
is primarily related to the amount and
distribution of the elements chromium,
molybdenum and nitrogen. The pitting
resistance equivalent (PRE or PREN) is
used as a simple indicator of the resistance to pitting in chloride-containing
media. This is usually given as:
PRE = %C + 3.3 × %Mo + 16 × %N
Tungsten and copper are other elements
with a documented effect on the corrosion resistance. The PRE is for this
reason sometimes also written as
PREW = %C + 3.3 × (%Mo + 0.5 × %W) +
16 × %N
95
The resistance of weldments to uniform
corrosion (acids and hot alkaline
solutions) is normally at the same level
as of the base metal, as in many cases
over-alloyed fillers are used. In strongly
oxidizing environments the filler
material used should be designed for
that purpose.
Weldments have in general lower
resistance to stress corrosion cracking
typically in warm chloride-containing
environments and hot alkaline environments compared to the base material as
welding introduces stresses in the
material. Lower alloyed austenitic
stainless steels and their weldments are
susceptible to stress corrosion cracking.
If stress corrosion cracking is a great
concern, post-weld heat treatment may
reduce the risk. Higher alloyed grades
such as 904L and 254 SMO® have high
resistance. Due to the presence of ferrite,
ferritic and duplex grades have high
resistance to stress corrosion cracking.
Intergranular corrosion is normally
caused by precipitation of chromium
carbides in the HAZ. However, welding
modern low carbon stainless steels, and
stabilized steels, normally does not
increase the risk for intergranular attack.
There is no risk for galvanic corrosion
between the stainless steel base metal
and weld metal if appropriate filler is
used.
Segregation of important alloying
elements in duplex stainless steel welds
can consequently locally reduce the
pitting corrosion resistance. Element
partitioning of particularly molybdenum
is known to decrease the pitting resistance of high-alloyed weld metal. Loss of
alloying elements from the weld metal
during welding can result in changes in
the microstructure and consequently
lead to degradation of both mechanical
and corrosion properties. Element loss
can occur from the weld metal or from
96
the consumables. The burn-off rate is
different for different alloying elements
and this also varies between different
welding methods and can be affected by
the choice of welding parameters. Use of
over-alloyed filler metal improves the
weld corrosion resistance by compensating element evaporation and segregation. The joint design shall allow for
filler to be used. For nitrogen-alloyed
grades and especially duplex, nitrogen
additions to the shielding gas and
nitrogen-based backing gas, further
control the weld metal phase balance by
preventing nitrogen loss.
Precipitation of intermetallic phases
such as sigma phase (collective name for
sigma, laves and chi phase) can also
contribute to a loss of the pitting resistance. For this reason, the filler metal
producers often specify a suitable heat
input range. When welding stainless
steels that have not been preheated, the
interpass temperature is regarded as a
maximum value. The actual interpass
temperature is related primarily to the
grade and thickness of the stainless steel
in question. The natural conduction and
convection of heat away from the weld
line may be sufficient to control interpass temperature. Control can be
enhanced by the use of balanced
welding sequences or by working on
several welds simultaneously. Distortion
control and productivity also benefit
from these measures. During welding,
forced air cooling of plate backs and pipe
bores is permissible if the weld is
approximately 8 – 10 mm thick. Because
of the risk of contamination, great care
should be taken not to direct blasts of air
towards the weld metal. Interpass
temperature should be measured in the
weld zone. Rather than temperature
indicating crayons, a contact pyrometer
should be used for this.
The risk of formation of intermetallic
phases at 600 – 900°C and decomposition of ferrite (475°C embrittlement) also
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
mean that there is a maximum service
temperature for each alloy.
The surface condition is important for
the corrosion performance of welded
stainless steels. Surface roughness, slag
particles, micro-crevices and weld oxide
formation can have a decisive influence
on the pitting resistance. Weld oxides,
which have a negative effect on the
corrosion performance, can be minimized by adequate backing gas protection and be removed by post-weld
cleaning (acid pickling being most
efficient). A critically important factor for
all types of stainless steels is that the
surfaces must be thoroughly cleaned
prior to and after welding for optimum
corrosion resistance. A post-weld
cleaning treatment it is often necessary
to restore the stainless steel surface and
achieve good corrosion resistance after
fabrication. Post-weld cleaning is
primarily used to remove weld oxides
and surface defects such as e.g. spatter,
slag inclusions and undercut. There are
different methods available, both
mechanical methods such as brushing,
sand blasting and grinding and chemical methods, e.g. pickling. The most
effective way is to use a combination of a
mechanical and a chemical method, e.g.
polishing followed by pickling.
Weld oxides or heat tint seen as discoloration on the surface generally impair
the pitting resistance. The effect of heat
tint on pitting resistance is related to the
oxide composition, thickness, and
chromium distribution, which are in turn
controlled primarily by the bulk composition, peak temperature and oxygen
content in shielding and backing gas
during welding. Low-alloyed stainless
steels (e.g. 304L, 316L, 444 and LDX
2101) appear to be more sensitive to
residual weld oxide than alloys with
higher corrosion resistance (904L, 254
SMO® and 2507).
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Historically, and for simplicity, the
reduction in corrosion resistance has
been explained by a thin chromium-depleted layer located in the underlying
base metal caused by chromium diffusion from the bulk into the chromium-rich oxide. The model is based on
studies on much thicker oxide that can
for instance be found on the plates when
being manufactured in the steel mill or
after heat treatment. A weld oxide,
however, is primarily controlled by
temperature and relative diffusion rates
of iron and chromium. Heat tint formed
at relatively low temperatures (outer part
of the visible heat tint) consists primarily
of iron. At high and intermediate
temperatures (close to the weld),
chromium-rich oxide forms due to an
increased chromium diffusion rate.
Evaporation of material from the weld
metal and subsequent deposition on the
already-formed weld oxide contributes to
weld oxide formation.
Pitting attack is normally located 1 – 13
mm from the fusion line depending on
the material thickness and heat input,
Figure 4.1. This coincides with the most
iron-rich oxide formed at around
600 – 700°C. The chromium-rich oxide
formed at higher temperature is more
resistant to corrosion attack.
Figure 6.1. Weld metal surface and
location of pits after testing in 1 M NaCl in
accordance with ASTM G150. LDX 2101
base material TIG welded with G 22 9 3 N
L filler.
97
The presence of heat tint on the weld
and HAZ of any stainless steel will make
the surface more susceptible to pitting
and crevice corrosion. Localized corrosion may occur at significantly lower
chloride concentrations and temperatures and it is generally accepted that
pickling is needed for optimum corrosion
properties. When post-weld cleaning is
not an option, the use of proper backing
gas purging becomes increasingly
important. A shiny weld and a straw
yellow HAZ are empirically regarded as
signs of sufficient root protection for
adequate corrosion resistance. The aim
should be to limit the oxygen content in
the backing gas to a maximum of
25 – 50 ppm in order to avoid severe
oxidation.4 There may be cases where
stricter control is necessary. Backing gas
should also be used when tack welding,
Figure 6.2. When blue colored oxide
cannot be avoided and no pickling is
applied, a higher alloy grade may be
needed.
Figure 6.2. Although proper backing gas
protection was used for the TIG welding
process, the tack welds performed without
backing may have a significant negative
impact on the corrosion performance.
Pickling would be needed to improve the
pitting corrosion resistance.
For conventional austenitic and ferritic
stainless steels, pure argon is used as
backing gas. For nitrogen-alloyed
stainless steels, purging with 90% N2 +
10% H2 can give cleaner welds and
higher pitting resistance than pure
argon. Hydrogen reacts with residual
oxygen to form water vapor instead of
weld oxides on the root side. This could
decrease the required purging time to
reach 50 ppm residual oxygen and the
need for pickling. For this reason, 90%
N2 + 10% H2 is often also used for
welding austenitic steels such as 304L
and 316L. Pure nitrogen may also be
used as backing gas. This is equally
beneficial to prevent nitrogen loss and
for austenite formation in duplex grades,
but is not as efficient in decreasing
oxidation as hydrogen-containing gases.
Purging with 95% N2 + 5% H2 gives a
result being somewhere in between.
Weld oxides have caused several failures
in 304L and 316L type of steels, but
residual weld oxide has also been
identified to be the main cause of
corrosion attack in duplex grades. Most
cases have involved welded tubular
products or small vessels, where pickling
can be readily performed on the outside
surface, but backing gas must be used
on the root side to suppress oxide
formation. Although the negative effect
of weld oxide on corrosion resistance is
well documented, it has also been
demonstrated that oxide removal by
adequate mechanical and/or chemical
cleaning can restore the corrosion
properties close to those of the bulk
material.
Corrosion testing of weldments
A review of different standardized test
methods suitable for testing welded
joints has been published by Holmberg
and Bergquist.5 The most common test
methods are summarized in Table 6.1.
4 J. Vagn Hansen (1994) ‘Reference colour chart for purity of purging gas in stainless steel tubes’. Force
Technology report 94.30, Brondby, Denmark.
Table 6.1. Summary of test
methods for testing weldments
Test for
Standard
Description
Uniform
corrosion
ASTM G157
Compares the corrosion
rate of not welded and
welded specimens in
different medias
Pitting
corrosion
ASTM G48 E Determination of the
critical pitting corrosion
temperature, CPT, in
acidified ferric chloride
solution
Pitting
corrosion
ASTM G150
ISO 17864
Crevice
corrosion
ASTM G48 F Determination of the
critical crevice corrosion
temperature, CCT, in
acidified ferric chloride
solution
Crevice
corrosion
MTI-2
Determination of the
critical crevice corrosion
temperature, CCT, in
ferric chloride solution.
Crevice
corrosion
MTI-4
Determination of
the critical chloride
concentration to cause
crevice corrosion
Stress
corrosion
cracking
ASTM G123
Test in boiling acidified
sodium chloride solution
Stress
corrosion
cracking
ASTM G36
Test in boiling magnesium
chloride solution
Stress
corrosion
cracking
NACE TM
0177
Sulfide stress cracking
test in hydrogen sulfide
environment
Intergranular
corrosion
ISO 3651-1
ASTM A262
C
Test in boiling 65% nitric
acid
Intergranular
corrosion
ISO 3651-2
Test in boiling
sulfuric acid/copper
sulfate (Strauss test) or
sulfuric acid/ferric sulfate
(Streicher test) solution
Electrochemical
determination of CPT
in 1 M sodium chloride
solution
5 Björn Holmberg and Arne Bergquist (2008) Suitable corrosion test methods for stainless steel welds,
Welding in the World, vol. 52, no. ¾, pp. 17 - 21
98
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
The ASTM G157 standard, ‘Standard
Guide for Evaluating Corrosion
Properties of Wrought Iron- and NickelBased Corrosion Resistant Alloys for
Chemical Process Industries’, describes
a test procedure for evaluating the
resistance to uniform corrosion which
involves testing of both base metal
specimens and welded specimens. The
corrosion rates are then compared to see
how the welding influenced the result.
The uniform corrosion resistance of
weldments is normally at a similar level
to the base metal, as in many cases
over-alloyed fillers are used. Uniform
corrosion tests are commonly performed
in the materials selection phase.
The most common method to rank the
resistance to pitting corrosion of different stainless steel grades and their
weldments is to determine the critical
pitting corrosion temperature (CPT)
according to ASTM G48 Method E,
‘Standard Test Methods for Pitting and
Crevice Corrosion Resistance of
Stainless Steels and Related Alloys by
Use of Ferric Chloride Solution, Method
E – Critical pitting temperature test for
stainless steels’. This involves 24 h
exposure in a 6% FeCl3 + 1% HCl
solution. The test is repeated at different
temperatures until the lowest temperature to cause pitting is determined, i.e.
the CPT. The standard does not describe
testing of welds, but common practice is
to expose welded specimens with the
weld in the center, parallel to the shorter
side of the specimen. For qualification/
acceptance purposes, the test can be
performed at a single specified temperature. When performing these tests,
specimens free from weld oxides should
be used (normally removed by pickling).
For duplex stainless steels, the typical
test temperature for welded samples is
22°C and for superduplex 35 – 40°C.
Another useful standardized method for
pitting corrosion evaluation is electrochemical determination of CPT in a 1 M
99
sodium chloride solution. This is
described in ASTM G150, ‘Standard Test
Method for Electrochemical Critical
Pitting Temperature Testing of Stainless
Steels’, and ISO 17864, ‘Corrosion of
metals and alloys – Determination of the
critical pitting temperature under
potentiostatic control’, and involves
rather sophisticated test equipment with
a flushed port cell. Testing of weldments
is not specifically described in ASTM
G150 or ISO 17864, but can be done
using modified equipment which fits
over the weld cap or weld root.
For weldments, the results from the
ASTM G48 and G150 testing are
normally lower than for non-welded
samples.
Welds may suffer from crevice corrosion; a typical practical situation giving
rise to crevices is a lap joint. Deposits
may also create a crevice on the metal
surface. As crevice corrosion occurs
under the same environmental conditions as pitting corrosion, steels with
high pitting corrosion resistance also
exhibit high crevice corrosion resistance.
There is today no standardized test
method available for crevice corrosion
testing of as-welded specimens. For
good reproducibility, a well-defined
crevice should be applied on the
specimen. The weld bead therefore
needs to be machined to produce a flat
specimen. This means that the test is
rather a metallurgical evaluation of the
weld and not a practical test of the
as-welded condition.
It is often very difficult, if not impossible,
to verify that the welding has not
impaired the stress corrosion cracking
resistance of the construction. Most
laboratory test solutions are either very
aggressive or rather harmless.
Furthermore, interpretation of the results
is not entirely straightforward and the
scatter in test results can be rather large.
Thus, it may be appropriate to combine
100
several environments and loads, and as
far as possible, replicate the conditions to
which the weldment will be exposed. It
is a good idea to use a standardized test
specimen format, as described in ISO
7539 –3, ‘Corrosion of Metals and
Alloys – Stress Corrosion Testing – Part
3: Preparation and use of U-bend
specimens’ and ASTM G 58, ‘Standard
Practice for Preparation of StressCorrosion Test Specimens for
Weldments’. By using the restraint
U-bend test sample, stresses in the weld
area can be quantified to the yield stress
level. The most relevant test methods are
ASTM G123, ‘Standard Test Method for
Evaluating Stress-Corrosion Cracking of
Stainless Alloys with Different Nickel
Content in Boiling Acidified Sodium
Chloride Solution’, and ASTM G36,
‘Standard Practice for Evaluating
Stress-Corrosion Cracking Resistance of
Metals and Alloys in a Boiling
Magnesium Chloride Solution’. Testing
in calcium chloride solution is also
commonly used. Stress corrosion testing
is normally performed in the material
development and material selection
phase. Equipment in oil and gas industry
has to be rated for sour service according
to e.g. the NACE TM 0177 standard,
‘Laboratory Testing of Metals for
Resistance to Sulfide Stress Cracking
and Stress Corrosion Cracking in H2S
Environments’, and weldments are in
many cases at the level of the nonwelded specimens. The NACE TM 0177
test is generally performed to qualify
materials/welds for sour service environments. Approved materials are listed in
NACE MR 0175 standard, ‘Petroleum
and natural gas industries - Materials for
use in H2S-containing environments in
oil and gas production - Part 1: General
principles for selection of cracking-resistant materials’, and in ISO 15156-3
‘Petroleum and natural gas industries
- Materials for use in H2S-containing
environments in oil and gas production
- Part 3: Cracking-resistant CRAs
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
(corrosion resistant alloys) and other
alloys’.
Intergranular corrosion of stainless
steels is caused by precipitation of
chromium carbides that depletes the
adjacent matrix of chromium making it
sensitive to corrosion attack. This is
seldom a problem with modern stainless
steels as they have sufficiently low
carbon content to avoid this phenomenon. There are very few practical
environments where there is any reason
to test the resistance of welds against
this type of corrosion. For low carbon
grades (<0.03%) testing may be applicable for environments involving urea
production plants or when hot concentrated nitric acid will be handled. In
such cases ISO 3651-1, ‘Determination of
resistance to intergranular corrosion of
stainless steels - Part 1: Austenitic and
ferritic-austenitic (duplex) stainless
steels – Corrosion test in nitric acid
medium by measurement of loss in mass
(Huey test)’ and ASTM A262 Practice C,
‘Standard Practices for Detecting
Susceptibility to Intergranular Attack in
Austenitic Stainless Steels -Practice C
- Nitric Acid Test for Detecting
Susceptibility to Intergranular Attack in
Austenitic Stainless Steels’, could be
suitable test procedures.
Mechanical properties
The mechanical properties do not vary
significantly for normal heat inputs and
normal ferrite levels obtained when
using suitable filler metals. The mechanical properties of welded joints are
generally acceptable; with strength
levels on par with that of the base metal
or higher, but with somewhat reduced
ductility. The impact toughness is
generally lower, but varies significantly
depending on welding procedures, filler
compositions and the final
microstructure.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
The tensile properties, Rp0.2 – the proof
stress, Rm – the tensile strength (or
ultimate tensile strength) and A – elongation, of the weld metal differs from
those of the base material, but the
physical properties are similar. In the
most cases, the weld metal has similar or
higher mechanical strength compared to
the base material. This is also necessary
for the design, as the weld should not be
the weak link in a construction. One
exception from this general rule is
autogenous duplex TIG and PAW welds,
which can have a strength that is lower
than that of the base material. Making
hardness profiles is the best way to
estimate the strength in the weld
material and HAZ, since there is no
general test for determining the yield
strength and elongation of the weld
metal perpendicular to the weld direction. The tensile strength and fracture
location of the weldment can, however,
be determined. The maximum elongation in the weld is normally lower than
that for the parent material. For heavy
gauges it can be evaluated from longitudinal specimens comprising only weld
metal, but this type of testing is, however
very seldom made. Instead other
measures of ductility, such as bend
testing and impact toughness testing, are
more commonly used.
Impact toughness testing is a common
method for determination of the suitability of a material for use at different
temperatures. It is common to test both
the base material and the weld, sometimes also the HAZ. For austenitic
stainless steel grades, the impact
toughness is very high, even down to
very low (cryogenic) temperatures. Most
common austenitic stainless steels can
be used down to -196˚C without any
special measures and some grades, such
as 1.4311, can be used down to -270˚C.
Precipitation hardening stainless steels
of austenitic type also have good
toughness at low temperatures. The
ferritic and martensitic grades, on the
101
other hand, becomes brittle and shows
low impact toughness values in the base
material when reaching temperatures of
-20˚C to -40˚C. One way to improve the
low temperature impact toughness is to
decrease the carbon content, e.g. in
1.4003 and 1.4521. In the weld, the
toughness may be even lower, depending on the welding method. Increased
toughness in the weld can be achieved
by using a nickel-based filler metal that
makes the weld metal more ductile, but
the properties of the HAZ might still be
poor. The duplex stainless steels have
toughness somewhere between austenitic and ferritic steels. The duplex base
material is more ductile than the ferritic
and martensitic grades and they are
ductile down to about -100˚C, but the
welds in this type of steel set the
temperature limit. The welding method
used must give the proper level of
toughness depending on the requirements of the construction. If there are
high requirements on toughness at
sub-zero temperatures, TIG welding
gives the best results.
The fatigue strength is always lower in
the weldment compared to the base
material and this sometimes sets the
limit on the use of high and ultra-high
strength stainless steels. The fatigue
strength of the weld is mostly dependent
on the workmanship and welding
methods used. The single most important effect is the shape of the weld, since
stress concentrations have a large effect
on the resistance to fatigue. Fatigue
cracks initiate in the weldment, often
close to the weld toe because of stress
concentration. There is usually no
definite fatigue limit for welded joints as
there is for the base material. This
means that for a very high number of
loading cycles, the applied load must be
relatively low compared to the static load
capacity. Also, the fatigue strength is
dependent on the joint geometry. It is of
greatest importance to reduce stress
concentration by grinding butt welds flat
102
and smooth, by TIG dressing fillet welds
and avoiding undercuts and stray arc
strikes. Joints should always be located
in low stress regions if possible.
Grinding should always be done so that
the grinding traces are not perpendicular to the major loading direction as they
might act as stress raisers and starting
points for fatigue cracks. Ground areas
should be finely ground or polished.
Joints with a large variation in stiffness
(thickness) should be avoided and
intermediate thickness plates may be
used to reduce the difference. Finally,
intermittent welding should never be
used and full weld penetration should be
obtained for constructions subjected to
fatigue loading. The use of butt joints
instead of lap joints should also be
considered for preventing fatigue
failures.
Preheating
It is not normally necessary to preheat
austenitic and duplex stainless steels.
Provided, of course, that there is no
condensation on the steel, these grades
are usually welded from room temperature (i.e. approximately 20°C). Where
there is condensation, the joint and
adjacent areas should be heated uniformly and gently (i.e. not so hot that
they cannot be touched). Local heating
to above 100°C must be avoided as it can
give rise to carbon pick-up or metallurgical instability. Both of these have a
negative effect on the properties of the
steel. There exist some applications
where preheating up to 100°C are used
when welding thick materials provided
it is a material that is not normally being
sensitive to hot cracking. Ferritic
stainless steels are rarely preheated.
However, some material thicker than 5
mm may require preheating to approximately 300°C. Heavy gauges of martensitic grades mostly require preheating to
100 – 320°C and cooling must be
controlled.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Post-weld heat
treatment
Post-weld heat treatment (PWHT) is any
heat treatment after welding to improve
weldment properties. PWHT is usually
carried out in order to either relieve or
minimize the weld stresses or to ensure
that the microstructure of the metal
(parent metal or weld metal) is in an
optimal condition. With the exception of
martensitic stainless steels, PWHT is
normally not required as most stainless
steels are used “as-welded”. However, in
some situations, full solution annealing
may be stipulated for the whole, or parts,
of the welded assembly. Particularly for
the dimensional stability of, for example,
rotating equipment, stress relief heat
treatment is also occasionally undertaken. PWHT to restore the microstructure is generally not necessary for most
stainless steels, but may be needed to
conform to certain standards. This may
give a significant modification of the
microstructure, particularly if the weld
area has been subjected to cold work
after the joining. The absolute temperatures and ranges are grade specific.
Table 1.1 shows the suggested PWHT
temperatures for each grade.
High levels of residual stress may occur
in weldments due to restraint by the
parent metal during weld solidification
and cooling. The internal stress level
may reach the yield point of the base
material itself. The degree of stress relief
naturally depends on the heating cycle
of the PWHT. It appears that the temperature chosen for the heat treatment has
larger effect in relieving stresses than
the exposure time for component at this
temperature. Solution annealing, e.g., at
about 1050°C for austenitic and duplex
steels, will reduce welding stresses to
very low levels provided that the cooling
can be done without introduction of new
stresses. However, slow cooling from
high temperatures may have detrimental
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
effects on the microstructure and
therefore also on the service properties.
Disadvantages with this high temperature for stress relief are deformation of
the workpiece (particularly a problem for
duplex steels) and risk of oxidation.
When any thermal stress relief treatment
is employed to reduce residual stresses,
the effect on important properties must
be taken into account. Corrosion
resistance, tensile and impact toughness
are among the properties affected by the
stress relief treatment.
PWHT is a specialist operation.
Qualified procedures and appropriate
equipment must be used. The exact
temperatures and procedures to be used
in each case depend on the steel grade
and advice should be sought from the
materials producer. The need for PWHT
is driven by code or application requirements. Main reasons are restoration of
microstructure to improve properties,
relaxing of residual stresses to reduce
risks for fatigue and stress corrosion
cracking and improvement of dimensional stability.
Austenitic stainless steels
In the normal case there is no need for
PWHT of austenitic grades or to restore
the as-welded microstructure for
standard austenitic steel weldments,
since the base material and fillers are
designed to give acceptable properties.
However, for certain high-alloyed
austenitic grades that have been welded
autogenously it may be appropriate to
perform a full solution annealing to
attain homogenization of the microstructure. In the as-welded condition the weld
metal microstructure contains microsegregation and possibly second phases that
reduce the corrosion resistance.
In extreme cases with high risks for
stress corrosion cracking or fatigue
stress, relief treatment may be considered. For standard grades there are
103
greater opportunities to perform PWHT
with low carbon or stabilized grades due
to the reduced risk of carbide precipitation compared to materials with higher
carbon contents. In Table 6:2 different
stress relieving treatments for standard
austenitic grades are summarized.
Table 6.2. Typical stress relieving
treatments of standard austenitic
stainless steels. The duration is
related to the material thickness.
Tempera- Time
ture range
Cooling Steel grade
types*
1020 –
1100°C
1 min /
mm,
min.
30 min
Free
cooling
in air
Low C (< 0.03%)
and stabilized
standard grades
880 –
920°C
2 min /
mm,
min.
30 min
Free
cooling
in air
Low C (< 0.03%)
and stabilized
standard grades
550 –
650°C
10 min /
mm
Slow
cooling
in air
Extra low C
(< 0.02%) and stabilized standard
grades
425 –
480°C
15 min /
mm,
min.
10 h
Slow
Most standard
cooling with low C
to 300°C, content
then
rapid
cooling
For high-alloyed austenitic steels there is
normally little risk of carbide formation
due to the low carbon contents, but
instead precipitation of intermetallic
phase can cause impairment of properties. Therefore, rapid cooling should
follow solution annealing. Intermediate
annealing temperatures are in general
lower than for standard austenitic
grades. Solution annealing of high-alloyed austenitic grades shall be executed
in the temperature range listed for each
grade (Table 1.1) and the maximum
intermediate treatment temperature is
400°C.
104
In some special cases (e.g. cladding mild
steel with austenitic stainless steel),
stress relieving heat treatment at
600 – 700°C is specified. However, care
must be taken as stainless steels are
prone to the precipitation of deleterious
phases when exposed to temperatures
between approximately 600 and 1000°C.
Notch toughness and corrosion performance may suffer.
Ferritic stainless steels
Ferritic steels that form martensite in the
HAZ show reduced ductility and
corrosion resistance. To achieve the
required balance of properties (generally strength in relation to toughness and
hardness), PWHT may be necessary for
fabrication welds in ferritic stainless
steels. For ferritic grades where martensite transformation takes place the
post-weld heat treatment is performed as
annealing at the temperature listed for
the steel in question, Chapter 1, Table
1.1. The need of PWHT for martensitic
grades depends on steel type and filler
choice. Higher alloyed and stabilized
ferritic steels are ferritic in the as-welded
condition and need no structure
restoration.
Duplex stainless steels
Duplex steels are rarely subject to a
PWHT. Generally there is no need to
stress relieve duplex steels, but when
considered there are less options than for
austenitic grades. Some codes also
require solution annealing after repair
welding. In cases of autogenous welding
with high ferrite levels in the weld metal
a solution anneal can be used to restore
the microstructure. High ferrite contents
in HAZ due to low welding heat input
can also be corrected by solution
annealing. It should be pointed out that
such a treatment may result in too low
ferrite content in the over-alloyed weld
metal. Solution annealing can be
performed at the appropriate
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
temperature range for the steel grade in
question, but with a slightly increased
minimum temperature to ensure that
intermetallic phases in the weld metal
are fully dissolved. Rapid cooling in
water or forced air, not free air, from the
solution temperature is required.
Possible deformation of the component at
this high temperature must be taken into
account. Due to risk of precipitation of
detrimental phases the temperature
window for stress relieving at intermediate temperatures is small for duplex
grades and this can only be performed
on some grades if certain deterioration of
properties is tolerated. If such a treatment is under consideration it is advisable to contact the supplier for details.
Martensitic and precipitation
hardening stainless steels
For martensitic steels that are air
hardenable a PWHT around 500 – 700°C
depending of grade is generally advisable. To improve toughness and reduce
the hardness of the weld, the tempering
of martensitic and semi-martensitic
stainless steels may be advisable.
Semi-martensitic stainless steels should
be annealed; the exact temperature
being determined by the properties that
are required.
In some special cases (e.g. cladding mild
steel with stainless steel), stress relieving heat treatment at 600 – 700°C is
often specified. However, stainless steels
are prone to the precipitation of deleterious phases when exposed to temperatures between about 600 and 950°C.
Notch impact toughness and corrosion
performance can suffer so property
evaluation should be carried out after
any such heat treatment as well as a
consideration of probable effects of this
treatment before it is specified.
On the rare occasions that precipitation
hardening grades are welded, they
generally receive PWHT. This ensures
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
that they retain all their properties. To
achieve the required balance of properties (generally strength in relation to
toughness and hardness), PWHT may be
necessary for fabrication welds in
martensitic and ferritic stainless steels to
restore properties.
Cleanliness
A critically important factor for all types
of stainless steels is that the surfaces
must be thoroughly cleaned prior to and
after welding for optimum corrosion
resistance. Dirt, oil, grinding burs, paint
and contamination must be avoided
throughout welding. This maximizes
service performance and minimizes
post-fabrication cleaning costs. Edges
and adjacent to the weld line should be
cleaned for up to 50 mm from the weld
line.
Prior to welding, the weld zone should
be taken back to clean bright metal. This
includes not only the bevel and root nose
faces, but also surfaces away from the
weld line. Cut-backs in double-sided
welding should be taken to clean, sound
metal, preferably using cold cutting
techniques. Surfaces should be
degreased and then mechanically
cleaned. In multipass welding, underlying weld beads should be deslagged and
cleaned of excessive weld oxide.
Between each pass the welder should
brush the weld surface using a stainless
steel hand brush.
All liquid penetrant inspection fluids
and contrast paints must be removed.
Post-weld cleaning
Surface roughness, undercut, slag
residuals, spatter, micro-crevices and
weld oxide formation can have a decisive
influence on the pitting resistance. Weld
oxides, which have a negative effect on
105
the corrosion performance, can be
minimized by adequate backing gas
protection and be removed by post-weld
cleaning (acid pickling being most
efficient). A post-weld cleaning treatment it is often necessary to restore the
stainless steel surface and achieve good
corrosion resistance after fabrication.
Mechanical cleaning like brushing, sand
blasting and grinding gives some
improvement but the best results are
usually obtained with chemical cleaning
methods such as pickling pastes or
baths. The most effective way is to use a
combination of a mechanical and a
chemical method, e.g. polishing followed
by pickling and passivation.
Post-fabrication cleaning is not normally
stipulated in welding procedure specifications. This is surprising, since cleaning is clearly good fabrication practice
and essential for good corrosion resistance. For further details on post-weld
treatments see Chapter 9 ‘Post-weld
cleaning’.
Austenitic stainless
steels
Austenitic stainless steels are the most
common stainless steels. The austenitic
group covers a wide range of grades
with great variations in properties. Table
6.3 lists different austenitic stainless
steels and the usually recommended
fillers for welding these. Corrosion
resistance is normally the most important of these. Austenitic stainless steels
are used in a wide range of applications.
They are economic where the demands
placed on them are moderate, e.g.
processing, storing and transporting
foodstuffs and beverages. They are also
reliably effective in highly corrosive
environments, e.g. offshore installations,
high-temperature equipment, components in the pulp, paper and chemical
industries.
106
The steels can be divided into the
following sub-groups:
ferrite-free plates and welds are often
required.
■■ Austenitic with and without
molybdenum
■■ Stabilized austenitic
■■ Fully austenitic with high
molybdenum
■■ Heat and creep resistant
Steel types 304L and 316L are highly
susceptible to stress corrosion cracking.
However, resistance to stress corrosion
cracking increases with increased nickel
and molybdenum content. Highly
alloyed austenitic stainless steels such as
254 SMO® (1.4547 / S31254) have very
good resistance.
Austenitic stainless steels are characterized by excellent corrosion resistance.
Chromium and nickel alloyed steels
demonstrate good general corrosion
resistance in wet environments and this
is further improved by increased
chromium, nickel, molybdenum and
nitrogen content. To obtain good
resistance to pitting and crevice corrosion in chloride containing environments, a Cr-Ni-Mo type steel such as
316L (1.4404 / S31603) or one with an
even higher molybdenum content is
necessary.
Austenitic stainless steels are generally
easy to weld and do not normally require
any preheating or post-weld heat
treatment (PWHT). These alloys are
primarily characterized by their excellent ductility. Because of the face-centered cubic structure the welded joints
are tough down to low temperatures
even in the as-welded condition.
Ferrite-free, fully austenitic stainless
steels with a high nitrogen content have
very good impact toughness and are
therefore very suitable for cryogenic
applications. Especially for nitrogen-alloyed steels, yield and tensile strengths
are usually high.
For improved hot cracking resistance
and better weldability, standard austenitic stainless steels (e.g. 304L (1.4307 /
S30403) and 316L) are normally produced with some ferrite. In certain
environments, these steels may demonstrate reduced resistance to selective
corrosion. Thus, in applications such as
urea production or acetic acid,
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
The classical problem of weld decay due
to precipitation of chromium carbides in
grain boundaries of austenitic stainless
steels (risk of intergranular corrosion) is
rare today, as the carbon contents in
modern steels and fillers are held
sufficiently low to avoid this
phenomenon.
With respect to weldability, the filler
metals used for welding these steels can
be divided into two groups:
■■ Fillers with min. 3% ferrite (e.g. types
308L / 19 9 L, 316L / 19 12 3 L and 347
/ 19 9 Nb)
■■ Fillers with zero ferrite (e.g. type 385
/ 20 25 5 Cu N L and nickel-base 625
(NiCrMo-3 / Ni 6625))
The weldability of austenitic stainless
steels is strongly dependent on the
solidification mode during welding. Most
standard austenitic stainless steels are
designed to solidify initially as delta
ferrite, which has high solubility of
sulfur and phosphorus, and transforms to
austenite upon further cooling. Fully
austenitic weld metals are more susceptible to hot cracking and for this reason,
most standard austenitic base materials
and fillers are designed to solidify with a
small amount of ferrite. The solidification is affected by the composition of the
steel, but equally important is the filler
material composition. Other factors that
play an important role are the restraint
situation, impurities and solidification
rate. Steels that can be welded with
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
fillers giving 4 – 20 FN (4 – 16%) ferrite
in the weld metal have been found to be
largely resistant to solidification cracking. Steels with high contents of austenite-forming elements (e.g. C, Ni and N)
will show primary austenitic solidification. Examples of such steels are 310S
(1.4845 / S31008), 725LN (1.4466 /
S31050) and 316LN (1.4406, 1.4429 /
S31653). If such steels are to be welded
with fillers giving a fully austenitic
microstructure, measures to avoid
cracking should be taken into account at
the design stage and when selecting
WPS.
When a welded construction is to be
exposed to temperatures between 450°C
and 650°C for long time periods, fillers
with lower levels of ferrite (2 – 8 FN) are
often used to avoid detrimental embrittlement of the ferrite phase, which might
affect the overall performance. Weld
metals alloyed with niobium will give a
somewhat higher strength at elevated
temperatures due to the precipitation of
carbides.
Austenitic steels have about 50% higher
thermal expansion compared to ferritic
and duplex steels. This means that larger
deformation and higher shrinkage
stresses may be a result from welding.
For welding austenitic steels to carbon
steels, fillers of type 309L / 23 12 L or
309LMo / 23 12 2 L can commonly be
used. When joining different austenitic
steels, fillers designed for the higher
alloyed grade should normally be
selected.
Austenitic stainless steels with and
without molybdenum
The main alloying elements are chromium (17 – 20%) and nickel (8 – 13%).
The steels in this group have in general
very good weldability with all the
common welding methods used for
stainless steels. The addition of
107
molybdenum (2 – 3%) increases resistance to pitting corrosion. To secure good
corrosion resistance when welding the
Cr-Ni-Mo type stainless steels such as
316L, it is advisable to use fillers with
minimum 2.5% molybdenum.
Cr-Ni and Cr-Ni-Mo alloys are generally
metallurgically stable. A relatively high
heat input of up to 2 kJ/mm can thus be
used with no negative effects. However,
on a case by case basis, it must be borne
in mind that increased heat input at
welding increases distortion, weld pool
size, fume generation and radiation (heat
and light). The interpass temperature
should normally be kept fairly low, i.e.
approximately 150°C.
titanium-alloyed steels, niobium-stabilized fillers such as 19 9 Nb / 347 or 19
12 3 Nb / 318 should be used. This is
because titanium does not transfer
readily across the arc to the weld. The
stabilized steels 321 (1.4541 / S32100),
347 (1.4550 / S34700) and 316Ti (1.4571 /
S31635) may sometimes form small
surface slag particles containing
titanium and niobium when welding.
These alloys are also somewhat more
prone to hot cracking and the use of
filler material and a low heat input are in
most cases beneficial. Steel grades
stabilized with titanium or niobium are
normally less stable and require a
somewhat lower heat input than that
which is used when welding with
“standard fillers”.
Preheating is generally not needed.
The nitrogen-alloyed steels 304LN
(1.4311 / S30453) and 316LN (1.4406,
1.4429 / S31653) with primary austenitic
solidification mode and may require
some care when autogenously welded
due to the risk of solidification cracking.
Low or zero ferrite fillers are also
somewhat more sensitive to high heat
input. Consequently, heat input should
be slightly reduced to a maximum of 1.5
kJ/mm.
When welding Cr-Ni or Cr-Ni-Mo
stainless steels to mild steel, “over-alloyed” fillers such as 309L / 23 12 L or
309LMo / 23 12 2 L should be used and
the heat input limited to 1.5 kJ/mm.
Stabilized austenitic stainless steels
Stabilized austenitic stainless steels
have an addition of titanium or niobium
in proportion to the amount of carbon
and nitrogen (typically min. 10 × C). This
stabilization prevents the precipitation of
chromium carbides when exposed to
temperatures exceeding 400°C.
Furthermore, the stabilized steels
display good strength and creep resistance up to about 600°C. For niobium or
108
Fully austenitic stainless steels
Fully austenitic stainless steels are
typically highly alloyed with chromium
(20 – 25%), nickel (18 – 35%), molybdenum (2 – 7%) and nitrogen (up to 0.4%).
The austenitic structure is stabilized by
the addition of austenite forming
elements such as carbon, nickel,
manganese, nitrogen and copper. These
austenitic stainless steels have such high
contents of chromium, nickel, molybdenum and nitrogen that, as regards to
corrosion resistance and, in some cases,
mechanical properties, they differ
substantially from more conventional
Cr-Ni and Cr-Ni-Mo grades. These alloys
are suitable for welding and the methods
for conventional stainless steels can be
used. Welding them, however, requires
specialist know-how.
most cases, over-alloyed with chromium,
nickel and molybdenum to enhance the
corrosion resistance. The fillers are
designed to give a fully austenitic weld
metal. For this reason, it is advisable to
design the joint for full penetration weld.
Fillet welds without joint preparation
should be avoided. Heat input when
welding must be carefully controlled and
dilution of the parent metal should be
kept to a minimum. The interpass
temperature must not exceed 100°C.
When using SAW, it must be borne in
mind that these steels are slightly more
sensitive to hot cracking than are the
standard austenitic grades. To control
dilution, heat input and bead shape in
SAW, the diameter of the filler metal
should not exceed 2.4 mm. A basic flux
must be used and the heat input must be
low and controlled. As an alternative,
the first run can be TIG or MMA and the
filling passes SAW. The width of the
weld should be 1.5 – 2.0 times the depth,
Figure 6.3. This minimizes the risk of
hot cracking. The wider and shallower
the bead, the greater the susceptibility to
interdendritic problems. A deeply
penetrating weld bead shifts the
susceptible area to the weld center line.
The criterion regulating the shape of the
weld bead has obvious implications for
welding current and arc voltage. To
achieve the correct shape, the voltage
must be adjusted to the current (see also
”Width and depth” in Chapter 4).
Unless special precautions are implemented and PWHT takes place, filler
metal should always be used.
Autogenous welding is not recommended. For high-alloyed austenitic
grades, pitting corrosion resistance can
be reduced due to microsegregation,
primarily of molybdenum, during
solidification. Filler metals are thus, in
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Figure 6.3. Width/depth ratio
The width/depth ratio of a weld is important.
The examples below show how this ratio is
stated.
■■ Width the same as depth; ratio is 1
■■ Width is 20 mm and depth is 10 mm ratio
is 2
■■ Width is 15 mm and depth is 30 mm ratio
is 0.5
A width/depth ratio of between 1 and 2
(inclusive) is generally considered optimum.
A ratio below 1 or above 2 gives a weld with
an unfavorable shape and increased risk of
hot cracking.
Edge design must facilitate full penetration without the risk of burn through.
Bevel angles should be sufficient to
ensure good access. A bevel angle of
35 – 40° is generally appropriate for
manual welding. A slightly tighter angle
(30 – 35°) may be suitable for mechanized or automated welding. With
thicker plates (manual, mechanized or
automated welding), this angle can be
reduced. The root gap and root face for
single-sided welds should typically be
2 – 3 mm and 1 – 2 mm, respectively. The
root face in double-sided welding can be
slightly increased. Throughout the root
pass, the gap is maintained by tack
welding and root grinding with slitting
discs.
The need for great cleanliness is
common to the welding of all high-alloyed austenitic grades. Weld pool
contamination is responsible for changes
in surface tension, subtle alterations in
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
109
bead geometry and microcontamination
of grain boundaries. As all these factors
can promote microfissuring, the weld
zone must be kept clean. All the surfaces
to be welded (underlying weld beads
included) must be bright metal.
317L (1.4438 / S31703) and 317LMN
(1.4439 / S31726)
These molybdenum-alloyed steels need
to be welded with some care.
Subsequent passes may cause precipitates of secondary phases in the weld
metal. For this reason, a low heat input
and a maximum interpass temperature
of 100°C should be used. The fillers are
fully-austenitic and slightly over-alloyed.
725LN (1.4466 / S31050) and 904L
(1.4539 / S08904)
These steels are fully austenitic. For this
reason, the sensitivity to hot cracking
should be taken into account. MAG
welding may require modern pulse
equipment and the use of multi-component shielding gas. A matching composition filler is normally used, but when
welding 904L, there might be circumstances where nickel-base filler metal
may be considered to improve the
corrosion performance of the weld bead
(e.g. in very aggressive, chloride
containing environments).
When welding 904L to mild and low-alloyed steels, 23 12 2 N L / 309LMo can
generally be used. Filler 20 25 5 Cu N L /
385 (904L) should only be used where
the parent metal is thin and dilution
therewith is low.
20-25-7 / 1925Mo (1.4529 / N08926), 254
SMO® (1.4547 / S31254), Alloy 24
(1.4565 / S34565) and 654 SMO® (1.4652
/ S32654)
The highest alloyed steels should be
welded with nickel-base fillers. The
reason is that ferrite-forming element
such as molybdenum strongly segregate
during solidification. By using nickel-base fillers, detrimental amounts of
110
secondary phases can be avoided and a
higher weld metal corrosion resistance
can be achieved. If the environment is
strongly oxidizing, an iron-base filler
(25Cr25Ni5Mo2.5MnN) should be used
as nickel-base alloys may have insufficient corrosion resistance in such
environments (transpassive corrosion).
Excessive heat input during welding is
likely to give excessive dilution of the
nickel-base weld metal. This, in its turn,
may lead to reduced corrosion performance and, possibly, weld cracking or
microcracking. Joint configuration, heat
input and bead placement are important
factors in welding procedure design.
Controlling these helps to control
dilution and thus maximize the performance of the weld. The maximum heat
input for 254 SMO®, 1.4529 and 654
SMO® is 1.5 kJ/mm. For 1.4565 it is 1.0
kJ/mm. This minimizes the risk of
microfissuring and formation of deleterious phases.
When welding 254 SMO®, 1.4529 and
1.4565 to mild and low-alloyed steels,
the fillers dictated by the stainless steel
should be used. The nickel-base filler
Alloy 59 / NiCr23Mo16 / NiCrMo-13 is
the “safest” alternative. Under certain
circumstances, e.g. where dilution with
the parent metal is low, 309LMo / 23 12 2
L is a more economical alternative.
These steels are sometimes welded to
standard duplex or superduplex steels.
The filler metal of first choice is Alloy 59
(NiCrMo-13 / Ni 6059 / NiCr23Mo16) as
this result in higher mechanical strength
and impact toughness as compared with
the niobium-alloyed 625 (NiCrMo-3 / Ni
6625 / NiCr22Mo9Nb). It is possible to
butter the joint side on the duplex steel,
bevel the joint and then weld the
materials together with the nickel-base
filler. Superduplex fillers of 2594 / 25 9 4
N L type result in a weld metal with
reduced ductility and lower corrosion
resistance.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Heat-resistant austenitic stainless
steels
These steels are designed primarily for
use at temperatures above approximately 550°C. High-temperature
corrosion occurs at these temperatures
where, as a rule, creep strength is the
dimensioning factor. When welding
high-temperature austenitic stainless
steels, they should be regarded as being
the same as the high performance
austenitic grades. The reasons for this
are the alloying elements characterizing
these grades and the generally low, or
essentially zero, ferrite content. The
edge preparation is the same as for fully
austenitic grades. All arc welding
methods are suitable, but fully austenitic
heat resistant stainless steels such as
310S are somewhat more sensitive to hot
cracking than standard austenitic
grades. This should be borne in mind,
especially with SAW.
The yield and tensile strength properties
of the weld metal are generally equal to,
or better than those of the parent metal.
However, the creep properties of the
weld metal are usually up to 20% lower.
Gas shielded welding (MAG and TIG)
gives the best creep properties for the
welds. Welding with MAG may require
modern pulse equipment and the use of
multi-component shielding gases
containing Ar, He and O2 / CO2 to
facilitate good arc stability and improved
fluidity. Matching filler metal is used to
ensure that the weld metal has the same
properties (e.g. strength and corrosion
resistance) as the parent metal.
Depending on the thickness being
welded and the joint configuration,
interpass temperature is generally held
in the range 100 – 125°C. Between runs,
it is particularly important to remove
weld oxide, spatter, etc. Penetration and
weld pool fluidity suffer if this is not
done. After welding, it is important that
final, mechanical cleaning leaves a fine
finish. Coarse, rough finishes can
generate stress concentrations. These
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
may lead to failure under, for example,
differential or cyclic thermal loading.
High temperature constructions are
frequently exposed to thermal fatigue
due to variations in temperature. For this
reason, it is very important to design the
welded joint without notches. Fillet
welds without full penetration should be
avoided. At the design stage the welds
should be located in low stress areas.
The American Petroleum Institute (API)
has incorporated a limit of 20 ppm
bismuth for austenitic stainless steel
FCAW deposits in the standard API RP
582 “Welding Guidelines for the
Chemical, Oil, and Gas Industries”, valid
when these weld metals are exposed to
temperatures above 1000°F (538°C)
during fabrication and/or during service.
AWS A5.22/A5.22M states that stainless
steel electrodes containing bismuth
additions should not be used for high
temperature services or post-weld heat
treatment (PWHT) above about 900°F
(500°C). For these applications bismuth-free stainless steel flux-cored
wires providing no more than 20 ppm
(0.002 wt.%) bismuth in the weld metal
should be specified. Critical process
equipment is typically operated at
temperatures below 500°C, but depending on the alloy grade and requirements
on mechanical properties, a final PWHT
is performed at 600–710°C. For these
applications, bismuth-free flux-cored
wires are used. These show improved
resistance to embrittlement after PWHT
at 700°C and the impact toughness and
lateral expansion values are higher than
for wires containing bismuth.
Repair welding of exposed and damaged
high temperature equipment can be
performed with the MMA process.
Before welding, it is important to remove
all magnetic areas (with machining or
grinding) close to the weld joint since
these may contain embrittling phases.
111
When welding heat-resistant stainless
steels to carbon steels, 22 12 / 309 fillers
can be used. A nickel-base filler (i.e.
NiCr-3 / NiCr20Mn3Nb / Ni 6082) may
be a better alternative if there is a high
risk of loss of strength in the HAZ of the
carbon steel. The nickel acts as a barrier
to the carbon, which otherwise tends to
diffuse from the carbon steel into the
stainless steel weld metal. The diffusion
makes the HAZ in the carbon steel lose
strength.
304H (1.4948 / S30409), 321H (1.4878 /
S32109) and 153 MA™ (1.4818 / 30415)
The weldability of these steels is similar
to the Cr-Ni group due to ferritic
solidification of the weld metal. When
MAG welding is carried out with 21 10 N
wire, a power source with pulse current
may be necessary to obtain good
weldability.
309S (1.4833 / S30908), 309 (1.4828 /
S30900) and 253 MA® (1.4835 / S30815)
To facilitate the use of the steel 253 MA®
at the highest temperature range, TIG,
PAW or MAG processes shall be used,
since these welding processes result in
the best creep properties for welds. The
heat input similar to, or slightly below,
112
that for normal Cr-Ni stainless steels is
suitable for these high-temperature
stainless steels. To achieve good fluidity
when welding of 253 MA®, the weld
surface, or if welding multiple passes,
the previous weld should be carefully
brushed or slightly ground so that the
oxide layer is removed. Normally
matching 21 10 N filler is used to achieve
the same weld metal properties as in the
parent material. For welding catalytic
converters in the automotive industry,
however, 21 33 Mn Nb, 25 20 / 310 and
22 12 H / 309 are also used.
Table 6.3. Example of austenitic
stainless steels and
recommended fillers
Grade
EN
designation
UNS
designation
Fillers
Grade
EN
designation
UNS
designation
Fillers
20-25-7
1925Mo
1.4529
N08926
Ni 6625 / NiCrMo-3
or Ni 6059 /
NiCrMo-13
301
1.4310
S30100
19 9 L / 308L
254
SMO®
1.4547
S31254
301LN
1.4318
S30153
19 9 L / 308L
Ni 6625 / NiCrMo-3
or Ni 6059 /
NiCrMo-13
304
1.4301
S30400
19 9 / 308 or
19 9 L / 308L
Alloy 24
1.4565
S34565
Ni 6059 /
NiCrMo-13
304L
1.4306
S30403
19 9 L / 308L
654
SMO®
1.4562
S32654
Ni 6059 /
NiCrMo-13
The alloys 309 and 309S have better
fluidity and surface appearance than 253
MA®, but the elevated alloy contents can
make the weld pool sluggish. If weld
pool fluidity is a problem, filler metal
containing silicon can help.
304L
1.4307
S30403
19 9 L / 308L
304H
1.4948
S30409
19 9 H / 308H
321
1.4541
S32100
19 9 Nb / 347 or
19 9 L / 308L
321H
1.4878
S32109
19 9 Nb
347
1.4550
S34700
19 9 Nb / 347 or
19 9 L / 308L
153 MATM 1.4818
S30415
21 10 N
309S
1.4833
S30908
310S (1.4845 / S31008) and 310 (1.4841 /
S31400)
These fully austenitic steels are susceptible to hot cracking and due to this, the
heat input should be limited to maximum 1.0 kJ/mm. For this reason, SAW
should be avoided. The use of filler and a
basic flux/coating will reduce the risk.
304LN
1.4311
S30453
19 9 L / 308L
22 12 / 309,
22 12 H / 309,
25 20 / 310
316
1.4401
S31600
19 12 3 / 316 or
19 12 3 L / 316L
309
1.4828
S30900
316L
1.4404
S31603
19 12 3 L / 316L
22 12 / 309,
22 12 H / 309,
25 20 / 310
316L
1.4432
S31603
19 12 3 L / 316L
253 MA® 1.4835
S30815
21 10 N
316L
1.4435
S31603
19 12 3 L / 316L
310
1.4841
S31400
25 20 / 310
316L
1.4436
S31600
19 12 3 L / 316L
310S
1.4845
S31008
25 20 / 310
316LN
1.4406
S31653
19 12 3 L / 316L
316LN
1.4429
S31653
19 12 3 L / 316L
316Ti
1.4571
S31635
19 12 3 Nb / 318 or
19 12 3 L / 316L
317L
1.4438
S31703
19 13 4 L / 317L
317LN
1.4434
S31753
19 13 4 L / 317L
317LMN
1.4439
S31726
18 16 5 N L / 317L
or 20 25 5 Cu L
/ 385
725LN
1.4466
S31050
25 22 2 N L
904L
1.4539
N08904
20 25 5 Cu L / 385
or Ni 8025 / 383 or
Ni 6625 / NiCrMo-3
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Ferritic stainless steels
’Ferritic stainless steel’ is a broad,
generic expression generally taken to
encompass any stainless steel microstructure with large proportions of
ferrite. The resistance of ferritic stainless
steels in chloride containing environments and strong acids is moderate.
Compared to the common austenitic
grades, they have higher yield strength,
but lower tensile strength and toughness
at low temperatures. Their elongation at
fracture is only about half that of the
austenitic stainless steels. Modern
grades, e.g. type 430 (1.4016 / S43000
have low carbon content. Their
113
resistance to atmospheric corrosion,
organic acids, detergents and alkaline
solutions is good (comparable to that of
type 304L). Ferritic stainless steels tend
to be relatively weak at high temperatures. Due to formation of intermetallic
phases, they may also embrittle with
long exposure in the 475 – 950°C
temperature range. However, the
oxidation resistance of type 430 is
satisfactory up to 850°C and high-alloyed ferritic grades such as 446 (1.4742 /
S44600) can be used at temperatures up
to 1000°C.
Vehicle exhaust systems are a typical
application for 12Cr stainless steels
alloyed with titanium or niobium, e.g.
409 (1.4512 / S40910). The 18Cr ferritic
stainless steels are used primarily in
household utensils, decorative and
coated panels and vehicle components.
Grade 444 (1.4521 / S44400) is also used
for water heaters and boilers. Highalloyed ferritic stainless steels with a
chromium content of 20 – 28% have good
resistance to sulfurous gases and are
widely used in high-temperature
applications, e.g. flues and furnaces.
Ferritic steels can generally be divided
into different groups based on the
carbon and chromium levels, but the
presence of stabilizing elements (Ti, Nb)
is also an important factor affecting
weldability. Depending of the ratio of
ferrite and austenite forming elements,
the microstructure of these steels may be
fully ferritic or ferrite with some martensite (semi-ferritic). Besides martensite
in the weldment the microstructure
sometimes contains traces of austenite
and depending on the carbon and
nitrogen content, some intergranular
chromium carbide and nitride precipitation may occur. The two main concerns
when welding the fully ferritic grades
are grain coarsening and, in the HAZ,
high hardness, which are both associated with loss of ductility and impact
toughness. When welding thinner
114
gauges, the preheating temperature is
approximately 200°C. For thicker
gauges, particularly if the carbon
content is rather high (i.e. 0.05 – 0.10%),
it is 250 – 300°C. Using an austenitic
filler, sheets less than around 3 mm thick
and with low carbon content, can be
welded without preheating.
Early attempts to weld ferritic stainless
steels encountered problems with low
toughness in the HAZ caused by
martensite formation. This was experienced with ferritic steels having high
carbon and nitrogen levels and moderate
chromium content. Such steels partly
transform to austenite upon heating and
the rapid cooling leads to martensite
formation and embrittlement of the
HAZ. Another problem was precipitation
of chromium carbides along the grain
boundaries resulting in risk of intergranular corrosion. With lower carbon
contents and/or addition of stabilizers,
most modern ferritic stainless steels are
ferritic at all temperatures and have
much improved weldability. Modern
ferritic stainless steels (low C, N+Ti/Nb)
can be considered to be predominantly
single phase and non-hardenable and
can be readily fusion welded. Due to
lower thermal expansion and higher
thermal conductivity, distortion and
buckling can be lower during welding
compared to austenitic stainless steels.
Table 6.4 lists different ferritic stainless
steels and the recommended fillers for
welding these.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Table 6.4. Example of ferritic
stainless steels and
recommended fillers.
Grade
EN
designation
UNS
designation
Fillers
410S
1.4000
S41008
13 / 410 or
19 9 L / 308L
410L
1.4003
S40977
13 / 410, 19 9 L /
308L or 18 8 Mn
/ 307
430
1.4016
S43000
19 9 L / 308L,
23 12 L / 309L or
18 Nb L / 430
441
1.4509
S43932
19 9 Nb / 347 or 18
8 Mn / 307, 18 Ti L
/ 439 or 18 Nb Ti L
/ 430Nb
439
1.4510
S43035
19 9 L / 308L,
17 Nb L / 439Nb,
18 Ti L / 439 or
17 Ti / 430
430Cb
1.4511
430Cb
19 9 L / 308L,
18 Nb L / 430
409
1.4512
S40910
19 9 L / 308L or
23 12 L / 309L,
13 Nb L / 409Nb
or 18 Nb L / 430
444
1.4521
S44400
19 12 3 L / 316L or
23 12 2 L / 309LMo
443
1.4622
S44330
19 12 3 L / 316L
-
1.4713
-
18 8 Mn / 307,
22 12 / 309,
19 9 Nb / 347, 25 4
or 22 12 H / 309
405
1.4724
S40500
22 12 / 309, 22 12
H / 309, 25 4 or
17 Ti / 430
442
1.4742
S44200
22 12 / 309, 22 12
H / 309, 21 10 N,
25 4 or 25 20 / 310
446
1.4762
S44600
25 20 / 310, 22 12 /
309 or 25 4
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
The welding methods used for austenitic
stainless steels can also be used for
ferritic steels. The fully ferritic structure
is susceptible to grain growth during
welding (> 950°C) and this result in
decreased toughness. Grain size
refinement by PWHT is not possible. The
grain growth is less pronounced in
stabilized fully ferritic steels and in
semi-ferritic stainless steels. The extent
of grain growth depends mainly on the
used heat input, interpass temperature
and number of welding runs. This is one
of the reasons why fully ferritic, non-stabilized steels are only produced in
thinner gauges. To overcome the
problem of detrimental grain growth, the
use of low heat input welding methods is
recommended.
To avoid carbon pick up, for example due
to contamination, the weld area should
be cleaned before welding. The shielding gas for MAG welding should be
based on Ar + 1% O2 or Ar + 2% CO2 to
improve arc stability. Due to the limited
dissolution of interstitials in ferrite,
higher additions of oxygen or carbon
dioxide should be avoided. Helium is
sometimes used alongside argon when
higher welding speeds are preferred.
Hydrogen and nitrogen should not be
added to the shielding or backing gas.
Martensite formation in the weldment
makes the steel sensitive to hydrogen
embrittlement. Covered electrodes
should be re-baked to give low moisture
content. Nitrogen increases harmfully
the interstitial content of the weld metal
and adjacent HAZ. Nitrogen pick-up can
be caused by inadequate gas protection
during welding.
Ferritic stainless steels can be welded
with either ferritic or austenitic fillers.
Ferritic steels are most frequently
welded with austenitic stainless fillers
such as 19 9 L / 308L, 23 12 L / 309L or
19 12 3 L / 316L (for molybdenum-alloyed
grades such as 444). However, 19 9 H /
308H and 25 20 / 310 can also be
115
used – especially when the construction
will be exposed to temperatures above
400°C. By using austenitic fillers the
reduced ductility caused by ferrite grain
growth in the weld metal can be
avoided. The availability is normally
better and the resulting weld metal has
higher corrosion resistance. Ferritic
fillers are preferred under thermal
stresses, sour environments or in
situations where stress corrosion
cracking could occur. However, toughness is limited when using ferritic filler
metals, although high service temperatures can tolerate the issue. Ferritic
fillers shall only be used for single pass
welds, due to increased risk for grain
growth in the weld metal. If matching
ferritic filler metals are used for welding
thicker gauges, these should be cooled
slowly to approximately 125°C after
welding and held at this temperature for
around 1 h. This is so that martensite
transformation can occur. PWHT can be
used for improving the mechanical and
corrosion properties of some particular
grades. If PWHT is to take place, the
weld is taken to 600 – 700°C directly
from the transformation temperature. As
it leads to embrittlement and severe loss
of ductility, low temperature stress
relieving in the range 220 – 400°C
should be avoided. The effect of PWHT
on filler metals should be borne in mind.
For low interstitial or stabilized ferritic
grades, the PWHT is generally unnecessary and often undesirable. However, a
low temperature heat treatment e.g. few
hours at 200°C can be effective restoring
the ductility of hydrogen embrittled
regions. In the automotive industry,
matching ferritic metal-cored wires are
often used for welding of thin material of
441, 430Cb and 439 type. In this case, no
heat treatment is needed.
Ferritic steels can satisfactorily be
welded to mild steel and other stainless
steels, provided over-alloyed filler, e.g.
23 12 L / 309L or 23 12 2 L / 309LMo can
be used. There are also applications
116
where 19 9 Nb / 347 and 18 8 Mn / 307
type of fillers are used for dissimilar
welding.
410L (1.4003 / S40977)
410L has good weldability largely
because of the low carbon content.
Austenite is formed during welding in
the high temperature HAZ and its
transformation to martensite during
cooling helps to reduce the grain growth
and avoid sensitization. This is because
austenite/martensite dissolves carbon,
thus giving the HAZ a generally good
ductility. Preheating is not necessary in
thin-walled constructions (< 5 mm). To
reduce the risk of sensitization and grain
growth, the heat input should be lower
than 1 kJ/mm. Austenitic filler is often
used, because of their superb toughness
making it possible to use the welded
joints in as-welded condition and higher
corrosion resistance as compared to
ferritic fillers. If ferritic filler metals are
used, the compositional compatibility
has to be considered in the selection
process; i.e. low interstitial content and
preferably low content of stabilizing
elements.
410S, 403 (1.4000 / S41008, S40300) and
430 (1.4016 / S43000)
More sensitive to grain growth than
410L because less martensite is formed.
For this reason, low heat input shall be
used. Austenitic fillers are most
common, but at service temperatures
above 450°C a nickel-base filler of Type
82 (NiCrFe-3 / Ni 6082 / NiCr20Mn3Nb)
is advantageous. Material thicker than 3
mm should be pre-heated to 200 – 400°C.
Depending on application, a PWHT is
recommended. For grade 1.4016, heat
treatment at 750 – 800°C improves the
ductility of the weld region by tempering
the hard and brittle martensite. Time
held at this temperature depends on
material thickness, but usually 1 – 2 h is
preferred. Furthermore, this treatment
allows chromium back-diffusion, which
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
restores the intergranular corrosion
resistance.
409 (1.4512 / S40910), 430Cb (1.4511 /
430Cb) and 439 / 430Ti (1.4510 / S43035)
These stabilized ferritics stay ferritic all
the way to the molten metal due to the
addition of titanium or niobium. Welding
naturally increases the grain size in the
heat-affected zone (HAZ), but the
carbide and nitride precipitates restrict
the grain coarsening similarly to that of
austenite in unstabilized grades.
Stabilization prevents the chromium
carbide precipitation, which could
otherwise lead to a sensitization embrittlement. Consequently, the stabilized
grades are practically immune to
intergranular corrosion in the as-welded
condition.
441 (1.4509 / S43932) and 444 (1.4521 /
S44400)
These grades have low carbon and
nitrogen contents. They are also stabilized with titanium and niobium, which
reduces or prevents the sensitization and
formation of martensite. The dual-stabilization gives these ferritic steels better
weldability than many of the previously
presented ferritic steels. The weldability
is mainly limited by grain growth in the
HAZ, so the heat input must still be kept
to a minimum. The welding processes
are mainly TIG, MAG, MMA. Austenitic
fillers are mostly used.
temperatures between 550°C and 850°C.
The higher alloyed ones are used at
temperatures up to 1150°C and show
excellent resistance to reducing sulfur-containing environments and molten
metals, e.g. liquid metal embrittlement
caused by copper, zinc and brass. The
alloying with aluminum also gives
precipitates that reduce the sensitivity to
grain growth during welding. For this
reason, the steels can be produced and
welded in thickness above 10 mm.
1.4713, 405 (1.4724 / S40500), 442
(1.4742 / AISI 442) and 446 (1.4762 /
S44600)
With these grades the same precautions
as for carbon steels are normally
required. Preheating of the joint to
200 – 300°C is necessary for materials
thicker than 3 mm and the interpass
temperatures should be in the same
range. Due to grain growth in HAZ, the
heat input should be minimized. Gas
shielded welding methods are preferred.
Pure argon should be used as shielding
gas. Matching filler material has
detrimental effect on the ductility, which
is why austenitic welding consumables,
e.g. 18 8 Mn / 307, 23 12 / 309 or 25 20 /
310 are commonly used. If the weld will
be exposed to a sulfurous environment,
overlay welding with matching ferritic
filler will be necessary.
High temperature ferritic stainless
steels
This group of ferritic steels is mostly
used in high temperature applications
with sulfurous atmospheres and/or low
tensile load. They have limited weldability and the HAZ will have a ferritic-martensitic microstructure. The main
alloying element in high temperature
ferritic stainless steels is chromium. Its
positive effect on scaling resistance is
enhanced by silicon and aluminum. The
lower-alloyed grades are best suited for
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
117
Table 6.5. Example of ferritic
stainless steels and
recommended fillers.
Grade
EN
designation
UNS
designation
Fillers
410S,
403
1.4000
S41008,
S40300
13 / 410 or 19 9 L
/ 308L
410L
1.4003
S40977
13 / 410, 19 9 L /
308Lor 18 8 Mn/
307
430
1.4016
S43000
19 9 L / 308L,
23 12 L / 309L or
18 Nb L / 430
441
1.4509
S43932
19 9 Nb or 18 8
Mn / 307, 18 Ti L /
439 or 18 Nb Ti L /
430Nb
439
1.4510
S43035
19 9 L / 308L,
17 Nb L / 439Nb,
18 Ti L / 439 or
17 Ti / 430
430Cb
1.4511
430Cb
19 9 L / 308L,
18 Nb L / 430
409
1.4512
S40910
19 9 L / 308L or
23 12 L / 309L,
13 Nb L / 409Nb or
18 Nb L / 430
444
1.4521
S44400
19 12 3 L / 316L or
23 12 2 L / 309LMo
443
1.4622
S44330
19 12 3 L / 316L
-
1.4713
-
18 8 Mn / 307,
23 12 / 309, 19 9
Nb / 347, 25 4 or
22 12 H / 309
405
1.4724
S40500
22 12 / 309, 25 4 or
17 Ti / 430
442
1.4742
S44200
22 12 / 309, 22 12
H / 309, 21 10 N,
25 4 or 25 20 / 310
446
1.4762
S44600
25 20 / 310, 22 12 /
309 or 25 4
118
Duplex stainless steels
Duplex stainless steels, also referred to
as austenitic-ferritic stainless steels,
have a two-phase microstructure with
approximately 50% austenite and 50%
ferrite. Chemical composition is typically
21 – 25% chromium, 1 – 7% nickel,
0.10 – 0.27% nitrogen and, if used,
3 – 4% molybdenum. Duplex stainless
steels combine many of the good
properties of austenitic and ferritic
stainless steels. Mechanical strength is
generally very high and ductility,
especially at room temperature, is good.
Due to the high content of chromium,
nitrogen, and in most grades molybdenum, duplex stainless steels have high
resistance to pitting and general
corrosion. For example, the pitting
resistance of the most common duplex
steel 2205 (1.4462 / S32205) is significantly higher than that of 316L. All
modern types of duplex stainless steels
are produced with low carbon content.
This and the favorable microstructure,
make them resistant to sensitization to
intergranular corrosion. The duplex
microstructure also contributes to high
resistance to stress corrosion cracking.
The excellent combination of high
mechanical strength and good corrosion
resistance makes duplex stainless steels
highly suitable for: heat exchangers,
pressure vessels and pulp digesters;
chemi­cal industry equipment and
desalination plants; rotors, fans and
shafts exposed to corrosion fatigue; and
tanks used for transporting chemicals.
Although somewhat different to ordinary
austenitic stainless steels such as 304L
and 316L, the weldability of duplex
stainless steels is generally good. When
welding duplex stainless steels, the two
main concerns are achieving the correct
ferrite-austenite phase balance and
avoiding deleterious phases (sigma
phase in particular). The general
approach is to use designed fillers and a
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
joint design that allows the use of filler.
All duplex stainless steels can be welded
using standard arc welding methods, but
for optimum weldment properties, the
welding parameters have to be modified.
Table 6.5 lists different duplex stainless
steels and the recommended fillers for
welding these.
Duplex steels may show lower penetration and fluidity than austenitic steels
(300-series) during welding. Edge
design must faci+litate full penetration
without the risk of burn through. Bevel
angles should be sufficient to ensure
good access. The reduced penetration
will require the joint angle to be
somewhat wider (+10°) and the land to
be smaller than for standard austenitic
steels. A bevel angle of 35 – 40° is
generally appropriate for manual
welding. A slightly tighter angle (30 –
35°) may be suitable for mechanized or
automated welding. With thicker plates
(manual, mechanized or automated
welding), this angle can be broken. The
root gap and root face for single-sided
welds should be typically 2 – 3 mm and
1 – 2 mm respectively. The root face in
double-sided welding can be slightly
increased. Provided that welding current
and torch angle are optimized to ensure
good penetration, the root face in SAW
can be up to 8 mm. Ceramic backing
tiles can be used to support the root pass
but, as they tend to marginally reduce
the cooling rate, care must be taken.
Thus, compared to a self-supporting root
pass, a slightly lower heat input is
appropriate when ceramic backing
systems are used. Due to high strength
of the parent material, the tacks should
be somewhat longer compared to
standard austenitic grades (≥ 25 mm).
Duplex steels are designed to have
approximately equal amounts of ferrite
and austenite in the solution annealed
condition. The welding process involves
thermal cycles that can change the
phase balance to a more ferritic one in
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
both the weld metal and adjacent areas
of the base metal. This may in some
cases have a detrimental effect on
weldment properties such as corrosion
resistance and ductility. Duplex stainless
steels, commonly, solidify with a fully
ferritic structure with austenite nucleation and growth during cooling. To
stabilize the austenite at higher temperatures, modern duplex stainless steels
have a high nitrogen content. As duplex
weld metals solidify in ferritic mode and
the austenite formation occurs in solid
phase, the partitioning of alloying
elements between austenite and ferrite
differs from the base metal and some
partitioning of alloying elements occurs
during the dendritic solidification.
Nitrogen shows normally the largest
partitioning in duplex stainless steel
welds. It is strongly partitioned in the
austenite and is depleted in the adjacent
ferrite. The diffusion range is, however,
limited and the central ferrite regions
become supersaturated in nitrogen.
Rapid cooling from high temperatures
(e.g. low heat input with thick gauges)
may result in high ferrite levels in the
weld metal and high-temperature HAZ.
To ensure suitable ferrite-austenite
phase balance (i.e. avoid high ferrite
content), duplex stainless steel filler
metals are over-alloyed with nickel.
These filler metals normally contain
2–4% more nickel than the base metal to
guarantee high impact toughness and to
maintain high corrosion resistance.
Nickel addition shifts the austenite
formation to higher temperatures,
resulting in higher weld metal austenite
contents. The over-alloyed filler metals
compensate for preferential segregation
of chromium and molybdenum to the
dendritic region, which makes the
dendrite core more susceptible to pitting.
Nitrogen alloying counteracts possible
loss from the molten pool and inhibits
nitrogen migration from the HTHAZ. If
designed fillers are used, typical ferrite
levels in the weld metal will be 30 –
55%. The ferrite level in the HAZ will be
119
somewhat higher, 55 – 70%. A too high
ferrite content may also result if welding
without filler wire, if welding with, for
example, pieces cut from the plate or if
there is excessive dilution from the
parent metal by using small or no root
gaps. Unless special precautions are
implemented and PWHT takes place,
edges must be carefully prepared and
matching over-alloyed filler metal
should always be used. Autogenous
welding is not recommended.
As with all types of stainless steel
weldments, the properties of duplex steel
welds differ to some extent from those of
the base material. However, a properly
welded duplex steel shows mechanical
and corrosion properties being satisfactory for most requirements.
Weldment properties are strongly
affected by the welding procedure. Heat
input and interpass temperature at
welding must be carefully controlled.
The level of heat input used for duplex
steels is 0.2 – 2.5 kJ/mm. For lean duplex
and superduplex steels the levels is,
however, somewhat lower and narrower
(0.2 – 1.5 kJ/mm). The duplex microstructure is more sensitive to the effect of
subsequent passes compared to e.g.
standard austenitic grades. To reduce
this effect on microstructure from
previous passes, the interpass temperature should be maximized to 150°C for
standard/lean duplex and 100°C for
superduplex steels.
Weld defects that can occur with duplex
steels are often a result of too high
welding speed (cracking); too narrow
joints (porosity, slag inclusions) or too
high heat input (reduced ductility and
corrosion resistance). Excessively thick
weld beads may cause porosity due to
entrapped nitrogen from the base metal.
Even if duplex steels are not fully
resistant to solidification and hydrogen
cracking, this is a less significant issue
than for some other stainless steels.
120
Most duplex stainless steels solidify as
δ-ferrite distributing impurities such as
sulfur and phosphorous efficiently, and
are thus not sensitive to solidification
cracking. No austenite is formed during
the solidification, but in the solid state
during subsequent cooling. Excessive
amounts of nickel and/or nitrogen can
shift the solidification mode from fully
ferritic to a mixed ferritic-austenitic
solidification, which increases segregation of elements and may cause ductility
loss. If the measured ferrite content is
below 25%, bend testing should be
performed to confirm that the weld
metal is free from cracks and has
sufficient ductility. If austenitic fillers
are used, the solidification mode can
also be mixed ferritic-austenitic and the
resulting weld metal primarily austenitic. This can lead to reduced strength
and make the weld metal more susceptible to solidification cracking. For this
reason, duplex stainless steel shall be
welded with specially developed duplex
fillers.
In some circumstances, duplex alloys
may suffer from hydrogen embrittlement, typically as a result of exposure to
hydrogen sulfide (H2S) or cathodic
protection used in subsea constructions.
It is the ferrite phase that is susceptible
to hydrogen embrittlement, while
austenite acts as an effective trap for
hydrogen permeating the steel. Weld
metal hydrogen cracking may also occur,
but most reported incidences have been
restricted to cases in which the weld
metals experienced high levels of
restraint or possessed very high ferrite
contents >70–75 % (caused by use of
covered electrodes with low nitrogen
content, welding autogenously without
filler, weld metal nitrogen loss, etc.) in
combination with very high hydrogen
levels, as a result of hydrogen charging
by cathodic protection, moist electrodes,
self-shielded cored wires or the use of
hydrogen-containing shielding gas. The
risk of hydrogen cracking is thus low.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
There is, however, a fairly widespread
agreement that hydrogen-containing
shielding gases should not be used for
welding duplex as these results in
noticeable losses of nitrogen in the weld
metal, increases the ferrite content and
may cause hydrogen embrittlement.
TIG is recommended for all single-sided,
inaccessible root runs. Pure argon should
be used as shielding gas. To improve
penetration and fluidity when TIG or
plasma arc welding, it is possible to add
30% helium. Especially with fully
automatic welding, this is beneficial as
travel speed can be significantly
increased. To counteract possible
nitrogen loss in single-pass TIG or
plasma arc welding, addition of 1 – 3%
nitrogen is often practiced. This will
improve pitting corrosion resistance,
ductility and strength; but also a slight
improvement of penetration and fluidity.
Due to the increased risk of weld
porosity, and the increased wear of the
tungsten electrode, a nitrogen addition
of more than 3% is not advisable. Care
must also be taken when multipass
welding in overhead position. Nitrogen
additions to the shielding gas may cause
an oversaturation of weld metal nitrogen
in subsequent passes and there is
increased risk for porosity. If this is the
case, the subsequent welds can be made
with pure argon. Pure argon is also
preferred for multipass welding if the
weld metal austenite content exceeds
the limit set by the specification. This
may be especially important if the first
passes are made with TIG and the rest
with MMA or FCAW as the slag covered
methods result in somewhat higher
austenite content.
TIG welding should be performed using
a backing gas of pure nitrogen or
nitrogen with an addition of 5 – 10%
hydrogen (Formier gas). Use of pure
argon or argon with some addition of
nitrogen is also possible, but at some loss
of corrosion resistance. It can be difficult
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
to pass the corrosion test of especially
superduplex welds when using pure
argon as backing gas and that it may be
necessary to change the backing gas to
pure nitrogen or 90–95% N2 + 5–10% H2
to pass the ASTM G48 A (24 h) corrosion
test at 40°C. This has, for example, been
noted in API TR 938-C, which states that
the backing gas shall be 90% N2 + 10%
H2, pure nitrogen or an argon/nitrogen
mixture with not less than 5% nitrogen.
Purging with 90% N2 + 10% H2 results in
the cleanest welds and highest pitting
resistance. Hydrogen reacts with
residual oxygen to form water vapor
instead of weld oxides on the root side.
This may decrease the required purging
time and the need for pickling. When
welding in accordance with standards or
certain specifications, which do not
allow hydrogen additions to the backing
gas, pure nitrogen may also be used.
This is equally beneficial to the austenite formation, but is not as efficient in
decreasing oxidation as hydrogen-containing gases. Purging with 95% N2 +
5% H2 gives a result being somewhere in
between. The effect of using Ar + 2– 5%
N2 as backing gas is small. The backing
gas should be used even at the tacking
stage and kept for at least 3 layers.
The lower fluidity and arc stability in
MAG welding compared to standard
austenitic steels can be solved by
adopting a pulse technique and the use
of a multi-component shielding gas such
as Ar + 30% He + 2% CO2. The addition
of helium improves fluidity and gives a
somewhat wider bead. Ar + 1 – 2% O2 or
Ar + 2 – 3% CO2 can also be used. For
best arc stability and weld pool control,
MAG welding should be carried out
using a power source with possibility to
accurately adjust pulsing parameters.
For this welding method, addition of
nitrogen to the shielding gas may cause
porosity and should be avoided. MAG
welding of superduplex is connected
with some porosity issues, and it may not
be possible to use the shielding gases
121
recommended for the other grades. To
significantly reduce the risk for porosity,
low CO2 contents, e.g. max 0.5%, would
be required. Cleaning the surface of
each welding bead by grinding and/or
pickling; and use of modern welding
machines with highly controlled pulsing
have been reported to be beneficial.
composition, but the best mechanical
properties and corrosion resistance are
achieved using filler metal. The high
strength of the parent material can lead
to fracture in the weld metal when
performing tensile testing of autogenously performed welds, but this can be
overcome by using filler metal.
The mechanical properties do not vary
significantly for normal heat inputs and
normal ferrite levels obtained when
using suitable filler metals. The tensile
properties of welded joints are generally
acceptable; with strength levels on par
with that of the base metal or higher, but
with somewhat reduced ductility. The
impact toughness is generally lower, but
varies significantly depending on
welding procedures, filler compositions
and the final microstructure. When
welding with SAW the flux should be of
basic type to secure sufficient impact
toughness.
A typically used heat input interval for
the lean duplex alloys is 0.3 – 1.5 kJ/mm.
The level is strongly dependent of
welding method and material thickness.
The interpass temperature when
welding LDX 2101® and 2202 steels
should not exceed 150°C. If high impact
toughness is required at subzero
temperatures, a large degree of fusion of
parent metal (low nickel-content) should
be avoided. To control dilution when
using SAW to weld LDX 2101® and 2202,
the diameter of the filler metal should
not exceed 2.4 mm. A basic flux must be
used and the heat input must be low and
controlled. As an alternative, the first
run can be TIG, MMA or FCAW and the
filling passes SAW.
When joining different duplex grades,
the filler that is designed for the higher
alloyed grade should be used. When
welding duplex to mild and low-alloyed
steels, the duplex filler used for welding
the duplex grade can be used. This
results in a weld with high strength, but
somewhat lower ductility. By using
23 12 L / 309L fillers, the ductility
increases significantly, but the weld
metal strength may be lower than for the
parent materials. The best balance of
strength and ductility is, however,
normally reached using fillers of 23 12 2
L / 309LMo type. With the molybdenum
addition, the weld metal has higher
strength and this may be required for
the duplex alloys with the highest
strength.
LDX 2101® (1.4162 / S32101) and
2202 (1.4062 / S32202)
These lean duplex stainless steels are
the lowest alloyed steels in this group.
They can be welded with or without
filler material due to a balanced
122
2304 (1.4362 / S32304) and
2205 (1.4462 / S32205, S31803)
2205 is the most widely used duplex
steel today. 2304 is a lean duplex grade,
but the weldability resembles more that
of 2205 than LDX 2101®. Due to lower
nitrogen content, these grades shall not
be welded without use of over-alloyed
filler metal. Autogenous welding (TIG,
resistance and laser) will result in high
ferrite levels, typically 80 – 95% dependent on alloy and cooling rate. For such
welds, subsequent annealing will restore
the phase balance in the weldment.
Duplex 2304 and 2205 are generally
metallurgically stable when subjected to
a high heat input and highly suited to
SAW using a basic chromium compensated flux. Theoretically, inputs of up to
3 kJ/mm can be used without any
negative effects. However, in practice,
factors such as distortion, large weld
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
pools, radiation (heat and light) and
fume generation set the upper limit. This
is especially true for manual welding. A
too low heat input increases the cooling
rate and gives little opportunity for the
formation of austenite. This results in a
high weld metal ferrite content that may
exceed 65%. The interpass temperature
when welding 2304 and 2205 steels
should not exceed 150°C.
When welding standard duplex 2205,
superduplex 2594 / 25 9 4 N L filler is
sometimes used to improve the pitting
corrosion resistance, and especially of
the root pass. For the MAG process, this
is not recommended as the risk for
forming porosity is high.
LDX 2404® (1.4462 / S82441)
LDX 2404® is a somewhat leaner version
of 2205 with a corrosion resistance
between that of 2304 and 2205. LDX
2404® has high strength obtained with
by further alloying with chromium and
nitrogen. The high nitrogen content
makes it increasingly important to avoid
nitrogen loss when TIG welding. For
TIG, MAG and SAW it is possible to use
2209 / 22 9 3 N L filler, but for the MMA
and FCAW processes, the standard
duplex filler may result in excessive
austenite contents and loss of ductility
(failed bend tests). Böhler Welding has
developed specific covered electrodes
and flux-cored wires called LDX 2404
(2594 (mod.) / Z 25 9 4 N L) for welding
LDX 2404®, but superduplex fillers of
2594 / 25 9 4 N L can also be used.
Because of the high alloy-content of the
filler metal, LDX 2404 should be treated
more like a superduplex base material
than a standard duplex. Suggested
maximum heat input is 1.5 kJ/mm and
the interpass temperature should be
below 100°C.
and molybdenum contents. In Zeron
100®, some of the molybdenum has been
replaced by tungsten and the base
material has somewhat improved
corrosion resistance. After welding, both
grades have more or less identical
corrosion resistance and it is not necessary to select a filler metal containing
tungsten for welding any of these
grades. To optimize the corrosion
resistance and increase the impact
toughness, it is important to avoid
nitrogen loss and to use over-alloyed
filler metals.
The superduplex grades are more prone
forming intermetallic precipitates in the
weld metal. For this reason, the heat
input should be below 1.5 kJ/mm and
the interpass temperature not exceed
100°C. If welding is done from only one
side and the root side will be exposed to
corrosive media, it is important to make
the root thick and following beads thin
with low heat input. To control dilution,
heat input and bead shape when using
SAW to weld superduplex, the diameter
of the filler metal should not exceed 2.4
mm. A basic flux must be used and the
heat input must be low and controlled
(max. 1.0 kJ/mm). As an alternative, the
first run can be TIG, MMA or FCAW and
the filling passes SAW. Superduplex
grades are somewhat more sensitive to
high heat. Consequently, the interpass
temperature should not exceed 100°C.
2507 (1.4410 / S32750) and
Zeron 100® (1.4501 / S32760)
These steels, often called superduplex
grades, have high chromium, nitrogen
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
123
Table 6.6. Example of duplex
stainless steels and
recommended fillers.
Grade
EN
designation
LDX
2101®
1.4162
2202
1.4062
2304
1.4362
LDX
2404®
1.4662
2205
1.4462
UNS
designation
Fillers
23 7 N L / 2307 or
22 9 3N L / 2209
S32202
23 7 N L / 2307 or
22 9 3N L / 2209
23 7 N L / 2307 or
22 9 3N L / 2209
S82441
25 9 4 N L / 2594
or
22 9 3 N L / 2209
S32205/
S31803
22 9 3 N L / 2209
or
25 9 4 N L / 2594
2507
1.4410
S32750
25 9 4 N L / 2594
Zeron
100®
1.4501
S32760
25 9 4 N L / 2594
Figure 6.4. Stainless steel bridge in 2304
Martensitic and
precipitation hardening
stainless steels
The martensitic stainless steels typically
contain 12 – 17% chromium, up to 6%
nickel and up to 0.4% carbon. The
124
corrosion resistance of martensitic
stainless steels is generally modest, but
can be increased by the addition of
molybdenum, nickel or nitrogen.
They can be divided into two different
types according to their chemical
composition; low carbon martensitic-austenitic and martensitic grades. Sufficient
carbon is the key to obtaining a martensitic microstructure. The higher carbon
martensitic stainless steels can be
produced with very high yield and
tensile strengths as well as superior
hardness. However, elongation and
impact toughness suffer. With the
addition of certain other alloying
elements, the strength of martensitic
stainless steels can be enhanced through
the precipitation of intermetallic phases.
In producing these precipitation hardening stainless steels, heat treatment must
be carefully controlled. All the martensitic grades have their best corrosion
resistance in the hardened and tempered
condition; corrosion resistance is much
poorer in the annealed condition
Martensitic stainless steels are for
instance used in process vessels in the
petroleum industry and in water
turbines, propellers, shafts and other
components for hydropower applications.
Being resistant to carbon dioxide
corrosion, 12Cr stainless steels can be
used in petroleum refining applications.
In such environments, corrosion engendered by carbon dioxide contamination
prevents the use of carbon steels. The
precipitation hardening steels are found
where high strength, hardness and
corrosion resistance are of importance in
applications such as oil field and
chemical equipment, fittings, pump
shafts and gears. Super-martensitic
steels have approximately 13% chromium and ultra-low carbon (generally
< 0.02%). The composition also includes
nickel (approximately 5 – 6%) and
molybdenum. These materials have high
strength and very good corrosion
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
resistance in brines containing carbon
dioxide (CO2). Although the super
martensitic steels are not as corrosion
resistant as duplex grades, they have
corrosion resistance adequate for many
oil and gas fields.
must not be added to TIG shielding or
backing gases. Coated electrodes must
be oven dried before welding. Ar + 2%
CO2, Ar + 1% O2 or three-component Ar
+ 30% He + 1% CO2 are recommended
shielding gases for MAG welding.
The high hardness and low ductility of
high carbon martensitic stainless steels
make them very susceptible to hydrogen
cracking. Weldability can thus be
considered poor. Nevertheless, martensitic steels can be successfully welded
provided the right precautions are taken
to avoid cracking in the HAZ.
Preheating and PWHT are normally
required to obtain reliable weldments.
To get full strength of the welded joint,
matching fillers should be used. If
PWHT is not possible, austenitic or
duplex fillers can be used for improved
ductility but the somewhat lower tensile
strength of the resulting weld must be
borne in mind. Modified martensitic
steels with additions of nickel, e.g. 415
(1.4313 / S41500) and 248 SV (1.4418),
that contain some austenite and ferrite
show better weldability. The tempered
structure, with low carbon martensite
and finely dispersed austenite, gives
good ductility. Thus, except where thick
material and/or restraint conditions are
involved, preheating prior to welding
and heat treatment after welding is not
generally necessary. Super-martensitic
steels with low carbon and nitrogen
levels e.g. have good weldability with
good resistance to cold cracking. Table
6.7 lists different martensitic and
precipitation hardening stainless steels
and the recommended fillers for welding
these.
Matching fillers are normally used, but
austenitic fillers such as 19 9 / 308, 22 12
/ 309 and 25 20 / 310 are also used
provided that the mechanical properties
on welding and the response of the
welding to the post welding heat
treatment are not required to be the
same as those of the base metal.
The coarse grain HAZ problem is not as
severe as with the standard ferritic
stainless steels, but HAZ properties are
still a cause for concern. Heat input
should be restricted. The same shielding
gases as for standard austenitic grades
may be used. However, because of the
risk of hydrogen cracking, hydrogen
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Filler of 23 12 L / 309L, 23 12 2 L /
309LMo or 29 9 / 312 type are normally
used for dissimilar welding.
410 (1.4006, 1.4024 / S41000), 420
(1.4021 / S42000) and 431 (1.4057 /
S43100)
These martensitic steels have high
carbon levels (0.10 – 0.40%). The
microstructure comprises tempered
martensite and some carbide. The steels
are normally considered not to be
weldable, but if thinner gauges are
occasionally welded, the use of low
hydrogen methods (MAG or TIG) is to be
preferred to avoid cold cracking.
Pre-heating and interpass temperature
control during welding, followed by very
slow cooling and PWHT are good
measures to take to prevent cracking.
Any electrodes used must be of the basic
type. The martensitic steels must be
preheated to temperatures of 150 –
320°C, depending on the specific alloy
and strength levels. The interpass
temperature should be in the same
range. The heat input should not be too
high or too low (0.5 – 1.5 kJ/mm).
Matching fillers are recommended, but
post-weld heat treatment is required to
restore some ductility to the weld zone. If
parts are to be used in the “as-welded“
condition, a ductile joint can be achieved
by using austenitic fillers such as 22 12 L
/ 309, 18 8 Mn / 307 or 25 20 / 310.
125
415 (1.4313 / S41500), 248 SV (1.4418)
and 17-4 PH (1.4548 / S17400)
The low carbon martensitic and precipitation hardening stainless steels have
low carbon content (around 0.05%) and
can be welded using most arc welding
processes. Thinner gauges of these
steels can be welded without preheating.
Thicker gauges (> 10 mm) should be
preheated to approximately 100°C. The
interpass temperature should be kept
below 150°C and the heat input be kept
below 1.5 kJ/mm to achieve maximum
weld metal impact toughness, especially
in as-welded condition. If matching
fillers are used, a stress relief treatment
may be needed. The temperature and
procedure depend on the base material
composition and strength. Austenitic
fillers of 19 9 L / 308L, 19 12 3 L / 316L
and 23 12 L / 309L type can be used
provided that the mechanical properties
on welding and the response of the
welding to the PWHT are not required to
be the same as those of the base metal.
When using 23 12 L / 309L for overlay
welding of 415, the surface will not have
the same resistance to wear as when
using matching 13 4 / 410NiMo filler.
For 415, metal-cored and flux-cored
wires can be used for higher
productivity.
Super-martensitic 13Cr stainless steels
Super-martensitic grades were developed specifically for high pressure,
generally sweet gas applications for
offshore use. Because of the controlled
nitrogen content and the low carbon,
these steels have reasonable weldability.
They generally require little (max.
100°C) or no preheating. The maximum
interpass temperature should be low. To
ensure good strength and corrosion
performance, superduplex fillers of 25 9
4 N L / 2594 type are normally preferred.
Good weld area toughness is achieved
without a need for PWHT. If the HAZ
needs to be tempered in order to reduce
126
HAZ hardness, the weld line containing
the superduplex filler should be rapidly
heated to approximately 650°C. It should
be held there for 2 minutes and then
quenched. Matching fillers may also be
used. However, the ductility of the weld
metal will then potentially be lower than
that of the parent metal.
Table 6.7. Example of martensitic
and precipitation hardening
stainless steels and
recommended fillers.
Grade
EN
designation
UNS
designation
Fillers
410
1.4006
S41000
13 / 410, 13 Nb L /
409Nb, 19 9 / 308,
19 9 Nb / 347 or
22 12 / 309, 25 20
/ 310
410
1.4024
S41000
13 / 410, 13 Nb L /
409Nb, 19 9 / 308,
19 9 Nb / 347 or
22 12 / 309, 25 20
/ 310
420
1.4021
S42000
13 / 410, 13 Nb L /
409Nb or 19 9 Nb
/ 347
431
1.4057
S43100
17 / 430, 19 12 3 L
/ 316L or 18 8 Mn
/ 307
415
1.4313
S41500
13 4 / 410NiMo, 16
6 Mo or 17 6 / 630
248 SV
1.4418
-
17 6 / 630, 16 6 Mo
or 16 5 1
17-4 PH
1.4542
630 /
S17400
17 4 Cu / 630 or
19 9 L / 308L
17-4 PH
1.4548
630 /
S17480
17 4 Cu / 630 or
19 9 L / 308L
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
7. Edge preparation
Introduction
The purpose of the joint preparation is to
allow a correct weld to be made with the
selected welding method and provide
good access for the deposition of sound
weld metal. The joint geometry and
configuration influence such factors as
weld quality, degree of penetration,
amount of shrinkage and deformation
caused by the weld, amount of filler
metal needed and the welding time and
costs. It is thus important that a suitable
joint type and configuration are selected
for each welding procedure.
Type of joint
There are several available joint types,
each suitable for certain welding
methods and material thickness. Within
each type of joint, the different parameters, such as joint angle and root land
thickness may have to be adjusted to fit
the actual welding procedure. The
purpose of the weld bevel is to provide
good access for the deposition of sound
metal. During welding, the root land acts
as a support for the arc. The absence of a
root land may give a very wide root of
inferior quality. Figure 7.1 illustrates the
most important terms used in defining
the joint geometry.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Figure 7.1. Definition of joint geometry.
α =Joint angle, β = Bevel angle, C = Root
land (nose), D = Root gap, E = Joint surface,
R = Radius, t = Plate thickness
Root faces are either machined (e.g.
milled) or cut (e.g. laser, plasma or
waterjet). When the faces are cut, it is
always advisable to remove any oxidation by lightly grinding the bevel. The
bevel and plate surface adjacent to the
bevel should be clean and smooth prior
to welding.
Cleaning before welding
For good welding results, joint surfaces
as well as the surrounding parent
material surfaces, up to about 50 – 100
mm on each side of the joint must be dry
and clean, Figure 7.2. Drying may have
to be performed just before welding, but
any residues from the edge preparation
process or any other contamination
should be removed immediately after
completion of the edge preparation.
Organic contamination (e.g. grease, oil,
paint, plastic cover, etc.) and dirt of
various kinds (dust, soil, grit, grinding or
cutting spatter) can cause porosity,
spatter, lack of fusion or incomplete
penetration and must be removed.
Oxidation or heat tint from edge preparation should also be removed. When
welding mild steel to stainless steel, any
primer, surface coating, paint and/or
galvanization present on the mild steel
127
must be stripped away to a distance of at
least 20 – 50 mm from the joint.
Parent material area that must be
cleaned before welding.
Distance from weld line 50 – 100 mm
Selection of joint type
When the type of joint to be used for a
certain weld is selected, several different
factors have to be weighed into the
decision. The welding process, the
welding position, the type of material
and the material thickness must all be
taken into account.
Table 7.1 shows the most common types
of joints used for welding of stainless
steel and gives edge preparation details
for a variety of welding methods and
material thickness. Further information
can also be found in ISO 9692, “Welding
and allied processes-Recommendations
for joint preparation”.
0 mm
Figure 7.2. Areas of the parent material that
must be cleaned before welding. Avesta
Finishing Chemicals’ cleaning agents or any
other degreasing agent (e.g. acetone) can
be used for this. Before welding starts, all
dirt must be wiped off with a clean cloth.
It should be noted that during edge
preparation and setup, it is extremely
important that contamination by
low-melting metals, e.g. aluminum,
copper, zinc, brass, etc., must be avoided
as these can cause liquid metal embrittlement during welding of austenitic
steels, see Chapter 5, ‘Weld imperfections’ for further details.
Table 7.1. Joint types for welding stainless steels
Table7.1
7.1Joint
Joint
types
forwelding
welding
stainlesssteels
steels
Joint
typefor
Geometrystainless
Table
types
Table
7.1 Joint
types
for welding
stainless steels
Jointtype
type
Joint
Joint
type
Geometry
Geometry
Geometry
I-joint;
no root
Table 7.1 Joint
types
for welding stainless steels
1
gap
I-joint;
noroot
rootgap
gap111
Joint
type
I-joint;
no
I-joint;
no
root gap
2
128
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Not suitable for high-alloyed grades
Not suitable for high-alloyed grades
Not suitable for high-alloyed grades
1
I-joint; no root
I-joint; gap
root gap
I-joint;root
rootgap
Not suitable for high-alloyed grades
=gap
1.0 – 2.0 mm
I-joint;
I-joint;
rootDgap
D
=
1.0
–
2.0
mm
1.0 –– 2.0
2.0 mm
mm
DD == 1.0
I-joint; root gap
I-joint;
root gap
D = 1.0 – 2.0
mm
D =gap
2.0 – 2.5 mm
D
I-joint;
root
I-joint; root
root gap
gap
DD
I-joint;
D =2.0
2.0––2.5
2.5mm
mm
DD == 2.0
– 2.5 mm
D
I-joint; root gap
V-joint;
root
gap
D
=
2.0
–
2.5
mm
V-joint; root
root
gaproot gap
V-joint;
gap
V-joint;
a
=
60°
a
60° α = 60°
aa == 60°
aa
C = 0.5 – 1.5 mm
C =0.5
0.5––root
1.5
mm
V-joint;
gap
1.5
mm
D=
2.0 – 4.0 mm
CC == 0.5
– 1.5
mm
D
=
2.0
–
4.0
mm
a
=
60°
a
2.0 –– 4.0
4.0 mm
mm
DD == 2.0
V-joint;
root
gap
C
= 0.5 –root
1.5 gap
mm
V-joint;
V-joint;
root
gap
2
2
V-joint;
root gap
D
=
2.0
–
4.0
a
=
60°
60°2 α =mm
60°
aa == 60°
C
D
C =2.0
2.0––root
2.5
mm
C =gap
2.0 – 2.5 mm
V-joint;
CC
2.5
mm
DD
CC == 2.0
–2 2.5
mm
D=
2.5 – 3.5 mm
2.5––3.5
3.5mm
mm
60°
DD====2.5
2.5
Da
– 3.5 mm
C
a
V-joint;
root
gap
C
= 2.0 –root
2.5 gap
mm
aa D
V-joint;
V-joint;
root
gap
60°22–2 3.5
Da==2.5
mm
V-joint; root gap
60°
aa == 60°
a
α
=
60°
C =1.5
1.5––root
2.5gap
mm
V-joint;
2.5
mm
C=
1.5 – 2.5 mm
CC == 1.5
–2 2.5
mm
D = mm
4.0 – 6.0 mm
4.0––6.0
6.0
60°
DD====4.0
4.0
mm
Da
– 6.0 mm
C = 1.5 – 2.5 mm
C
D
CC
D = 4.0 – 6.0 mm
DD
V-joint;no
noroot
rootgap
gap
V-joint;
C
V-joint;
no root
gap
a D
a =80
80––90°
90°
aa
aa == 80
– 90°
C =1.5
1.5mm
mm
V-joint;
no root gap
CC == 1.5
mm
a
V-joint;
no
rootgap
gap
a
=
80
–
90°root
V-joint; no
no
V-joint;
root gap
60°mm
Ca==1.5
60°
aa == 60°
C =3.0
3.0––no
6.0
mm
V-joint;
root
gap
6.0
mm
C
CC == 3.0
– 6.0
mm
CC
V-joint;
no
root
gap
a
= 60° no root gap
V-joint;
Not suitable for special grades
V-joint; no root gap
Not suitable for special grades
suitable for special grades
©voestalpine
a===3.0
80–– 90°
90°
C
6.0
mm Böhler Welding GroupNotGmbH
a
80
C
a = 80 – 90°
2
1
Geometry
Method
Thickness Welding
sides
Method
Thickness
Method
Thickness
Method
Thickness
TIG
< 2.5 mm
TIG
<One
2.5mm
mm
TIG
2.5
TIG
<< 2.5
mm
PAW
< 8 mm
PAW
<One8mm
mm
Method
Thickness
PAW
PAW
<< 88 mm
SAW
– 9mm
mm
SAW
6 – 9 mm
TIG
<6Two
2.5
mm
SAW
SAW
66 –– 99 mm
MMA
PAW
<One
8 mm
MMA
< 2.5 mm
MMA
MMA
MAG
mm
SAW
6<2.5
–2.5
9 mm
MAG
MAG
mm
MAG
<< 2.5
mm
TIG
MMA
TIG
TIG
TIG
MMA
MAG
<Two
2.5 mm
MMA
MMA
< 4 mm
MMA
MAG
TIG
MAG
MAG
MAG
< 4mm
mm
<< 44 mm
TIG
MMA
TIG
TIG
TIG
FCAW
MAG
FCAW
FCAW
< 4 mm
FCAW
MMA
TIG
MMA
MMA
MMA
4 – 16 mm
One
MAG
FCAW
MAG
MAG
4
–16
16mm
mm
MAG
44 –– 16
mm
TIG
MMA
TIG
TIG
TIG
FCAW
MAG
FCAW
FCAW
4 – 16 mm
FCAW
MMA
TIG
MMA
MMA
MMA
4 – 16 mm
Two
MAG
FCAW
MAG
MAG
4––16
16mm
mm
4
4 – 16 mm
TIG
MAG
MMA
TIG
TIG
FCAW
MAG
TIG
FCAW
FCAW
4 – 16 mm
TIG
FCAW
FCAW
FCAW
4 – 20 mm
One side
against
FCAW
FCAW
FCAW
4backing
–20
20mm
mm
44 –– 20
mm
FCAW
4 – 20 mm
TIG
TIG
TIG
+
++
SAW
TIG
SAW
SAW
+
SAW
SAW
SAW
SAW
PAW
SAW
PAW
PAW
+
++
3 –16
16mm
mm
33 –– 16
mm
3 – 16 mm
8 –16
16mm
mm
88 –– 16
mm
8 – 16 mm
129
6 –16
16mm
mm
66 –– 16
mm
a
a
int; root
root gap
gap
int;
2
2
60°
60°
1.5
2.5 mm
mm
1.5 –– 2.5
4.0 –– 6.0
6.0 mm
mm
4.0
Joint type
root
int; no
no V-joint;
root no
gap
int;
root
gap
gap
80 –– 90°
90°
α = 80 – 90°
80
1.5 mm
mmC = 1.5 mm
1.5
root
int; no
no V-joint;
root no
gap
gap
int;
root
gap
60° αC == 60°
60°
3.0 – 6.0 mm
3.0
–
6.0
mm
3.0 – 6.0V-joint;
mmno root
int;
no
root
gap
gap
int; no αroot
gap
= 80 – 90°
80
–
90°
80 – 90°C = 3.0 – 4.0 mm
3.0
4.0
mmroot gap
V-joint;
3.0 –– 4.0
mm
β1
= 45°
int; root
root
gap
int;
β2 gap
= 15°
C = 1.0 – 2.0 mm
45°
45° D = 2.0 – 3.0 mm
15°
15°
1.0
2.0 mm
mm
1.0 –– 2.0
V-joint;
root gap
2.0 –– 3.0
3.0
mm
2.0
mm
β1 =
45°
β2 gap
= 15°
int; root
root
int;
C =gap
2.0 – 2.5 mm
D = 2.0 – 2.5 mm
45°
45°
015°
– 2.5 mm
15°
.0 – 2.5V-joint;
mmroot gap
β1
= 45°
nt; root gap
β2 = 15°
C = 2.0 – 2.5 mm
45°
D = 2.0 – 2.5 mm
15°
0 – 2.5 mm
.0 – 2.5 mm
FCAW
FCAW
Geometry
CC
D
D
Method
TIG
TIG
TIG
+
++SAW
SAW
SAW
a
a
SAW
20 mm
mm
44 –– 20
Thickness Welding
sides
3 – 16 mm
16 mm
mm
33 –– 16
8 – 16 mm
SAW
SAW
Not suitable for special grades
Not suitable for special grades
CC
PAW
PAW
+
PAW
SAW
+
+
SAW
MMA
SAW
Two
Two
16 mm
mm
88 –– 16
6 – 16 mm
Two
16 mm
mm
66 –– 16
4 – 16 mm
One
FCAW
bb11
D
D
bb22
CC
MMA
MMA
FCAW
FCAW
MMA
FCAW
16 mm
mm
44 –– 16
4 – 16 mm
MMA
MMA
FCAW
FCAW
FCAW
Two
16 mm
mm
44 –– 16
4 – 20 mm
One side
against
backing
b1
D
b2
FCAW
4 – 20 mm
C
nt; root gap
0°2
0 – 3.0 mm
.0 – 2.5 mm
a
C
D
130
MMA
MAG
TIG4
FCAW
14 – 30 mm5
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
D
2.0 –– 2.5
2.5 mm
mm
C == 2.0
D
D = 2.0 – 2.5 mm
X-joint;
root gap
One side
side
One
2
X-joint;
root
gap
a =against
60° backing
against
backing
2
X-joint;
a
C = 60°
2.0 –root
3.0gap
mm
type
Geometry
2rootJoint
X-joint;
gap
a
=
60°
CD =2.0
2.0–2–3.0
2.5mm
mm
a
60°–root
C
= 2.0
3.0
mmroot gap
D
2.5X-joint;
X-joint;
gap
α
=
60°
2
C
=
2.0
–
3.0
D
a =Two
60° 2.5C mm
Two
= 2.0 – 3.0 mm
D
2.0 –– 3.0
2.5D mm
mm
=
2.0 – 2.5 mm
C == 2.0
D = 2.0 – 2.5 mm
X-joint;
Two no root gap
Two
X-joint;
a = 80°no root gap
X-joint;
aC ==3.0
80°–no
X-joint;
no root
8.0root
mmgap
gap
X-joint;
no
root
gap
a
=
80°
C =3.0
= 80°
Two– 8.0αmm
Two
Cmm
=3.0 – 8.0 mm
a
=
80°
C
=3.0
–
8.0
X-joint; no root
gap
C
=3.0
8.0 mm
aX-joint;
= 80°– root
gap
X-joint;
gap
Cb1=3.0
–root
8.0 mm
= 45°
X-joint;
root
gap
b1
== 45°
b2One
15° X-joint;
One
root gap
X-joint;
b1
45°
b2
15°–root
= 45°
C ==1.5
2.5β1gap
mm
β2 = 15°
b1
45°
b2
15°–root
C
mm
D===1.5
2.5
–2.5
3.0
X-joint;
C gap
=mm
1.5 – 2.5 mm
D
=
2.5 – 3.0 mm
b2
=
15°
C
D
2.5
3.0 mm
b1= =1.5
45°– 2.5
C
D
2.5
3.0 mm
b2=Two
=1.5
15°– 2.5
Two
D
2.5 –– 2.5
3.0 mm
mm
C == 1.5
DX-joint;
= 2.5 –no
3.0root
mmgap
X-joint;
gap
103
b1 =103
45°no root
X-joint; no root
gap gap
X-joint;
no
root
b1
=
45°
b2 = 15° β1 = 45°
3
X-joint;
root
gap
b1
45°–no8.0
β2 mm
= 15°
b2
15°
C ==3.0
C = 3.0 –3 8.0
b1
45°
b2
15°–no
C
==3.0
8.0root
mmgap
X-joint;
mm
One
side
b2
=
15°
C
=
3.0
–
8.0
mm3
b1 = 45°
against
backing3
C
b2= =3.0
15°– 8.0 mm
CU-joint
= 3.0 – 8.0U-joint
mm3
β = 10°
R = 8 mm
U-joint
b = 10°
C = 2.0 – 2.5 mm
U-joint
b
R == 10°
8 mm D = 2.0 – 2.5 mm
U-joint
bC == 8
10°
R
mm
2.0
– 2.5 mm
b
10°
R
=
8
mm
C
2.0 – 2.5 mm
U-joint
R
810°
mm
C
=
– 2.5 mm
b = 2.0
C
=
2.0
– 2.5 mm
R Two
= 8 mm
C = 2.0 – 2.5 mm
2
b12
C
C
Ca
a
a
a
aD
D
D
D
a
aD
a
a
a
b2
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C b2
b2
b2
b2 C
C
b2
b1 D
C
C
D
D
C
D
b2
b1
D b2
b1
b2
b1
b2 C
b1
3
b2 C
C
b1
C
b
C
b
b
b
R
R b
C
R
R
C
D
C
R
D
C
D
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
C
D
b1
b1
b1
b1
FCAW
MMA
MMA
MAG
Method
MMA
MAG
TIG4
4
MMA
MAG
TIG
MMA
FCAW
4
MAG
MAG
TIG
FCAW
MMA
TIG
4
FCAW
TIG
FCAW
MAG
FCAW
TIG4
FCAW
4 – 20 mm
Thickness Welding
sides
14
– 30 mm5
5
14 – 30 mm
14 – 30 mm5
14 – 30 mm5
14 – 30 mm5 Two
4
SAW
SAW
SAW
SAW
SAW
14 – 30 mm5
14 – 30 mm
SAW
MMA
MMA
MMA
MAG
MAG
TIG 4
MMA
MAG
TIG
FCAW
4
MMA
MAG
TIG
FCAW
4
MAG
TIG
FCAW
MMA
4
TIG
FCAW
MAG
FCAW
TIG4
FCAW
SAW
14 – 30 mm
14 – 30 mm
14 – 30 mm
14 – 30 mm
SAW6
SAW6
SAW6
SAW6
MMA 6
SAW
MAG
TIG4
FCAW
SAW6
MMA
MMA
MAG
MMA
MAG
MMA
MAG
MAG
MMA
Two
14 – 30 mm
14 – 30 mm
14 – 30 mm
14 – 30 mm
4
6
14 – 30 mm
Two
14 – 30 mm
14 – 30 mm
14 – 30 mm
Two
14 – 30 mm
14 – 30 mm
14 – 30 mm
14 – 30 mm
< 50 mm
14Two– 30 mm
< 50 mm
< 50 mm
< 50 mm
< 50 mm
< 50 mm
MAG
131
2.0 – 2.5 mm
2.0 – 2.5 mm
ouble U-joint
= 15° Joint type
ble
U-joint
ble
= 8 U-joint
mm
5°
3
ble
U-joint
5°
= 4.0 – Double
8.0 mm
U-joint
mm
5°
mm βR == 15°
3
8 mm
.0
–– 8.0
3
mm
= 4.0 – 8.0
.0
8.0Cmm
mm
mm
.0 – 8.0 mm3
b
Geometry
b
b
b
R
R
R
R
3
let weld; no root
p
weld; no
root
weld; no
no
»weld;
0.7 × Fillet
t root
root gap
root
» 0.7
×t
=weld;
weld ano
throat
a = weld throat
.7
×
t
.7 × t
eld×throat
.7
t
weld
throat
weld throat
C
C
C
C
Thickness Welding
sides
SAW
> 20 mm
SAW
SAW
SAW
a
D
t1
Method
SAW
C
C = 1.5 – 2.5 mm
D = 2.0 – 4.0 mm
Two
> 20 mm
>> 20
20 mm
mm
> 20 mm
Joint type
Geometry
Fillet weld; no
Fillet weld;rootnogaproot
gapTwo
Two
Two
Two
Fillet weld; root
gap
D = 2.0 – 2.5 mm
t
MMA
MAG
TIG4
FCAW
14 – 30 mm
Method
Thickness Welding
sides
MMA
MAG
TIG
FCAW
< 2 mm
MMA
MAG
TIG
FCAW
2 – 4 mm
Two
MMA
MAG
TIG4
FCAW7
4 – 16 mm
One2
MMA
MAG
TIG
Two
< 2 mm
t2
t2 a
t2
ta2
a
a
alf V-joint; root gap
= 50° Half V-joint; root
V-joint;
root
gap
root
gap
=V-joint;
1.0 – gap
2.0
mm
α
=
50°
D
0°
V-joint;
root
gap
C
=
1.0
–
2.0 mm
50°
= 2.0 – 4.0 mm
D = 2.0 – 4.0 mm
.0
50°
.0 –V-joint;
– 2.0
2.0 mm
mm
D
alf
root gap
D
.0
–
4.0
mm
Half
V-joint; root
.0
–
2.0
mm
2.0
– 4.0gapmm
= 50°
D
V-joint;
2.0
– 4.0αroot
=mm
50° gap
root
gap
=V-joint;
1.5 – C2.5
mm
= 1.5 – 2.5 mm
0°
V-joint;
root
= 2.0 – gap
3.0 mm
50°
= 2.0 – D3.0
mm
.5
–
2.5
mm
50°
X-joint;
.5 X-joint;
– 2.5Halfmm
alf
rootroot
gap
gap
.0
–
3.0
mm
.5
–
2.5
mm
2.0
–
3.0
mm
α
=
50°
= 50°
=
1.5 –gap
2.5 mm
X-joint;
2.0
– 3.0Croot
mm
root
=X-joint;
1.5 – D2.5
= 2.0mm
– gap
4.0 mm
0°
D
X-joint;
rootmm
gap
50°
= 2.0 – 4.0
.5
–
2.5
mm
50°
.5 – 2.5 mm
tD
.0
1D
.5 ––– 4.0
2.5
mm
2.0
4.0 mm
mm
D
2.0 – 4.0 mm
t1
let weld; no root
p
132
weld;
weld; no
no root
root
6
TIGSAW
4
FCAW
TIG
FCAW
6
SAW
FCAW
SAW66
SAW
t1
t1
One/two
MMA > 2 mm
MAG
> 2 mm
t1 MMA
MMA
TIG
MAG
>> 22 mm
MMA
MAG
mm
PAW
t1
TIG
t1
MAG
>
2
mm
TIG
t1
PAW
TIG
PAW
MMA
t2
PAW
MAG 4 – 16 mm One
MMA
MMA
4 – 16 mm
4
a
MAG
MMA
t2
TIG
TIG
t2
MAG
MMA
MAG
FCAW
44 –– 16
FCAW
4
t2a
16 mm
mm
TIG
4
a
MAG
t1 TIGMMA
C
4
–
16
mm
4
a
FCAW
MMA
4 – 16 mm
Two
TIG
FCAW
MAG
MAG
t1
C
MMA
4 – 16 mm
FCAW
TIG
t1
4
C
MMA
TIG
FCAW
t1
C
MAG
MMA
MAG
44 –– 16
FCAW
4
16 mm
mm
TIG
4
MAG
MMA
14 – 30 mm Two
TIG
4
–
16
mm
4
MAG
FCAW
TIG
t2
FCAW
TIG
C
FCAW
FCAW
MMA
t2
a
t2
C
MAG
C
t2
MMA
14 – 30 mm
a
MMA
C
TIG4
a
MAG
MMA
a
MAG
14
FCAW
4
14 –– 30
30 mm
mm
TIG
MAG
TIG44
14
–
30
mm
FCAW
TIG
FCAW
FCAW
MMA
MAG
TIG
PAW
4
4
One/two
Half V-joint; root
One/two
One/two
One/two
gap
α = 50°
C = 1.5 – 2.5 mm
D = 2.0 – 4.0 mm
MMA
MAG
TIG4
FCAW
14 – 30 mm
Two
One
Half V-joint; root
gap
α = 50°
C = 1.5 – 2.5 mm
D = 1.5 – 2.5 mm
Half V-joint3;
root gap
α = 50°
C = 1.0 – 2.0 mm
D = 2.0 – 3.0 mm
MMA
MAG
TIG4
FCAW
4 – 16 mm
Two
One
One
One
Two
Two
Two
Two
4
t
MMA
MAG
< 2 mm
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Two
Two
Two
Two
Two
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
133
Joint type
Geometry
Method
Thickness Welding
sides
Half pipe
α = 60°
C = 3.0 – 4.0 mm
D = 2.0 – 3.0 mm
MMA
MAG
FCAW
4 – 16 mm
Lap joint
TIG
PAW
1 – 5 mm
One
Double lap joint
TIG
PAW
1 – 5 mm
One
Joggle joint
TIG
PAW
1 – 5 mm
One
Joint preparation
methods
One
Joint or edge preparation can be
performed in several ways; by machining, e.g. milling or planning, by cutting,
e.g. plasma, laser or water jet cutting, or
by grinding. The various methods have
different advantages and drawbacks as
well as different costs. There are
occasionally situations when a separate
joint preparation is not needed, but they
are not too frequent.
Irrespective of the method used for edge
preparation it should be borne in mind
that the joint surfaces and the parent
material surface, e.g. plate, bar, section
or tube/pipe surface, adjacent to the
bevel should be clean and smooth prior
to welding.
1 For SAW use a ground groove about 1 mm wide and deep.
² Increase angle by 5 – 10° for special grades.
3 Root land with thickness ≥ 5 mm may require special welding techniques, see ‘ Width and
depth’ in Chapter 4.
4 Normally only for the first 1 – 3 runs followed by MIG/MAG, FCAW, MMA or SAW.
5 For thickness >20 mm an asymmetrical X-joint may be used.
6 TIG or MMA may be used for the root runs. Grinding from the back should be used. C = 3.0
mm. SAW may be used for fill and cap passes.
7 Welding performed against ceramic backing (round type).
8 For openings, such as manholes, view-ports, nozzles, etc.
134
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
135
8. Shielding and backing
gases
Shielding gas function
Shielding gas plays an extremely
important role in most arc welding
methods. It has two main functions. One
of these is to protect the arc and weld
pool from the surrounding air. This
protection prevents the oxygen in the air
oxidizing the weld pool and heated
metal. Other elements in the air (e.g.
hydrogen and nitrogen) are also prevented from having a negative impact,
for example, weld embrittlement,
porosity and cracking in the weld. In the
heat-affected zone, hydrogen may even
embrittle the parent metal. The second
function of the shielding gas is to
promote stable metal transfer through
the arc.
The composition of the shielding gas
also influences weld geometry, weld
bead appearance, welding speed,
burn-off of alloying elements, corrosion
resistance and mechanical properties.
Each component of the shielding gas
affects the weld metal properties in
different ways. Thus, different combinations of gases are chosen for different
metals and welding methods.
A practical aspect when using gasshielded processes such as MAG and
TIG is that outdoor welding might need a
protection arrangement to minimize the
effect of winds that could blow away/
disturb the inert gas protection. The use
of slag-forming methods such as FCAW
and MMA may for this reason be a better
choice in outdoor situations. A classification of gases for welding can be found in
EN ISO 14175 and AWS A5.32M/A5.32.
136
Shielding gas
components
Argon
Because it is an inert gas, argon (Ar)
does not react in the welding process.
Consequently, it does not promote
oxidation or affect the chemical composition of the weld metal. For this reason,
argon is widely used as the base gas in
most of the shielding gases used for
stainless steel welding. The arc formed
in pure argon is very directional with a
tendency to give finger-shaped penetration into the workpiece.
Helium
Helium (He) is also an inert gas.
Compared to argon, it has a higher
ionization potential and thermal conductivity. This results in a higher energy arc
of a different shape. The arc stability is
better and penetration is wider and
bowl-shaped. The higher energy arc also
enables higher welding speeds. This is
particularly beneficial in automatic
welding. At the same time, the higher
energy also means the heat input is
increased. This must be taken into
consideration when welding thin gauges
or when welding, for example, fully
austenitic steels with nickel-base fillers
that are more prone to precipitation of
secondary phases.
In Europe, the helium content in both
binary and tertiary shielding gas
mixtures is typically 20 – 40%. The
positive effect of using a lower content is
small. In North America, helium (rather
than argon) is widely used as the base
gas. As helium is a lighter element than
argon, a higher gas flow will be needed.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Carbon dioxide and oxygen
Carbon dioxide (CO2) and oxygen (O2),
both strong oxidizing agents, are added
to the base gas to stabilize the arc and
ensure smooth metal transfer in MAG
and when welding with metal-cored
wires. The oxidizing effect of oxygen is
two to three times stronger than that of
carbon dioxide. Consequently, it is also
responsible for higher losses of alloying
elements in the arc. Thus, the oxygen
content of argon-based shielding gas
mixtures is normally somewhat lower
than the carbon dioxide content, i.e.
1 – 2% O2 as opposed to 2 – 3% CO2. The
addition of 2 – 3% CO2 to the argon base
gives a slightly wider weld with less
penetration and better weldability out of
position.
carbon dioxide, either Ar + 15 – 25% CO2
or 100% CO2. FCAW here provides an
exception – each droplet in the arc is
covered with slag and is thus protected
from the surrounding atmosphere and
shielding gas, Figure 8.2.
Carbon dioxide can also promote pick-up
of carbon to the weld metal, i.e. cause an
increase in carbon content. But this is
strongly dependent on the welding
parameters. Carbon pick-up as high as
0.02% can occur when using 3% CO2 in
spray mode MAG welding, Figure 8.1.
This factor must be given special
consideration when welding extra low
carbon (ELC) steels. The pick-up when
using dip transfer or pulsed arc MAG is
much less and is normally not a problem.
Figure 8.2. Droplet from flux-cored arc
welding with slag cover
Figure 8.1. Carbon pick-up in austenitic weld
metal when MAG welding with spray arc
Stainless steel flux-cored wires, however, are welded using higher levels of
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Nitrogen
Besides improving tensile strength,
nitrogen (N2) also has a beneficial effect
on resistance to pitting and crevice
corrosion. The addition of 1 – 3%
nitrogen when TIG welding in a binary
or ternary gas mixture will rise the
partial pressure of nitrogen above the
weld pool and compensate for nitrogen
loss from the weld pool. The process also
gets somewhat hotter. Nitrogen can be
advantageously added when welding
nitrogen-alloyed grades such as the
austenitic alloys 254 SMO® (1.4557 /
UNS S31254) and 1.4565 and all duplex
grades, e.g. LDX 2101® (1.4162 / UNS
S32101), 2205 (1.4462 / UNS S32205) and
2507 (1.4410 / UNS S32750).
There is often a practical maximum limit
to how much nitrogen can be added to
the shielding gas. When TIG welding,
additions of more than 3% N2 can cause
severe erosion of the tungsten electrode
As nitrogen is a strong austenite-former,
the austenite fraction increases. This is
137
mostly beneficial in duplex alloys, where
nitrogen additions promote formation of
austenite in the weld, which in turn
decreases the tendency to nitride
precipitation. There are cases when the
weld may become too austenitic, then
pure argon needs to be used. For the
same reason nitrogen is not used in the
shielding gas for most standard austenitics as the ferrite content may get too low
and the risk for hot cracking increases.
If the duplex welds become too austenitic using Ar + 2% N2 throughout the
whole multipass weld, it is possible to
use pure argon as shielding gas for the
fill passes. If the highest corrosion
resistance is needed also on the cap side,
the last capping can be done using Ar +
2% N2. When welding duplex tubes and
pipes in fixed position, there might be
problems with oversaturation of nitrogen, especially on overhead position. As
the nitrogen excess cannot escape from
the weld, gas bubbles may form. In this
case, pure argon would be the solution.
Nitrogen is not used for welding ferritic,
martensitic or precipitation hardening
stainless steels.
Nitrogen-based backing gas is also used
when welding austenitic and duplex
steels to prevent nitrogen loss from the
weld metal and high-temperature HAZ.
Nitrogen is also cheaper than argon and
for this reason, N2 + 10% H2 is often used
also for welding austenitic stainless
steels in the 300-series.
Hydrogen
With an effect several times greater than
that of helium, hydrogen (H2) increases
arc energy and gives a more constricted
arc. The penetration and weld pool
fluidity are thus improved and travel
speed can, as a result, be increased. An
addition of up to 10% H2 can be used for
single-pass TIG welding of austenitic
stainless steels. A higher content may
138
cause porosity in the weld metal.
Porosity can also for when multi-pass
welding.
The phenomenon cold cracking is a
common problem in carbon steels
(especially high-strength steels).
Hydrogen induced cracking makes the
material brittle by introduction and
diffusion of hydrogen. Hydrogen can for
instance be present in electrodes or
originate from surface contamination.
Hydrogen cracking is also called
delayed cracking as it may occur over
24 h after the welding operation is
completed. This phenomenon does not
appear in austenitic steels as they better
dissolve hydrogen, but ferritic and
martensitic microstructures are susceptible. Preheating and post weld heating
may be required for the most sensitive
grades to allow for hydrogen to diffuse
out before it can cause any embrittlement. For this reason, addition of
hydrogen is not recommended when
welding martensitic and ferritic steels.
As duplex stainless steels have a
balanced microstructure with austenite,
these alloys are generally not susceptible
to hydrogen cracking caused by welding. Hydrogen should, however, not be
added to the shielding gas as this lowers
the weld metal nitrogen and austenite
content. This decreases the pitting
corrosion resistance, but also makes the
weld metal more vulnerable to hydrogen
cracking – especially when welding
autogenously.
Hydrogen is a strong reducing agent and
minimizes the amount of oxidation on
the weld bead root surface. It is consequently added with up to 10% to the
nitrogen backing gas, also when
welding duplex steels. This shortens the
gas purging time and improves the
pitting corrosion resistance of the root
side. As long as the weld metal contains
a balanced fraction of austenite and
there is some residual oxygen present,
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
there is no risk for hydrogen cracking in
duplex stainless steel.
Hydrogen is flammable and care should
be taken when mixing gas with hydrogen. For this reason commercial backing
gas contains up to 10% hydrogen. In
confined spaces, 5% hydrogen may be
preferred.
Nitrogen monoxide
Nitrogen monoxide (NO) is used in some
commercial shielding gases for TIG,
MAG and FCW. According to the
manufacturer of these shielding gases, a
small addition (0.03%) of nitrogen
monoxide reduces the emission of ozone
from the weld zone. This is beneficial for
the welder’s health and the environment
at large, but the actual effect has been
debated.
Especially when MAG welding, nitrogen
monoxide may also improve arc stability.
Additions of NO to the shielding gas
have been reported to increase the risk
of forming porosity in nitrogen-alloyed
grades; especially when welding duplex
alloys side-wall in (PC / 2G) using the
MAG and FCAW processes. NO changes
the slag viscosity when welding with
flux-cored wires and as the slag may not
support the puddle as efficiently, this
can have a negative effect on the ability
to weld out of position.
Backing (purging) gases
Unless having access from the root side,
a backing gas must be used when
non-fluxing processes are employed for
the root runs of single-sided welds. The
backing provides protection against
oxidation. If no, or inadequate, protection is provided, the penetration bead
and surrounding parent metal will, at
the very least, be badly oxidized, Figure
8.3. Other probable consequences are
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
that the penetration bead will not form
correctly and will have unacceptable
porosity. The net effect is serious
impairment of the corrosion performance
and structural stability of the weld zone.
Figure 8.3. Single-sided butt weld without
backing gas causing sugaring (porous weld
root)
For reasons of simplicity and practicality,
it is most common to use the same gas as
both backing and shielding, often pure
argon. However, the lowest levels of
oxidation on austenitic and duplex
grades are obtained using a backing gas
that is a mixture of nitrogen and
hydrogen (a so-called Formier gas), e.g.
90% N2 + 10% H2. This results in the
highest corrosion resistance on the root
side.
When welding pipes, a purge insert
(Figure 8.4) is often used to help minimize oxygen levels. Alternatively, the
pipe ends are sometimes closed using
special fixtures or even cardboard and
tape. To minimize oxygen content in the
enclosure, it should be flushed at least
ten times. A volume of purging gas
equal to the volume of the enclosure
should be used in each flushing. The aim
is the minimum possible oxygen content.
In all cases, maximum 50 ppm should be
seen as a target. Preferably, there should
be a flow of purging/backing gas
throughout the whole welding sequence,
including tack welding and also when
welding multiple runs. For thick material, backing should be kept until at least
9 mm of the wall thickness has been
welded as subsequent welds may reheat
the root surface. More runs normally
intensify the weld oxide.
139
Shielding gases for MAG
welding
Figure 8.4. Purge insert
There has been much discussion of the
acceptance criteria for welds. In general,
welds with a straw yellow color can be
accepted although it should be verified
that this does not have a negative impact
on the corrosion properties in the service
environment. Such a color can only be
achieved when the oxygen content in the
purging gas is very low. It has been
shown that an oxygen content of 60 – 100
ppm can leave a dark oxide on the weld.
This might reduce corrosion resistance of
the weldment significantly. The weld is
normally rejected in this case. If there is
any doubt about the fitness for purpose
of an oxidized weldment, it should be
pickled before being put into service.
When argon is used as the backing gas,
it must be remembered that the system
will purge from the bottom (argon is
denser than air). Thus, the purge vent
pipe must be at the top. The reverse is
true where helium (less dense than air)
is used for purging. The vent pipe must
then be at the bottom.
MAG welding of stainless steel is
normally carried out using an argonbased shielding gas. To stabilize the arc,
there is an addition of 1 – 2% O2 or
2 – 3% CO2. The same shielding gases
are also used for welding using metal-cored wires. Higher contents of these
gases will increase oxidation of the weld
bead. The addition of carbon dioxide
will also increase carbon pick-up. The
use of carbon dioxide has a positive
effect when welding out of position with
short or pulsed arc transfer.
The addition of up to 30% helium
increases arc energy. This improves
fluidity and arc stability, and results in a
smoother cap. It may also allow significantly increased travel speed. The
shielding gas cost is only a small part of
the overall cost for a stainless steel weld
and a slight increase in gas cost can
often be compensated by a decrease in
labor cost for post-weld clean-up, etc.
Table 8.1 lists (in order of recommendation) the shielding gases generally used
in the MAG welding of most common
stainless steels.
Parent metal
Shielding gas
Ferritic and
martensitic
1. Ar + 1 – 2% O2 or
Ar + 2 – 3% CO2
Standard
austenitic 304L,
316L, etc.
1. Ar + 1 – 2% O2 or
Ar + 2 – 3% CO2
2. Ar + 30% He + 1 – 3% CO2
Fully austenitic
254 SMO®, etc.
1. Ar + 30% He + 1 – 3% CO2
2. Ar + 30% He
3. Ar
Lean duplex and
duplex
LDX 2101, 2304,
2205, etc.
1. Ar + 30% He + 2 – 3% CO2
2. Ar + 1 – 2% O2 or
Ar + 2 – 3% CO2
Superduplex 2507, 1. Ar
Zeron 100, etc.
2. Ar + 0.05 – 0.5% CO2
3. Ar + 30% He + 0.05 – 0.5%
CO2
High-temperature
steels
253 MA®, etc.
1. Ar + 30% He
2. Ar + 30% He + 1 – 3% CO2
3. Ar + Ar + 1 – 3% CO2
4. Ar
Nickel-base alloys 1. Ar + 30% He + 2% H2 +
0.05 – 0.1 % CO2
2. Ar + 50% He
3. Ar
General guidelines:
■■ The gas flow for manual MAG
welding should be typically 12 – 16 l/
min
■■ The gas flow for automatic welding is
higher, up to 20 l/min
■■ For large diameter nozzles, the gas
flow should be at the high end of the
range
■■ An excessive low or high gas flow
may cause porosity
■■ MAG welding is sensitive to draughts
when welding outdoors, suitable
draught exclusion must be provided
for the weld
The root side colors might differ somewhat due to shielding gas and steel type.
There exist different guides to weld
discoloration levels. One example is
AWS D18.2. It should be noted, however,
that most guides show single pass welds.
140
Table 8.1. Shielding gases for MAG
welding. Note also that MIG
welding with inert shielding gas
may be used in exceptional cases.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
■■ The weldability of different materials
is strongly affected by the welding
machine. Synergic pulsed equipment
and especially the modern double
frequency pulsed arc machines make
it easier to weld materials that are
otherwise challenging
■■ If pure argon is used, the fluidity and
arc stability are slightly decreased
■■ To avoid porosity when MAG welding
superduplex, pure argon may be
needed as shielding gas - this will,
however, reduce the arc stability so
double frequency pulsed arc
machines may be helpful
Shielding gases for TIG
welding
TIG welding is normally performed
using pure argon (minimum 99.99%) as
the shielding gas. In special applications
where an extremely low content of
impurities is essential, the argon may be
even purer (99.995%). The addition of
helium (up to 30%) or (only for austenitic
steels) hydrogen (up to 10%) increases
the arc energy and gives increased
penetration as well as a smoother weld
bead. Furthermore, the welding speed
can be increased by up to 50% in
single-pass welding of austenitic steels.
When welding nitrogen-alloyed stainless
steels such as LDX 2101®, 2205 or 254
SMO®, the addition of up to 2% nitrogen
can be advantageous. Compared to
welding with pure argon as shielding
gas, this prevents nitrogen loss,
increases the austenite formation and
can have a positive effect on the corrosion resistance.
Figures 8.5 and 8.6 illustrate the effect of
nitrogen additions on the net nitrogen
content and the resulting weld microstructure at the surface exposed to the
corrosive medium. Assuming that the
141
LDX 2101 base material contains 0.22
wt.% nitrogen and pure argon is used as
shielding and backing gas, nitrogen loss
will occur on both sides, because the
system strives to reach equilibrium,
Figure 8.5. The resulting microstructure
would then be essentially ferritic at the
surface of the duplex weld metal. If, on
the other hand, 90% N2 + 10% H2 is used
as backing gas, there is no driving force
for nitrogen loss on the root side and
when Ar + 2% N2 is used as shielding
gas, nitrogen is absorbed by the weld
metal, giving in a more balanced weld
metal nitrogen content, Figure 8.6. The
nitrogen present at the surface improves
the austenite formation and makes the
weld metal more resistant to pitting.
Figure 8.5. a) Nitrogen balance when
welding with pure argon, (b) resulting LDX
2101 weld metal microstructure with (c)
high ferrite content at the surface indicating
nitrogen loss
Figure 8.6. (a) Nitrogen balance when
welding with nitrogen additions to shielding
and backing gas, (b) resulting LDX 2101
weld metal microstructure with (c) high
austenite content at the surface
142
General guidelines:
■■ The gas flow for manual TIG welding
should be typically 4 – 8 l/min
■■ The gas flow for automatic welding
should be higher, up to 15 l/min
■■ For large diameter nozzles, the gas
flow should be at the high end of the
range
■■ An excessive low or high gas flow
may cause porosity
■■ TIG welding is sensitive to draughts –
suitable draught exclusion must be
provided when welding in susceptible
locations, e.g. on-site or in large, open
halls
■■ For shielding the root side of austenitic and duplex, a backing gas mix of
90% N2 + 10% H2 will give the best
result
Table 8.2 lists the shielding gases
generally used in the TIG welding of
most common stainless steels.
Table 8.2. Shielding gases for TIG
welding
Parent metal
Shielding gas
Ferritic and martensitic
1. Ar
Standard austenitic 304L, 1. Ar
316L, etc.
2. Ar + 2 – 5% H2 or Ar +
10 – 30% He + 1 – 5% H2
Fully austenitic 254
SMO®, etc.
1. Ar
2. Ar + 10 – 30% He +
1 – 5% H2
3. Ar + 10 – 30% He +
2% N2
Lean duplex, duplex and
superduplex, LDX 2101,
2304, 2205, 2507, etc.
1. Ar + 10 – 30% He +
2% N2
2. Ar + 1 – 3% N2
3. Ar
Nickel-base alloys,
625, 800, etc. and
high-temperature steels,
253 MA®, etc.
1. Ar
2. Ar + 2 – 5% H2 or Ar +
10 – 30% He + 1 – 5% H2
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Shielding gases for
FCAW
When welding stainless steel with
flux-cored wires, Ar + 18 – 25% CO2 is
the shielding gas that produces the best
results and the greatest slag control.
Mixed gas has a very positive influence
on arc stability, producing a fine,
spatter-free droplet transfer. A typical
gas flow for most applications and when
welding outdoors is 20 – 25 l/min. In the
vertical-up and overhead positions, a
somewhat lower gas flow of 16 – 19 l/min
may be advantageous. It is also possible
to use 100% CO2, but the voltage needs
to be increased by 2 – 3 V to achieve the
correct arc length. The main advantage
with pure CO2 is that it provides deep
weld penetration, which is useful when
welding thick material and in narrow
joints. The process runs hotter, which
can be a benefit, but at the same time
makes it more challenging to weld thin
plates or when welding out-of-position.
Moreover, it produces more welding
fumes and the surface becomes more
oxidized and some alloy elements may
burn-off. The latter can affect the
mechanical properties and the corrosion
resistance. In applications where the
ferrite content is of importance, one need
to take into account that the use of pure
CO2 shielding gas may lead to an
increased austenite content in the weld.
Table 8.3 lists (in order of recommendation) the shielding gases generally used
in the flux-cored arc welding of most
common stainless steels.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Table 8.3. Shielding gases for
FCAW
Parent metal
Shielding gas
Ferritic and martensitic
1. Ar + 18 – 25% CO2
2. 100% CO2
Standard austenitics
304L, 316L, etc.
1. Ar + 18 – 25% CO2
2. 100% CO2
Lean and standard
duplex LDX 2101, 2304,
2205, etc.
1. Ar + 18 – 25% CO2
2. 100% CO2
Superduplex 2507, Zeron 1. Ar + 18 – 25% CO2
100, nickel-base alloys
General guidelines:
■■ The gas flow for FCAW is typically
18 – 25 l/min
■■ An excessive low or high gas flow
may cause porosity
■■ The gas flow should be 16 – 20 l/min
when welding in the vertical-up and
overhead positions
■■ A somewhat higher voltage (+ 1–3 V)
should be used when welding duplex
steels
■■ A somewhat higher voltage (+ 3 V)
should be used when the shielding
gas is 100% CO2
Shielding gases for PAW
The shielding gases used in plasma arc
welding are normally either pure argon
or argon with an addition of up to 7%
hydrogen. The addition of hydrogen
improves the weld bead appearance and
enables higher welding speeds. An
addition of 20 – 30% helium increases
the arc energy. This improves fluidity
and the travel speed can thus be
increased. For high-alloyed steel grades,
the addition of 1 – 3% nitrogen improves
corrosion resistance.
143
As in TIG welding, pure argon or a
Formier gas (e.g. 90% N2 + 10% H2)
should be used as the backing gas.
Table 8.4 lists (in order of recommendation) the gases generally used in the
plasma arc welding of most common
stainless steels.
Table 8.4. Shielding gases for PAW
Parent metal
Plasma gas
Austenitic
1. Ar or Ar +
Ar or the same
5% H2
as the plasma
2. Ar + 20 – 30%
He
Duplex
Shielding gas
1. Ar
Ar or the same
2. Ar + 20 – 30% as the plasma
He
3. Ar + 20 – 30%
He + 1 – 2% N2
General guidelines:
■■ The plasma gas flow for PAW is
typically 3 – 7 l/min
■■ The shielding gas flow is typically
10 – 15 l/min
Shielding gases for laser
welding
beneficial for proper root formation and
to avoid discoloration from evaporated
metal on the root side. The choice of
backing gas can affect the phase
balance and corrosion resistance of
duplex welds. Pure nitrogen results in
somewhat improved austenite formation
than with pure argon.
Shielding gases for laser
hybrid welding
For laser-MAG hybrid welding with a
CO2 laser, the laser shielding gas does
not need to contain helium. The process
stability is more dependent on the MAG
process and should consequently be
chosen to optimize the MAG process. It
is sufficient that a minimum of 30%
helium is added via the MAG nozzle to
have a stable MAG process. This is valid
for most laser-MAG hybrid welding,
where a mixture of Ar + 30 – 35% He +
2 – 3% CO2 can advantageously be used.
The addition of helium improves process
stability and gives smooth welds. For
laser-TIG hybrid welding, the recommended shielding gas for laser welding
is chosen, while the shielding gas for
TIG is determined by the parent material
to be welded. Backing gas is required to
achieve a stable root formation, especially when welding thick material.
Laser welding can be carried out with
pure argon, nitrogen or helium or
mixtures of these gases. Because
interaction between the beam and the
shielding gas affects heat transfer to the
workpiece, the choice of shielding gas in
CO2 laser welding is critical. Pure argon
is the normal shielding gas. However,
where high laser powers are used, the
addition of helium or use of pure helium
is beneficial. As there is little or no
interaction between shielding gases and
the wavelength of the Nd:YAG laser and
high-brightness lasers (fiber, disk, etc.),
argon or nitrogen, which is relatively
cheap, are normally used. Backing gas is
144
9. Post-weld cleaning of stainless steel
Need for cleaning
stainless steel
A stainless steel surface should appear
clean, smooth and faultless. The importance of this is obvious when the
stainless steel is used in, for example,
façades or in applications with stringent
hygiene requirements. However, a fine
surface finish is also crucial to corrosion
resistance.
Stainless steel is protected from corrosion by its passive film – a thin, impervious, invisible surface layer – that is
primarily chromium oxide. The oxygen
content of the atmosphere or aerated
aqueous solutions is normally sufficient
to create and maintain (“self-heal”) this
passive layer. Unfortunately, surface
defects and imperfections introduced
during manufacturing may drastically
disturb this “self-healing” process and
reduce resistance to several types of
local corrosion. Thus, as regards hygiene
and corrosion, a final cleaning process is
often required to restore an acceptable
surface quality. Figure 9.1 shows
examples of different types of surface
defects and irregularities.
The extent of, and methods for, post-fabrication treatment are determined by a
number of factors. These include the
corrosivity of the environment (e.g.
marine), the corrosion resistance of the
steel grade, hygiene requirements (e.g.
in the pharmaceutical and food industries); and aesthetic considerations. Local
environmental requirements must be
considered. Both chemical and mechanical cleaning methods are available.
Good design, planning and methods of
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
manufacture can reduce the need for
post-weld treatment thus lower costs.
When manufacturing to surface quality
specifications, the impact of defects and,
ultimately, the cost of removal, must be
borne in mind.
Figure 9.1. Examples of different types of
surface defects
Typical defects
Heat tint and oxide scale
Caused by processes such as heat
treatment or welding, high-temperature
oxidation produces an oxide that,
compared to the original passive layer,
has inferior protective properties. It is,
therefore, necessary to remove these
oxides in order to completely restore the
corrosion resistance.
Weld defects
Incomplete penetration, undercut, pores,
slag inclusions, weld spatter and arc
strikes are typical examples of weld
defects. These defects have negative
effects on mechanical properties and
resistance to local corrosion. They also
make it difficult to maintain a clean
surface. Thus, the defects must be
removed – normally by grinding,
although sometimes repair welding is
also necessary.
145
Iron contamination
Iron particles can originate from
machining; cold forming and cutting
tools; blasting grits/sand or grinding
discs contaminated with lower alloyed
materials; transport or handling in
mixed manufacture; or simply iron-containing dust. These particles corrode in
humid air and damage the passive layer.
Larger particles may also cause crevices.
In both cases, corrosion resistance is
reduced. The resultant corrosion is
unsightly and may also contaminate
media used in/with the equipment in
question. Iron contamination on stainless
steel can be detected using the ferroxyl
test; this is described in ASTM A 380.
Rough surface
Uneven weld beads and grinding or
blasting too heavily give rough surfaces.
A rough surface collects deposits more
easily, thereby increasing the risk of
both corrosion and product contamination. Heavy grinding also introduces
high tensile stresses. These increase the
risk of stress corrosion cracking and
pitting corrosion. For many applications,
there is a maximum allowed surface
roughness (Ra-value), and manufacturing methods that result in rough surfaces
should generally be avoided. If such
methods cannot be avoided, the rough
surface produced should be ground and
polished to a finer and acceptable finish.
Organic contamination
In aggressive environments, organic
contaminants in the form of grease, oil,
paint, footprints, glue residues and dirt
can cause crevice corrosion in aggressive
environments. They may also make
surface pickling ineffective, and pollute
products handled in/with the equipment.
Organic contaminants should be
removed using a suitable cleaner. In
simple cases, a high-pressure water jet
may suffice.
146
Cleaning procedures
The extent of, and methods for, post-fabrication treatment are determined by a
number of factors. Different chemical
and mechanical methods, and sometimes
a combination of both, can be used to
remove defects. Chemical cleaning can
be expected to produce superior results.
This is because most mechanical
methods tend to produce a rougher
surface while chemical methods reduce
the risk of surface contamination.
Mechanical methods
Grinding
Grinding is normally the only method
that can be used to remove defects and
deep scratches. A grinding disc is
usually adequate. The grinding methods
used should never be rougher than
necessary, and a flapper wheel is often
sufficient for removing most weld oxide
or surface contamination. A cutting disc
should only be used to remove defects, to
open too narrow joints, or cut-backs.
The following points must always be
considered:
■■ Use the correct grinding tools –
self-sharpening, iron-free discs
should always be used for stainless
steel
■■ Never use discs that have previously
been used for grinding low-alloyed
steels
■■ Avoid producing a surface that is too
rough
■■ Rough grinding with a 40 – 60 grit
disc should always be followed by fine
grinding using, for example, a higher
grit mop or belt to obtain a surface
finish corresponding to grit 180 or
better
■■ If surface requirements are very
exacting, polishing may be necessary
■■ Do not overheat the surface. Apply
less pressure when grinding in order
to avoid creating further heat tint
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
■■ Always check that the entire defect
has been removed
Blasting
Sand and grit blasting (peening) can be
used to remove high-temperature oxide
as well as iron contamination. However,
care must be taken to ensure that the
sand (preferably of olivine type) or grit is
perfectly clean. The blasting material
must therefore not have been previously
used for carbon steel; nor should the
sand or grit be too old, since it becomes
increasingly polluted, even if it has only
been used on stainless steel surfaces.
The surface roughness is the limiting
factor for these methods. Using low
pressure and a small angle of approach,
a satisfactory result can be achieved for
most applications. For the removal of
heat tint, shot peening using smooth
glass beads produces a good surface
finish and introduces compressive
stresses, which improves stress corrosion
cracking resistance and resistance to
fatigue. Blasting significantly shortens
the pickling time for duplex stainless
steel.
Brushing and polishing
For the removal of heat tint, brushing
using stainless steel or nylon brushes
usually provides a satisfactory result.
Polishing results in a smoother surface
and thus higher corrosion resistance.
Polishing can, however, make the
surface visually clean, but not be
sufficiently deep to remove all weld
oxide. Rotating machine stainless wire
brushes should be used with care when
brushing stainless steel welds as these
are often made of a lower alloy (AISI
301). The high rotation speed and
temperature may cause smearing on the
surface and result in discoloration of the
surface once in service.
especially important when welding
duplex stainless steel as the weld oxide
tends to harden and become somewhat
glass-like. The day after welding,
grinding may be required for the same
operation. Brushing should be performed
after the weld has cooled down to the
recommended interpass temperature as
hot surfaces may cause more smearing of
the brushes onto the surface. As with
other mechanical cleaning methods, the
risk of contamination is high, and it is
therefore important that clean tools that
have not been used for processing
carbon steels are used. Brushing does
not cause any serious roughening of the
surface, but does also not guarantee
removal of thick oxides.
Chemical methods
Chemical treatments can remove
high-temperature oxide and iron
contamination. They also restore the
corrosion resistance without damaging
the surface finish. After the removal of
organic contaminants, the normal
procedures are commonly pickling,
passivation/decontamination and/or
electropolishing.
Pickling
Pickling is the most common chemical
procedure used to remove oxides and
iron contamination. Thorough rinsing
with clean tap water must follow
pickling. The water quality requirements, including acceptable chloride
content, increase with the surface
requirements. Pickling normally
involves using an acid mixture containing nitric acid (HNO3), hydrofluoric acid
(HF) and, sometimes, also sulfuric acid
(H2SO4). Owing to the immediate risk of
pitting corrosion, chloride-containing
agents such as hydrochloric acid (HCl)
must be avoided.
Brushing with a hand brush reduces the
time required for pickling. This is
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
147
The main factors determining the
effectiveness of pickling are as set out
below.
Steel grade
Table 9.1 shows the most common
stainless steel grades and the matching
welding consumables from Böhler
Welding. Pickleability has been tested
and the steels arranged into four groups.
The groupings are based on the ease
with which the steels can be pickled.
Steel group 1: Owing to the low chromium content, the corrosion resistance of
this group is lower than that of the
groups below. The lower resistance of
the steels in this group means they are
“easier” to pickle. In other words, to
avoid the risk of overpickling, they need
a shorter pickling time or a less aggressive pickling agent. Special care must be
taken to avoid overpickling! The
pickling result may be unpredictable.
Steel group 2: The steels in this group
are standard grades and fairly easy to
pickle.
Steel groups 3-4: The steels in this
group are high-alloyed grades. Being
more corrosion resistant, they need a
more aggressive acid mixture and/or
higher temperature (to avoid an excessively long pickling time). The risk of
overpickling these steel grades is much
lower.
The surface finish
A rough, hot rolled surface may be
harder to pickle than a smooth, coldrolled one.
148
Welding method and resultant oxide
layer
Thickness and type of oxide layer
depend largely on the welding procedure used. To produce a minimum of
oxides, weld using an effective shielding
gas that is as free of oxygen as possible.
For further information, see Chapter 8,
“Shielding gases”. Particularly when
pickling high-alloyed steel grades,
mechanical pretreatment to break or
remove the oxides might be advisable.
Precleaning
The surface must be free of organic
contamination.
Temperature
The effectiveness of pickling acids
increases with temperature. Thus, the
pickling rate can be considerably
increased by increasing the temperature.
However, there are upper temperature
limits that must also be considered.
Especially when using a bath, the risk of
overpickling increases with high
temperatures. When using pickling
paste/gel/spray/solution at high temperatures, evaporation presents the risk of
poor results. Besides an uneven pickling
effect, this also leads to rinsing difficulties. To avoid these problems, objects
must not be pickled at temperatures
above 45°C or in direct sunlight.
Composition and concentration of
the acid mixture
The normal pickling solution contains
8 – 20 vol.% HNO3 and 0.5 – 5 vol.% HF.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Table 9.1. Stainless steels and
their pickleability
Stainless steel
grades
Stainless steel
grades
EN
EN
Welding Filler
method metal
Welding Filler
method metal
ASTM /
AISI
Group 3: Difficult to pickle
ASTM /
AISI
Group 1: Very easy to pickle*
1.4539
904L
MMA
Avesta 904L
1.4539
904L
MAG
Avesta 904L
1.4006
410
MMA
BÖHLER FOX
KW 10
1.4539
904L
MMA
Thermanit
625
1.4016
430
MMA
BÖHLER FOX
SKWA
1.4501
S32760
MMA
Avesta 2507/
P100
1.4016
430
MMA
Avesta 308L/
MVR
1.4161
S32101
MAG
Avesta LDX
2101
1.4016
430
FCAW
Avesta
FCW-2D
308L/MVR
1.4161
S32101
FCAW
Avesta LDX
2101
1.4313
410NiMo
MMA
BÖHLER FOX
CN 13/4
1.4362
S32304
MAG
Avesta 2304
1.4362
S32304
FCAW
Avesta 2304
1.4313
410NiMo
MCAW
BÖHLER CN
13/4-MC
1.4462
S32205
MMA
Avesta 2205
1.4462
S32205
MAG
Avesta 2205
Group 2: Easy to pickle
1.4301
1.4301
1.4401
1.4401
304
304
316
316
MMA
MAG
MMA
MAG
Avesta 308L/
MVR
Group 4: Very difficult to pickle
1.4547
S31254
MMA
Avesta 308LSi/MVR-Si
Thermanit
625
1.4547
S31254
MAG
Avesta 316L/
SKR
Thermanit
625
1.4565
S34565
MMA
Avesta 316LSi/SKR-Si
Thermanit
Nimo C 24
1.4565
S34565
MAG
Thermanit
Nimo C 24
1.4410
S32750
MMA
Avesta 2507/
P100
1.4404
316L
MMA
Avesta 316L/
SKR
1.4404
316L
MMA
Avesta 316L/
SKR
1.4404
316L
FCAW
Avesta 316L/
SKR
1.4404
316L
MAG
Avesta 316LSi/SKR-Si
1.4404
316L
MCAW
BÖHLER EAS
4 M-MC
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
* Group 1 is very easy to pickle but, at the
same time, difficult to treat. There is a risk of
overpickling. Great attention must be paid to
pickling time and temperature.
149
Pickling method
Pickling in a bath. Pickling the whole
component in a bath is a convenient
method if suitable equipment is available and the component to pickle is not
too large. The composition of the acid
mixture and the bath temperature
(20 – 65°C) are chosen with regard to the
stainless steel grade and the type of heat
oxide. Overpickling, causing a rough
surface, may result when pickling the
lowest alloyed stainless grades at
excessive temperatures. The effectiveness of pickling is influenced not only by
the acid concentration and the temperature, but also by the free iron content in
the bath. Increased iron content requires
a higher bath temperature. A rough
guideline is that the free iron content
measured in g/l should not exceed the
bath temperature (°C). When metal
contents in the bath reach excessive
levels (40 – 50 g/l), the bath solution can
be partially or totally emptied out and
fresh acid added.
Pickling with pickling paste/gel.
Pickling paste for stainless steels
consists of an acid mixture (normally
HF/HNO3) with added binding agents. It
is suitable for pickling limited areas, e.g.
welds and heat-affected zones. This, and
the following method (spray pickling),
are in many cases the only practical
methods for pickling heat-affected areas
on large structures. It is normally applied
using an acid-resistant brush. The paste
is not effective at low temperatures
(5 – 10°C). The risk of overpickling at
high temperatures is less than when
using bath pickling. A greater risk is that
of the paste drying out due to evaporation, resulting in reduced pickling effect
and rinsing difficulties. Objects should
therefore not be pickled at temperatures
higher than 40°C or in direct sunlight.
Rinsing with water should be carried out
before the paste dries. Even if, for
environmental and practical reasons,
neutralization of the pickling paste is
150
carried out on the metal surface, a
thorough rinsing with water is vital.
Pickling with pickling solution.
Pickling solutions (or pickling gels in
spray form) are normally mixtures of
nitric and hydro-fluoric acids (phosphoric acid can be used for light pickling), with binding agents and
surface-active agents to obtain good
thixotropy and the right viscosity.
Solutions and gels in spray form are
suitable for pickling large surfaces, e.g.
when the removal of iron contamination
is also desired.
Passivation and decontamination
Traditional passivating solutions are
based on nitric acid. From both a
handling and an environmental point of
view, this has the disadvantage of being
hazardous. However, Avesta Finishing
Chemicals has developed a passivating
agent that, without sacrificing efficiency,
has less impact on the environment.
Passivating solutions are applied by
immersion or spraying. The treatment
strengthens the passive layer. It is
particularly important after mechanical
cleaning and operations involving a risk
of iron contamination. This is because
the agent also removes iron impurities
from the surface. It is for this reason that
the method can also be referred to as
decontamination. Passivation may also
be necessary when fabricating in
environments where the material may
not have time to repassivate, i.e. on-site
fabrication near the ocean.
normally used as a final treatment after
pickling. Different suppliers on the
market also produce small machines for
direct electropolishing of welds. These
are normally not sufficiently efficient for
heavy oxides and do not remove larger
irregularities, but may be used for light
weld oxides, e.g. those formed when TIG
welding thin sheet using proper gas
shielding.
Choice of method
The choice of method and the extent of
final cleaning required will depend on
the need for corrosion resistance,
hygienic considerations (pharmaceuticals, food, etc.) and, the importance of
the visual appearance of the steel.
Removal of weld defects, weld oxides,
organic substances and iron contaminants is normally a basic requirement
and usually allows a relatively free
choice of final treatment. Provided that
the surface roughness so permits, both
mechanical and chemical methods can
be used. However, if an entirely
mechanical cleaning method is considered, the manufacturing stage has to be
very well planned in order to avoid iron
contamination, since decontamination,
probably with nitric acid, will otherwise
be necessary.
Where surface finish and corrosion
resistance requirements are exacting,
the choice of method is more critical. In
such cases, a treatment sequence based
on pickling gives the best chances of
superior results.
Electropolishing
Electropolishing does not selectively
remove areas of inferior corrosion
resistance, but polishes microtips from
the surface. The material gains a fine
luster and, most importantly, an even
microprofile that meets extremely
stringent hygiene requirements. For
these reasons, electropolishing is
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
How to carry out a
complete cleaning
process
1.
Inspect
2.
Pretreat mechanically
3.
Preclean
4.
Rinse
5.
Pickle
6.
Desmut
7.
Rinse
8.
Passivate
9.
Neutralize
10.
Inspect
Grinding
Polishing
Pickling
Figure 9.2. The steel grade 316L (EN 1.4404/
UNS 31603) welded with the MMA process
was subject to post-weld cleaning using
three different methods.
They were then exposed to a marine
environment for two weeks. Pickling offers
better result than alternative surface
treatments such as grinding and polishing.
Remaining iron particles from the grinding
have given secondary rust in the left photo.
Polishing did not fully remove the weld
oxides.
151
Chemical methods in
practice
Böhler Welding and its Avesta product
portfolio offers a wide range of cleaning
preparations:
■■ Pickling pastes
■■ Pickling sprays
■■ Pickling baths
■■ Cleaners
■■ Passivators
General requirements
The choice of chemical cleaning process
is primarily determined by: the type of
contaminants and heat oxides to be
removed; the degree of cleanness
required; and, the cost. In order to avoid
health hazards and/or environmental
problems, pickling must be carried out
in a special pickling area, preferably
indoors. In this context, compliance with
the recommendations below should be
regarded as compulsory.
■■ Handling instructions and essential
information (e.g. product labels, safety
data sheets, etc.) for the various
products must be available - local and
national regulations must also be
available
■■ The personnel in charge must be
familiar with the health hazards
associated with the products and how
these must be handled
■■ Personal safety equipment must be
used
■■ When pickling indoors, the workplace
must be separate from other workshop
operations - this is not only to avoid
contamination and health hazards,
but also to ensure a controlled
temperature
■■ The area must be well ventilated and
provided with fume extraction
apparatus
■■ Walls, floors, roofs, tanks, etc. that are
subject to splashing must be protected
by acid-resistant material
152
■■ A washing facility must be available,
preferably including a high-pressure
water jet
■■ A first-aid kit must be available
against acid splashes
■■ If the rinse water is recycled, care
must be taken to ensure that the final
rinse is performed using deionized
water - this is particularly important
in the case of sensitive surfaces and
applications
Precleaning/degreasing
Contamination on the surface can impair
the pickling process. To prevent this,
thorough cleaning prior to pickling is
recommended. Where loose dust,
fingerprints, shoeprints and tool marks
are the contaminants, acid cleaning (e.g.
Avesta Cleaner 401) is usually adequate.
How to use Avesta Cleaner 401
1. Inspect the surface to be treated and
ensure that all non-stainless material
has been protected.
2. Using an acid-resistant pump (Avesta
SP-25), spray the product onto the
surface. Apply an even layer that
covers the entire surface. Do not
apply in direct sunlight!
3. Allow the product sufficient reaction
time, but avoid letting it dry. If the
contaminants are stubborn (difficult
to remove) and in thick layers,
mechanical brushing with a hard
plastic or nylon brush will help.
4. Preferably using a high pressure
water jet, rinse thoroughly with clean
tap water. To reduce acid splashing,
prewashing at tap-water pressure (3
bars) is recommended. Ensure that
no residues are left on the surface.
Use deionized water for the final
rinsing of sensitive surfaces.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Pickling
Pickling products can be applied in
three different ways:
■■ Brushing, using a pickling paste/gel
■■ Spraying, using a pickling solution
■■ Immersion/circulation in/with a
pickling bath
The different methods are presented in
the following pages.
Pickling with paste/gel
Creating a better working environment,
Avesta BlueOne™ Pickling Paste 130 is a
unique pickling product. Using
BlueOne™, there are virtually none of
the toxic nitric fumes normally formed
during pickling. Pickling Paste 130 can
be used as a universal paste on all
stainless steel grades.
Pickling with spray
Creating a better working environment,
Avesta RedOne™ Spray Pickle Gel 240 is
a unique pickling product. Using
RedOne™ 240, toxic nitric fumes are
significantly reduced.
Combined method
For some purposes, brushing and
spraying methods can be combined.
When only a mild pickling effect is
required (on sensitive surfaces), pickling
paste can first be applied to the weld
joints and then an acidic cleaner (e.g.
Avesta Cleaner 401) can be sprayed onto
the surface.
How to use Avesta pickling pastes/
gels
1. Pretreat oxides, slags and weld
defects mechanically. This should
preferably be done while the welds
are still warm and the weld oxides
less hard.
2. After any welding, give the area to
be pickled time to cool down to
below 40°C.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
3. To remove organic contamination,
degrease using Avesta Cleaner 401.
4. Before using, stir or shake the paste.
5. Using an acid-resistant brush, apply
the pickling paste. Do not pickle in
direct sunlight!
6. Give the product sufficient time to
react (see Table 9.2). At high temperatures, and when prolonged pickling
times are required, it might be
necessary to apply more of the
product after a while. This is because
the product can dry out and thus
cease to be as effective.
7. Preferably using a high-pressure
water jet, rinse thoroughly with clean
tap water. Ensure that no pickling
residues are left on the surface. Use
deionized water for the final rinsing
of sensitive surfaces.
8. Collect the waste water so that it can
be neutralized.
How to use Avesta pickling spray
1. Inspect the surface to be treated and
ensure that all non-stainless material
has been protected.
2. Pretreat oxides, slags and weld
defects mechanically. This should
preferably be done while the welds
are still warm and the weld oxides
less hard.
3. After any welding, give the area to
be pickled time to cool down to
below 40°C.
4. To remove organic contamination,
degrease using Avesta Cleaner 401.
5. Before using, stir the spray gel well.
6. Using an acid-resistant pump (Avesta
SP-25), apply the product as a spray.
Gently apply an even layer of acid
that covers the entire surface. Do not
pickle in direct sunlight!
7. Allow the product sufficient pickling
time.
8. Desmutting is necessary if dark areas
appear on the surface. Apply either
more solution or Avesta FinishOne™
to these spots until they disappear.
This must be done when the surface
is still wet (i.e. “wet on wet”), just
153
before the pickling spray is rinsed
off. Spraying FinishOne™ on top of
the pickled surface also reduces the
production of NOx gases.
9. When pickling, the pickling spray
must not be allowed to dry. Drying
may cause discoloration of the steel
surface. This means that at high
temperatures, and when prolonged
pickling times are required, it may
be necessary to apply more of the
product after a while.
10. Preferably using a high-pressure
water jet, rinse thoroughly with clean
tap water. To reduce acid splashing,
prewashing at tap-water pressure
(3 bars) is recommended. Ensure that
no pickling residues are left on the
surface. Use deionized water for the
final rinsing of sensitive surfaces.
11. Passivation must be carried out
directly after wet on wet rinsing.
Spray Avesta FinishOne™ Passivator
630 evenly over the entire surface.
12. Leave to dry.
13. Carry out inspection and process
verification.
14. All treated surfaces must be ocularly
inspected for oil residues, oxides, rust
and other contaminants.
15. Collect the waste water so that it can
be neutralized.
Stainless steel
grades
EN
Welding Filler metal
method
ASTM
Pickling paste
product name
Recommended
time
(min)
Pickling
spray product name
Recommended
time
(min)*
Group 3: Difficult to pickle
1.4539
904L
MMA
Avesta 904L
Avesta BlueOne™ 90 – 180
130
Avesta
RedOne™ 240
120 – 240
1.4539
904L
MAG
Avesta 904L
Avesta BlueOne™ 90 – 180
130
Avesta
RedOne™ 240
120 – 240
1.4539
904L
MMA
Thermanit 625 Avesta BlueOne™ 90 – 180
130
Avesta
RedOne™ 240
120 – 240
1.4501
S32760 MMA
Avesta 2507/
P100
Avesta BlueOne™ 90 – 180
130
Avesta
RedOne™ 240
120 – 240
1.4161
S32101 MAG
Avesta LDX
2101
Avesta BlueOne™ 90 – 180
130
Avesta
RedOne™ 240
120 – 240
Table 9.2. Typical pickling times for brush and spray pickling (cold-rolled
surfaces)
1.4161
S32101 FCW
Avesta BlueOne™ 90 – 180
130
Avesta
RedOne™ 240
120 – 240
Stainless steel
grades
Avesta
FCW-2D LDX
2101
1.4362
S32304 MAG
Avesta 2304
Avesta BlueOne™ 90 – 180
130
Avesta
RedOne™ 240
120 – 240
1.4362
S32304 FCAW
Avesta 2304
Avesta BlueOne™ 90 – 180
130
Avesta
RedOne™ 240
120 – 240
1.4462
S32205 MMA
Avesta 2205
Avesta BlueOne™ 90 – 180
130
Avesta
RedOne™ 240
120 – 240
1.4462
S32205 MAG
Avesta 2205
Avesta BlueOne™ 90 – 180
130
Avesta
RedOne™ 240
120 – 240
EN
Welding Filler metal
method
ASTM
Pickling paste
product name
Recommended
time
(min)
Pickling
spray product name
Recommended
time
(min)*
Group 2: Easy to pickle
1.4301
304
MMA
Avesta 308L/
MVR
Avesta BlueOne™ 30 – 60
130
Avesta
RedOne™ 240
45 – 90
1.4301
304
MAG
Avesta 308LSi/MVR-Si
Avesta BlueOne™ 30 – 60
130
Avesta
RedOne™ 240
45 – 90
1.4401
316
MMA
Avesta 316L/
SKR
Avesta BlueOne™ 30 – 60
130
Avesta
RedOne™ 240
45 – 90
1.4401
316
MAG
Avesta 316LSi/SKR-Si
Avesta BlueOne™ 30 – 60
130
Avesta
RedOne™ 240
45 – 90
1.4404
316L
MMA
Avesta 316L/
SKR
Avesta BlueOne™ 30 – 60
130
Avesta
RedOne™ 240
45 – 90
1.4404
316L
MMA
Avesta 316L/
SKR
Avesta BlueOne™ 30 – 60
130
Avesta
RedOne™ 240
45 – 90
1.4404
316L
FCAW
Avesta
Avesta BlueOne™ 30 – 60
FCW-2D 316L/ 130
SKR
Avesta
RedOne™ 240
45 – 90
Avesta 316LSi/SKR-Si
Avesta BlueOne™ 30 – 60
130
Avesta
RedOne™ 240
45 – 90
BÖHLER EAS Avesta BlueOne™ 30 – 60
4 M-MC
130
Avesta
RedOne™ 240
45 – 90
1.4404
1.4404
154
316L
316L
MAG
MCAW
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Group 4: Very difficult to pickle
1.4547
S31254 MMA
Thermanit 625 Avesta BlueOne™ 120 – 240
130
Avesta
RedOne™ 240
150 – 300
1.4547
S31254 MAG
Thermanit 625 Avesta BlueOne™ 120 – 240
130
Avesta
RedOne™ 240
150 – 300
1.4565
S34565 MMA
Thermanit
Nimo C 24
Avesta BlueOne™ 120 – 240
130
Avesta
RedOne™ 240
150 – 300
1.4565
S34565 MAG
Thermanit
Nimo C 24
Avesta BlueOne™ 120 – 240
130
Avesta
RedOne™ 240
150 – 300
1.4410
S32750 MMA
Avesta 2507/
P100
Avesta BlueOne™ 120 – 240
130
Avesta
RedOne™ 240
150 – 300
The pickling was preceded by mechanical pretreatment of the weld joints and precleaning
using Avesta Cleaner 401.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
155
Typical pickling times for brush and
spray pickling
The pickling times given in Table 9.2
must be seen as indicative only. They are
stated as intervals because, for the same
steel grade, the time required depends
on the surface finish and the welding
method. For hot-rolled surfaces, pickling
times should normally be increased.
Similarly, depending on the shielding
gas used, MAG welds might need longer
than MMA or FCAW welds.
Pickling equipment: To achieve a good
spraying result, a suitable pump is
necessary. The pump must be made of
an acid-resistant material and must
provide an even application pressure.
Avesta Spray Pickle Pump SP-25 was
specially designed to meet these
requirements. It is a pneumatic, quarter
inch pump of the membrane type and
has an adjustable valve.
Pickling in a bath
The stainless steel grade and the type of
heat oxide determine the acid mixture
and the bath temperature (20 – 65°C).
Pickling low-alloyed stainless grades at
excessive temperatures, or for a long
period of time, presents the risk of
over-pickling. This gives a rough
surface.
The effectiveness of pickling is affected
not only by acid concentration and
temperature, but also by the free metal
content (mainly iron) in the bath. For
pickling times to be the same, the
temperature in a bath with an elevated
iron content has to be higher than that in
a bath with a lower iron content. A rough
guideline is that the free iron (Fe)
content measured in grams per liter must
not exceed the bath temperature (ºC).
When metal contents in the bath reach
excessive levels (40 – 50 g/l), the bath
solution should be partially or totally
emptied out and fresh acid added.
156
Avesta Pickling Bath 302 is a concentrate that, depending on the steel grade
being cleaned, can be diluted with
water.
Table 9.3. Typical pickling times at different temperatures (cold-rolled
surfaces)
The ferritic and martensitic steels in
group 1 are normally not pickled in a
bath. Thus, they are not mentioned here.
EN
The pickling acid must be added to the
water, not the other way round.
Group 2 steels: 1 part 302 into 3 parts
water
Stainless steel grades
Welding method Filler metal
ASTM / AISI
Typical pickling times (min)
20°C
30°C
45°C
Group 2: Easy to pickle*
1.4301
304
MMA
Avesta 308L/MVR
30
15
10
1.4401
316
MMA
Avesta 316L/SKR
40
20
10
1.4404
316L
MMA
Avesta 316L/SKR
40
20
10
Group 3: Difficult to pickle**
Group 3 steels: 1 part 302 into 2 parts
water
1.4539
904L
MMA
Avesta 904L
120
90
60
1.4362
S32304
MMA
Avesta 2304
120
90
60
Group 4 steels: 1 part 302 into 1 part
water
1.4462
S32205
MMA
Avesta 2205
120
90
60
Temperature, composition and circulation need to be controlled to get the best
results. The composition of the bath is
controlled through regular analysis.
Together with new mixing instructions
to optimize the effect of the bath, Böhler
Welding can offer such analyses.
1.4547
S31254
MMA
Thermanit 625
240
120
90
1.4410
S32750
MMA
Avesta 2507/P100
240
120
90
The pickling times given in Table 9.3
must be seen as indicative only. They are
stated as intervals because, for the same
steel grade, the time required depends
on the surface finish and the welding
method. For hot rolled surfaces, pickling
times might be increased by 50%.
Similarly, depending on the shielding
gas used, MAG welds might need longer
than MMA or FCAW welds.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Group 4: Very difficult to pickle***
*
**
***
1 part 302 into 3 parts water
1 part 302 into 2 parts water
1 part 302 into 1 part water
How to use Avesta pickling bath
1. Pretreat oxides, slag and weld defects
mechanically.
2. After any welding, give the area to
be pickled time to cool down to
below 40°C.
3. To remove organic contamination,
degrease using Avesta Cleaner 401.
4. Check the bath temperature (refer to
Table 9.3).
5. Immerse the object in the bath.
Typical pickling times are shown in
Table 9.2. Avoid over-pickling. This
can produce a rough surface.
6. Allow the product sufficient pickling
time.
7. If dark spots appear on the surface,
desmutting is necessary. Apply either
more solution or Avesta FinishOne™
to these spots until they disappear.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
This must be done when the surface
is still wet (i.e. “wet on wet”), just
before the pickling spray is rinsed
off. Spraying FinishOne™ on top of
the pickled surface also reduces the
production of NOx gases.
8. When lifting the object, allow time
for the bath solution to flow off above
the bath.
9. Rinse thoroughly using a high-pressure water jet. Ensure that no
pickling residues are left on the
surface. Use deionized water for the
final rinsing of sensitive surfaces.
10. Collect the waste water so that it can
be neutralized.
11. As the pickling acid in the bath is
being constantly consumed and
metals precipitated, analysis of bath
157
contents is important. Bath contents
affect the pickling reaction.
Fume reduction during pickling
Environmental impact The toxic nitric
fumes generated during pickling have a
number of effects.
Health High nitric fume levels may lead
to respiratory problems (e.g. infections).
In the worst case, inhalation may cause
lung oedema.
Environmental Acidification of groundwater and damage to plants.
Avesta Finishing Chemicals has developed a unique low NOx range of
pickling and passivation products.
Compared to conventional products, the
low NOx range generates considerably
reduced amounts of nitrous fumes
during pickling and passivation, which
is positive from both a safety and an
environmental point of view. Using
modern pickling products such as Avesta
BlueOne™ Picking Paste 130 and Avesta
RedOne™ Spray 240, toxic fume levels
can be reduced by up to 80%.
Fume reduction using Avesta Pickling
products
Relative NOx-levels
Relative NOx-levels
100%
To passivate after spray pickling, first
rinse off the pickling spray and then
apply the passivator. Leave it to react for
20 – 30 minutes.
Standard Pickling Paste
80%
60%
40%
Using an acid-resistant pump (Avesta
SP-25), apply the product as a spray.
Apply an even layer of acid that covers
the entire surface.
BlueOne™ Paste
20%
0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
Time (min)
Relative NOx-levels
100%
Standard Pickling Spray
80%
Avesta Diagram red
RedOne™ Spray
20%
0
0
2
4
6
8
10
14
12
Time (min)
Fume reduction using Avesta pickling products
BlueOne™ Pickling Paste
RedOne™ Pickling Spray
Figure 9.3. Fume reduction using Avesta
pickling products
Avesta Diagram red
How to use Avesta FinishOne™
passivator
To passivate after mechanical treatment,
first use Avesta Cleaner 401 to preclean
the surface. Next, rinse with water and
apply the passivator “wet on wet”. Leave
it to react for 3 – 5 minutes.
To desmut or avoid smut formation
during spray pickling, the passivator
must be applied before rinsing while the
surface is still wet (“wet on wet”). Leave
it to react for 10 – 15 minutes.
158
Using an acid resistant pump (Avesta
SP-25); apply the passivator as an even
layer that covers the entire surface.
Preferably using a high-pressure water
jet, rinse thoroughly with clean tap
water. Ensure that no acid residues are
left on the surface. Use deionized water
for the final rinsing of sensitive surfaces.
60%
40%
To use for fume reduction after bath
pickling, lift the object over the surface
of the bath and spray FinishOne™ as a
mist on the object’s surface (“wet on
wet”).
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
There is no need to neutralize the waste
water (it is neutral and acid free).
Passivation and desmutting
Avesta FinishOne™ Passivator 630 is a
passivating agent that is free of nitric
acid and has a low environmental
impact. Because it is neutral after
passivation, there is no need for a
neutralization stage. The product can
passivate, desmut and reduce fumes.
Passivation is strongly recommended
after mechanical treatment (to remove
remaining iron contamination) and, in
some cases, after spray pickling.
Desmutting removes the dark spots
caused by excessive iron left on the
surface by faulty cleaning.
Fume reduction While bath pickling,
spraying Avesta FinishOne™ Passivator
630 on the pickled object while lifting it
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
from the bath reduces the toxic nitric
fumes generated during bath pickling.
Neutralization and waste treatment
Neutralization
The waste water from pickling is acidic
and contaminated with heavy metals
(mainly chromium and nickel that have
been dissolved from the steel). This
waste water must be treated in accordance with local regulations. It can be
neutralized using an alkaline agent
(slaked lime, or soda) in combination
with a settling agent.
Adjusting the pH value of the waste
water causes the heavy metals to be
precipitated as metal hydroxides.
Precipitation is optimal at pH 9.5.
The heavy metals form a sludge that can
then be separated from the neutralized
clear water. This sludge must be treated
as heavy metal waste and disposed of
accordingly.
Waste treatment
Pickling creates waste that requires
special treatment. Besides what comes
from the chemicals themselves, the
packaging must also be considered as
waste.
The sludge obtained after neutralization
contains heavy metals. This sludge must
be sent away for disposal in accordance
with local waste regulations.
All materials used in the packaging
(plastic containers, cardboard boxes,
etc.) of Avesta Finishing Chemicals’
products are recyclable.
How to neutralize
1. Stirring all the time, add the neutralizing agent to the rinse water.
2. The neutralizing reaction takes place
instantly.
3. Using litmus paper (for example),
check the pH of the mixture.
159
Precipitation of the heavy metals is
optimal at pH 9.5.
4. When the waste water has reached
an acceptable pH value, wait for the
sludge to sink to the bottom and for
the water to become clear. Adding a
special settling agent improves the
precipitation of heavy metals.
5. If analysis shows that the treated
water satisfies local regulations, it
can be released into the sewage
system. To increase the degree of
treatment, an extra filter can be
inserted before the water reaches the
sewage system.
6. The sludge contains heavy metals
and must be sent to a waste-treatment plant.
Safe handling
Pickling products are hazardous
substances and must be handled with
care. Certain rules must be followed to
ensure that the working environment is
good and safe.
Safety rules
1. Pickling chemicals must only be
handled by persons with a sound
knowledge of the health hazards
associated with such chemicals. This
means that the material safety data
sheet (MSDS) and the product label
must be thoroughly studied before
the chemicals are used.
2. Eating, smoking and drinking must
be forbidden in the pickling area.
3. Employees handling pickling
chemicals must wash their hands and
faces before eating and after finishing work.
4. All parts of the skin that are exposed
to splashing must be protected by an
acid-resistant material, according to
MSDS. This means that employees
handling pickling chemicals (including during rinsing) must wear
protective clothing as stipulated in
160
5.
6.
7.
8.
the MSDS for the product in
question.
A First Aid kit containing calcium
glucontate gel, Hexaflourine® (Avesta
First Aid Spray) or other products
suitable for an immediate treatment/
rinsing of acid splashes caused by
pickling products, should be easy
available. For more information
check the MSDS for the Avesta
Pickling Products.
The pickling area must be ventilated.
To avoid unnecessary evaporation,
the containers/jars must be kept
closed.
To minimize the environmental
impact, all pickling residues must be
neutralized and all heavy metals
separated from the process water and
sent to a waste treatment plant.
Personal safety
Health hazards can be avoided by the
use of breathing equipment and skin
protection. If a high degree of personal
safety is to be ensured, we strongly
recommend that the following measures
be regarded as compulsory.
For personal safety, a face mask
(equipped with breathing apparatus)
must always be worn in connection with
pickling. Pickling acids are aggressive
and, on contact, can burn the skin. This
can be avoided by protecting all exposed
skin with acid-resistant clothing.
All cleaning chemicals from Avesta
Finishing Chemicals are supplied with
Product information (PI) with reference
numbers and Material safety data sheets
(MSDSs) as per ISO 11014 and
1907/2006/EC, Article 31, OSHA HCS.
These documents give the information
necessary for the safe handling of the
product. They must always be consulted
before using the product in question.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
10. Storage and handling re­
commendations for
covered electrodes, fluxcored wire and fluxes
Moisture pick-up can be harmful for
stainless steel covered electrodes,
flux-cored wire and fluxes. Although
consumables from voestalpine Böhler
Welding are supplied in moisture
resistant packages, the precautions and
measures given below are still
recommended.
Storage and transport
Whenever welding consumables are
transported, care must be taken that the
material itself or the packaging is not
damaged. All material shall be
inspected at delivery and before placing
the material in storage.
The stacked height of cartons and
packages should not exceed 6 units per
pallet. Drums should not exceed 2 pieces
per pallet and should not be stacked.
Packaging should be placed with the
label visible so that the material is easy
to identify.
Storage times should be kept as short as
possible. Precautions should be taken
that older deliveries are used before
newer ones. The “first in – first out”
principle should be observed.
Covered electrodes, flux-cores wires and
fluxes should be stored in their
unopened and undamaged original
packaging. These shall not be stored in
the warehouse for more than 2 years.
Older stick electrodes and fluxes should
be redried before use and flux-cored
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
wires should be control welded to ensure
that these are fit for use.
Material shall be stored in a clean and
dry room, which is free of dust and
sufficiently ventilated. Avoid direct
contacts of the outer packaging with
floors or walls, and ensure that outer
packaging are not in contact with
stagnant or falling water or stored in on
wood pallets partially dipped into
stagnant water. Failure to do this may
seriously reduce the durability of the
consumables.
To protect the filler metal from moisture,
the relative humidity should be maximum 60%. Storeroom temperature
should be kept as constant as possible
(±5°C variation); preferably 18 – 23°C. At
higher temperatures, 25 – 35°C, the
relative humidity should be maximum
50%. Temperature fluctuations have to
be avoided to prevent condensation so if
necessary heated rooms are to be used
so that there should not be any likelihood that storage temperature drops
under the dew point. If fillers are stored
below 10°C there is always a danger that
condensation is formed on the surface
when the packaging is opened in heated
room without a sufficiently acclimatizing
phase. These must then be taken into a
warmer area for at least 24 h to avoid
condensation on the surface and
resulting porosity.
Storage in opened packaging can
considerably shorten the service life of
the product.
161
Whenever possible, welding should be
carried out at room temperature and low
relative humidity. Electrodes removed
from storage should be used as quickly
as possible (ideally, never more than one
day after removal). Between shifts, it is
advisable to reseal unused electrodes or
hold them at 60 – 70°C in a constant
temperature, well ventilated oven.
Covered electrodes should be kept as
dry as possible when they are being
used. Relative humidity should not
exceed 50%. Intermediate storage is
possible for maximum 8 h in a holding
carrier at 100 – 150°C and maximum 3
weeks in a warming cupboard at
120 – 180°C.
Another solution is to choose smaller or
vacuum sealed packages. Böhler
Welding DRY SYSTEM is an efficient
alternative providing “oven dry” stick
electrodes straight from the vacuum
packaging. Using a strong foil made of
multi-layered aluminium, the DRY
SYSTEM offers maximum safety against
loss of vacuum due to the undesired
penetration of sharp objects during
storage and use. With a choice of filling
content – 1.5, 2.0 and 3.5 kg – it is easy to
match electrode consumption to specific
needs.
After bringing back the coated electrodes/fluxes from the working area,
rebaking is necessary. The return of
open packages to stock is not
permissible.
Böhler Welding cored wires are available on wire basket and plastic spools. All
stainless steel and nickel-based fluxcored wires are vacuum-packed in
moisture resistant aluminized bags for
maximum protection. Inside, the spool is
contained by a plastic bag. This makes
protection of the wire easier when not
used. It is recommended to put wires
back in their original packaging when
they are not being used. It is beneficial
to use a room with controlled humidity.
The storage temperature should be as
constant as possible and kept above
15°C. If relative humidity exceeds 55%,
flux-cored wires should never be left
unprotected for more than 24 h.
Figure 10.1. Böhler Welding DRY SYSTEM
offers vacuum packed covered electrodes.
These can be used straight from the
package without the need to re-bake them
and store them temporarily in holding ovens
and quivers.
Area for documenting date and time of opening vacuum
Easy opening tear flap and fully recyclable inner carton
Between shifts, unused welding flux
should be removed from the welding
machine and kept in an oven at
60 – 70°C.
162
Recycling fluxes
In practice it is recommended to add
fresh flux at regular intervals to maintain the properties of the flux. A rule of
thumb is at least one part of new flux to
three parts of reused. Foreign matter
such as slag, grindings, etc. must be
removed (sieving is appropriate). For
submerged-arc fluxes it can be useful to
eliminate dust and to screen the flux in
view of maintaining the fraction of fine
particles (< 250 µm) below a level of
10%. Flux for reuse must be kept free of
moisture and oil. These may be present
in the compressed air used to circulate
the flux.
redried more than three times. Rebaked
fluxes which are not bound for direct use
can be stored at a storing temperature of
about 150°C ± 20°C for max. 2 weeks.
Alternatively this flux can also be stored
in sealed steel barrels.
If flux-cored wires have absorbed a
critical level of moisture, wormholes may
be found on the surface after removing
the slag. Flux-cored wires slightly
affected by moisture may be redried at
120°C for 3 h. The wires can be redried
several times, but a total redrying time
of 24 h shall not be exceeded. Note that
only wire supplied on wire baskets can
be redried. Plastic spools tend to melt or
deform at these temperatures. If the wire
after such treatment still produces pores
in weld metal, it have to be definitely
discarded.
Note
The consequences of moisture pick-up are
not as serious for stainless steel electrodes
as they are for mild steel electrodes. Hence,
any system for handling the latter is also
suitable for stainless steel electrodes.
Redrying
Figure 10.2. Spools delivered in plastic and
aluminized bags for best storage safety.
Strong, recyclable aluminium foil preserving the vacuum
on the wires, causing poor wire feeding
or clogging contact tips and nozzles.
Partly used spools should be stored in
the original packaging to prevent
surface contamination. TIG wires can be
kept in the cardboard tube that has a
plastic lid that can be closed again after
breaking the sealing.
Solid wire, rods and strips that have
been removed from their original
packaging should be protected from dust
and airborne contamination. These
products are not hygroscopic, but other
hydrogen-containing substances, like
oil, grease and corrosion or substances
that could absorb moisture must also be
avoided on the surface of the wires. If
stored for longer times in open air, dust
from processes such as oxy-fuel cutting
and carbon arc gouging can accumulate
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Electrodes slightly affected by moisture
may be rebaked for min. 2 h at
120 – 350°C. The exact temperature
depends on the alloy and coating.
Electrodes can be rebaked up to three
times with no danger of damaging the
coating. Both heating and cooling should
be slow. The suggested temperature for
each product can be found in the
datasheets provided in this handbook
and in the product search at http://www.
voestalpine.com/welding/.
Flux taken from sealed undamaged
metallic cans does not require redrying
providing that the storage conditions are
respected. Fluxes slightly affected by
moisture may be redried for 2 h at
300 – 350°C. Maximum duration of
redrying is 12 h. Flux should not be
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
163
11. Quality assurance,
third-party approvals and
international standards
Quality assurance
voestalpine Böhler Welding fully
commits to apply the philosophies of
quality, health & safety and environmental & energy management systems. More
information can be found on http://www.
voestalpine.com/welding/Know-how/
Quality-HSEE.
The global function, together with the
respective local departments, ensures
the implementation and maintenance of
a multisite management system comprising ISO 9001, ISO 14001 and BS 18001.
In addition voestalpine Böhler Welding
is committed to implement ISO 50001
standards for all European manufacturing plants.
As a leading global supplier of welding
consumables, voestalpine Böhler
Welding is dedicated to achieve customer satisfaction in every decision,
every product, every service and every
delivery. Welding consumables are
developed and manufactured in compliance with the highest quality requirements. In order to guarantee reliable and
safe products, we maintain a high level
of quality in all our production units and
ensure that our processes are duly
certified. More information can be found
under “Certificates and Approvals” on
the website http://www.voestalpine.com/
welding/de/Services/Downloads.
Third-party approvals
Many Böhler Welding consumables have
approvals from a number of internationally recognized classification societies.
164
Individually, these societies work in
different areas of application, e.g.
pressure vessels, shipbuilding, pulp and
paper.
The following, widely known classification societies are amongst those to have
granted approvals for Böhler Welding
products:
ABS – American Bureau of Shipment
BV – Bureau Veritas
CWB – Canadian Welding Bureau
DB – Deutsche Bahn
DNV GL Det Norske Veritas
Germanischer Lloyd
LR – Lloyd’s Register
RINA – Registro Italiano Navale
TÜV – Technischer Überwachungs
Verein
RMRS – Russian Maritime Register of
Shipping
The approvals for each Böhler Welding
product are set out in Chapter 15,
“Product datasheets”. The individual
datasheets list the approvals valid for
each product at the particular revision
date. Please contact your voestalpine
Böhler Welding representative for more
information.
CE marking
Under the European Construction
Products Directive (CPD), all welding
consumables used in the construction of
bridges, beams, facades, cranes, chimneys, etc. must be CE marked. CE
marked products have to be manufactured in accordance with EN ISO 544
and EN 13479. They must also be
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
supplied with the CE mark on their
labels.
please contact voestalpine Böhler
Welding.
For further details about the standards
and approvals referred to in this chapter,
Guide to EN standards
EN ISO 3581-A
Welding consumables – Covered electrodes for
manual metal arc welding of stainless and heat
resisting steels – Classification
E 19 12 3 L R 3 2
Welding method
Chemical composition
Type of covering
Metal recovery and type of current
Welding position
Welding method: E = covered electrodes
Chemical composition: As per Table 1.1
Type of covering: R = rutile, B = basic
Metal recovery and type of current: As per Table 11.2
Table 11.1. Metal recovery and type
of current:
Symbol
Metal recov- Type of current
ery, %
1
≤ 105
AC and DC
2
≤ 105
DC
3
> 105 ≤ 125
AC and DC
4
> 105 ≤ 125
DC
5
> 125 ≤ 160
AC and DC
6
> 125 ≤ 160
DC
7
> 160
AC and DC
8
> 160
DC
EN ISO 17633-A
Welding consumables – Tubular cored electrodes
for metal arc welding with or without a gas shield
of stainless and heat resisting steels –
Classification
T 19 12 3 L R M21 3
Welding method
Chemical composition
Type of electrode core
Shielding gas
Welding position
Welding method:
T = tubular cored electrode
Chemical composition: As per Table 11.3
Type of electrode core:
B = basic slag
R = rutile, slow freezing slag
P = rutile, fast freezing slag
M = metal powder
U = self-shielded
Z = other types
Shielding gas:
M21 = mixed gas (Ar + 15 – 25% CO2)
C1 = pure CO2
NO = no gas shield
Welding position:
1 = all positions
2 = all positions, except vertical-down
3 = flat butt weld, flat fillet weld, horizontal-vertical fillet
weld
4 = flat butt weld, flat fillet weld
5 = vertical-down and as per 3 above
As regards mechanical properties (proof strength,
tensile strength and elongation), the all-weld metal has
to satisfy the same requirements as the parent metal.
The minimum requirements for each product are
shown in the product data sheets in Chapter 15.
Welding position:
1 = all positions
2 = all positions, except vertical-down
3 = flat butt weld, flat fillet weld, horizontal-vertical fillet
weld
4 = flat butt weld, flat fillet weld
5 = vertical-down and as per 3 above
As regards mechanical properties (proof strength,
tensile strength and elongation), the all-weld metal has
to satisfy the same requirements as the parent metal.
The minimum requirements for each product are
shown in the product data sheets in Chapter 15.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
165
Table 11.2. EN ISO 3581 and EN ISO 17633 (selected fillers only)
3581
17633
C
Si
Mn
P
S
Cr
Ni
Mo
Cu
Nb+Ta
N
Other
0.08
1.2
2.0
0.030
0.025
18.0 – 21.0
9.0 – 11.0
0.75
0.75
–
–
–
Austenitic
19 9
X
19 9 L
X
X
0.04
1.2
2.0
0.030
0.025
18.0 – 21.0
9.0 – 11.0
0.75
0.75
–
–
–
19 9 Nb
X
X
0.08
1.2
2.0
0.030
0.025
18.0 – 21.0
9.0 – 11.0
0.75
0.75
8×C
–
–
19 12 3 L
X
X
0.04
1.2
2.0
0.030
0.025
17.0 – 20.0
10.0 – 13.0
2.5 – 3.0
0.75
–
–
–
19 12 3 Nb
X
X
0.08
1.2
2.0
0.030
0.025
17.0 – 20.0
10.0 – 13.0
2.5 – 3.0
0.75
8×C
–
–
19 13 4 N L
X
0.04
1.2
1.0 – 5.0
0.030
0.025
17.0 – 20.0
12.0 – 15.0
3.0 – 4.5
0.75
–
0.20
–
Duplex
22 9 3 N L
X
X
0.04
1.2
2.5
0.030
0.025
21.0 – 24.0
7.5 – 10.5
2.5 – 4.0
0.75
–
0.08 – 0.20
–
23 7 N L
X
X
0.04
1.0
0.4 – 1.5
0.030
0.020
22.5 – 25.5
6.5 – 10.0
0.8
0.5
–
0.10 – 0.20
–
25 9 4 N L
X
X
0.04
1.2
2.0
0.030
0.025
24.0 – 27.0
8.0 – 11.0
2.5 – 4.5
1.5
–
0.20 – 0.30
W 1.0
Fully austenitic
18 16 5 N L
X
X
0.04
1.2
1.0 – 4.0
0.035
0.025
17.0 – 20.0
15.5 – 19.0
3.5 – 5.0
0.75
–
0.20
–
20 25 Cu
NL
X
X
0.04
1.2
1.0 – 4.0
0.030
0.025
19.0 – 22.0
24.0 – 27.0
4.0 – 7.0
1.0 – 2.0
–
0.25
–
25 22 2 N L
X
0.04
1.2
1.0 – 5.0
0.030
0.025
24.0 – 27.0
20.0 – 23.0
2.0 – 3.0
0.75
–
0.2
–
27 31 4 Cu L X
0.04
1.2
2.5
0.030
0.025
26.0 – 29.0
30.0 – 33.0
3.0 – 4.5
0.6 – 1.5
–
–
–
Special types
18 8 Mn
X
X
0.20
1.2
4.5 – 7.5
0.035
0.025
17.0 – 20.0
7.0 – 10.0
0.75
0.75
–
–
–
23 12 L
X
X
0.04
1.2
2.5
0.030
0.025
22.0 – 25.0
11.0 – 14.0
0.75
0.75
–
–
–
23 12 Nb
X
X
0.10
1.2
2.5
0.030
0.025
22.0 – 25.0
11.0 – 14.0
0.75
0.75
8×C
–
–
23 12 2 L
X
X
0.04
1.2
2.5
0.030
0.025
22.0 – 25.0
11.0 – 14.0
2.0 – 3.0
0.75
–
–
–
29 9
X
X
0.15
1.2
2.5
0.035
0.025
27.0 – 31.0
8.0 – 12 – 0
0.75
0.75
–
–
–
X
0.15
1.2
2.5
0.030
0.025
20.0 – 23.0
10.0 – 13.0
0.3
0.5
–
–
–
X
0.15
1.0 – 2.5
2.0
0.030
0.025
24.0 – 27.0
4.0 – 6.0
0.75
0.75
–
–
–
0.06 – 0.20
1.2
1.0 – 5.0
0.030
0.025
23.0 – 27.0
18.0 – 22.0
0.75
0.75
–
–
–
Heat resisting
22 12 H
25 4
X
25 20
X
166
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
167
EN ISO 14343-A
EN ISO 14174
Welding consumables – Wire electrodes, wires and Welding consumables – Fluxes for submerged
rods for arc welding of stainless and heat-resisting arc welding – Classification
steels – Classification
S A AF 2 Cr DC
G 19 12 3 L Si
Welding method
Welding method
Method of manufacture
Chemical composition
Chemical characteristics
Welding method:
Flux class (application)
G = gas metal arc welding (MIG)
Metallurgical behavior
W = gas tungsten arc welding (TIG)
Type of current
P = plasma arc welding (PAW)
S = submerged arc welding (SAW)
Welding method:
B = submerged arc welding (SAW) or electroslag
S = submerged arc welding
welding with strip electrode
Method of manufacture:
L = Laser beam welding
F = fused flux
Chemical composition: As per Table 11.3
A = agglomerated flux
As there are exterior factors such as shielding gas and M = mixed flux
flux, the mechanical properties of the all-weld metal are Chemical characteristics (selected only):
not part of the classification of the standard. However, MS = manganese-silicate
proof strength, tensile strength and elongation are
CS = calcium-silicate
expected to satisfy the minimum requirements applying ZS = zirconium-silicate
to covered electrodes. The minimum requirements for RS = rutile-silicate
each product are shown in the product data sheets in AR = aluminate-rutile
Chapter 15.
AB = aluminate-basic
AS = aluminate-silicate
AF = aluminate-fluoride-basic
FB = fluoride-basic
Z = any other composition
Flux class (application):
1 = joint welding and surfacing of unalloyed and
low-alloyed steels
2 = joint welding and surfacing of stainless and
heat-resistant steels and nickel-base alloys
3 = surfacing to give a wear-resistant weld metal
Metallurgical behavior:
Pick-up and/or burn-off of alloying elements (difference
between the all-weld metal and the original composition of the filler wire). For flux class 2, the pick-up of
alloying elements other than Si and Mn is indicated by
giving the chemical symbol (e.g. Cr).
Type of current:
DC = direct current
AC = alternating current
Hydrogen content (H2, H4, H5 and H10), current
capacity (maximum acceptable current) and particle
size (smallest and largest size of particle) are additional
requirements, but do not form part of the flux
designation.
168
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
169
Table 11.3. EN ISO 14343 (selected fillers only)
C
Si
Mn
P
S
Cr
Ni
Mo
N
Cu
Nb
Other
19 9 L
0.03
0.65
1.0 – 2.5
0.03
0.02
19.0 – 21.0
9.0 – 11.0
0.5
–
0.5
–
–
19 9 L Si
0.03
0.65 – 1.2
1.0 – 2.5
0.03
0.02
19.0 – 21.0
9.0 – 11.0
0.5
–
0.5
–
–
19 9 Nb
0.08
0.65
1.0 – 2.5
0.03
0.02
19.0 – 21.0
9.0 – 11.0
0.5
–
0.5
10 × C
–
19 12 3 L
0.03
0.65
1.0 – 2.5
0.03
0.02
18.0 – 20.0
11.0 – 14.0
2.5 – 3.0
–
0.5
–
–
19 12 3 L Si
0.03
0.65 – 1.2
1.0 – 2.5
0.03
0.02
18.0 – 20.0
11.0 – 14.0
2.5 – 3.0
–
0.5
–
–
19 12 3 Nb
0.08
0.65
1.0 – 2.5
0.03
0.02
18.0 – 20.0
11.0 – 14.0
2.5 – 3.0
–
0.5
8×C
–
23 7 N L
0.03
1.0
2.5
0.03
0.02
22.5 – 25.5
6.5 – 9.5
0.8
0.10 – 0.20
0.5
–
–
22 9 3 N L
0.03
1.0
2.5
0.03
0.02
21.0 – 24.0
7.0 – 10.0
2.5 – 4.0
0.10 – 0.20
0.5
–
–
25 9 4 N L
0.03
1.0
2.5
0.03
0.02
24.0 – 27.0
8.0 – 10.5
2.5 – 4.5
0.20 – 0.30
1.5
–
W 1.0
18 16 5 N L
0.03
1.0
1.0 – 4.0
0.03
0.02
17.0 – 20.0
16.0 – 19.0
3.5 – 5.0
0.10 – 0.20
0.5
–
–
20 25 Cu N L
0.03
1.0
1.0 – 4.0
0.03
0.02
19.0 – 22.0
24.0 – 27.0
4.0 – 6.0
–
1.0 – 2.0
–
–
25 22 2 N L
0.03
1.0
3.5 – 6.5
0.03
0.02
24.0 – 27.0
21.0 – 24.0
1.5 – 3.0
–
0.5
–
–
27 31 4 Cu L
0.03
1.0
1.0 – 3.0
0.03
0.02
26.0 – 29.0
30.0 – 33.0
3.0 – 4.5
–
0.7 – 1.5
–
–
18 8 Mn
0.20
1.2
5.0 – 8.0
0.03
0.03
17.0 – 20.0
7.0 – 10.0
0.5
–
0.5
–
–
23 12 L
0.03
0.65
1.0 – 2.5
0.03
0.02
22.0 – 25.0
11.0 – 14.0
0.5
–
0.5
–
–
23 12 L Si
0.03
0.65 – 1.2
1.0 – 2.5
0.03
0.02
22.0 – 25.0
11.0 – 14.0
0.5
–
0.5
–
–
23 12 Nb
0.08
1.0
1.0 – 2.5
0.03
0.02
22.0 – 25.0
11.0 – 14.0
0.5
–
0.5
10 × C
–
23 12 2 L
0.03
1.0
1.0 – 2.5
0.03
0.02
21.0 – 25.0
11.0 – 15.5
2.0 – 3.5
–
0.5
–
–
29 9
0.15
0.30 – 0.65
1.0 – 2.5
0.03
0.02
28.0 – 32.0
8.0 – 12 – 0
0.5
–
0.5
–
–
22 12 H
0.04 – 0.15
2.0
1.0 – 2.5
0.03
0.02
21.0 – 24.0
11.0 – 14.0
0.5
–
0.5
–
–
25 4
0.15
2.0
1.0 – 2.5
0.03
0.02
24.0 – 27.0
4.0 – 6.0
0.5
–
0.5
–
–
25 20
0.08 – 0.15
2.0
1.0 – 2.5
0.03
0.02
24.0 – 27.0
18.0 – 22.0
0.5
–
0.5
–
–
Austenitic
Duplex
Fully austenitic
Special types
Heat resisting
170
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
171
EN ISO 14172
Welding consumables – Covered electrodes for
manual metal arc welding of nickel and nickel
alloys – Classification
The classification of covered electrodes is based on
chemical composition. A numerical or a chemical
format can be used. For example, an electrode with a
composition of 67% Ni, 22% Cr, 9% Mo and Nb can
have the following designations:
E Ni 6625
E = covered electrode
Ni 6625 = chemical composition of the all-weld metal,
Table 11.5
The chemical symbol for the principal alloying element
(i.e. ”Ni” in this case) is followed by four digits. The first
digit indicates the class of alloy deposited:
2 = no significant alloy addition.
4 = significant copper addition.
6 = significant chromium addition, with iron < 25%.
8 = significant chromium addition, with iron > 25%.
10 = significant molybdenum addition without
significant chromium addition.
The remaining digits are the unified numbering system
(UNS) designation for the particular alloy.
E NiCr22Mo9Nb
E = covered electrode NiCr22Mo9Nb = the optimal
chemical composition of the covered electrode, Table
11.4
The minimum requirements for each product are
shown in the product data sheets in Chapter 15.
AWS A5.4/A5.4M
Stainless Steel Electrodes for Shielded Metal Arc
Welding
E 308 L - XX
E = covered electrodes
308 = chemical composition
L = low carbon content
XX = usability classification
Chemical composition: As per Table 11.6
Usability classification:
-15 = electrodes usable with DC+ only. Electrodes
≤ 4.00 mm may be used in all positions. The coating is
normally of a basic or rutile type.
-16 = electrodes have a rutile coating and are usable
with both AC and DC+. Electrodes ≤ 4.00 mm may be
used in all positions.
-17 = electrodes have a rutile-acid coating and a
slow freezing slag. Welding can be AC or DC+ in all
positions.
EN ISO 18274
Welding consumables – Wire and strip electrodes,
wires and rods for arc welding of nickel and nickel
alloys – Classification
The classification of wire and strip electrodes is based
on chemical composition. A numerical or a chemical
format can be used for the alloys. For example, a wire
with a composition of 67% Ni, 22% Cr, 9% Mo and Nb
can have the following designations:
S Ni 6625
S = round solid wire
B = solid strip
Ni 6625 = the UNS designation for the chemical
composition of the welding consumable, Table 11.6
The chemical symbol for the principal alloying element
(i.e. ”Ni” in this case) is followed by four digits. The first
digit indicates the class of alloy deposited:
2 = no significant alloy addition.
4 = significant copper addition.
6 = significant chromium addition, with iron < 25%.
8 = significant chromium addition, with iron > 25%.
10 = significant molybdenum addition without
significant chromium addition.
S NiCr22Mo9Nb
S = round solid wire
B = solid strip
S NiCr22Mo9Nb = the optimal chemical composition of
the welding consumable, Table 11.5
As there are external factors such as shielding gas and
flux, the mechanical properties of the all-weld metal are
not part of the classification of the standard. However,
proof strength, tensile strength and elongation are
expected to satisfy the minimum requirements applying
to covered electrodes.
The minimum requirements for each product are
shown in the product data sheets in Chapter 15.
AWS A5.9/A5.9M
Bare Stainless Steel Welding Electrodes and Rods
This standard classifies consumables for MIG, TIG and
SAW (strip and wire).
ER 308 L Si
ER = solid wire
EQ = strip
308 = chemical composition
L = low carbon content
Si = high silicon content (0.65 – 1.00%)
Chemical composition: As per AS per Table 11.7
Table 11.4. EN ISO 14172 (selected fillers only)
Alloy designation
C
Si
Mn
Cr
Ni 6082
NiCr20Mn3Nb
0.10
0.8
2.0 –
6.0
Ni 6059
NiCr23Mo16
0.02
0.2
Ni 6455
NiCr16Mo15Ti
0.02
Ni 6625
NiCr22Mo9Nb
Ni 6182
Mo
Cu
Fe
Others
18.0
min.
– 22.0 63.0
2.0
0.5
4.0
Ti < 0.5; Nb
1.5 – 3.0
1.0
22.0 –
24.0
min.
56.0
15.0 –
16.5
–
1.5
–
0.2
1.5
14.0 –
18.0
min.
56.0
14.0 –
17.0
0.5
3.0
Co 2.0; Ti
0.7; W 0.5
0.10
0.8
2.0
20.0 –
23.0
min.
55.0
8.0 –
10.0
0.5
7.0
Nb 3.0 – 4.2
NiCr15Fe6Mn
0.10
1.0
5.0 –
10.0
13.0 –
17.0
min.
60.0
–
0.5
10.0
Ti 1.0; Nb
1.0 – 3.5;
Ta max. 0.3
Ni 6117
NiCr22Co12Mo
0.05 – 1.0
0.15
3.0
20.0 –
26.0
min.
45.0
8.0 –
10.0
0.5
5.0
Co 9.0 –
15.0; Al 1.5;
Ti 0.6; Nb
1.0
Ni 8025
NiCr30Cr25Mo
0.06
1.0 –
3.0
27.0 –
31.0
35.0 –
40.0
2.5 –
4.5
1.5 –
3.0
30.0
Al 0.1, Ti or
Nb 1.0
0.7
Ni
P < 0.020 %, S < 0.015 %
Table 11.5. EN ISO 18274 (selected fillers only)
Alloy designation
C
Si
Mn
Cr
Ni
Mo
Cu
Fe
Others
Ni 6082
NiCr20Mn3Nb
0.10
0.5
2.0 –
3.5
18.0 –
22.0
> 67.0
–
0.5
3.0
Ti < 0.7; Nb
2.0 – 3.0
Ni 6052
NiCr30Fe9
0.04
0.5
1.0
28.0 –
31.5
≥ 54.0
0.5
0.3
7.0 –
11.0
Al 1.1; Ti 1.0;
Nb 0.10, Al
+ Ti < 1.5
Ni 6059
NiCr23Mo16
0.01
0.1
0.5
22.0 –
24.0
≥ 56.0 15.0 –
16.5
0.5
1.5
V 0.3; Co
0.3, Ti 0.5
Ni 6455
NiCr16Mo16Ti
0.01
0.08
1.0
14.0 –
16.0
≥ 56.0 14.0 –
18.0
0.5
3.0
Co 2.0; Ti
0.7; W 0.5
Ni 6625
NiCr22Mo9Nb
0.10
0.5
1.0
20.0 –
23.0
> 58.0 8.0 –
10.0
0.5
5.0
Nb 3.0 –
4.2; Al, Ti
< 0.4
Ni 6617
NiCr22Co12Mo9 0.05 –
0.15
1.0
1.0
20.0 –
24.0
≥ 45.0 8.0 –
10.0
0.5
3.0
Co 10.0 –
15.0; Al
0.8 – 1.5; Ti
0.6; W 0.5;
P 0.03
Ni 8025
NiFe30Cr29Mo
0.5
1.0 –
3.0
27.0 –
31.0
35.0 –
40.0
1.5 –
3.0
30.0
Al 0.2; Ti 1.0
0.02
2.5 –
4.5
P < 0.020 %, S < 0.015 %
172
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
173
Table 11.6. AWS A5.4/A5.4M (selected fillers only)
C
Cr
Ni
Mo
Nb + Ta
Mn
Si
P
S
N
Cu
E307-XX
0.04 – 0.14
18.0 – 21.5
9.0 – 10.7
0.5 – 1.5
–
3.30 – 4.75
1.00
0.04
0.03
–
0.75
E308-XX
0.08
18.0 – 21.0
9.0 – 11.0
0.75
–
0.5 – 2.5
1.00
0.04
0.03
–
0.75
E308H-XX
0.04 – 0.08
18.0 – 21.0
9.0 – 11.0
0.75
–
0.5 – 2.5
1.00
0.04
0.03
–
0.75
E308L-XX
0.04
18.0 – 21.0
9.0 – 11.0
0.75
–
0.5 – 2.5
1.00
0.04
0.03
–
0.75
E309-XX
0.15
22.0 – 25.0
12.0 – 14.0
0.75
–
0.5 – 2.5
1.00
0.04
0.03
–
0.75
E309L-XX
0.04
22.0 – 25.0
12.0 – 14.0
0.75
–
0.5 – 2.5
1.00
0.04
0.03
–
0.75
E309Nb-XX
0.12
22.0 – 25.0
12.0 – 14.0
0.75
0.70 – 1.00
0.5 – 2.5
1.00
0.04
0.03
–
0.75
E309LMo-XX
0.04
22.0 – 25.0
12.0 – 14.0
2.0 – 3.0
–
0.5 – 2.5
1.00
0.04
0.03
–
0.75
E310-XX
0.08 – 0.20
25.0 – 28.0
20.0 – 22.5
0.75
–
1.0 – 2.5
0.75
0.03
0.03
–
0.75
E310Mo-XX
0.12
25.0 – 28.0
20.0 – 22.0
2.0 – 3.0
–
1.0 – 2.5
0.75
0.03
0.03
–
0.75
E312-XX
0.15
28.0 – 32.0
8.0 – 10.5
0.75
–
0.5 – 2.5
1.00
0.04
0.03
–
0.75
E316-XX
0.08
17.0 – 20.0
11.0 – 14.0
2.0 – 3.0
–
0.5 – 2.5
1.00
0.04
0.03
–
0.75
E316H-XX
0.04 – 0.08
17.0 – 20.0
11.0 – 14.0
2.0 – 3.0
–
0.5 – 2.5
1.00
0.04
0.03
–
0.75
E316L-XX
0.04
17.0 – 20.0
11.0 – 14.0
2.0 – 3.0
–
0.5 – 2.5
1.00
0.04
0.03
–
0.75
E317L-XX
0.04
18.0 – 21.0
12.0 – 14.0
3.0 – 4.0
–
0.5 – 2.5
1.00
0.04
0.03
–
0.75
E318-XX
0.08
17.0 – 20.0
11.0 – 14.0
2.0 – 3.0
6 × C – 1.00
0.5 – 2.5
1.00
0.04
0.03
–
0.75
E347-XX
0.08
18.0 – 21.0
9.0 – 11.0
0.75
8 × C – 1.00
0.5 – 2.5
1.00
0.04
0.03
–
0.75
E383-XX
0.03
26.5 – 29.0
30.0 – 33.0
3.2 – 4.2
–
0.5 – 2.5
0.90
0.02
0.02
–
0.6 – 1.5
E385-XX
0.03
19.5 – 21.5
24.0 – 26.0
4.2 – 5.2
–
1.0 – 2.5
0.90
0.03
0.02
–
1.2 – 2.0
E2209-XX
0.04
21.5 – 23.5
8.5 – 10.5
2.5 – 3.5
–
0.5 – 2.0
1.00
0.04
0.03
0.08 – 0.20
0.75
E2307-XX
0.04
22.5 – 25.5
6.5 – 10.0
0.8
–
0.4 – 1.5
1.00
0.03
0.02
0.10 – 0.20
0.75
E2594-XX
0.04
24.0 – 27.0
8.5 – 10.5
3.5 – 4.5
–
0.5 – 2.0
1.00
0.04
0.03
0.20 – 0.30
0.75
174
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
175
Table 11.7. AWS A5.9/A5.9M (selected fillers only)
C
Cr
Ni
Mo
Mn
Si
P
S
N
Cu
Others
ER307
0.04 – 0.14
19.5 – 22.0
8.0 – 10.7
0.5 – 1.5
3.3 – 4.75
0.30 – 0.65
0.03
0.03
–
0.75
–
ER308
0.08
19.5 – 22.0
9.0 – 11.0
0.75
1.0 – 2.5
0.30 – 0.65
0.03
0.03
–
0.75
–
ER308H
0.04 – 0.08
19.5 – 22.0
9.0 – 11.0
0.75
1.0 – 2.5
0.30 – 0.65
0.03
0.03
–
0.75
–
ER308L
0.03
19.5 – 22.0
9.0 – 11.0
0.75
1.0 – 2.5
0.30 – 0.65
0.03
0.03
–
0.75
–
ER308LSi
0.03
19.5 – 22.0
9.0 – 11.0
0.75
1.0 – 2.5
0.65 – 1.0
0.03
0.03
–
0.75
–
ER309
0.12
23.0 – 25.0
12.0 – 14.0
0.75
1.0 – 2.5
0.30 – 0.65
0.03
0.03
–
0.75
–
ER309L
0.03
23.0 – 25.0
12.0 – 14.0
0.75
1.0 – 2.5
0.30 – 0.65
0.03
0.03
–
0.75
–
ER309LMo
0.03
23.0 – 25.0
12.0 – 14.0
2.0 – 3.0
1.0 – 2.5
0.30 – 0.65
0.03
0.03
–
0.75
–
ER309Si
0.12
23.0 – 25.0
12.0 – 14.0
0.75
1.0 – 2.5
0.65 – 1.0
0.03
0.03
–
0.75
–
ER309LSi
0.03
23.0 – 25.0
12.0 – 14.0
0.75
1.0 – 2.5
0.65 – 1.0
0.03
0.03
–
0.75
–
ER310
0.08 – 0.15
25.0 – 28.0
20.0 – 22.5
0.75
1.0 – 2.5
0.30 – 0.65
0.03
0.03
–
0.75
–
ER312
0.15
28.0 – 32.0
8.0 – 10.5
0.75
1.0 – 2.5
0.30 – 0.65
0.03
0.03
–
0.75
–
ER316
0.08
18.0 – 20.0
11.0 – 14.0
2.0 – 3.0
1.0 – 2.5
0.30 – 0.65
0.03
0.03
–
0.75
–
ER316H
0.04 – 0.08
18.0 – 20.0
11.0 – 14.0
2.0 – 3.0
1.0 – 2.5
0.30 – 0.65
0.03
0.03
–
0.75
–
ER316L
0.03
18.0 – 20.0
11.0 – 14.0
2.0 – 3.0
1.0 – 2.5
0.30 – 0.65
0.03
0.03
–
0.75
–
ER316LSi
0.03
18.0 – 20.0
11.0 – 14.0
2.0 – 3.0
1.0 – 2.5
0.65 – 1.0
0.03
0.03
–
0.75
–
ER317L
0.03
18.5 – 20.5
13.0 – 15.0
3.0 – 4.0
1.0 – 2.5
0.30 – 0.65
0.03
0.03
–
0.75
–
ER318
0.08
18.0 – 20.0
11.0 – 14.0
2.0 – 3.0
1.0 – 2.5
0.30 – 0.65
0.03
0.03
–
0.75
8 × C – 1.00
ER347
0.08
19.0 – 21.5
9.0 – 11.0
0.75
1.0 – 2.5
0.30 – 0.65
0.03
0.03
–
0.75
10 × C – 1.00
ER347Si
0.08
19.0 – 21.5
9.0 – 11.0
0.75
1.0 – 2.5
0.65 – 1.0
0.03
0.03
–
0.75
10 × C – 1.00
ER383
0.025
26.5 – 28.5
30.0 – 33.0
3.2 – 4.2
1.0 – 2.5
0.50
0.02
0.02
–
0.7 – 1.5
–
ER385
0.025
19.5 – 21.5
24.0 – 26.0
4.2 – 5.2
1.0 – 2.5
0.50
0.02
0.03
–
1.2 – 2.0
–
ER2209
0.03
21.5 – 23.5
7.5 – 9.5
2.5 – 3.5
0.5 – 2.0
0.90
0.03
0.03
0.08 – 0.20
0.75
–
ER2307
0.03
22.5 – 25.5
6.5 – 9.50
0.8
2.5
1.00
0.03
0.02
0.10 – 0.20
0.50
–
ER2594
0.03
24.0 – 27.0
8.0 – 10.5
2.5 – 4.5
2.5
1.00
0.03
0.02
0.20 – 0.30
1.5
W 1.0
176
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
177
AWS A5.11/A5.11M
Nickel and Nickel-Alloy Welding Electrodes for
Shielded Metal Arc Welding
E NiCrMo - 3
E = covered electrodes
NiCrMo = chemical composition
3 = index numbers separating one composition from
another within each group
Chemical composition: As per As per Table 11.8
AWS A5.14/A5.14M
Nickel and Nickel-Alloy Bare Welding Electrodes
and Rods
This standard classifies consumables for MIG, TIG and
SAW (strip and wire).
ER NiCrMo - 3
ER = solid wire
EQ = strip
NiCrMo = chemical composition
3= index numbers separating one composition from
another within each group
Chemical composition: As per As per Table 11.9
Table 11.8. AWS A5.11/A5.11M (selected fillers only)
C
Mn
Fe
P
S
Si
Cu
Ni
Ti
Cr
Nb + Ta
Mo
W
Others
ENiCrFe-3
0.10
5.0 – 9.5
10.00
0.03
0.015
1.0
0.50
min. 59.0
1.0
13.0 – 17.0
1.0 – 2.5
–
–
0.50
ENiCrMo-3
0.10
1.0
7.0
0.03
0.02
0.75
0.50
min. 55.0
–
20.0 – 23.0
3.15 – 4.15
8.0 – 10.0
–
0.50
ENiCrMo-7
0.015
1.5
3.0
0.04
0.03
0.2
0.50
Bal.
0.70
14.0 – 18.0
–
14.0 – 17.0
0.5
0.50
ENiCrMo-10
0.02
1.0
2.0 – 6.0
0.03
0.015
0.2
0.50
Bal.
–
20.0 – 22.5
–
12.5 – 14.5
2.5 – 3.5
V 0.35
0.50
ENiCrMo-13
0.02
1.0
1.5
0.015
0.01
0.2
0.50
Bal.
–
22.0 – 24.0
–
15.0 – 16.5
–
0.50
Table 11.9. Table A5.14/A5.14M (selected fillers only)
C
Mn
Fe
P
S
Si
Cu
Ni
Co
Al
Ti
Cr
Nb + Ta
Mo
Others
0.10
2.5 – 3.5
3.0
0.03
0.015
0.50
0.50
min. 67.0
–
–
0.75
18.0 – 22.0
2.0 – 3.0
–
0.50
ERNiCrMo-3 0.10
0.50
5.0
0.02
0.015
0.50
0.50
min. 58.0
–
0.40
0.40
20.0 – 23.0
3.15 – 4.15
8.0 – 10.0
0.50
ERNiCrMo-7 0.015
1.0
3.0
0.04
0.03
0.08
0.50
Bal.
2.0
–
0.70
14.0 – 18.0
–
14.0 – 18.0
W 0.50
0.50
ERNiCrMo-10
0.015
0.50
2.0 – 6.0
0.02
0.010
0.08
0.50
Bal.
2.5
–
–
20.0 – 22.5
–
12.5 – 14.5
V 0.35
W 2.5 – 3.5
0.50
ERNiCrMo-13
0.010
0.5
1.5
0.015
0.010
0.10
0.50
Bal.
0.3
0.1 – 0.4
–
22.0 – 24.0
–
15.0 – 16.5
0.50
ERNiCr-3
178
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
179
AWS A5.22/A5.22M and A5.34/A5.34M Stainless Steel Electrodes for Flux Cored Arc Welding and
Nickel-Alloy Electrodes for Flux Cored Arc Welding
E 308 L T X - Y
E = welding electrode
308 = chemical composition
L = low carbon content
T = flux cored wire
X = welding position
Y = shielding gas
Chemical composition: As per Table 11.10.
Welding position:
0 = flat or horizontal position
1 = all positions
Shielding gas:
1 = CO2
3 = self-shielded
4 = 75 – 80% argon (remainder = CO2)
5 = 100% argon
Table 11.10. AWS A5.22/A5.22M and A5.34/A5.34M (selected fillers only)
C
Cr
Ni
Mo
Nb + Ta
Mn
Si
P
S
N
Cu
E307TX-X
0.13
18.0 – 20.5
9.0 – 10.5
0.5 – 1.5
–
3.30 – 4.75
1.0
0.04
0.03
–
0.75
E308HTX-X
0.04 – 0.08
18.0 – 21.0
9.0 – 11.0
0.75
–
0.5 – 2.5
1.0
0.04
0.03
–
0.75
E308LTX-X
0.04
18.0 – 21.0
9.0 – 11.0
0.75
–
0.5 – 2.5
1.0
0.04
0.03
–
0.75
E309LTX-X
0.04
22.0 – 25.0
12.0 – 14.0
0.75
–
0.5 – 2.5
1.0
0.04
0.03
–
0.75
E309LMoTX-X
0.04
21.0 – 25.0
12.0 – 16.0
2.0 – 3.0
–
0.5 – 2.5
1.0
0.04
0.03
–
0.75
E316LTX-X
0.04
17.0 – 20.0
11.0 – 14.0
2.0 – 3.0
–
0.5 – 2.5
1.0
0.04
0.03
–
0.75
E317LTX-X
0.04
18.0 – 21.0
12.0 – 14.0
3.0 – 4.0
–
0.5 – 2.5
1.0
0.04
0.03
–
0.75
E347TX-X
0.08
18.0 – 21.0
9.0 – 11.0
0.75
Min. 8 × C – 0.5 – 2.5
max. 1.00
1.0
0.04
0.03
–
0.75
E2209TX-X
0.04
21.0 – 24.0
7.5 – 10.0
2.5 – 4.0
–
0.5 – 2.0
1.0
0.04
0.03
0.08 – 0.20
0.75
E2307TX-X
0.04
22.5 – 25.5
6.5 – 10.0
0.8
–
2.0
1.0
0.04
0.03
0.10 – 0.20
0.5
E2594TX-X
0.04
24.0 – 27.0
8.0 – 10.5
2.5 – 4.5
–
0.5 – 2.5
1.0
0.04
0.03
0.20 – 0.30
1.5
W=1.0
ENiCr3TX-X
0.10
18.0 – 22.0
≥ 67.0
–
2.0 – 3.0
2.5 – 3.5
0.50
0.03
0.015
–
0.50
0.50
Ti 0.75
ENiCrMo3TX-X
0.10
20.0 – 23.0
≥ 58.0
8.0 – 10.0
3.15 – 4.15
0.50
0.50
0.02
0.015
–
0.50
0.50
180
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Other
181
12. Recommended filler metal
Similar welding
Dissimilar welding
When welding together two parts in the
same stainless steel grade, the parent
metal generally determines the choice of
filler metal. To ensure that the weld has
the optimum corrosion performance and
mechanical properties, the chemical
composition of the filler metal must be
tailored to the properties of the steel
being welded. To compensate for
element loss in the arc, and for segregation of alloying elements in the weld
metal during cooling, the content of
alloying elements (Cr, Ni, Mo and Mn) in
the filler metal is normally higher than
that of the workpiece. There are,
however, some exceptions to this latter
generalization. For example, in nitric
acid or citric acid environments, the
resistance of molybdenum-free steels is
better than that of molybdenum-alloyed
steels. Consequently, filler metals may
here have a lower alloy content than the
workpiece. Hence, whilst there are
standard recommendations, every case
must be considered on its merits.
When welding two different stainless
steels to each other, the choice of filler
metal is normally determined by the
more highly alloyed of the two parent
metals. For example, when welding 304L
to 316L, a 316L type filler should be
used.
In some specific instances, for example
cryogenic applications with severe
demands as regards toughness at low
temperatures, a low/zero ferrite filler
might be necessary. The Böhler Welding
range contains different types of low or
non-ferritic consumables.
For use in very corrosive environments,
e.g. urea plants, specially designed
consumables can also be requested.
Böhler Welding offers a wide range of
consumables for specific applications.
Table 12.1 lists different base materials
and typical matching and over-matching
filler metals used for these grades.
To obtain a crack-resistant weld metal
when welding stainless steel to mild
steel, an over-alloyed and high ferrite
electrode, e.g. 309LMo or 309L, should
be used. If the ferrite content is too low
(below 3%), the risk of hot cracking
increases. If a low-alloyed filler metal is
used, this can lead to embrittlement
(brittle welds).
When welding stainless steel to unalloyed or low-alloyed steels, it is generally
advisable to reduce weld dilution as
much as possible. Thus, heat input must
be limited (max 1.5 kJ/ mm) and an
appropriate bevel angle has to be
selected for the joint. The interpass
temperature must not exceed 150°C.
Due to the significant risk of pore
formation, welding to mild steel that has
a coating of prefabrication primer should
be avoided. Where it is unavoidable, the
paint must be removed from the surfaces
to a distance of 20 – 50 mm of any part of
the proposed weld.
When welding high strength steels to
steels with lower yield strength, the filler
giving at least as high yield strength as
the weakest steel should be chosen.
Otherwise there is a risk that fracture
may occur in the weld metal during
tensile or bend testing.
Sometimes it is advisable to use nickel-base fillers to avoid carbon diffusion
from the mild steel into the weldment
that will reduce the strength in the HAZ
of the mild steel.
Stainless filler metals should not be used
when welding stainless steel to nickel-base alloys as this can lead to centerline cracking. Instead nickel-base fillers
are recommended.
A tool for guidance in the choice of
suitable filler is the Schaeffer-DeLong
constitution diagram. By using this
diagram it is possible to predict mixed
weld metal compositions, microstructure
and the consequences regarding
embrittlement and fissuring/cracking.
One example is the welding of a mild
steel to an austenitic steel. In this case
the mixed joint might be martensitic if
the welding is carried out without filler.
Such weld metal might have a strongly
reduced ductility or even decreased
resistance to cracking. To avoid this, an
over-alloyed filler giving an austenitic
microstructure with some ferrite could
be chosen. Such weld metals are
normally ductile and the risk for solidification cracking is very small. See
Chapter 1, “The importance of ferrite”
Table 12.2 lists some suggestions on
filler metals that can be used for dissimilar welding of various base material
combinations. Provided the chemical
composition is the same, other consumables can also be used.
Tables 12.3 – 12.5 lists selected Böhler
Welding products the Böhler Welding in
accordance with EN ISO and AWS
standards and the former German
Werkstoffnummer.
In high temperature applications creep
properties are often important.
182
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
183
Table 12.1. Example of typical filler metal selection for various alloys
Steel
EN
AISI / UNS
Matching filler
Over-alloyed
Z 22 17 8 4 N L, Z 22 17 4 Mn N L
Austenitic non-magnetic stainless steels
1.3805
X35Mn18
20 16 3 Mn N L / 316L (mod.)
1.3914
X2CrNiMnMoNNb21-15-7-3
Z 22 17 8 4 N L, Z 22 17 4 Mn N L
1.3941
(G-)X4CrNi18-3
18 16 5 N L / 317L (mod.), 20 16 3 Mn N L / 316L
(mod.)
1.3945
X2CrNiN18-13
20 16 3 Mn N L / 316L (mod.)
1.3948
X4CrNiMnMoN19-13-8
20 16 3 Mn N L / 316L (mod.)
1.3951
X2CrNiMoN22-15
Z 22 17 8 4 N L, Z 22 17 4 Mn N L
1.3952
(G-)X2CrNiMoN18-14-3
18 16 5 N L / 317L (mod.), 20 16 3 Mn N L / 316L
(mod.)
Z 22 17 8 4 N L, Z 22 17 4 Mn N L
1.3953
(G-)X2CrNiMo18-15
18 16 5 N L / 317L (mod.), 20 16 3 Mn N L / 316L
(mod.)
Z 22 17 8 4 N L, Z 22 17 4 Mn N L
1.3955
GX12Cr18-11
18 16 5 N L / 317L (mod.), 20 16 3 Mn N L / 316L
(mod.)
Z 22 17 8 4 N L, Z 22 17 4 Mn N L
1.3957
X2CrNiMoNbN21-15
Z 22 17 8 4 N L, Z 22 17 4 Mn N L
1.3958
X5CrNi18-11
18 16 5 N L / 317L (mod.)
1.3964
X2CrNiMnMoNNb21-16-5-3 XM-19 / S20910 / Z 22 17 8 4 N L, Z 22 17 4 Mn N L
Nitronic 50
1.3965
X8CrMnNi18-8
Z 22 17 8 4 N L, Z 22 17 4 Mn N L
Z 22 17 8 4 N L
20 16 3 Mn N L / 316L (mod.)
Z 22 17 8 4 N L, Z 22 17 4 Mn N L
Martensitic stainless steels
1.4001
X7Cr14
429 / S42900
17 / 430, Z 13 / 410
25 20 / 310 (mod.), Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb) / NiCr-3, NiCrFe-3, NiCrFe-3
1.4006
X12Cr13
410 / S41000
Z 13 / 410 (mod.), Z 13 Nb L / 409Nb, Z 17 Ti / 430,
Z 13 1
19 9 Nb / 347, 19 9 / 308, 18 8 Mn / 307 (mod.), Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb) / NiCr-3, NiCrFe-3, 29 9 / 312, 22 12 /
309, 25 20 / 310
1.4008
GX7CrNiMo12-1
CA15 / J91150
Z 13 / 410 (mod.)
19 9 Nb / 347, 19 9 / 308, 13 4 / 410NiMo (mod.)
1.4021
X20Cr13
420 / S42000
Z 13 / 410 (mod.), Z 13 Nb L / 409Nb, Z 13 1
19 9 / 308L, 19 9 Nb / 347, 16 5 1, Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb) / NiCr-3, NiCrFe-3
1.4024
X15Cr13
410 / S41000
Z 13 / 410 (mod.), Z 13 Nb L / 409Nb
19 9 Nb / 347, 19 9 / 308, 22 12 / 309, Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb) / NiCr-3, NiCrFe-3, 25 20 / 310
1.4027
GX20Cr14
Z 13 / 410 (mod.)
Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb) / NiCr-3, NiCrFe-3
1.4028
X30Cr13
420
16 5 1
Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb) / NiCr-3, NiCrFe-3
1.4031
X39Cr13
420
Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb) / NiCr-3, NiCrFe-3
1.4034
X46Cr13
420 / S42000
Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb) / NiCr-3, NiCrFe-3
1.4037
X65Cr13
420D
Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb) / NiCr-3, NiCrFe-3
184
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
185
Steel
EN
AISI / UNS
Matching filler
Over-alloyed
1.4057
X17CrNi16-2
431 / S43100
17 / 430
19 9 Nb / 347, 19 9 / 308, 19 12 3 L / 316L, 18 8 Mn / 307, Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb) / NiCr-3, NiCrFe-3
1.4117
X38CrMoV15
Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb) / NiCr-3, NiCrFe-3
1.4120
X20CrMo13
19 9 Nb / 347, 19 9 / 308, Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb) / NiCr-3, NiCrFe-3
1.4122
X39CrMo17-1
440C
Z 17 Mo
19 12 3 Nb / 318
1.4313
X3CrNiMo13-4
S41500
13 4 / 410NiMo (mod.)
Z 17 4 Cu / 630 (mod.) , Z 16 6 Mo, 17 6 / 630
1.4317
GX4CrNi13-4
CA6NM / J91540 13 4 / 410NiMo (mod.)
1.4405
GX4CrNiMo16-5-1
1.4407
GX5CrNiMo13-4
J91550
13 4 / 410NiMo (mod.)
Z 17 4 Cu / 630 (mod.)
1.4414
GX4CrNiMo13-4
J91550
13 4 / 410NiMo (mod.)
Z 17 4 Cu / 630 (mod.)
1.4418
X4CrNiMo16-5-1
248 SV
Z 17 6 / 630 (mod.), Z 17 4 Cu / 630 (mod.), 16 5 1,
Z 16 6 Mo
22 9 3 N L / 2209
Z 16 6 Mo
Z 17 4 Cu / 630 (mod.), Z 16 6 Mo, 16 5 1
Ferritic stainless steels
1.4000
X6Cr13
403 / S40300
17 / 430, Z 13 / 410, Z 13 1
19 9 Nb / 347, 19 9 / 308L, 25 20 / 310 (mod.), Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb) / NiCr-3, NiCrFe-3
1.4002
X6CrAl13
405 / S40500
17 / 430, Z 13 / 410, Z 13 1
25 20 / 310 (mod.), Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb) / NiCr-3, NiCrFe-3, 19 9 / 308L
1.4003
X2CrNi12
S40977 / 3CR12 Z 13 / 410 (mod.)
19 9 Nb / 347, 19 9 / 308L, 18 8 Mn / 307 (mod.), Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb) / NiCr-3, NiCrFe-3
1.4016
X6Cr17
430 / S43000
19 9 Nb / 347, 19 9 / 308L, 23 12 L / 309L, Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb) / NiCr-3, NiCrFe-3
1.4059
X17CrNi16-2
17 / 430
1.4107
GX8CrNi12
18 8 Mn / 307 (mod.)
1.4113
X6CrMo17-1
434 / S43400
Z 17 Mo
19 12 3 L / 316L, 19 9 Nb / 347, 19 9 / 308L, 18 8 Mn / 307 (mod.)
1.4509
X2CrTiNb18
18CrCb
Z 17 Nb Ti L, 18 Ti L / 439, Z 18 Nb L / 430 (mod.),
18 Nb Ti L / 430Nb
19 9 Nb / 347, 19 9 L / 308L
1.4510
X3CrTi17
430Ti / S43036,
S43035
Z 18 Ti L / 439, 17 / 430, 17 Nb L / 439Nb, 17 Ti /
430
19 9 Nb / 347, 19 9 L / 308L
1.4511
X3CrNb17
430Cb, 439
Z 18 Nb L / 430 (mod.), Z 18 Ti L / 439, Z 17 Nb Ti L
/ 439, Z 17 Ti / 430
19 9 Nb / 347, 19 9 L / 308L
1.4512
X2CrTi12
409 / S40900
Z 13 Nb L / 409Nb, 18 Nb L / 430
19 9 Nb / 347, 19 9 L / 308L, 18 8 Mn / 307 (mod.), 23 12 L / 309L
1.4513
X2CrMoTi17-1
436 / 43600
Z 17 Mo
19 12 3 L / 316L, 23 12 2 L / 309LMo
1.4517
GX2CrNiMoCuN25-6-3-3
1.4520
X2CrTi17
430Ti
1.4521
X2CrMoTi18-2
444 / S44400
1.4525
GX5CrNiCu16-4
186
Z 18 Nb L, Z 17 Ti / 430 (mod.), Z 18 Ti L, Z 17 Nb
Ti L / 439
25 9 4 N L / 2594
Z 18 Nb L, Z 18 NbTi L / 430 (mod.)
19 9 L / 308L
19 12 3 L / 316L, 23 12 2 L / 309LMo
Z 17 4 Cu / 630 (mod.)
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
187
Steel
EN
AISI / UNS
1.4526
X6CrMoNb17-1
436 / S43600
Matching filler
Over-alloyed
1.4575
X1CrNiMoNb28-4-2
22 9 3 N L / 2209, 23 12 / 309L
1.4589
X5CrNiMoT115-2
19 9 / 308L, 18 8 Mn / 307 (mod.)
1.4592
X2CrMoTi29-4
447 /S44735 /
29-4
1.4622
XCrTiNbVCu22
443 / S44330
19 12 3 L / 316L
29 4 2
19 12 3 L / 316L
Austenitic stainless steels
1.4301
X5CrNi18-10
304 / S30400
19 9 L / 308L, 19 9 Nb / 347
1.4303
X4CrNi18-12
305 / S30500
19 9 L/ 308L, 19 9 Nb / 347
1.4306
X2CrNi19-11
304L / S30403
19 9 L/ 308L, 19 9 Nb / 347
1.4307
X2CrNi18-9
304L / S30403
19 9 L/ 308L, 19 9 Nb / 347
1.4308
GX5CrNi19-10
CF8 / J92600
19 9 L/ 308L, 19 9 Nb / 347
1.4310
X10CrNi18-8
301
19 9 L/ 308L, 19 9 H / 308H
1.4311
X2CrNiN18-10
304LN / S30453 19 9 L/ 308L, 19 9 Nb / 347
1.4312
GX10CrNi18-8
CF16F / J92701
1.4315
X5CrNiN19-9
1.4318
X2CrNiN18-7
1.4335
X1CrNi25-21
1.4339
GX32CrNi28-10
29 9 / 312
1.4347
GX8CrCrNiN26-7
25 4
1.4361
X1CrNiSi18-15-4
S30600
17 12 Si
1.4371
X2CrMnNiN17-7-5
201L / S20103
19 9 L / 308L
23 12 / 309L
1.4372
X12CrMnNiN17-7-5
201 / S20100
18 8 Mn / 307 (mod.), 19 9 L / 308L
23 12 / 309L
1.4401
X5CrNiMo17-12-2
316 / S31600,
316H/S31609
19 12 3 L / 316L, 19 12 3 Nb / 318, 16-8-2, 19 12 2
/ 316L
18 16 5 N L / 317L (mod.)
1.4404
X2CrNiMo17-12-2
316L / S31603
19 12 3 L / 316L, 19 12 3 Nb / 318
18 16 5 N L / 317L (mod.), 20 16 3 Mn N L / 316L (mod.)
1.4406
X2CrNiMoN17-11-2
316LN / S31653
19 12 3 L / 316L, 19 12 3 Nb / 318
18 16 5 N L / 317L (mod.),, 20 16 3 Mn N L / 316L (mod.)
1.4408
GX5CrNiMo19-11
CF8M / J92900
19 12 3 L / 316L, 19 12 3 Nb / 318
20 16 3 Mn N L / 316L (mod.)
1.4409
GX2CrNiMo19-11-2
CF3M / J92800
19 12 3 L / 316L
1.4420
X5CrNiMo18-11
188
301LN
19 9 L/ 308L, 19 9 Nb / 347
19 9 L/ 308,19 9 H / 308H
20 16 3 Mn N L / 316L (mod.), 316LMn
19 9 L/ 308L
19 12 3 L / 316L, 20 16 3 Mn N L / 316L (mod.)
25 22 2 N L / 310 (mod.), Ni 8025 (NiFe30Cr29Mo) / 383 (mod.)
29 9 / 312
19 12 3 L / 316L, 19 12 3 Nb / 318
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
20 16 3 Mn N L / 316L (mod.)
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
189
Steel
EN
AISI / UNS
Matching filler
Over-alloyed
1.4429
X2CrNiMoN17-13-3
316LN / S31653
19 12 3 L / 316L, 19 12 3 Nb / 318, 20 16 3 Mn N L /
316L (mod.)
18 16 5 N L / 317L (mod.), 20 16 3 Mn N L / 316L (mod.), 19 13 4 L / 317L
1.4432
X2CrNiMo17-12-3
316L / S31603
19 12 3 L / 316L, 316LMn
1.4434
X2CrNiMoN18-12-4
317LN / S31753
19 13 4 L / 317L, 18 16 5 N L / 317L (mod.)
1.4435
X2CrNiMo18-14-3
316L / S31603
19 12 3 L / 316L, 19 12 3 Nb / 318
18 16 5 N L / 317L (mod.), 20 16 3 Mn N L / 316L (mod.), 19 13 4 L / 317L, 25 22 2 N L / 310 (mod.)
1.4436
X3CrNiMo17-13-3
316 / S31600
19 12 3 L / 316L, 19 12 3 Nb / 318
18 16 5 N L / 317L (mod.), 20 16 3 Mn N L / 316L (mod.)
1.4437
GX6CrNiMo18-12
19 12 3 L / 316L, 19 12 3 Nb / 318
18 16 5 N L / 317L (mod.), 20 16 3 Mn N L / 316L (mod.)
1.4438
X2CrNiMo18-15-4
317L / S31703
18 16 5 N L / 317L (mod.), 19 13 4 L / 317L
20 25 5 Cu L / 385, Ni 8025 (NiFe30Cr29Mo) / 383 (mod.)
1.4439
X2CrNiMoN17-13-5
317LMN /
S31726
18 16 5 N L, 19 13 4 L / 317L (mod.)
Z 22 17 8 4 N L, Z 22 17 4 Mn N L, 20 25 5 Cu L / 385, Ni 8025 (NiFe30Cr29Mo) / 383 (mod.),
Ni 6625 (NiCr22Mo9Nb) / NiCrMo-3
1.4446
GX2CrNiMoN17-13-4
18 16 5 N L / 317L (mod.)
1.4448
GX6CrNiMo17-13
18 16 5 N L / 317L (mod.)
1.4449
X5CrNiMo11-13-3
1.4465
X1CrNiMoN22-25-3
1.4466
X1CrNiMoN25-22-2
1.4500
GX7NiCrMoCuNb25-20
1.4503
X3NiCrCuMoTi27-23
1.4505
X4NiCrMoCuNb20-18-2
20 25 5 Cu L / 385
Ni 8025 (NiFe30Cr29Mo) / 383 (mod.), 25 20 / 310 (mod.)
1.4506
X5NiCrMoCuTi20-18
20 25 5 Cu L / 385
Ni 8025 (NiFe30Cr29Mo) / 383 (mod.) 25 20 / 310 (mod.)
1.4529
X1NiCrMoCuN25-20-7
26 22 5
Ni 6625 (NiCr22Mo9Nb) / NiCrMo-3, Ni 6059 (NiCr23Mo16) / NiCrMo-13, 25 20 / 310 (mod.)
1.4531
GX2NiCrMoCuN20-18
20 25 5 Cu L / 385
Ni 8025 (NiFe30Cr29Mo) / 383 (mod.), Ni 6625 (NiCr22Mo9Nb) / NiCrMo-3 (NiCr22Mo9Nb) / NiCrMo-3
1.4532
X8CrNiMoAl15-7-2
632 / S15700
1.4536
GX2NiCrMoCuN25-20
CN7MS / J94650 20 25 5 Cu L / 385
1.4537
X1CrNiMoCuN25-25-5
20 25 5 Cu L / 385
1.4538
X2NiCrMoCuN20-18
20 25 5 Cu L / 385
Ni 8025 (NiFe30Cr29Mo) / 383 (mod.)
1.4539
X1NiCrMoCu25-20-5
904L / N08904
20 25 5 Cu L / 385
Ni 8025 (NiFe30Cr29Mo) / 383 (mod.), Ni 6625 (NiCr22Mo9Nb) / NiCrMo-3
1.4541
X6CrNiTi18-10
321 / S32100
19 9 Nb / 347, 19 9 L / 308L, 16-8-2
19 12 3 Nb / 318
1.4546
X5CrNiNb18-10
347 / S34700
19 9 Nb / 347, 19 9 L / 308L
1.4547
X1CrNiMoCuN20-18-7
254 Mo / S31254 26 22 5
/ 254 SMO®
190
317
18 16 5 N L / 317L (mod.)
25 22 2 N L / 310 (mod.)
Ni 8025 (NiFe30Cr29Mo) / 383 (mod.)
725LN / S31050
25 22 2 N L / 310 (mod.)
Ni 8025 (NiFe30Cr29Mo) / 383 (mod.)
N08700
20 25 5 Cu L / 385
Ni 8025 (NiFe30Cr29Mo) / 383 (mod.)
Ni 8025 (NiFe30Cr29Mo) / 383 (mod.)
N08925 /
N08926 /
N08367 /
1925hMo
Z 17 4 Cu / 630 (mod.)
Ni 8025 (NiFe30Cr29Mo) / 383 (mod.)
Ni 6625 (NiCr22Mo9Nb) / NiCrMo-3, Ni 6059 (NiCr23Mo16) / NiCrMo-13
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
191
Steel
EN
AISI / UNS
Matching filler
Over-alloyed
1.4550
X6CrNiNb18-10
347 / S34700
19 9 Nb / 347, 19 9 L / 308L, 16-8-2
19 12 3 Nb / 318, 23 13 / 309Nb
1.4552
GXCrNiNb19-10
CF8C / J92710
19 9 Nb / 347, 19 9 L / 308L
19 12 3 Nb / 318
1.4558
X2NiCrAlTi32-20
Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb) / NiCr-3, NiCrFe-3, Ni 6625 (NiCr22Mo9Nb) / NiCrMo-3, Ni 6617 (NiCr22Co12Mo9) /
NiCrCoMo-1, Ni 6182 (NiCr15Fe6Mn) / NiCrFe-3
1.4561
X1CrNiMoTi18-13-2
20 16 3 Mn N L, / 316LMn
1.4562
X1NiCrMoCu32287
N08367 / Alloy
31
Ni 6059 (NiCr23Mo16) / NiCrMo-13
1.4563
X 1 NiCrMoCu 31-27-4
N08028 / Sanicro Ni 8025 (NiFe30Cr29Mo) / 383 (mod.)
28
Ni 6059 (NiCr23Mo16) / NiCrMo-13, Ni 6625 (NiCr22Mo9Nb) / NiCrMo-3
1.4565
X2CrNiMnMoNbN25-18-6-4 S34565 / Alloy 24 26 22 5
1.4569
GX2CrNiMoNbN21-15-4-3
1.4571
X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2
316Ti / S31635
19 12 3 L / 316L, 19 12 3 Nb / 318, 19 12 2 / 316H
20 16 3 Mn N L / 316L (mod.)
1.4573
X10CrNiMoTi18-12
316Ti
19 12 3 L / 316L, 19 12 3 Nb / 318
20 16 3 Mn N L / 316L (mod.)
1.4577
X3CrNiMoTi25-25
25 22 2 N L / 310 (mod.)
Ni 8025 (NiFe30Cr29Mo) / 383 (mod.)
1.4580
X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2
316Cb / S31640
19 12 3 L / 316L, 19 12 3 Nb / 318
20 16 3 Mn N L / 316L (mod.)
1.4581
GX5CrNiMoNb19-11-2
CF8C / J92900
19 12 3 L / 316L, 19 12 3 Nb / 318
1.4583
X10CrNiMoNb18-12
318
19 12 3 L / 316L, 19 12 3 Nb / 318
18 16 5 N L / 317L (mod.)
1.4585
GX7CrNiMoCuNb18-8
20 25 5 Cu L / 385
Ni 8025 (NiFe30Cr29Mo) / 383 (mod.)
1.4586
X5NiCrMoCuNb22-18
20 25 5 Cu L / 385
25 20 / 310 (mod.), Ni 8025 (NiFe30Cr29Mo) / 383 (mod.)
1.4652
X1CrNiMoCuN24-22-8
Ni 6059 (NiCr23Mo16) / NiCrMo-13
Z 22 17 8 4 N L, Z 22 17 4 Mn N L
S32654 / 654
SMO®
Ni 6059 (NiCr23Mo16) / NiCrMo-13
Precipitation hardening stainless steels
1.4540
X4CrNiCuNb16-4
XM12 / S15500
Z 17 4 Cu / 630 (mod.)
1.4542
X5CrNiCuNb16-4
630 / S17400 /
17-4 PH
Z 17 4 Cu / 630 (mod.)
19 9 L / 308L
1.4548
X5CrNiCu17-4
630 / S17480
Z 17 4 Cu / 630 (mod.)
19 9 L / 308L
1.4568
X7CrNiAl17-7
631 / 17700 /
17-7 PH
19 9 L / 308L
Duplex stainless steels
1.4062
X2CrNiN22-2
2202 / S32202
23 7 N L / 2307
22 9 3 N L / 2209
1.4162
X2CrMnNiN21-5-2
S32101 /
LDX 2101®
23 7 N L / 2307
22 9 3 N L / 2209
1.4340
GX49CrNi27-4
25 4
29 9 / 312
192
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
193
Steel
EN
AISI / UNS
Matching filler
Over-alloyed
1.4362
X2CrNiN23-4
2304 / S32304
23 7 N L / 2307
22 9 3 N L / 2209
1.4410
X2CrNiMoN25-7-4
2507 / S32750
25 9 4 N L / 2594
1.4417
X2CrNiMoSi18-5-3
S31500 / 3RE60 22 9 3 N L / 2209
1.4424
X2CrNiMoSi18-5-3
3RE60
22 9 3 N L / 2209
1.4460
X3CrNiMoN27-5-2
329
22 9 3 N L / 2209
25 9 4 N L / 2594, 29 9 / 312
1.4462
X2CrNiMoN22-5-3
2205 / S31803 /
S32205
22 9 3 N L / 2209
25 9 4 N L / 2594
1.4463
GXCrNiMo24-8-2
22 9 3 N L / 2209
1.4464
GX40CrNiMo27-5
22 9 3 N L / 2209
1.4467
X2CrMnNiMoN26-5-4
25 9 4 N L / 2594
1.4468
GX2CrNiMoN26-6-3
25 9 4 N L / 2594
1.4469
GX2CrNiMoN26-7-4
SX
1.4482
X2CrMnNiMoN21-5-3
2001 / S32001
23 7 N L / 2307
1.4501
X2CrNiMoCuWN25-7-4
F55 / S32760 /
ZERON 100®
25 9 4 N L / 2594
1.4507
X2CrNiMoCuN25-6-3
S32520, S32550 25 9 4 N L / 2594
1.4515
GX3CrNiMoCuN26-6-3
25 9 4 N L / 2594
1.4582
X4CrNiMoNb25-7
22 9 3 N L / 2209
25 9 4 N L / 2594
1.4662
X2CrNiMnMoCuN24-4-3-2
22 9 3 N L / 2209 (Only solid wire)
25 9 4 N L (mod.) / 2594 (mod.), 25 9 4 N L / 2594
S82441 /
LDX 2404®
25 9 4 N L / 2594
22 9 3 N L / 2209
Heat resistant stainless steels
1.4710
GX30CrSi6
17 / 430
18 8 Mn / 307 (mod.), 22 12 H / 309 (mod.), 25 4, 25 20 / 310 (mod.)
1.4712
X10CrSi6
17 / 430
18 8 Mn / 307 (mod.), 22 12 H / 309 (mod.)
1.4713
X10CrAlSi7
17 / 430
18 8 Mn / 307 (mod.), 22 12 H / 309 (mod.), 22 12 / 309, 25 4, 22 12 H / 309 (mod.), 19 9 Nb / 347,25 20 / 310
(mod.)
1.4724
X10CrAlSi13
17 / 430 (mod.), 17 Ti / 430
25 4, 22 12 H / 309 (mod.), 22 12 / 309
1.4729
GX40CrSi13
17 / 430
22 12 H / 309 (mod.)
1.4740
GX40CrSi17
17 / 430
22 12 H / 309 (mod.), 25 20 / 310 (mod.)
1.4741
X2CrAlTi18-2
1.4742
X10CrAlSi18
1.4745
GX40CrSi23
25 4
1.4746
X8CrTi25
25 4
194
405 / S40500
22 12 H / 309 (mod.)
442 / S44200
17 / 430
25 4, 22 12 H / 309 (mod.), 25 20 / 310 (mod.), 22 12 / 309, 21 10 N
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
195
Steel
EN
AISI / UNS
1.4762
X10CrAlSi25
446 / S44600
1.4776
GX40CrSi29
1.4821
X15CrNiSi25-4
1.4822
Matching filler
Over-alloyed
25 20 Mn / 310 (mod.), 25 4, 22 12 / 309, 22 12 H / 309
25 4, Z 25 20 H / 310 (mod.)
25 4
25 20 Mn / 310 (mod.)
GX40CrNi24-5
25 4
25 20 Mn / 310 (mod.), Z 25 20 H / 310 (mod.)
1.4823
GX40CrNiSi27-4
25 4
25 20 Mn / 310 (mod.), Z 25 20 H / 310 (mod.)
1.4825
GX25CrNiSi18-9
18 8 Mn / 307 (mod.)
22 12 H / 309 (mod.)
1.4826
GX40CrNiSi22-9
22 12 H / 309 (mod.), 22 12 / 309
25 20 / 310 (mod.), Z 25 20 H / 310 (mod.)
1.4827
GX8CrNiNb19-10
19 9 H / 308H
1.4828
X15CrNiSi20-12
1.4832
GX25CrNiSi20-14
1.4833
X12CrNi23-13
1.4835
X9CrNiSiNCe21-11-2
1.4837
GX40CrNiSi25-12
25 20 Mn / 310 (mod.), Z 25 20 H / 310 (mod.)
25 20 Mn / 310 (mod.), Z 25 20 H / 310 (mod.)
1.4840
GX15CrNi25-20
25 20 Mn / 310 (mod.), Z 25 20 H / 310 (mod.)
Z 25 35, Z 35 25 Nb
1.4841
X15CrNiSi25-21
314 / S31400
25 20 / 310 (mod.), 25 20 Mn / 310 (mod.), Z 25 20
H / 310 (mod.)
1.4845
X8CrNi25-21
310 / S31000
25 20 / 310 (mod.), 25 20 Mn / 310 (mod.), Z 25 20
H / 310 (mod.)
1.4846
X40CrNi25-21
1.4847
X8CrNiAlTi20-20
334
Z 21 33 Nb
1.4848
GX40CrNiSi25-20
HK
Z 25 20 H / 310 (mod.)
1.4849
GX40NiCrSiNb38-18
Z 21 33 Nb
1.4852
GX40NiCrSiNb35-25
Z 25 35, Z 25 35 Nb
1.4857
GX40NICrSi35-25
Z 25 35, Z 25 35 Nb
1.4859
GX10NiCrNb38-18,32-20
Z 21 33 Nb, Z 21 33 Mn Nb
Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb) / NiCr-3, NiCrFe-3, Ni 6617 (NiCr22Co12Mo9) / NiCrCoMo-1
1.4861
X10NiCr32-20
Z 21 33 Nb
Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb) / NiCr-3, NiCrFe-3, Ni 6625 (NiCr22Mo9Nb) / NiCrMo-3
1.4864
X12NiCrSi36-16 (35-16)
1.4865
GX40NiCrSi38-18
1.4876
X10NiCrAlTi32-20 (32-21)
196
327
309 / S30900
22 12 H / 309 (mod.), 22 12 / 309, 23 12 L / 309
25 20 Mn / 310 (mod.), 25 20 / 310 (mod.)
22 12 H / 309 (mod.)
25 20 / 310 (mod.)
309 / S30900
22 12 / 309
25 20 / 310 (mod.)
S30815 /
253 MA®
21 10
25 20 / 310 (mod.)
330
800(H)
Z 25 35, Z 25 35 Nb
Z 21 33 Nb
Z 21 33 Nb
Z 25 35
Z 21 33 Nb, Z 21 33 Mn Nb
Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb) / NiCr-3, NiCrFe-3, Ni 6182 (NiCr15Fe6Mn) / NiCrFe-3, Ni 6617 (NiCr22Co12Mo9) /
NiCrCoMo-1, Ni 6625 (NiCr22Mo9Nb) / NiCrMo-3
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
197
Steel
EN
AISI / UNS
1.4877
X6NiCrNbCe32-27
AC66
1.4878
X8CrNiTi18-10
321 / S32100
1.4885
X12CrNiMoNb20-15
1.4893
X8CrNiSiN21-11
1.4907
X10CrNiCuNb18-9-3
Z 18 16 1 Cu H / 308 H (mod.)
1.4910
X3CrNiMoBN17-13-3
Z 16 13 Nb
1.4912
X7CrNiNb18-10
19 9 / 308, 19 9 / 308H, 19 9 Nb / 347
1.4919
X6CrNiMoB17-12-2
1.4940
X7CrNiTi18-10
1.4941
X6CrNiTiB18-10
321H
16-8-2
1.4948
X6CrNi18-10
304H / S30409
19 9 H / 308H, 16-8-2, 19 9 / 308
Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb) / NiCr-3, NiCrFe-3
1.4949
X3CrNiN18-11
19 9 H / 308H
Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb) / NiCr-3, NiCrFe-3
1.4958
X5NiCrAlTi31-20
Z 21 33 Nb, Z 21 33 Mn Nb
Ni 6625 (NiCr22Mo9Nb) / NiCrMo-3, Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb) / NiCr-3, NiCrFe-3
1.4959
X8NiCrAlTi32-21
Z 21 33 Nb, Z 21 33 Mn Nb
Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb) / NiCr-3, NiCrFe-3, Ni 6617 (NiCr22Co12Mo9) / NiCrCoMo-1
1.4961
X8CrNiNb16-13
Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb) / NiCr-3, NiCrFe-3
1.4968
GX7CrNiNb16-13
Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb) / NiCr-3, NiCrFe-3
1.4981
X8CrNiMoNb16-6
Z 16 13 Nb
Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb) / NiCr-3, NiCrFe-3
1.4988
(G)X8CrNiMoVNb16-13
Z 16 13 Nb
Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb) / NiCr-3, NiCrFe-3
198
Matching filler
Over-alloyed
Ni 6617 (NiCr22Co12Mo9) / NiCrCoMo-1, Ni 6625 (NiCr22Mo9Nb) / NiCrMo-3, Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb) /
NiCr-3, NiCrFe-3
19 9 H / 308H, 19 9 Nb / 347, Z 16 13 Nb
22 12 H / 309 (mod.)
Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb) / NiCr-3, NiCrFe-3
30815
316H / S31635
22 12 H / 309 (mod.)
16-8-2, Z 16 13 Nb
25 20 Mn / 310 (mod.)
Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb) / NiCr-3, NiCrFe-3
19 9 / 308, 19 9 / 308H
N08810 / alloy
800H, 800HT
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
199
1.4003
410L
1.4016
430
1.4006
410
1.4162
S32101
1.4362
S32304
1.4462
S32205
1.4410
S32750
1.4310
301
1.4301
304
1.4307
304L
1.4311
304LN
1.4541
321
1.4401
316
1.4404
316L
1.4571
316Ti
1.4438
317L
1.4439
317LMN
1.4466
725LN
1.4539
904L
1.4547
254
SMO®
1.4565
S34565
1.4652
654
SMO®
1.4541
321H
1.4878
321
1.4724
405
1.4818
153
MA™
1.4948
304H
1.4833
309
1.4835
253
MA®
1.4845
310
Mild
steel
Table 12.2. Filler metals for dissimilar welding
1.4003
410L
A,F,E
Y,A, E,F
Y,Z
Z,T,U
Z,T,U
Z,U
Z,V
D,X,E,F
Y,Z,E,F
Y,Z,E,F
Y,Z,E,F
Y,Z,E,F
Z,Y,H,I
Z,Y,H,I
Z,Y,H,I
Z
Z
Z
Z
R,Z
Q,Z
Q,Z
Y,Z
Y,Z
Z,Y
Z,Y
Y,Z
X,Y,Z
Z,Y
Z,X
Y,N
1.4016
430
Y,A,E,F
E,Y, B
Y,Z,A,
W,E
Z,T,U
Z,T,U
Z,U
Z,V
D,X,E,F
Y,Z,E,F
Y,Z,E,F
Y,Z,E,F
Y,Z,E,F
Z,Y,H,I
Z,Y,H,I
Z,Y,H,I
Z
Z
Z
Z
R,Z
Q,Z
Q,Z
Y,Z
Y,Z
Z,Y
Z,Y
Y,Z
X,Y,Z
Z,Y
Z,X
Y,N
A
Z 13 / 410
(mod.)
Z,T,U
Z,T,U
Z,U
Z,V
D,X,E,F
Y,Z,E,F
Y,Z,E,F
Y,Z,E,F
Y,Z,E,F
Z,H,I
Z,H,I
Z,H,I
Z
Z
Z
Z
R,Z
Q,Z
Q,Z
Y,Z
Y,Z
Z
Z
Y,Z
X,Y,Z
Z
Z,X
Y,N
B
25 4
Filler
1.4006
410
Y,Z
Y,Z
A,D,X,
C,W
1.4162
S32101
Z,T,U
Z,T,U
Z,T,U
T,U
T,U
T,U
V
T,Y,Z,U
T,Y,Z,U
T,Y,Z,U
T,Y,Z,U
T,Y,Z,U
T,Y,Z,U
T,Y,Z,U
T,Y,Z,U
Z,T,U
Z,T,U
Z,T,U
Z,T,U,L R,Q
Q
Q
T,Y,Z
T,Y,Z,U Y,Z
Y
Y,Z
Y,Z
Y,Z,S
Y,X,P,S Y,Z,T,U C
13 4 /
410NiMo
1.4362
S32304
Z,T,U
Z,T,U
Z,T,U
T,U
T,U
T,U
V
T,Y,Z,U
T,Y,Z,U
T,Y,Z,U
T,Y,Z,U
T,Y,Z,U
T,Y,Z,U
T,Y,Z,U
T,Y,Z,U
Z,T,U
Z,T,U
Z,T,U
Z,T,U,L R,Q
Q
Q
T,Y,Z
T,Y,Z,U Y,Z
Y
Y,Z
Y,Z
Y,Z,S
Y,X,P,S Y,Z,T,U D
19 9 / 308
1.4462
S32205
Z,U
Z,U
Z,U
T,U
T,U
U
U,V
U,Z
U,Z
U,Z
U,Z
U,Z
U,Z
U,Z
U,Z
U,J
U,J
U,Z,S
R,U,
Z,L
R,Q
Q
Q
U,Z
U,Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z,S
Z,P,S
Z,U
E
19 9L / 308L
1.4410
S32750
Z,V
Z,V
Z,V
V
V
U,V
V
Z,V
Z,V
Z,V
Z,V
Z,V
Z,V
Z,V
Z,V
J,V
J,V
V,Z,S
Q,V
Q
Q
Q
Z,V
Z,V
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z,S
Z,P,S
Z,V
F
19 9 Nb /
347
1.4310
301
D,X,E,F
D,X,E,F
D,X,E,F
T,Y,Z,U
T,Y,Z,U
U,Z
Z,V
E
E,D
E
E
E,F
H,E
H,E
H,I
J,Z
J,Z
Z,S
Z,L,S
R,Q
Q
Q
F,Y
F,Y
Y,X
X,D
G,E
X,Y
Y,X,O
Y,P,X
Y,Z,N
G
19 9 H /
308H
1.4301
304
Y,Z,E,F
Y,Z,E,F
Y,Z,E,F
T,Y,Z,U
T,Y,Z,U
U,Z
Z,V
E,D
E
E
E
E,F
H,E
H,E
I,H
J,Z
J,K
Z,S
Z,L,S
R,Q
Q
Q
F,Y
F,Y
Y,X
X,E
G,E
X,Y
Y,X,O
Y,P,X
Y,Z,N
H
19 12 3 L /
316L
1.4307
304L
Y,Z,E,F
Y,Z,E,F
Y,Z,E,F
T,Y,Z,U
T,Y,Z,U
U,Z
Z,V
E
E
E
E
E,F
H,E
H,E
I,H
J,Z
J,K
Z,S
Z,L,S
R,Q
Q
Q
F,Y
F,Y
Y,X
X,E
G,E
X,Y
Y,X,O
Y,P,X
Y,Z,N
I
19 12 3 Nb /
318
1.4311
304LN
Y,Z,E,F
Y,Z,E,F
Y,Z,E,F
T,Y,Z,U
T,Y,Z,U
U,Z
Z,V
E
E
E
E
E,F
H,E
H,E
I,H
J,Z
J,K
Z,S
Z,L,S
R,Q
Q
Q
F,Y
F,Y
Y,X
X
G,E
X,Y
Y,X,O
Y,P,X
Y,Z,N
J
18 16 5 L /
317L
1.4541
321
Y,Z,E,F
Y,Z,E,F
Y,Z,E,F
T,Y,Z,U
T,Y,Z,U
U,Z
Z,V
E,F
E,F
E,F
E,F
E,F
F,H
F,E
I,F
J,Z
J,K
Z,S
Z,L,S
R,Q
Q
Q
F,I,Y
F,I,Y
Y,Z,X
X,F
G,E
X,Y
Y,X,O
Y,P,X
Y,Z,N
K
19 13 4 N L /
317L
1.4401
316
Z,Y,H,I
Z,Y,H,I
Z,H,I
T,Y,Z,U
T,Y,Z,U
U,Z
Z,V
H,E
H,E
H,E
H,E
F,H
H
H
H,I
J,Z
J,K
Z,S
Z,L,S
R,Q
Q
Q
I,H,Y,Z
I,H,Y,Z
Z,Y,X
X,H
F
X,Y,Z
Y,Z,
O,X
Z,Y,P
Y,Z,N
L
20 25 5 Cu
L / 385
1.4404
316L
Z,Y,H,I
Z,Y,H,I
Z,H,I
T,Y,Z,U
T,Y,Z,U
U,Z
Z,V
H,E
H,E
H,E
H,E
F,E
H
H
H,I
J,Z
J,K
Z,S
Z,L,S
R,Q
Q
Q
I,H,Y,Z
I,H,Y,Z
Z,Y,X
X,H
H
X,Y,Z
Y,Z,
O,X
Z,Y,P
Y,Z,N
M
25 22 2 N L /
310 (mod.)
Z,Y,P
Y,Z,N
N
18 8 Mn /
307
1.4571
316Ti
Z,Y,H,I
Z,Y,H,I
Z,H,I
T,Y,Z,U
T,Y,Z,U
U,Z
Z,V
H,I
I,H
I,H
I,H
I,F
H,I
H,I
I
J,Z
J,K
Z,S
Z,L,S
R,Q
Q
Q
I,H,Y,Z
I,H,Y,Z
Z,Y,X
X,I,O
H
X,Y,Z
Y,Z,
O,X
1.4438
317L
Z
Z
Z
Z,T
Z,T
U,J
V,J
J,Z
J,Z
J,Z
J,Z
J,Z
J,Z
J,Z
J,Z
J
J
J
Q,J,L
R,Q
Q
Q
Z,I
Z,I
Z
X,I,O
I
X,Y,Z
Y,Z,
O,X
Z,P
Z
O
21 10 N
X,P
Z
P
25 20 / 310
(mod.)
P
1.4439
317LMN
Z
Z
Z
Z,T
Z,T
U,J
V,J
J,Z
J,K
J,K
J,K
J,K
J,K
J,K
J,K
J
K,L
K,L
Q,K,L
R,Q
Q
Q
Z
Z
Z
X,I,O
J,K
X,Y
Y,Z,
O,X
1.4466
725LN
Z
Z
Z
Z,T,U,S
Z,T,U,S
U,Z,S
V,Z,S
Z,S
Z,S
Z,S
Z,S
Z,S
Z,S
Z,S
Z,S
J
K,L
M
Q,Z,L
R,Q
Q
Q
Z
Z
Z
Y,X
Y
X,Y
X,O
Z
Q
NiCr25
Mo16 / 59
L,Z
R
Ni 6625 /
NiCrMo-3
1.4539
904L
Z
Z
Z
R,U,Z
R,U,Z
R,Q,U,Z Q,V,L
Z,L,S
Z,L,S
Z,L,S
Z,L,S
Z,L,S
Z,L,S
Z,L,S
Z,L,S
Q,J,L
Q,K,L
Q,Z,L
L
R
Q
Q
Z,L,S
Z,L,S
Z,L,S
Z,L,S
Z,L,S
R,Q,O,
X,Y,Z,S
Z,P,S
X,S
Z
Z
Z
R,Q
R,Q
R,Q
Q
R,Q
R,Q
R,Q
R,Q
R,Q
R,Q
R,Q
R,Q
R,Q
R,Q
R,Q
R
R,Q
Q
Q
Q,R,S
Q,R,S
Q,R,S
Q,R,S
Q,R,S
Q,R,S
Q,R,S
Q,R,S
R,Q,Z
S
6082, Ni
6182 /
NiCr-3,
NiCrFe-3
1.4565
S34565
Z
Z
Z
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
T
23 7 N L /
2307
1.4652
654 SMO®
Z
Z
Z
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
U
22 9 3 N L /
2209
1.4541
321H
Y,Z
Y,Z
Y,Z
T,Y,Z
T,Y,Z
U,Z
V,Z
F,Y
F,Y
F,Y
F,Y
F,I,Y
I,H,Y,Z
I,H,Y,Z
I,H,Y,Z
Z,I
Z
Z
Z,L,S
Q,R,S
Q
Q
G
X,Y
X,Y
X,F
F,Y
Y
Y
Y
Y,Z
V
25 9 4 N L /
2594
1.4878
321
Y,Z
Y,Z
Y,Z
T,Y,Z,U
T,Y,Z,U
U,Z
Z,V
F,Y
F,Y
F,Y
F,Y
F,I,Y
I,H,Y,Z
I,H,Y,Z
I,H,Y,Z
Z,I
Z
Z
Z,L,S
Q,R,S
Q
Q
X,Y
X,F
X,Y
X,F
F,Y
Y
Y
Y
Y,Z
W
17 / 430
P,X,S
X
X
22 12 / 309,
309H
1.4547
254 SMO®
1.4724
405
Z,Y
Z,Y
Z
Y,Z
Y,Z
Z
Z
Y,X
Y,X
Y,X
Y,X
Y,Z,X
Z,Y,X
Z,Y,X
Z,Y,X
Z
Z
Z
Z,L
Q,R,S
Q
Q
X,Y
X,Y
Z.X,B
X,P,S
X,Y,B
X,P,S
X,O,
P,S
1.4818
153 MA™
Z,Y
Z,Y
Z
Y,Z
Y,Z
Z
Z
X,D
X,E
X,E
X
X,F
X,H
X,H
X,I,O
X,I,O
X,I,O
Y,X
R,Q,O,
Q,R,S
X,S
Q
Q
X,F
X,F
X,P,S
O,X
YP,S,X X,P,S
O,X,P,S
S,P,X
X
Y
23 12 L /
309L
1.4948
304H
Y,Z
Y,Z
Y,Z
T,Y,Z,U
T,Y,Z,U
U,Z
Z,V
G,E
G,E
G,E
G,E
G,E
F
H
H
I
J,K
Y
Z,L,S
Q,R,S
Q
Q
F,Y
F,Y
X,Y,B
Y,P,S,X G
Y,X
Y,S
Y,S
Y
Z
23 12 2 L /
309LMo
1.4833
309
X,Y,Z
X,Y,Z
X,Y,Z
T,Y,Z,U
T,Y,Z,U
U,Z
Z,V
X,Y
X,Y
X,Y
X,Y
X,Y
X,Y,Z
X,Y,Z
X,Y,Z
X,Y,Z
X,Y
X,Y
X,Y,Z,S Q,R,S
Q
Q
Y
Y
X,P,S
X,P,S
Y,X
X,M
O,X,S
X,P,S
X
Y,Z,
O,X
X,O
R,Q,O,
Q,R,S
X,S
Q
Q
Y
Y
O,X,P,S
O,X,P,S
Y,S
O,X,S
O
S,O,P
X,O,S
1.4835
253 MA®
Z,Y
Z,Y
Z
Y,S
Y,S
Z,S
Z,S
Y,X,O
Y,X,O
Y,X,O
Y,X,O
Y,X,O
Y,Z,O,X
Y,Z,O,X
Y,Z,O,X
Y,Z,
O,X
1.4845
310
Z,X
Z,X
Z,X
Y,X,P,S
Y,X,P,S
Z,P,S
Z,P,S
Y,P,X
Y,X,P
Y,X,P
Y,X,P
Y,X,P
Z,Y,P
Z,Y,P
Z,Y,P
Z,P
X,P
P
Z,P,S
Q,R,S
Q
Q
Y
Y
P,X,S
S,P,X
Y,S
X,P,S
S,O,P
P
X,P,S,Y
Mild
steel
Y,N
Y,N
Y,N
Y,Z,T,U
Y,Z,T,U
Z,U
Z,V
Y,Z,N
Y,Z,N
Y,Z,N
Y,Z,N
Y,Z,N
Y,Z,N
Y,Z,N
Y,Z,N
Z
Z
Z
L,Z
R,Q,Z
Q
Q
Y,Z
Y,Z
X
X
Y
X
X,O,S
X,P,S,Y
Mild
steel
200
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
201
Table 12.3. Selected product portfolio in accordance with EN ISO.
EN
MMA
13
BÖHLER FOX KW 10
TIG, MIG/MAG
SAW
FCAW
MCAW
BÖHLER CN 13/4-IG
Thermanit 13/04 Si
BÖHLER CN 13/4-UP
BÖHLER BB 203
Thermanit 13/04
Marathon 104
BÖHLER CN 13/4 PW-FD
BÖHLER CN 13/4-MC
BÖHLER CN 13/4-MC (F)
BÖHLER CN 13/4-MC HI
Avesta 248 SV
Avesta 248 SV
Avesta Flux 805
BÖHLER BB 203
Z 13
BÖHLER KW 10-IG
Thermanit 14 K Si
Z 13 Nb L
BÖHLER CAT 409 Cb-IG
Z 13 1
BÖHLER FOX CN 13/1
13 4
BÖHLER FOX CN 13/4
BÖHLER FOX CN 13/4 SUPRA
16 5 1
Z 16 6 Mo
BÖHLER FOX CN 16/6 M-HD
16 8 2
Avesta 16.8.2
Z 16 13 Nb
BÖHLER FOX CN 16/13
BÖHLER CN 16/13-IG
17
BÖHLER FOX SKWA
BÖHLER KWA-IG
Z 17 Ti
Thermanit 17
Marathon 213
BÖHLER BB 203
BÖHLER SKWA-IG
Z 17 Nb L
Z 17 Mo
BÖHLER CAT 430L Cb-MC
BÖHLER FOX SKWAM
BÖHLER SKWAM-IG
BÖHLER SKWAM-UP
BÖHLER BB 203
Z 17 Mo H
Z 17 4 Cu
BÖHLER FOX CN 17/4 PH
Z17 6
Thermanit 17/06
Z 17 15 Mn W
Thermanit 17/15 TT
Z 18 Nb L
BÖHLER CAT 430L Cb-IG
Thermanit 430L Cb
Z 18 NbTi L
BÖHLER CAT 430L Cb Ti-IG
Z 18 Ti L
BÖHLER CAT 439L Ti-IG
Thermanit 439 Ti
18 8 Mn
202
BÖHLER FOX A 7
Thermanit XW
BÖHLER A 7 CN-IG
Thermanit X
BÖHLER AWS ER 307
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Thermanit 17/15 TT
Marathon 104
BÖHLER CAT 430L Cb Ti-MC
BÖHLER CAT 439L Ti-MC
BÖHLER CAT 430L Cb Ti-MC
BÖHLER A 7 CN-UP
BÖHLER BB 203
BÖHLER A 7-FD
BÖHLER A 7 PW-FD
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
BÖHLER A 7-MC
203
EN
MMA
Z 18 9 MnMo
BÖHLER FOX A 7-A
18 16 5 N L
BÖHLER FOX ASN 5
BÖHLER FOX ASN 5-A
Z 18 16 1 Cu H
BÖHLER FOX E 304 H Cu
Z 18 16 5 N L
TIG, MIG/MAG
SAW
FCAW
Thermanit 304 H Cu
ER 304 H Cu-IG
BÖHLER ASN 5-IG
BÖHLER ASN 5-IG (Si)
BÖHLER ASN 5-UP
Marathon 104
BÖHLER BB 203
19 9
BÖHLER FOX CN 18/11
19 9 H
BÖHLER FOX E 308 H
Avesta 308/308H AC/DC
Avesta 308H
Thermanit ATS 4
Thermanit ATS 4
Marathon 104
BÖHLER E 308H-FD
BÖHLER E 308H PW-FD
19 9 L
Avesta 308L/MVR-4D
BÖHLER FOX EAS 2
BÖHLER FOX EAS 2-A
BÖHLER FOX EAS 2 (LF)
Avesta 308L/MVR
BÖHLER FOX EAS 2-VD
BÖHLER EAS 2-IG
BÖHLER EAS 2-IG (LF)
Thermanit JE-308L
Avesta 308L/MVR
BÖHLER AWS ER308L
Avesta ER308/308L Si
Thermanit JE-308L
Avesta Flux 805
Marathon 213
Marathon 431
BÖHLER BB 203
BÖHLER EAS 2-UP (LF)
BÖHLER BB 203
Marathon 431
BÖHLER EAS 2-FD
BÖHLER EAS 2 PW-FD
BÖHLER EAS 2 PW-FD (LF)
Avesta FCW-2D 308L/MVR
Avesta FCW 308L/MVR-PW
Avesta FCW 308L/MVR Cryo
Thermanit H-347
Avesta Flux 805
Marathon 213
Marathon 431
BÖHLER SAS 2-FD
BÖHLER SAS 2 PW-FD
BÖHLER E 347L H-FD
BÖHLER E 347 H PW-FD
Thermanit GE-316L
Marathon 431
Marathon 213
Avesta Flux 805
BÖHLER BB 203
BÖHLER EAS 4-FD
BÖHLER EAS 4 PW-FD
BÖHLER EAS 4 PW-FD (LF)
Avesta FCW-2D 316L/SKR
Avesta FCW 316L/SKR-PW
19 9 L Si
19 9 Nb
BÖHLER FOX E 347 H
BÖHLER FOX SAS 2
BÖHLER SAS 2-A
Avesta 347/MVNb
BÖHLER SAS 2-IG
BÖHLER SAS 2-IG (Si)
Thermanit H Si
19 12 3 L
BÖHLER FOX EAS 4 M
Avesta 316L/SKR
Avesta 316L/SKR-PW AC/DC
Avesta 316L/SKR-4D
BÖHLER FOX 4 M-VD
Z 19 12 3 L
BÖHLER FOX EAS 4 M (LF)
204
BÖHLER EAS 2-MC
BÖHLER EAS 2-IG (Si)
BÖHLER ER 308L Si
308L-Si/MVR-Si
Thermanit E-308L Si
Avesta ER308/308L Si
19 9 Nb Si
19 12 3 L Si
MCAW
BÖHLER EAS 4 M-IG
Avesta 316L/SKR
Thermanit GE-316L
BÖHLER AWS ER316L
Avesta ER316/316L Si
BÖHLER EAS 4 M-MC
BÖHLER EAS 4 M-UP (LF)
BÖHLER BB 203
Marathon 213
BÖHLER EAS 4 M-IG (Si)
Avesta 316L-Si/SKR-Si
BÖHLER AWS ER 316LSi
Thermanit GE-316L Si
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
205
EN
MMA
TIG, MIG/MAG
SAW
FCAW
19 12 3 Nb
BÖHLER FOX SAS 4
BÖHLER FOX SAS 4-A
BÖHLER SAS 4-IG
Thermanit A
Thermanit A
Marathon 213
Marathon 431
Avesta Flux 805
BÖHLER SAS 4-FD
BÖHLER SAS 4 PW-FD
E 317L-FD
E 317L PW-FD
19 12 3 Nb Si
BÖHLER SAS 4-IG (Si)
Avesta 318-Si/SKNb-Si
Thermanit A Si
19 13 4 L
Avesta 317L/SNR
Avesta 317L/SNR
Avesta 317L/SNR
Avesta Flux 805
20 10 3
BÖHLER FOX CN 19/9 M
Thermanit 20/10 W
Thermanit 140 K
Thermanit 20/10 W
Thermanit 20/10
BÖHLER CN 19/9 M-IG
Thermanit 20/10
Avesta Flux 805
BÖHLER BB 203
Marathon 213
20 16 3 Mn N L
Thermanit 19/15 H
Thermanit 19/15
Thermanit 19/15
Marathon 104
Marathon 213
Z 20 16 3 Mn N L
Thermanit 19/15 H
20 25 5 Cu L
Thermanit 20/25 Cu
BÖHLER CN 20/25-IG
BÖHLER CN 20/25 M-IG (Si)
Thermanit 20/25 Cu
Marathon 104
Avesta 253 MA
Avesta 253 MA
Avesta Flux 805
20 25 5 Cu N L
Thermanit 20/25 CuW
Avesta 904L
BÖHLER FOX CN 20/25 M
BÖHLER FOX CN 20/25 M-A
21 10 N
Avesta 253 MA
Z 21 33 Mn
BÖHLER FOX CN 21/33 Mn
Z 21 33 Mn Nb
Thermanit 21/33 So
BÖHLER CN 21/33 Mn-IG
Thermanit 21/33 So
22 9 3 N L
Avesta 2205-PW AC/DC
Avesta 2205, Avesta 2205-HF
Avesta 2205 basic
BÖHLER FOX CN 22/9 N-B
Thermanit 22/09 W
BÖHLER FOX CN 22/9 N
Avesta 2205
Avesta 2205-Si
Thermanit 22/09
BÖHLER CN 22/9 N-IG
Avesta 2205
Avesta Flux 805
Thermanit 22/09
Marathon 431
BÖHLER FF-IG
Thermanit D
Thermanit D
Marathon 104
Thermanit 20/16 SM
Thermanit 20/16
Thermanit SM
Marathon 104
22 12 H
22 12
BÖHLER FOX FF
BÖHLER FOX FF-A
Thermanit DW
Z 22 17 8 4 N L
Thermanit 20/16 SM
206
MCAW
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Avesta FCW-2D 2205
Avesta CW 2205-PW
BÖHLER CN 22/9 N-FD
BÖHLER CN 22/9 PW-FD
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
BÖHLER FF-MC
207
EN
MMA
TIG, MIG/MAG
Z 22 18 4 L
BÖHLER FOX AM 400
BÖHLER AM 400-IG
23 7 N L
Avesta LDX 2101
Avesta 2304
Z 23 12
Avesta 309 AC/DC
23 12 L
BÖHLER FOX CN 23/12-A
Avesta 309L
BÖHLER FOX CN 24/13
23 12 L Si
SAW
FCAW
Avesta LDX 2101
Avesta 2304
Avesta LDX 2101
Avesta 2304
Avesta Flux 805
Avesta FCW-2D LDX 2101
Avesta FCW LDX 2101-PW
Avesta FCW-2D 2304
FCW 2304-PW
BÖHLER CN 23/12-IG
Avesta 309L
Thermanit 25/14 E-309L
Thermanit 25/14 E-309L
Marathon 213
Marathon 431
Avesta Flux 805
BÖHLER BB 203
BÖHLER CN 23/12-FD
BÖHLER CN 23/12 PW-FD
Avesta FCW-2D 309L
Avesta FCW 309L-PW
E 309L H PW-FD
BÖHLER CN 23/12 Mo-FD
BÖHLER CN 23/12 Mo PW-FD
BÖHLER CN 23/12-MC
Avesta 309L-Si
BÖHLER CN 23/12-IG (Si)
BÖHLER AWS ER309LSi
Thermanit 25/14 E-309L Si
23 12 Nb
BÖHLER FOX CN 24/13 Nb
23 12 2 L
BÖHLER FOX CN 23/12 Mo-A
Avesta P5
BÖHLER CN 23/12 Mo-IG
Avesta P5
Flux 805
25 4
BÖHLER FOX FA
BÖHLER FA-IG
Thermanit L
BÖHLER FA-UP
BÖHLER BB 203
Marathon 213
Marathon 104
Z 25 9 3 N L
Thermanit 25/09 CuW
25 9 4 N L
Avesta 2507/P100
Avesta 2507/P100 rutile
Avesta 2507/P100-HF
Avesta 2507/P100-HFCuW
BÖHLER CN 25/9 CuT
BÖHLER FOX CN 25/9 CuT
Thermanit 25/09 CuT
Z 25 9 4 N L
Avesta LDX 2404
25 20
BÖHLER FOX FFB
Avesta 310
BÖHLER FOX FFB-A
Avesta 2507/P100
Thermanit 25/09 CuT
Avesta 2507/P100CuW
Thermanit 310
Avesta 310
Thermanit C Si
BÖHLER FFB-IG
Z 25 20 H
Thermanit CR
25 22 2 N L
BÖHLER FOX EASN 25 M
Z 25 22 2 N L
Thermanit 25/22 H
Avesta 2507/P100CuW
Avesta Flux 805
Thermanit 25/09 CuT
Marathon 431
Avesta FCW LDX 2404-PW
25 20 Mn
208
MCAW
Thermanit 25/22 H
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Thermanit 25/22 H
Marathon 104
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
209
EN
MMA
TIG, MIG/MAG
25 22 3 N L
Thermanit 25/35 R
Thermanit 25/35 Zr
26.0Cr-22.0Ni-5.5Mo-0.35N-0.9Cu
Avesta P54
27 31 4 Cu L R
Avesta 383 AC/DC
29 9
BÖHLER FOX CN 29/9
BÖHLER FOX CN 29/9-A
Avesta P7 AC/DC
Thermanit 30/10 W
Thermanit 30/10
Ni Z
(NiCr36Fe15Nb0.6)
Thermanit 35/45 Nb
Thermanit 35/45 Nb
Ni 6022 (NiCr21Mo13Fe4W3)
UTP A 722 Kb
Thermanit 22
Ni 6052
(NiCr30Fe9)
Thermanit Nimo C 24
Ni 6082
(NiCr20Mn3Nb)
Thermanit Nicro 82
BÖHLER FOX NIBAS 70/20
Ni 6117
(NiCr22Co12Mo)
Thermanit 617
Ni 6052
(NiCr30Fe9Nb)
Thermanit 690
Ni 6152
(NiCr30Fe9)
Thermanit 690
Ni 6182
(NiCr15Fe6Mn)
Thermanit Nicro 182
Thermanit Nimo C 24
Thermanit Nimo C 24
Marathon 213
Marathon 504
Thermanit Nicro 82
Thermanit Nicro 82
Marathon 104
Marathon 444
BÖHLER NIBAS 70/20-FD
BÖHLER NIBAS 70/20 Mn-FD
Thermanit Nicro 182
Ni 6276
(NiCr15Mo16Fe6W4)
210
Avesta P7
Flux 805
Thermanit 690
Ni 6082
(NiCr20Mn3Nb)
Ni 6455 (NiCr16Mo15Ti)
MCAW
Thermanit 25/35 R
Z 25 35 Zr
Ni 6059
(NiCr23Mo16)
FCAW
BÖHLER AM 500-UP
Marathon 104
BÖHLER BB 203
Z 25 35
Z 25 35 Nb
SAW
Thermanit Nimo C 276
Marathon 213
Marathon 504
UTP 704 Kb
UTP A 704
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
211
EN
MMA
Ni 6617 NiCr22Co12Mo9
Ni 6625
(NiCr22Mo9Nb)
Thermanit 625
BÖHLER FOX NIBAS 625
Ni 6627 (NiCr21MoFeNb)
Avesta P12-R Basic
TIG, MIG/MAG
SAW
Thermanit 617
Thermanit 617
Marathon 104
Marathon 504
Thermanit 625
Thermanit 625
Marathon 104
Marathon 504
Marathon 444
Ni 6660 (NiCr22Mo10W3)
Thermanit 625 LNb
Ni 6686
(NiCr21Mo16W4)
Thermanit 686
Ni 8025
(NiCr29Fe26Mo)
FCAW
MCAW
BÖHLER NIBAS 625 PW-FD
Thermanit 686
Thermanit 30/40 E
Thermanit 30/40 EW
Ni 8025
(NiFe30Cr29Mo)
Thermanit 30/40 E
Ni 8065 (NiFe30Cr21Mo3)
Thermanit 825
Table 12.4. Selected product portfolio in in accordance with AWS.
AWS
SMAW
GTAW / GMAW
410 (mod.)
BÖHLER FOX KW 10
BÖHLER KW 10-IG
Thermanit 14 K Si
409Nb
410NiMo
SAW
FCAW
Thermanit 13/04
Marathon 104
BÖHLER CN 13/4 PW-FD
BÖHLER CAT 409 Cb-IG
BÖHLER FOX CN 13/4
BÖHLER FOX CN 13/4 SUPRA
410NiMo (mod.)
BÖHLER CN 13/4-IG
Thermanit 13/04 Si
16-8-2
Avesta 16.8.2
430
BÖHLER FOX SKWA
430 (mod.)
BÖHLER CN 13/4-UP
BÖHLER BB 203
212
BÖHLER CN 13/4-MC
BÖHLER CN 13/4-MC (F)
BÖHLER CN 13/4-MC HI
Thermanit 17
Marathon 213
BÖHLER BB 203
BÖHLER KWA-IG
BÖHLER SKWA-IG
BÖHLER CAT 430L Cb-IG
Thermanit 430L Cb
BÖHLER CAT 430L Cb Ti-IG
BÖHLER CAT 430L Cb Ti-MC
439Nb
630 (mod.)
MCAW
BÖHLER CAT 430L Cb-MC
BÖHLER FOX CN 17/4 PH
Thermanit 17/06
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
213
AWS
SMAW
439
GTAW / GMAW
307 (mod.)
BÖHLER FOX A 7
BÖHLER FOX A 7-A
Thermanit XW
BÖHLER A 7 CN-IG
Thermanit X
BÖHLER AWS ER 307
308H (mod.)
BÖHLER FOX E 304 H Cu
Thermanit 304 H Cu
ER 304 H Cu-IG
317L (mod.)
BÖHLER FOX ASN 5
BÖHLER FOX ASN 5-A
BÖHLER ASN 5-IG
BÖHLER ASN 5-IG (Si)
308
BÖHLER FOX CN 18/11
308H
BÖHLER FOX E 308 H
Avesta 308/308H AC/DC
19-10H
308L
Avesta 308L/MVR-4D
BÖHLER FOX EAS 2
BÖHLER FOX EAS 2-A
BÖHLER FOX EAS 2 (LF)
Avesta 308L/MVR
BÖHLER FOX EAS 2-VD
308LSi
347
FCAW
MCAW
BÖHLER CAT 439L Ti-MC
BÖHLER CAT 430L Cb Ti-MC
BÖHLER A 7 CN-UP
BÖHLER BB 203
BÖHLER A 7-FD
BÖHLER A 7 PW-FD
BÖHLER A 7-MC
BÖHLER ASN 5-UP
Marathon 104
BÖHLER BB 203
Avesta 308H
BÖHLER E 308H-FD
BÖHLER E 308H PW-FD
Thermanit ATS 4
Thermanit ATS 4
Marathon 104
BÖHLER EAS 2-IG
BÖHLER EAS 2-IG (LF)
Thermanit JE-308L
Avesta 308L/MVR
BÖHLER AWS ER308L
Avesta ER308/308L Si
Thermanit JE-308L
Avesta Flux 805
Marathon 213
Marathon 431
BÖHLER BB 203
BÖHLER EAS 2-UP (LF)
BÖHLER BB 203
Marathon 431
BÖHLER EAS 2-FD
BÖHLER EAS 2 PW-FD
BÖHLER EAS 2 PW-FD (LF)
Avesta FCW-2D 308L/MVR
Avesta FCW 308L/MVR-PW
Avesta FCW 308L/MVR Cryo
Thermanit H-347
Avesta Flux 805
Marathon 213
Marathon 431
BÖHLER SAS 2-FD
BÖHLER SAS 2 PW-FD
BÖHLER E 347L H-FD
BÖHLER E 347 H PW-FD
Thermanit GE-316L
Marathon 431
Marathon 213
Avesta Flux 805
BÖHLER BB 203
BÖHLER EAS 4-FD
BÖHLER EAS 4 PW-FD
BÖHLER EAS 4 PW-FD (LF)
Avesta FCW-2D 316L/SKR
Avesta FCW 316L/SKR-PW
BÖHLER EAS 2-MC
BÖHLER EAS 2-IG (Si)
BÖHLER ER 308L Si
308L-Si/MVR-Si
Thermanit E-308L Si
Avesta ER308/308L Si
BÖHLER FOX E 347 H
BÖHLER FOX SAS 2
BÖHLER SAS 2-A
Avesta 347/MVNb
347Si
BÖHLER SAS 2-IG
BÖHLER SAS 2-IG (Si)
Thermanit H Si
316L
BÖHLER FOX EAS 4 M
Avesta 316L/SKR
Avesta 316L/SKR-PW AC/DC
Avesta 316L/SKR-4D
BÖHLER FOX 4 M-VD
316L
BÖHLER FOX EAS 4 M (LF)
214
SAW
BÖHLER CAT 439L Ti-IG
Thermanit 439 Ti
BÖHLER EAS 4 M-IG
Avesta 316L/SKR
Thermanit GE-316L
BÖHLER AWS ER316L
Avesta ER316/316L Si
BÖHLER EAS 4 M-MC
BÖHLER EAS 4 M-UP (LF)
BÖHLER BB 203
Marathon 213
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
215
AWS
SMAW
316LSi
318
GTAW / GMAW
SAW
FCAW
Thermanit A
Marathon 213
Marathon 431
Avesta Flux 805
BÖHLER SAS 4-FD
BÖHLER SAS 4 PW-FD
BÖHLER E 317L-FD
BÖHLER E 317L PW-FD
BÖHLER FOX SAS 4
BÖHLER FOX SAS 4-A
318 (mod.)
BÖHLER SAS 4-IG
Thermanit A
BÖHLER SAS 4-IG (Si)
Avesta 318-Si/SKNb-Si
Thermanit A Si
317L
Avesta 317L/SNR
BÖHLER FOX E317 L
Avesta 317L/SNR
Avesta 317L/SNR
Avesta Flux 805
308Mo (mod.)
BÖHLER FOX CN 19/9 M
Thermanit 20/10 W
Thermanit 140 K
Thermanit 20/10 W
Thermanit 20/10
BÖHLER CN 19/9 M-IG
Thermanit 20/10
Avesta Flux 805
BÖHLER BB 203
Marathon 213
316LMn
Thermanit 19/15 H
Thermanit 19/15
316LMn (mod.)
Thermanit 19/15 H
Thermanit 19/15
Marathon 104
Marathon 213
Thermanit 20/25 Cu
Marathon 104
385
Thermanit 20/25 CuW
Avesta 904L
Thermanit 20/25 Cu
385 (mod.)
BÖHLER FOX CN 20/25 M
BÖHLER FOX CN 20/25 M-A
BÖHLER CN 20/25-IG
BÖHLER CN 20/25 M-IG (Si)
2209
Avesta 2205-PW AC/DC
Avesta 2205, Avesta 2205-HF
Avesta 2205 basic
BÖHLER FOX CN 22/9 N-B
Thermanit 22/09 W
BÖHLER FOX CN 22/9 N
Avesta 2205
Avesta 2205-Si
Thermanit 22/09
BÖHLER CN 22/9 N-IG
Avesta 2205
Avesta Flux 805
Thermanit 22/09
Marathon 431
309
BÖHLER FOX FF
BÖHLER FOX FF-A
Thermanit DW
BÖHLER FF-IG
Thermanit D
Thermanit D
Marathon 104
Avesta LDX 2101
Avesta 2304
Avesta LDX 2101
Avesta 2304
Avesta Flux 805
309 (mod.)
2307
Avesta LDX 2101
Avesta 2304
309
Avesta 309 AC/DC
216
MCAW
BÖHLER EAS 4 M-IG (Si)
Avesta 316L-Si/SKR-Si
BÖHLER AWS ER 316LSi
Thermanit GE-316L Si
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Avesta FCW-2D 2205
Avesta CW 2205-PW
BÖHLER CN 22/9 N-FD
BÖHLER CN 22/9 PW-FD
BÖHLER FF-MC
Avesta FCW-2D LDX 2101
Avesta FCW LDX 2101-PW
Avesta FCW-2D 2304
FCW 2304-PW
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
217
AWS
SMAW
GTAW / GMAW
SAW
FCAW
MCAW
309L
BÖHLER FOX CN 23/12-A
Avesta 309L
BÖHLER FOX CN 24/13
BÖHLER CN 23/12-IG
Avesta 309L
Thermanit 25/14 E-309L
Thermanit 25/14 E-309L
Marathon 213
Marathon 431
Avesta Flux 805
BÖHLER BB 203
BÖHLER CN 23/12-FD
BÖHLER CN 23/12 PW-FD
Avesta FCW-2D 309L
Avesta FCW 309L-PW
E 309L H PW-FD
BÖHLER CN 23/12-MC
Avesta P5
Flux 805
BÖHLER CN 23/12 Mo-FD
BÖHLER CN 23/12 Mo PW-FD
309LSi
Avesta 309L-Si
BÖHLER CN 23/12-IG (Si)
BÖHLER AWS ER309LSi
Thermanit 25/14 E-309L Si
309Nb
BÖHLER FOX CN 24/13 Nb
309LMo
BÖHLER FOX CN 23/12 Mo-A
Avesta P5
2553 (mod.)
BÖHLER CN 23/12 Mo-IG
Thermanit 25/09 CuW
2594
Avesta 2507/P100
Avesta 2507/P100 rutile
Avesta 2507/P100-HF
Avesta 2507/P100-HFCuW
BÖHLER CN 25/9 CuT
2594 (mod.)
Avesta LDX 2404
2595
BÖHLER FOX CN 25/9 CuT
Thermanit 25/09 CuT
Avesta 2507/P100CuW
310
Avesta 310
Thermanit 310
310 (mod.)
Thermanit 25/22 H
BÖHLER FOX EASN 25 M
BÖHLER FOX FFB
BÖHLER FOX FFB-A
Thermanit C Si
Thermanit CR
Thermanit 25/22 H
BÖHLER FFB-IG
Avesta 310
383
Avesta 383 AC/DC
383 (mod.)
Thermanit 30/40 E
Thermanit 30/40 EW
Thermanit 30/40 E
312
BÖHLER FOX CN 29/9
BÖHLER FOX CN 29/9-A
Avesta P7 AC/DC
Thermanit 30/10
Avesta P7
Flux 805
312 (mod.)
Thermanit 30/10 W
Thermanit Nicro 82
Thermanit Nicro 82
Marathon 104
Marathon 444
NiCr-3
NiCrFe-3
Thermanit Nicro 182
NiCrFe-3 (mod.)
Thermanit Nicro 82
BÖHLER FOX NIBAS 70/20
NiCrFe-7
Thermanit 690
218
Avesta 2507/P100
Thermanit 25/09 CuT
Avesta 2507/P100CuW
Avesta Flux 805
Thermanit 25/09 CuT
Marathon 431
Avesta FCW LDX 2404-PW
Thermanit 25/22 H
Marathon 104
Thermanit Nicro 182
BÖHLER NIBAS 70/20-FD
BÖHLER NIBAS 70/20 Mn-FD
Thermanit 690
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
219
AWS
SMAW
GTAW / GMAW
SAW
FCAW
NiCrMo-3
Thermanit 625
BÖHLER FOX NIBAS 625
Thermanit 625
Thermanit 625
Marathon 104
Marathon 504
Marathon 444
BÖHLER NIBAS 625 PW-FD
NiCrMo-4
Thermanit Nimo C 276
Marathon 213
Marathon 504
NiCrMo-10
UTP A 722 Kb
NiCrMo-12
Avesta P12-R Basic
NiCrMo-14
NiCrMo-13
Thermanit Nimo C 24
NiCrMo-20
NiCrCoMo-1
NiFeCr-1
220
MCAW
Thermanit 22
Thermanit 686
Thermanit 686
Thermanit Nimo C 24
Thermanit Nimo C 24
Marathon 213
Marathon 504
Thermanit 625 LNb
Thermanit 617
Thermanit 617
Thermanit 617
Marathon 104
Marathon 504
Thermanit 825
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
221
Table 12.5. Selected product portfolio in accordance with
Werkstoffnummer.
W.No.
MMA
TIG, MAG
SAW
1.3954
Thermanit 20/16
SM
Thermanit 20/16
SM
Thermanit 20/16
Thermanit SM
Marathon 104
1.4009
BÖHLER FOX
KW 10
BÖHLER KW
10-IG
Thermanit 14 K Si
BÖHLER CAT 409
Cb-IG
~1.4010
FCAW
BÖHLER CAT
439L Ti-IG
Thermanit 439 Ti
BÖHLER FOX
SKWA
BÖHLER KWA-IG Thermanit 17
Marathon 213
BÖHLER BB 203
1.4115
BÖHLER FOX
SKWAM
BÖHLER
SKWAM-IG
1.4316
Avesta 308L/
BÖHLER EAS
Thermanit
MVR-4D
2-IG
JE-308L
BÖHLER FOX
BÖHLER EAS
Avesta Flux 805
EAS 2
2-IG (LF)
Marathon 213
BÖHLER FOX
Thermanit
Marathon 431
EAS 2-A
JE-308L
BÖHLER BB 203
BÖHLER FOX
Avesta 308L/MVR BÖHLER EAS
EAS 2 (LF)
BÖHLER AWS
2-UP (LF)
Avesta 308L/MVR ER308L
BÖHLER BB 203
BÖHLER FOX
Avesta
Marathon 431
EAS 2-VD
ER308/308L Si
BÖHLER EAS
2-IG (Si)
BÖHLER ER
308L Si
308L-Si/MVR-Si
Thermanit E-308L
Si
Avesta
ER308/308L Si
222
MMA
TIG, MAG
SAW
FCAW
MCAW
1.4332
BÖHLER FOX CN
23/12-A
Avesta 309L
BÖHLER FOX CN
24/13
BÖHLER CN
23/12-IG
Avesta 309L
Thermanit 25/14
E-309L
Avesta 309L-Si
BÖHLER CN
23/12-IG (Si)
BÖHLER AWS
ER309LSi
Thermanit 25/14
E-309L Si
Thermanit 25/14
E-309L
Marathon 213
Marathon 431
Avesta Flux 805
BÖHLER BB 203
BÖHLER CN
23/12-FD
BÖHLER CN
23/12 PW-FD
Avesta FCW-2D
309L
Avesta FCW
309L-PW
E 309L H PW-FD
BÖHLER CN
23/12-MC
1.4337
BÖHLER FOX CN Thermanit 30/10
29/9
BÖHLER FOX CN
29/9-A
Avesta P7 AC/DC
Thermanit 30/10
W
Avesta P7 +
Flux 805
1.4351
BÖHLER FOX CN BÖHLER CN
13/4
13/4-IG
BÖHLER FOX CN Thermanit 13/04
13/4 SUPRA
Si
BÖHLER CN
13/4-UP
BÖHLER BB 203
Thermanit 13/04
Marathon 104
BÖHLER CN 13/4 BÖHLER CN
PW-FD
13/4-MC
BÖHLER CN
13/4-MC (F)
BÖHLER CN
13/4-MC HI
1.4370
BÖHLER FOX A 7 BÖHLER A 7
Thermanit XW
CN-IG
Thermanit X
BÖHLER AWS
ER 307
BÖHLER A 7
BÖHLER CN-UP
BÖHLER BB 203
BÖHLER A 7-FD
BÖHLER A 7
PW-FD
Thermanit
GE-316L
Marathon 431
Marathon 213
Avesta Flux 805
BÖHLER BB 203
BÖHLER EAS
BÖHLER EAS 4
4-FD
M-MC
BÖHLER EAS 4
PW-FD
BÖHLER EAS 4
PW-FD (LF)
Avesta FCW-2D
316L/SKR
Avesta FCW 316L/
SKR-PW
MCAW
BÖHLER CAT
439L Ti-MC
BÖHLER CAT
430L Cb Ti-MC
1.4015
W.No.
BÖHLER
SKWAM-UP
BÖHLER BB 203
BÖHLER EAS
2-FD
BÖHLER EAS 2
PW-FD
BÖHLER EAS 2
PW-FD (LF)
Avesta FCW-2D
308L/MVR
Avesta FCW
308L/MVR-PW
Avesta FCW
308L/MVR Cryo
BÖHLER EAS
2-MC
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
1.4406
1.4430
BÖHLER A 7-MC
Thermanit 17/06
BÖHLER FOX
EAS 4 M
Avesta 316L/SKR
Avesta 316L/
SKR-PW AC/DC
Avesta 316L/
SKR-4D
BÖHLER FOX 4
M-VD
BÖHLER EAS 4
M-IG
Avesta 316L/SKR
Thermanit
GE-316L
BÖHLER AWS
ER316L
Avesta
ER316/316L Si
BÖHLER EAS 4
M-IG (Si)
Avesta 316L-Si/
SKR-Si
BÖHLER AWS ER
316LSi
Thermanit
GE-316L Si
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
223
W.No.
MMA
1.4431
BÖHLER FOX CN Thermanit 20/10
19/9 M
BÖHLER CN 19/9
Thermanit 20/10 M-IG
W
Thermanit 140 K
Thermanit 20/10
W
1.4440
TIG, MAG
SAW
FCAW
BÖHLER ASN
5-IG
BÖHLER ASN
5-IG (Si)
Thermanit 19/15 H Thermanit 19/15 Thermanit 19/15
Thermanit 19/15 H Marathon 104
Marathon 213
1.4459
BÖHLER FOX CN BÖHLER CN
23/12 Mo-A
23/12 Mo-IG
Avesta P5
Avesta P5 +
Flux 805
Avesta 2205-PW Avesta 2205
Avesta 2205
AC/DC
Avesta 2205-Si
Avesta Flux 805
Avesta 2205 ,
Thermanit 22/09 Thermanit 22/09
Avesta 2205-HF
BÖHLER CN 22/9 Marathon 431
Avesta 2205 basic N-IG
BÖHLER FOX CN
22/9 N-B
Thermanit 22/09
W
BÖHLER FOX CN
22/9 N
1.4465
Thermanit 25/22
H
BÖHLER FOX
EASN 25 M
~1.4501
Avesta 2507/P100 Avesta 2507/P100 Avesta 2507/
Avesta 2507/P100 Avesta 2507/
P100CuW
rutile
P100CuW
Avesta Flux 805
Avesta 2507/
Thermanit 25/09 Thermanit 25/09
P100-HF
CuT
CuT
Avesta 2507/
Marathon 431
P100-HFCuW
BÖHLER CN 25/9
CuT
BÖHLER FOX CN
25/9 CuT
Thermanit 25/09
CuT
224
Thermanit 25/22
H
MMA
TIG, MAG
1.4502
BÖHLER
SKWA-IG
~1.4511
BÖHLER CAT
430L Cb-IG
Thermanit 430L
Cb
FCAW
Thermanit H-347
Avesta Flux 805
Marathon 213
Marathon 431
BÖHLER CN
23/12 Mo-FD
BÖHLER CN
23/12 Mo PW-FD
BÖHLER FOX E
BÖHLER SAS
347 H
2-IG
BÖHLER FOX
SAS 2
BÖHLER SAS 2-A
Avesta 347/MVNb
BÖHLER SAS
2-FD
BÖHLER SAS 2
PW-FD
BÖHLER E 347L
H-FD
BÖHLER E 347 H
PW-FD
1.4576
Avesta FCW-2D
2205
Avesta CW
2205-PW
BÖHLER CN 22/9
N-FD
BÖHLER CN 22/9
PW-FD
BÖHLER FOX
SAS 4
BÖHLER FOX
SAS 4-A
BÖHLER SAS
4-IG
Thermanit A
BÖHLER SAS
4-IG (Si)
Avesta 318-Si/
SKNb-Si
Thermanit A Si
Thermanit A
Marathon 213
Marathon 431
Avesta Flux 805
BÖHLER SAS
4-FD
BÖHLER SAS 4
PW-FD
1.4820
BÖHLER FOX FA
BÖHLER FA-IG
Thermanit L
BÖHLER FA-UP
BÖHLER BB 203
Marathon 213
Marathon 104
1.4829
BÖHLER FOX FF
BÖHLER FOX
FF-A
Thermanit DW
Avesta 309 AC/
DC
BÖHLER FF-IG
Thermanit D
Thermanit D
Marathon 104
1.4842
BÖHLER FOX FFB Thermanit 310
BÖHLER FOX
Avesta 310
FFB-A
BÖHLER FFB-IG
Avesta 310
Thermanit C Si
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
1.4846
1.4850
MCAW
BÖHLER CAT
430L Cb Ti-MC
1.4551
Thermanit 25/22
H
Marathon 104
BÖHLER CN
20/25-IG
BÖHLER CN
20/25 M-IG (Si)
Thermanit 20/25
Cu
SAW
Thermanit 20/25
CuW
Avesta 904L
BÖHLER FOX CN
20/25 M
BÖHLER FOX CN
20/25 M-A
BÖHLER ASN
5-UP
Marathon 104
BÖHLER BB 203
1.4455
W.No.
1.4519
BÖHLER FOX
ASN 5
BÖHLER FOX
ASN 5-A
1.4453
~1.4462
MCAW
Thermanit 20/10
Avesta Flux 805
BÖHLER BB 203
Marathon 213
Thermanit 20/25
Cu
Marathon 104
BÖHLER FF-MC
Thermanit CR
Thermanit 21/33
So
BÖHLER CN
21/33 Mn-IG
Thermanit 21/33
So
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
225
W.No.
MMA
1.4853
Thermanit 25/35 R
1.4948
SAW
FCAW
BÖHLER FOX E
Avesta 308H
308 H
Thermanit ATS 4
Avesta 308/308H
AC/DC
Thermanit ATS 4
Marathon 104
BÖHLER E
308H-FD
BÖHLER E 308H
PW-FD
2.4607
Thermanit Nimo
C 24
Thermanit Nimo
C 24
Thermanit Nimo
C 24
Marathon 213
Marathon 504
2.4621
Thermanit Nicro
182
Thermanit Nicro
182
2.4627
Thermanit 617
Thermanit 617
2.4635
TIG, MAG
Thermanit 617
Marathon 104
Marathon 504
Thermanit 22
2.4638
UTP A 722 Kb
2.4642
Thermanit 690
2.4653
Thermanit 30/40 E Thermanit 30/40 E
Thermanit 30/40
EW
2.4806
Thermanit Nicro
82
BÖHLER FOX
NIBAS 70/20
Thermanit Nicro
82
Thermanit Nicro
82
Marathon 104
Marathon 444
BÖHLER NIBAS
70/20-FD
BÖHLER NIBAS
70/20 Mn-FD
2.4831
Thermanit 625
BÖHLER FOX
NIBAS 625
Thermanit 625
Thermanit 625
Marathon 104
Marathon 504
Marathon 444
BÖHLER NIBAS
625 PW-FD
226
MCAW
Thermanit 690
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
227
13. Filler metal and flux
consumption
Table 13.1 shows filler metal and flux consumption for various welding methods,
joints and plate thickness. Consumption is stated as kg per meter of weld.
Table 13.1. Filler metal and flux consumption
Joint type
I-joint
V-joint
V-joint
228
Joint
preparation
Thickness,
mm
Consumption, kg/m*
MMA
MAG/TIG
D = 2.0 mm
2
0.07
0.05
0.06
D = 2.0 mm
3
0.09
0.07
0.08
D = 2.5 mm
4
0.14
0.10
0.12
α = 60°
C = 1.5 mm
D = 2.5 mm
4
0.19
0.14
0.16
5
0.26
0.19
0.22
6
0.34
0.25
0.30
7
0.43
0.32
0.38
8
0.54
0.40
0.47
9
0.66
0.49
0.58
10
0.80
0.59
0.70
12
1.10
0.81
0.96
14
1.46
1.08
1.28
16
1.87
1.38
1.64
α = 80°
C = 4.0 mm
No root gap
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
SAW
Flux
8
0.11
0.09
10
0.25
0.20
12
0.44
0.35
14
0.68
0.54
16
0.97
0.77
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
FCW
229
Joint type
X-joint
X-joint
Joint
preparation
Thickness,
mm
Consumption, kg/m*
MMA
MAG/TIG
α = 60°
C = 1.5 mm
D = 2.5 mm
14
1.44
1.06
1.26
16
1.85
1.36
1.62
18
2.31
1.70
2.02
20
2.82
2.08
2.47
22
3.38
2.49
2.96
24
3.99
2.94
3.49
26
4.66
3.43
4.07
28
5.37
3.96
4.70
30
6.14
4.52
5.37
SAW
Flux
14
α = 80°
C = 3.0 – 5.0 mm
16
No root gap
0.67
0.54
0.96
0.77
18
1.31
1.05
20
1.70
1.36
22
2.15
1.72
24
2.65
2.12
26
3.21
2.57
28
3.81
3.05
30
4.47
3.58
FCW
* Both sides included for double-sided joints
230
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
231
Joint type
Double U-joint
Fillet weld
Joint
preparation
Thickness,
mm
Consumption, kg/m*
MMA
MAG/TIG
SAW
Flux
FCW
β =15°
C = 2.5 mm
R = 8 mm
No root gap
20
2.72
2.00
1.90
1.52
2.38
22
3.11
2.29
2.18
1.74
2.73
24
3.53
2.61
2.48
1.98
3.10
26
3.98
2.94
2.79
2.23
3.49
28
4.46
3.28
3.12
2.50
3.90
30
4.95
3.65
3.47
2.77
4.33
35
6.29
4.64
4.40
3.52
5.51
40
7.78
5.73
5.45
4.36
6.81
45
9.42
6.94
6.60
5.28
8.24
50
11.21
8.26
7.85
6.28
9.81
2
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.02
3
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.04
4
0.09
0.06
0.06
0.05
0.08
5
0.14
0.10
0.10
0.08
0.12
6
0.20
0.14
0.14
0.11
0.17
7
0.27
0.20
0.19
0.15
0.24
8
0.35
0.26
0.24
0.20
0.31
9
0.44
0.33
0.31
0.25
0.39
10
0.55
0.40
0.38
0.31
0.48
12
0.79
0.58
0.55
0.44
0.69
14
1.07
0.79
0.75
0.60
0.95
16
1.40
1.04
0.99
0.79
1.24
18
1.77
1.32
1.25
1.00
1.57
20
2.18
1.63
1.55
1.24
1.94
A ≈ 0.7 × t
No root gap
* Both sides included for double-sided joints
232
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
233
14. Health and safety when
welding stainless steels
Welding is associated with a number of
different work environment issues. The
potential impact on the human health
varies with the welding technique.
Welding processes have a unique
exposure profile, where extreme heat,
high radiant energy, high electromagnetic fields, spatter and fume are often
featured. There are several reasons why
welding is a potentially dangerous
occupation. There are a multiplicity of
factors that can endanger the health of a
welder, such as heat, burns, radiation,
noise, fumes, gases, electrocution, and
even the uncomfortable postures
involved in the work. However, the work
environment can be improved by using a
wide variety of protective equipment
and implementing a number of protective measures. It is therefore of utmost
importance to use appropriate protective
equipment and implement other safety
and environmental measures.
Radiation
With the exclusion of SAW, all welding
methods generate very strong and
intense light. This emanates not only
from the arc, but also from the weld pool.
Although the intensity varies somewhat
from method to method, it can be
generally said that radiation increases
with increased welding current. The
radiation has a wide wavelength range.
■■ The visible light can cause both
temporary and permanent damage on
the sensory cells of the retina.
■■ The infrared radiation can damage
both the retina and the lens of the eye
and longer term exposure can lead to
cataracts.
■■ The ultraviolet radiation (UV) can
cause “arc eye”, i.e. temporary
234
damage of the cornea. This is most
usually self-healing. UV radiation can
also give rise to skin burns that
resemble sunburn.
■■ Heat radiation is a further type of
radiation that can cause various
degrees of distress.
Protective measures and equipment
■■ Eyes and face are best protected by
the use of a hand shield or welding
helmet, both with filtering glass.
There are several types of glass with
varying degrees of shading (darkening). The degree of shading should be
adjusted to the welding method and
current intensity. For example, the
TIG welding of thin workpieces
demands a lighter glass than, e.g.
FCAW. Modern welding helmets often
allow for the manual or automatic
adjustment of the degree of shading
given by the glass. Recommended
filter numbers are given in standard
EN 169.
■■ Because radiation can also affect the
skin, suitable protective clothing such
as gloves, overalls, etc. must be worn.
■■ The effects of radiation decreases
with distance, but people in the
vicinity of the welding site nevertheless have to be protected. The
workplace must be sealed off so that
as little radiation as possible escapes.
Items that can reflect radiation must
be kept away from the workplace.
■■ Heat radiation is reduced by good
ventilation. One common problem is
that the welder’s front has to endure
powerful heat radiation while his/her
back is often exposed to cold and
draughts. In such cases, it is important
that the entire work-site is designed to
preclude draughts and maintain an
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
even temperature and constant
ventilation.
■■ The laser light is particularly dangerous to the eyes, and helmets for arc
welding are not sufficiently protective. Depending on laser source,
different glass types are required
dust and fluorides. Hexavalent chromium (Cr(VI)) and nickel can cause
cancer and asthma. Manganese and
aluminum can have a local impact on the
nervous system. Iron oxide can irritate
the respiratory tract and fluorides can
affect bones. Furthermore, gases such as
ozone, carbon monoxide and nitrogen
(i.e. nitrous fumes) are also given off.
Ozone may cause irritation and asthma.
Fumes are generated not only by
welding, but also by grinding. Hence,
good ventilation is also important here.
Figure 16.1. Fumes generated by MAG
welding
Welding fumes
To greater or lesser extents, all welding
methods generate fumes. The amount
and type of fumes depends on welding
method, welding parameters and filler
metals. Flux-cored wire and covered
electrodes generate relatively large
amounts of fumes. MAG and TIG
generate relatively small amounts and,
in principle, SAW does not generate any
at all. Although TIG is a clean method as
regards of fumes, care must be taken as
this method generates most ozone.
When welding stainless steels, the
fumes include, amongst other things,
harmful substances such as fine metal
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Protective measures and equipment
■■ Especially when welding indoors,
good ventilation is enormously
important. Generally speaking, point
extraction is sufficient to provide an
acceptable environment. However,
fumes will spread throughout the
workplace and good general ventilation is also necessary. For optimum
protection of welders, use of modern
welding helmet with own fresh air
supply are recommended. Welding in
confined spaces such as tanks or
pipes requires the use of compressed
air line breathing apparatus. This
type of equipment may also be worn
in other environments.
■■ Primarily because of the risk of
harmful gases, but also because of the
large risk of pore formation in the
weld, welding stainless steel to coated
materials such as primed plate should
be avoided. Thus, all coatings
(primers, paints, etc.) must be ground
away, also with proper ventilation.
■■ When welding stainless steels, it is
important that all fusion faces are
properly cleaned using a suitable
degreasing agent, e.g. Avesta
CleanOne®.
■■ When welding stainless steels, it is
important that all joint faces are
properly cleaned using a suitable
degreasing agent. One effective
cleaning agent is acetone, but there
235
are other industrial solutions available with mixtures of different types of
alcohol and/or acetone, etc. It is also
common to use the same cleaner as
for dye-penetrant cleaning. Previously
certain degreasing agents contained
chlorinated hydrocarbons, which can
form phosgene if not completely dried
before welding. Phosgene may cause
lung damage and for this reason these
degreasing agents are forbidden in
most countries.
■■ In certain cases, it may even be
advantageous to opt for SAW or TIG.
SAW virtually emits no fumes or
radiation. TIG generates less fume
than other methods, but still generates ozone that can cause lung
irritation and asthma. When grinding
thoriated TIG tungsten electrodes
being slightly radioactive, this should
be performed in a machine preventing grinding dust to enter the air. It is
always important to protect the
welders.
■■ As a preventive measure, the
employer should have the workplace
environment investigated to establish
the level of welding fumes.
■■ The current used for welding should
not be higher than necessary to limit
fume formation. All factors (productivity, risk of defects such as lack of
fusion, fume generation, etc.) always
be weighed against each other to
optimize the welding process.
Limit values and standards
There are international standards (e.g.
EN ISO 15011 - Health and safety in
welding and allied processes and ANSI
Z49.1:2012 – Safety in Welding, Cutting
and Allied Processes) that stipulate how
fume levels are to be measured and how
the results are to be shown in ‘fume
datasheets ‘. These can be used to
present either the quantity of fumes per
time unit or the levels of various substances/contaminants. There are also
national standards and norms that set
236
limits for various substances/contaminants. To satisfy the requirements, local
extraction is necessary for all types of
welding.
Spatter and flying slag
It is difficult to totally eradicate welding
spatter. The amount of spatter is highly
dependent on welding method, filler
metal quality, the welding machine, the
choice of shielding gas and the welder’s
skill. However, it should be possible to
keep the amount of spatter relatively
low. Spatter and flying slag are a danger
not only to the welder; they are also a
fire hazard.
Protective measures and equipment
■■ Suitable protective clothing (apron,
wristlets/sleeves, etc.) should be
worn.
■■ Welding in confined spaces should be
avoided.
■■ Where possible, welding should be
from a favorable position, i.e. flat
rather than overhead, etc.
■■ Welders should be allowed to practice
finding the correct welding
parameters.
Fire
Welding is associated with very high
temperatures. The presence of combustible materials must thus be rigorously
avoided. Welding next to highly flammable substances such as petrol, oil,
combustible gases, packaging materials
and wooden articles should be avoided
wherever possible. The fire risk is often
greatest during incidental work in
premises that are not intended for
welding. Before starting a job, welders
should be aware of safety procedures
and know how any fires are to be
tackled.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Protective measures and equipment
■■ All combustible materials should be
removed from the danger zone. If this
is not possible, they should be safely
enclosed.
■■ The workplace should be kept
generally neat and clean.
■■ Suitable firefighting equipment must
be readily available and in good
working order.
■■ Water can be used to extinguish fires
as long as all arcs have been
extinguished.
■■ A worksite must never be left before it
is certain that a fire cannot break out.
■■ Personnel should be given suitable
training in firefighting.
Ergonomics
For the welder, as for all categories of
workers, good ergonomics are of great
importance. If possible, overlong static
loading and uncomfortable working
postures in confined spaces should be
avoided. If this is not possible, periods of
working in such conditions must be kept
short and interspersed with appropriate
physical exercise. In workshops, a
workpiece positioner helps to ensure that
the welding position is always optimal
and the use of a height-adjustable bench
also reduces the load on the body.
Protective measures and equipment
■■ Welding in the overhead position
should be kept to a minimum. Plan
welding so that only one bead is
deposited from beneath. The joint can
then be filled from above.
■■ Single-sided welding against a
ceramic backing is to be preferred to
double-sided with one of the sides
being welded in the overhead
position. To avoid working in confined
spaces (e.g. pipes), single-sided
welding is possible using, for example, covered electrodes or a TIG root
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
bead. Welding with covered electrodes involves far less static loading
than, for example, FCAW, but this has
to be weighed against productivity.
■■ SAW is a fully automatic method that
generates minimal amounts of
welding fumes, spatter, radiation, etc.
■■ A balancing arm for the welding torch
greatly reduces the physical strain on
the welder’s body.
■■ Height-adjustable tables and chairs
help welders to vary and optimize
their position.
Noise
Exposure to 85 dB for more than 8 h a
day, is regarded as the general noise
limit. Noise during welding seldom
exceeds this limit. However, welding is
often carried out in environments where
the general noise level is very high. In
particular, grinding and hammering can
generate a great deal of noise. Also
different arc transfer modes can cause
various levels of noise.
Protective measures and equipment
■■ Hearing protection (ear plugs or
muffs) should always be worn when
working in noisy environments.
■■ Hearing protection must always be
worn when grinding.
■■ As far as possible, grinding should
always be carried out in specially
screened off areas (e.g. grinding
halls).
■■ Worksite noise levels can be greatly
reduced by, for example, using noise
screens or sound absorbers.
■■ To detect any changes over time,
personnel who are exposed to noisy
environments should have regular
hearing checks.
237
Electrical safety
The human body is very sensitive to
electrical currents. Current intensity,
duration, frequency and the path taken
through the body determine the severity
of the effects. Although it is not harmful,
an alternating current of 0.5 mA, or a
direct current of 2 mA, can be sensed.
Currents above these levels can produce
muscle cramps and it may be impossible
for the subject to let go of the currentcarrying object. However, there is
usually no permanent tissue damage.
Currents above 20 – 40 mA can have
serious effects such as cardiac fibrillation or arrest, respiratory arrest or burns
to tissue or internal organs.
Current intensity is determined by the
following formula:
Current intensity =
voltage
electrical resistance
Currents can take various paths through
the body and circuit resistance is the
total resistance presented by the skin,
organs, protective clothing, etc. Duration
is a major factor determining the severity
of damage to the body. Currents can
take various paths through the body. The
nature and severity of any injury is
highly dependent on how current passes
through the body. A current passing
through the heart is the most serious of
all. The risks presented by alternating
currents are roughly four times greater
than those associated with direct
currents. Frequencies in the 15 – 100 Hz
range are the most dangerous.
Under EN 60974-1 Arc welding equipment Part 1: Welding power sources, the
rated no-load voltage for manual welding
is 113 V peak for DC and AC for an
environment with increased risk of
electric shock. For environment with an
increased risk of electric shock, the AC
peak value is somewhat lower with 68 V.
238
Protective measures and equipment
■■ In order to prevent electrical faults,
welding machines must be kept free
from dirt and dust. This will also
ensure that cooling is not impaired.
■■ When welding in narrow or damp
spaces, it is important to reduce the
no-load voltage of the welding
machine. It must not exceed 48 V
(AC).
■■ If possible, alternating current should
not be used for welding.
■■ The welding machine must be
protected from water. Machines used
outdoors must be designed for exterior
applications.
■■ The correct safety equipment must be
used, e.g. leather gloves with no rivets
or other metal parts, rubber-soled
safety shoes, etc.
Electromagnetic fields
Electromagnetic fields are generated
between high-voltage conductors or
surfaces. Magnetic fields are generated
around current-carrying conductors.
Flux density is measured in tesla (T). For
non-magnetic materials such as air,
microtesla (µT) is often used as the unit
of measurement. In a typical office, the
value is around 1 µT. Near an electrical
conductor for a welding machine, it can
be as high as 200 µT. However, the
strength of magnetic fields decreases
rapidly with distance. For example, with
a point source, a doubling of distance
reduces the strength to one eighth.
Strong magnetic fields are generated
during welding. Even if the health risks
are not entirely clear, certain precautions should still be taken. Welding
cables are the primary source of welder
exposure to magnetic fields. Frequency
has a great effect and, once again, direct
current is to be preferred to alternating
current.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Protective measures and equipment
■■ Equipment must be earthed.
■■ Welding and return cables should be
run side by side as far as practically
possible. The magnetic fields then
tend to cancel each other out.
■■ If possible, alternating current should
not be used for welding.
■■ Place the power source some meters
away from the point of welding.
Cuts (handling metal
plates and filler metals)
All handling of metal plates, welding
wire and electrodes presents risk of cuts.
Both plates and filler metals should
always be kept in their original packaging until they are used. When handling
plates and filler metals, suitable safety
equipment and tools should be used.
Under certain conditions, MAG and
SAW wire can “spring” from their
spools. This must always be borne in
mind when, for example, switching
spools.
Protective measures and equipment
■■ Safety equipment, gloves and eye
protection.
MSDS
There are material safety data sheets
(MSDS) for all voestalpine Böhler
Welding’s products. The sheets can be
ordered from voestalpine Böhler Welding
or downloaded from the website, www.
voestalpine.com/welding.
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
239
15. Product data sheets
Introduction
A selection of stainless steel products
manufactured by voestalpine Böhler
Welding is presented on the following
pages. The order within each product
group is according to EN ISO standard
order. More detailed information can be
obtained from voestalpine Böhler
Welding, sales offices or representatives
and on the web site www.voestalpine.
com/welding.
For latest information, please contact
voestalpine Böhler Welding, your local
sales representative or visit
www.voestalpine.com/welding
Standard designations
EN ISO, AWS and SFA designations are
given where applicable; EN ISO standards are valid for a considerable part of
the manufacturing program.
Approvals
The Böhler Welding products have been
approved by various classification bodies
and companies. Examples include:
ABS – American Bureau of Shipping
BV – Bureau Veritas
CWB – Canadian Welding Bureau
DB – Deutsche Bahn
DNV GL Det Norske Veritas
Germanischer Lloyd
LR – Lloyd’s Register
RINA – Registro Italiano Navale
TÜV – Technischer Überwachungs
Verein
RMRS – Russian Maritime Register of
Shipping
The products also have CE marking,
meaning that they comply with all the
relevant EU directives.
240
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
MMA
BÖHLER FOX KW 10
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, ferritic stainless
Classifications
EN ISO 3581-A
E 13 B 2 2
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E410-15 (mod.)
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Basic coated low-hydrogen electrode of E 13 B / E410-15 (mod.) type. Good welding characteristics in all
positions except vertical-down. Mainly used for surfacing on sealing faces of gas, water and steam valves to
meet stainless and wear resistant overlays for service temperatures up to 450°C. Be careful with dilution, at
least two layers build up should remain after machining. Joint welding of similar, stainless and heat-resistant
chromium steels provides matching color of weld metal with very good ability to polishing. Scaling resistant up to
900°C.
Base materials
Weld surfacing of most weldable unalloyed and low-alloyed steels.
Welding of corrosion resistant Cr-steels as well as other matching a C-content ≤ 0.20% (repair welding).
Heat resistant Cr-steels of similar chemical composition.
1.4006 X12Cr13, 1.4021 X20Cr13
AISI 410, 420
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.08
Si
0.7
Mn
0.8
Cr
13.5
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
u
a
530 (≥ 450)
700 (≥ 640)
u untreated, as-welded
a annealed, 750°C for 2 h / cooling in furnace
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Hardness Brinell
%
350
17 (≥ 15)
210
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Electrode
FOX KW 10 E 13 B
identification
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
Current A
60 – 80
80 – 100
110 – 130
Suggested preheating and interpass temperature 200 – 300°C.
Post-weld heat treatment at 700 – 750°C depending on base material and requirements.
Re-drying at 120 – 200°C for min. 2 h if necessary.
Approvals
CE
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
241
BÖHLER FOX CN 13/4
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, soft-martensitic stainless
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, soft-martensitic stainless
Classifications
Classifications
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Basic coated electrode of E Z 13 1 N type for welding similar corrosion resisting, martensitic and martensiticferritic rolled, forged, and cast steels. Improved ductility by alloying with nickel. Resistant to corrosion from water,
steam, and seawater atmosphere. Excellent slag removability and smooth bead appearance. Metal recovery
approximately 130%. Can be used for welding in all positions except vertical-down.
Basic coated low-hydrogen electrode of E 13 4 B / E410NiMo-15 type for welding soft-martensitic and
martensitic-ferritic rolled, forged, and cast steels. Mainly used in the construction of hydro turbines and
compressors. Resistant to corrosion from water, steam, and seawater atmosphere. Thanks to an optimum
balance of alloying components, the weld deposit yields very good ductility and toughness and cracking
resistance despite of its high strength. Excellent operating characteristics with easy slag removal, smooth bead
appearance and low hydrogen weld metal (HD ≤ 5 ml/100 g). The Ø 2.5 and 3.2 mm electrodes can be used for
welding in all positions apart from vertical down.
EN ISO 3581-A
E Z 13 1 B 6 2
EN ISO 3581-A
E 13 4 B 6 2
Base materials
1.4000 X6Cr13, 1.4002 X6CrAl13, 1.4006 X12Cr13, 1.4024 X15Cr13
AISI 403, 405, 410, 420
wt.-%
Si
0.25
Mn
0.65
Cr
11.5
Ni
1.5
1.4313 X3CrNiMo13-4, 1.4317 GX4CrNi13-4, 1.4407 GX5CrNiMo13-4, 1.4414 GX4CrNiMo13-4
ACI Grade CA 6 NM, UNS S41500
Mo
0.2
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
Tensile strength Rm
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E410NiMo-15
Base materials
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
C
0.04
MMA
MMA
BÖHLER FOX CN 13/1
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
23 (≥ 18)
110
20 (≥ 15)
65
8 (≥ 6)
36
MPa
MPa
u
580 (≥ 500)
670 (630 – 780)
a
540 (≥ 500)
730 (680 – 830)
a1
760 (≥ 700)
990 (950 – 1110)
u untreated, as-welded
a annealed, 700°C for 2 h / cooling in air
a1 quenched + tempered, 950°C for 0.5 h / cooling in air 700°C for 2 h / cooling in air
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Electrode
FOX CN 13/1 E Z 13 1 B
identification
Dimension mm
3.2 × 450
4.0 × 450
5.0 × 450
Current A
90 – 120
110 – 160
160 – 220
wt.-%
Si
0.3
Mn
0.5
Cr
12.2
Ni
4.5
Mo
0.5
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Tensile
Elongation A
Impact work ISO-V KV J
Rp0.2
strength Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
-20°C
u
890
1090
12
33
a
680 (≥ 500)
910 (≥ 760)
17 (≥ 15)
66
55
a1
670 (≥ 500)
850 (≥ 760)
18 (≥ 15)
95
u untreated, as-welded
a annealed, 600°C for 2 h / cooling in air
a1 quenched + tempered, 950°C for 0.5 h / cooling in air 600°C for 2 h / cooling in air
-60°C
50
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Electrode
FOX CN 13/4 410NiMo-15 E 13 4 B
identification
Suggested preheating 150 – 200°C and interpass temperature 180 – 260°C.
Post-weld heat treatment at 650 – 750°C.
Re-drying at 300 – 350°C for min. 2 h if necessary.
Approvals
C
0.035
Dimension mm
2.5 × 350
3.2 × 450
4.0 × 450
5.0 × 450
Current A
60 – 90
90 – 130
120 – 170
160 – 220
Preheating and interpass temperatures of heavy-wall components 100 – 130°C.
Maximum heat input 1.5 kJ/mm. Post-weld heat treatment at 580 – 620°C.
Re-drying at 300 – 350°C for min. 2 h if necessary.
Metal recovery approximately 130%.
CE
Approvals
TÜV (03232), CE
242
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
243
BÖHLER FOX CN 16/13
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, soft-martensitic stainless
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, creep resistant
Classifications
EN ISO 3581-A
E 13 4 B 4 2
MMA
MMA
BÖHLER FOX CN 13/4 SUPRA
Classifications
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E410NiMo-15
EN ISO 3581-A
E Z 16 13 Nb B 4 2
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Basic coated low-hydrogen electrode of E 13 4 B / E410NiMo-15 type for welding soft-martensitic and
martensitic-ferritic rolled, forged, and cast steels. Mainly used in the construction of hydro turbines and
compressors. Resistant to corrosion from water, steam and seawater atmosphere. Thanks to an optimum balance
of alloying components the weld deposit yields very good ductility and toughness and cracking resistance despite
of its high strength. Excellent slag removability, smooth bead appearance and low hydrogen weld metal (HD ≤ 5
ml/100 g).
Basic coated electrode of E Z 16 13 Nb B type for welding of heat and creep resistant CrNi-alloyed austenitic
stainless steels in high efficiency boilers and turbine components. Approved in long-term condition up to 800°C.
Fully austenitic weld deposit. Resistant to embrittlement and hot cracking. Excellent weldability in all position
except vertical down.
Base materials
1.4313 X3CrNiMo13-4, 1.4317 GX4CrNi13-4, 1.4407 GX5CrNiMo13-4, 1.4414 GX4CrNiMo13-4
ACI Grade CA 6 NM, UNS S41500
Similar alloyed heat and creep resistant steels
1.4878 X8CrNiTi18-10, 1.4910 X3CrNiMoBN17-13-3, 1.4919 X6CrNiMoB17-12-2, 1.4981 X8CrNiMoNb16-6,
1.4988 (G)X8CrNiMoVNb16-13
UNS S31635, S32100, AISI 316H, 321
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
Base materials
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.3
Mn
0.6
Cr
12.2
Ni
4.5
Mo
0.5
wt.-%
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Yield strength Tensile
Elongation A
Impact work ISO-V KV J
Rp0.2
strength Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
-20°C
u
800
950
16
35
a
680 (≥ 500)
910 (≥ 760)
18 (≥ 15)
70
60
a1
670 (≥ 500)
850 (≥ 760)
18 (≥ 15)
105
u untreated, as-welded
a annealed, 600°C for 2 h / cooling in air
a1 quenched + tempered, 950°C for 0.5 h / cooling in air 600°C for 2 h / cooling in air
Si
0.5
Mn
3.8
Cr
16
Ni
13
Nb
1.5
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Condition
-60°C
55
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350/450
5.0 × 350/450
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
450 (≥ 390)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
600 (≥ 550)
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
31 (≥ 30)
55 (≥ 32)
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Electrode
FOX CN 16/13 E Z16 13 Nb B
identification
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Electrode
FOX CN 13/4 SUPRA 410NiMo-15 E 13 4 B
identification
C
0.14
Current A
55 – 80
90 – 110
120 – 145
140 – 200
Preheating and interpass temperatures of heavy-wall components 100 – 130°C .
Maximum heat input 1.5 kJ/mm.
Re-drying at 300 – 350°C for min. 2 h if necessary.
Post-weld heat treatment at 580 – 620°C.
Dimension mm
2.5 × 250
3.2 × 350
Current A
60 – 80
80 – 110
Preheating is only necessary in case of wall thickness above 25 mm preheat up to 150°C.
Low heat input, max. 1.5 kJ/mm is recommended.
Interpass temperatures should not exceed 150°C.
Re-drying at 250 – 300°C for min. 2 h if necessary.
Approvals
TÜV (00550),CE
Approvals
TÜV (09081), CE
244
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
245
BÖHLER FOX SKWA
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, soft-martensitic stainless
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, ferritic stainless
Classifications
Classifications
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Basic coated high efficiency electrode of E Z 16 6 Mo B type for welding of soft-martensitic forged and cast
steels. The high chromium content enhances the corrosion resistance in water, steam and sea atmosphere. Main
applications are found in turbines, pumps and combustion building. Popular in hydro turbine engineering.
The electrode shows very good features in regard to arc stability, weld puddle control, slag detachability and
seam cleanliness. The Ø 2.5 and 3.2 mm electrodes can be used for welding in all positions apart from vertical
down. Low hydrogen is an essential and necessary prerequisite of this product.
Basic coated electrode of E 17 B / E430-15 type. Good welding characteristics in all positions except verticaldown. Mainly used for surfacing on sealing faces of gas, water and steam valves to meet stainless and wear
resistant overlays. Be careful with dilution, at least two layers build up should remain after machining. Joint
welding of similar, stainless and heat resistant chromium steels provides a very good ability to polishing.
Hydrogen content in weld deposit < 5 ml/100 g.
Base materials
Surfacing can be performed on all weldable base materials, unalloyed and low-alloyed.
Welding of corrosion resistant chromium steels as well as other similar-alloyed steels with C-contents up to
0.20% (repair welding).
1.4001 X7Cr14, 1.4006 X12Cr13, 1.4057 X17CrNi16-2, 1.4000 X6Cr13, 1.4002 X6CrAl13, 1.4016 X6Cr17,
1.4059 X17CrNi16-2, 1.4509 X2CrTiNb18, 1.4510 X3CrTi17, 1.4511 X3CrNb17, 1.4512 X2CrTi12, 1.4520
X2CrTi17, 1.4712 X10CrSi6, 1.4713 X10CrAlSi7, 1.4724 X10CrAlSi13, 1.4742 X10CrAlSi18
AISI 403, 405, 409, 410, 429, 430, 430Cb, 430Ti, 439, 431, 442
UNS S40300, S40500, S40900, S41000, S42900, S43000, S43035, S43036, S43100, S44200
EN ISO 3581-A
E Z 16 6 Mo B 6 2 H5
EN ISO 3581-A
E 17 B 2 2
Soft-martensitic forged steels and cast steels
1.4405 GX4CrNiMo16-5-1, 1.4313 X3CrNiMo13-4, 1.4317 GX4CrNi13-4, 1.4418 X4CrNiMo16-5-1
CA6NM / J91540
248 SV
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.3
Mn
0.6
Cr
15.5
Ni
5.8
Mo
1.2
Condition
Yield strength
Tensile strength Elongation A
Impact work
Hardness Brinell
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
ISO-V KV J
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
HV 10
u
520
1050
13
28
370
a
650
920
15
42
340
a1
640
920
16
48
330
a2
680
880
24
75
295
u untreated, as-welded
a annealed, 580°C for 4 h / cooling in air
a1 annealed, 590°C for 8 h / cooling in furnace down to 300°C then cooling in air
a2 solution annealed, 1030°C for 1 h / cooling in air 590°C for 8 h / cooling in furnace down to 300°C then cooling
in air
Base materials
wt.-%
Dimension mm
2.5 × 350
3.2 × 450
4.0 × 450
5.0 × 450
Current A
70 – 95
110 – 140
140 – 180
180 – 230
Re-drying at 300 – 350°C for min. 2 h if necessary.
Metal recovery approximately 135%.
The maximum interpass temperature should not exceed 120°C.
Approvals
C
0.08
Si
0.4
Mn
0.3
Cr
17
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
u
a
370 (≥ 300)
560 (≥ 450)
u untreated, as-welded
a annealed, 750°C for 2 h / cooling in furnace
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Hardness Brinell
%
250
23 (≥ 15)
200
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Electrode
FOX SKWA 430-15 E 17 B
identification
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Electrode
FOX CN 16/6 M-HD EZ16 6 Mo B
identification
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E430-15
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
5.0 × 450
Current A
60 – 80
80 – 110
110 – 140
140 – 180
The hardness of the deposit is greatly influenced by the degree of dilution with the base metal (depending on
the relevant welding conditions) and by its chemical composition. As a general rule it can be observed that the
higher the degree of dilution and the C-content of the base metal, the higher the deposit hardness.
Preheating and interpass temperature 200 – 300°C, post-weld heat treatment at 730 – 800°C.
Re-drying if necessary at 120 – 200°C for min. 2 h.
Scaling resistance up to 900°C
Approvals
TÜV (19071), CE
246
MMA
MMA
BÖHLER FOX CN 16/6 M-HD
KTA 1408.1 (8098.00), CE
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
247
BÖHLER FOX CN 17/4 PH
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, ferritic stainless
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, precipitation hardening stainless
Classifications
Classifications
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Basic coated electrode of E Z 17 Mo B type. Good welding characteristics in all positions except vertical-down.
Mainly used for surfacing on sealing faces of gas, water and steam valves to meet stainless and wear resistant
overlays. Be careful with dilution, at least two layers build up should remain after machining. Joint welding of
similar, stainless and heat resistant chromium steels provides a very good ability to polishing. Hydrogen content
in weld deposit < 5 ml/100 g. Weld metal retention of hardness up to 500°C.
Basic coated electrode of E Z 17 4 Cu B / E630-15 (mod.) type with strength properties for joint and fabrication
welding of analogous precipitation hardening CrNiCu-alloyed rolled, forged and cast steels.
Popular for components in the paper industry, rotors of compressors, fan blades, press plates in the plastic
processing industry and for the aerospace industry.
The electrode shows very good features in regard to arc stability and weld puddle control as well as slag
detachability and seam cleanliness. Lowest hydrogen content in the deposit is a prerequisite (HD < 5 ml/100 g).
Suitable for welding in all positions except vertical down. With the use of the proper PWHT (solution annealing +
precipitation hardening impact values down to –50°C are achievable.
EN ISO 3581-A
E Z 17 Mo B 2 2
EN ISO 3581-A
E Z 17 4 Cu B 4 3 H5
Base materials
Surfacing can be performed on all weldable base materials, unalloyed and low-alloyed.
Welding of corrosion resistant chromium steels as well as other similar-alloyed steels with C-contents up to
0.20% (repair welding).
1.4122 X39CrMo17-1, 1.4113 X6CrMo17-1, 1.4513 X2CrMoTi17-1
UNS S S43400, 43600
AISI 440C, 434, 436
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.22
Si
0.3
Mn
0.4
Cr
17
Mo
1.3
Hardness Brinell
u
a
u untreated, as-welded
a annealed, 750°C for 2 h / cooling in furnace
400
250
Base materials
Precipitation hardening forged steels and cast steels
1.4405 GX4CrNiMo16-5-1, 1.4418 X4CrNiMo16-5-1, 1.4525 GX5CrNiCu16-4, 1.4532 X8CrNiMoAl15-7-2, 1.4540
X4CrNiCuNb16-4, 1.4542 X5CrNiCuNb16-4, 1.4548 X5CrNiCu17-4
UNS S15700, S15500, S17400, S17480; AISI 630, 632
17-4 PH, 248 SV, XM12
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.3
Mn
0.6
Cr
16
Ni
4.9
Mo
0.4
Nb
0.2
Cu
3.2
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Electrode
FOX SKWAM E Z 17 Mo B
identification
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E630-15 (mod.)
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
MMA
MMA
BÖHLER FOX SKWAM
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
5.0 × 450
Current A
60 – 80
80 – 110
110 – 140
140 – 180
Preheating as required by the base metal, with temperatures between 100 and 200°C being generally sufficient
(for joint welding operations 250 – 400°C).
Annealing at 650 – 750°C may be carried out to improve the toughness values in the weld metal and in the
transition zone of the base metal. The hardness of the deposit is greatly influenced by the degree of dilution with
the base metal (depending on the relevant welding conditions) and by its chemical composition. As a general
rule it can be observed that the higher the degree of dilution and the C-content of the base metal, the higher the
deposit hardness.
Re-drying if necessary at 120 – 200°C for min. 2 h.
Scaling resistant up to 900°C.
Approvals
Yield strength
Tensile strength Elongation A
Impact work ISO-V KV J
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
-50°C
u
440
800
4
35 – 40
a1
940
1110
8
15
a2
830
940
15
24 – 30
a3
630
1030
17
60 – 66
a3
920
1030
17
60 – 66
a4
650
890
18
69 – 75
55
u untreated, as-welded
a 540°C for 3 h / cooling in air
a1 480°C for 1 h / cooling in air
a2 760°C for 2 h / cooling in air 620°C for 4 h / cooling in air
a3 solution annealed 1040°C for 0.5 h / cooling in air 580°C for 4 h / cooling in air
a4 solution annealed 1040°C for 0.5 h / cooling in air 620°C for 4 h / cooling in air
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Electrode
FOX CN 17/4 PH E Z 17 4 Cu B
identification
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
5.0 × 450
Current A
65 – 85
90 – 110
120 – 140
140 – 180
The interpass temperature has to be kept very low (max. 80°C).
Re-drying at 300 – 350°C for min. 2 h if necessary.
KTA 1408.1 (8043.03), DB (30.014.12-20.014.08), CE
Approvals
248
CE
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
249
BÖHLER FOX A 7-A
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, special applications
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, special applications
Classifications
Classifications
EN ISO 3581-A
E 18 8 Mn B 2 2
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E307-15 (mod.)
EN ISO 3581-A
E Z 18 9 MnMo R 3 2
MMA
MMA
BÖHLER FOX A 7
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E307-16 (mod.)
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Basic coated austenitic electrode of E 18 8 Mn B / E307-15 type for welding and cladding in all positions except
vertical down. Versatile electrode for numerous applications – welding of “hard-to-weld” steels, dissimilar
welding as well as repair and maintenance. For tough buffer and intermediate layers for cladding of rails and
switches, valve seats and in hydropower plants. The weld metal offers exceptionally high ductility and elongation
together with outstanding crack resistance. Good resistance to embrittlement when operating at service
temperatures from –100°C up to 650°C. The weld metal work hardens and offers good resistance to cavitation.
The weld metal is resistant to scaling up to 850°C, but at temperatures above 500°C there is not sufficient
resistance to sulfurous combustion gases. The weld deposit offers high ductility, elongation and resistance to hot
cracking, also after high dilution of “hard-to-weld” steels.
Rutile basic coated austenitic electrode of E Z 18 9 MnMo R / E307-16 (mod.) type for welding and cladding in all
positions except vertical down. Versatile electrode for numerous applications – welding of “hard-to-weld” steels,
dissimilar welding as well as repair and maintenance. For tough buffer and intermediate layers for cladding of
rails and switches, valve seats and in hydropower plants.
The weld metal offers exceptionally high ductility and elongation together with outstanding crack resistance.
Good resistance to embrittlement when operating at service temperatures from –100°C up to 650°C. The weld
metal work hardens and offers good resistance to cavitation. The weld metal is resistant to scaling up to 850°C,
but at temperatures above 500°C there is not sufficient resistance to sulfurous combustion gases. The weld
deposit offers high ductility, elongation and resistance to hot cracking, also after high dilution of “hard-to-weld”
steels. Designed for first class weld seems and easy handling on AC or DC. Ferrite according to WRC 92 is 4 – 8
FN.
Base materials
Dissimilar joints, tough buffer and intermediate layers prior to hardfacing, 14Mn-steels, 13 – 17% Cr and heat
resistant Cr and austenitic steels up to 850°C, armor plates, high carbon and quenched and tempered steels,
surfacing of gears, valves, turbine blades, etc. For joint welding of unalloyed / low-alloyed or Cr-steels with highalloyed Cr and CrNi-steels. Welding of austenitic high manganese steels and with other steels.
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.09
Si
0.7
Mn
6.5
Cr
18.6
Ni
8.8
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
450 (≥ 350)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
630 (≥ 500)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
35 (≥ 25)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
90
-110°C
34 (≥ 32)
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Electrode
FOX A 7 E 18 8 Mn B
identification
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
5.0 × 450
Dissimilar joints, tough buffer and intermediate layers prior to hardfacing, 14Mn-steels, 13 – 17% Cr and heat
resistant Cr and austenitic steels up to 850°C, armor plates, high carbon and quenched and tempered steels,
surfacing of gears, valves, turbine blades, etc. For joint welding of unalloyed / low-alloyed or Cr-steels with highalloyed Cr and CrNi-steels. Welding of austenitic high manganese steels and with other steels.
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
Current A
55 – 75
80 – 100
100 – 130
140 – 170
wt.-%
Si
1.5
Mn
4.0
Cr
19.5
Ni
8.5
Mo
0.7
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
520 (≥ 350)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
720 (≥ 500)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
35 (≥ 25)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
75
-100°C
≥ 32
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300/350
3.2 × 300/350
4.0 × 350
5.0 × 450
Current A
60 – 80
80 – 110
110 – 140
140 – 170
Operating data
Polarity
DC + / AC
Electrode
FOX A 7-A E Z 18 9 MnMo R
identification
Preheat, interpass temperature and post-weld heat treatment as required by the base metal.
Approvals
C
0.1
Preheat, interpass temperature and post-weld heat treatment as required by the base metal.
Re-drying at 120 – 200°C for min. 2 h if necessary.
TÜV (06786), DB (30.014.24), DNV GL, CE
Alternative products
Approvals
Thermanit X
TÜV (09101), NAKS (Ø 3.2 mm), CE
Alternative products
Thermanit XW
250
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
251
BÖHLER FOX ASN 5-A
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Classifications
EN ISO 3581-A
E 18 16 5 N L B 2 2
MMA
MMA
BÖHLER FOX ASN 5
Classifications
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E317L-15 (mod.)
EN ISO 3581-A
E 18 16 5 N L R 3 2
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E317L-17
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Basic coated electrode of E 18 16 5 N L B type for welding corrosion resistant CrNiMo-steels such as 1.4439 /
317L. Well-suited for difficult corrosion conditions encountered e.g. in the chemical industry, flue gas desulfurization, seawater desalination and particularly in the pulp & paper and textile industry. Over-alloyed in
molybdenum (4.5%) to compensate segregation and ensure good corrosion properties when welding base metals
with 3 – 4% Mo. Excellent resistance to stress corrosion cracking as well as high pitting resistance. Service
temperature from –269°C to 300°C. Cryogenic toughness down to –269°C. The electrode provides easy slag
removal with smooth and clean bead surfaces as well as good positional weldability.
Rutile coated electrode of E 18 16 5 N L R / E317L-17 type for welding corrosion resistant CrNiMo-steels such
as 1.4439 / 317L. Well-suited for difficult corrosion conditions encountered e.g. in the chemical industry, flue gas
desulfurization, seawater desalination and particularly in the pulp & paper and textile industry. Over-alloyed in
molybdenum (4.5%) to compensate segregation and ensure good corrosion properties when welding base metals
with 3 – 4% Mo. Excellent resistance to stress corrosion cracking as well as high pitting resistance. Service
temperature from –120°C to 300°C. Good operating characteristics on AC and DC, minimum spatter formation,
self-releasing slag with smooth and clean bead surface.
Base materials
Base materials
1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-13-3, 1.4439 X2CrNiMoN17-13-5, 1.4429 X2CrNiMoN17-13-3, 1.4438 X2CrNiMo18-15-4,
1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12
AISI 316Cb, 316LN, 317LN, 317L
UNS S31726
1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-13-3, 1.4439 X2CrNiMoN17-13-5, 1.4429 X2CrNiMoN17-13-3, 1.4438 X2CrNiMo18-15-4,
1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12
AISI 316Cb, 316LN, 317LN, 317L
UNS S31726
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
Si
0.5
Mn
2.5
Cr
18.5
Ni
17
Mo
4.3
Nb
0.17
FN
≤ 0.5
wt.-%
Si
0.7
Mn
1.2
Cr
18
Ni
17
Mo
4.5
Nb
0.13
FN
≤ 0.5
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Condition
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
460 (≥ 300)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
660 (≥ 520)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
35 (≥ 30)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
80
-269°C
42 (≥ 32)
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
Current A
50 – 80
80 – 110
110 – 140
Operating data
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
460 (≥ 300)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
660 (≥ 520)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
32 (≥ 30)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
70
-120°C
47 (≥ 32)
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
Current A
65 – 85
90 – 120
110 – 150
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Electrode
FOX ASN 5 E 18 16 5 N L B
identification
Polarity
DC + / AC
Electrode
ASN 5-A E 18 16 5 N L R
identification
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Maximum width of weaving should be limited to twice the core diameter of the electrode. The arc should be kept
short.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1080 –
1130°C followed by water quenching.
For TIG root welding BÖHLER ASN 5-IG is recommended.
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C. Maximum width of weaving
should be limited to twice the core diameter of the electrode and the arc kept short.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1080 –
1130°C followed by water quenching.
For TIG root welding BÖHLER ASN 5-IG is recommended.
Re-drying at 300 – 350°C for min. 2 h if necessary.
Approvals
Approvals
CE
TÜV (07118), CE
252
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
253
BÖHLER FOX E 304 H Cu
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, creep resistant
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, creep resistant
Classifications
Classifications
EN ISO 3581-A
E 19 9 B 4 2
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E308-15
EN ISO 3581-A
E Z 18 16 1 Cu H B 2 2
MMA
MMA
BÖHLER FOX CN 18/11
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E308H-15 (mod.)
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Basic coated electrode of E 19 9 N / E308-15 type. Controlled delta ferrite content (3 – 8 FN) for heat and creep
resistant austenitic CrNi-steels with increased carbon contents (e.g. 1.4948 / 304H), for boiler, reactor and
turbine fabrication. Approved in long-term condition up to 700°C service temperature (300°C in the case of wet
corrosion). Resistant to hot cracking, scaling and corrosion. Excellent weldability in all positions except vertical
down. Also suitable for 1.4550 / 347 and 1.4541 / 321, which are approved for temperatures up to 550°C.
Basic coated electrode of E Z 18 16 1 Cu H B / E308H-15 (mod.) type for joining and surfacing on matching
austenitic creep resistant stainless steels. Designed to weld base materials similar to DMV 304 H Cu. The weld
metal offers a good high temperature corrosion resistance. Main applications are in thermal power plants for
superheater and reheater and piping in the high temperature zone.
Base materials
1.4907 X10CrNiCuNb18-9-3, 18Cr-9Ni-3Cu-Nb-N
ASME SA-213; code case 2328-1 and comparable creep resistant, austenitic steels
Super 304 H, DMV 304 HCu
Similar alloyed creep and heat resistant steels
1.4878 X8CrNiTi18-10, 1.4912 X7CrNiNb18-10, 1.4940 X7CrNiTi18-10, 1.4948 X6CrNi18-10, 1.4949
X3CrNiN18-11
UNS S30409, S32100
AISI 304H, 321
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.05
Si
0.3
Mn
1.3
Cr
19.4
Ni
10.4
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
420 (≥ 350)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
580 (≥ 550)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
40 (≥ 30)
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
Condition
Si
0.4
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
85
-40°C
57 (≥ 32)
Dimension mm
2.5 × 250
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
Current A
50 – 80
80 – 100
110 – 140
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
≥ 350
u untreated, as-welded
Mn
3.2
Cr
18
Ni
16
Mo
0.8
Nb
0.4
N
0.2
Preheating is only necessary in case of wall thickness above 25 mm preheat up to 150°C. Low heat input, max.
1.5 kJ/mm is recommended. Interpass temperatures should not exceed 150°C.
Re-drying at 300 – 350°C for min. 2 h if necessary.
Approvals
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
≥ 590
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
≥ 25
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
47 (≥ 32)
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Electrode
FOX E 304 H Cu E Z18 16 1 Cu H B
identification
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Electrode
FOX CN 18/11 308-15 E 19 9 B
identification
C
0.1
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
FN
3–8
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
Dimension mm
2.5 × 350
3.2 × 350
Current A
45 – 70
65 – 110
Suggested heat input max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Preheating is not required.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1100°C
followed by water quenching.
Approvals
CE
TÜV (00138), KTA 1408.1 (8067), LTSS, NAKS (Ø 3.2 mm), CE
254
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
255
Avesta 308/308H AC/DC
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, creep resistant
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, creep resistant
Classifications
Classifications
EN ISO 3581-A
E 19 9 H R 4 2
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E308H-16
EN ISO 3581-A
E 19 9 R
MMA
MMA
BÖHLER FOX E 308 H
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E308H-17
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Rutile-basic coated electrode of E 19 9 H R / E308H-16 type for welding of creep resistant CrNi-alloyed austenitic
stainless steels such as 1.4948 / 304H. Controlled ferrite content of 3 – 8 FN. The deposit is resistant to
embrittlement and scaling.
Excellent weldability in all position except vertical down. Service temperatures up to 700°C.
Rutile coated high carbon electrode of E 19 9 R / E308L-17 type. Designed for welding 1.4948 / 304H type
stainless steels, exposed to temperatures above 400°C. Resulting weld microstructure is austenite with 5 – 10%
ferrite. Good general corrosion resistance equal to base material 304.
Base materials
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4878 X8CrNiTi18-10, 1.4948 X7CrNi18-9
UNS S30400, S30409, S32100, S34700
AISI 304, 304H, 321, 321H, 347, 347H
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4878 X8CrNiTi18-10, 1.4948 X7CrNi18-9
UNS S30400, S30409, S32100, S34700
AISI 304, 304H, 321, 321H, 347, 347H
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.05
Si
0.6
Mn
0.8
Cr
19.8
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
420 (≥ 350)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
580 (≥ 550)
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
Ni
10.2
Condition
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
40 (≥ 30)
70 (≥ 32)
Si
0.7
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
465
u untreated, as-welded
Mn
1.1
Cr
20
Ni
10
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
Current A
45 – 75
70 – 110
110 – 145
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
605
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
35
Impact work
ISO-V KV J
20°C
50
Hardness Brinell
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
Current A
50 – 80
80 – 120
100 – 160
200
Operating data
Operating data
Polarity
DC + / AC
Electrode
FOX E 308 H-16 E 19 9 H R
identification
C
0.06
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
Polarity
DC + / AC
Electrode
308/308H-17
identification
Preheating is not required; only in case of wall thickness above 25 mm preheat up to 150°C.
Interpass temperature should not exceed 200°C.
Re-drying at 120 – 200°C for min. 2 h if necessary.
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
The scaling temperature is approximately 850°C in air.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050°C
followed by water quenching.
Approvals
Approvals
TÜV (12841), CE
CE
256
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
257
BÖHLER FOX EAS 2-A
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Classifications
EN ISO 3581-A
E 19 9 L B 2 2
MMA
MMA
BÖHLER FOX EAS 2
Classifications
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E308L-15
EN ISO 3581-A
E 19 9 L R 3 2
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E308L-17
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Basic coated electrode of E 19 9 L B / E308L-15 type. Preferably used for 1.4306 / 304L and 304LN steel grades.
Designed to produce first class weld deposits with reliable CVN impact toughness values down to –196°C. Good
gap bridging ability, very good root pass and excellent X-ray safety. Good welding characteristics in all positions
except vertical-down with easy weld pool and slag control. Easy slag removal even in narrow preparations
result in clean bead surfaces with minimum post-weld cleaning. Ideal electrode for welding on site. Resistant to
intergranular corrosion up to 350°C.
Rutile coated electrode of E 19 9 L R / E308L-17 type. Preferably used for 1.4306 / 304L and 304LN steel grades.
Designed for first class weld seems and easy handling on AC or DC. High current carrying capacity with minimum
spatter formation. Self-releasing slag, smooth and clean weld profile. Resistant to intergranular corrosion up to
350°C.
Base materials
1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4311 X2CrNiN18-10, 1.4312 GX10CrNi18-8, 1.4541
X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4546 X5CrNiNb18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10
AISI 304, 304L, 304LN, 302, 321, 347; ASTM A157 Gr. C9; A320 Gr. B8C or D
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4307 X2CrNi18-9, 1.4311 X2CrNiN18-9, 1.4312 GX10CrNi18-8,
1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4546 X5CrNiNb18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30453, S32100, S34700
AISI 304, 304L, 304LN, 302, 321, 347
ASTM A157 Gr. C9, A320 Gr. B8C or D
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
Base materials
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.4
Mn
1.3
Cr
19.8
Ni
9.6
FN
4 – 10
wt.-%
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
420 (≥ 320)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
580 (≥ 520)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
38 (≥ 30)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
110
-196°C
40 (≥ 34)
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
5.0 × 450
Current A
50 – 80
80 – 110
110 – 140
140 – 180
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Electrode
FOX EAS 2 308L-15 E 19 9 L B
identification
C
0.03
Si
0.8
Mn
0.8
Cr
19.8
Ni
10.2
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
430 (≥ 320)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
560 (≥ 520)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
40 (≥ 30)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
70
-120°C
43 (≥ 32)
Operating data
Polarity
DC + / AC
Electrode
FOX EAS 2-A 308L-17 E 19 9 L R
identification
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Dimension mm
1.5 × 250
2.0 × 300
2.5 × 250/300/350
3.2 × 300/350
4.0 × 350/450
Current A
25 – 40
40 – 60
50 – 90
80 – 120
110 – 160
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Re-drying if necessary at 120 – 200°C for min. 2 h.
Approvals
TÜV (00152), DB (30.014.10), Statoil, CE
Approvals
TÜV (01095), DB (30.014.15), ABS, DNV GL, Statoil, VUZ,CE, CWB, NAKS (Ø 3.2 mm; Ø 4.0 mm)
258
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
259
Avesta 308L/MVR
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, cryogenic
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Classifications
Classifications
EN ISO 3581-A
E 19 9 L B 2 2
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E308L-15
MMA
MMA
BÖHLER FOX EAS 2 (LF)
EN ISO 3581-A
E 19 9 L R 3 2
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E308L-17
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Basic coated electrode of E 19 9 L B / E308L-15 type. Preferably used for 1.4306 and 304L, 304LN steel grades.
Due to the specific alloying concept and a controlled ferrite content of 3 – 8 FN (aimed 2-6 FN), the weld metal
provides excellent impact toughness down to –196°C along with lateral expansion values of > 0.38 mm, which
makes it especially suitable for LNG applications. Good gap bridging ability, very good root pass and excellent
X-ray safety. Good welding characteristics in all positions except vertical-down with easy weld pool and slag
control. Easy slag removal even in narrow preparations result in clean bead surfaces with minimum post-weld
cleaning. deal electrode for welding on site. Resistant to intergranular corrosion up to 350°C.
Rutile coated electrode of E 19 9 L R / E308L-17 type for all position welding of 1.4307 / 304L stainless steels.
Resulting weld microstructure is austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite. Very good corrosion resistance under fairly
severe conditions, e.g. in oxidizing acids and cold or dilute reducing acids.
Base materials
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4307 X2CrNi18-9, 1.4311 X2CrNiN18-9, 1.4312 GX10CrNi18-8,
1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4546 X5CrNiNb18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30453, S32100, S34700
AISI 304, 304L, 304LN, 302, 321, 347
ASTM A157 Gr. C9, A320 Gr. B8C or D
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.4
Mn
1.3
Cr
19.5
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
410 (≥ 320)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile
strength Rm
MPa
560 (≥ 520)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
40 (≥ 30)
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4307 X2CrNi18-9, 1.4311 X2CrNiN18-9, 1.4312 GX10CrNi18-8,
1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4546 X5CrNiNb18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30453, S32100, S34700
AISI 304, 304L, 304LN, 302, 321, 347
ASTM A157 Gr. C9, A320 Gr. B8C or D
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
125
-196°C
40 (≥ 34)
Polarity
DC +
Electrode
FOX EAS 2 (LF) 308L-15 E 19 9 L B
identification
Dimension mm
2.5 × 350
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
Lateral
expansion
-196°C
0.71 (≥ 0.38)
Current A
50 – 80
80 – 110
110 – 140
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Si
0.7
Mn
0.6
Cr
19.5
Ni
10
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
420 (≥ 320)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile
strength Rm
MPa
570 (≥ 510)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
37 (≥ 25)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
60
Hardness
Brinell
-40°C
40
200
Dimension mm
2.0 × 300
2.5 × 350
3.2 × 350
Current A
25 – 55
30 – 85
45 – 110
Operating data
Polarity
DC + / AC
Electrode
308L-17/MVR
identification
Operating data
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
The scaling temperature is approximately 850°C in air.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050°C
followed by water quenching.
Approvals
Approvals
TÜV (01064), DB(30.014.17), DNV GL, CE
CE
260
C
0.02
Condition
Ni
10.5
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
261
Avesta 308L/MVR-4D
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Classifications
EN ISO 3581-A
E 19 9 L R 1 5
MMA
MMA
BÖHLER FOX EAS 2-VD
Classifications
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E308L-17
EN ISO 3581-A
E 19 9 L R
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E308L-17
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Rutile-basic coated electrode of E 19 9 L R / E308L-17 type especially designed for vertical-down welding of
stainless steel sheet metals of 1.4307 / 308L type. Suitable for welding of root and cap layers on V-joints in
vertical down position. When using same electrode diameter and same wall thickness, it is possible to save up to
50% of the welding time as compared to the vertical up position. Fast travel speed resulting in low heat input and
little distortion minimizes straightening work. Resistant to intergranular corrosion up to service temperatures of
350°C.
Thin-coated, rutile-acid coated electrode of E 19 9 L R / E308L-17 type specially developed for thin-walled pipe
and sheet welding of 1.4307 / 308L. Characterized by very good weldability in all positions and good re-striking
properties. Primarily intended for pipe and welding in all positions, but it can also be used as a general purpose
electrode, especially for thin material. Predominately used for welding of small pipes and tubes. To bridge large
root gaps, DC- is often preferred. Resulting weld microstructure is austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite. Very good
corrosion resistance under fairly severe condition, e.g. in oxidizing acids and cold or dilute reducing acids.
Base materials
Base materials
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4307 X2CrNi18-9, 1.4311 X2CrNiN18-9, 1.4312 GX10CrNi18-8,
1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4546 X5CrNiNb18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30453, S32100, S34700
AISI 304, 304L, 304LN, 302, 321, 347
ASTM A157 Gr. C9, A320 Gr. B8C or D
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4307 X2CrNi18-9, 1.4311 X2CrNiN18-9, 1.4312 GX10CrNi18-8,
1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4546 X5CrNiNb18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30453, S32100, S34700
AISI 304, 304L, 304LN, 302, 321, 347
ASTM A157 Gr. C9, A320 Gr. B8C or D
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.7
Mn
0.7
Cr
19.8
Ni
10.5
C
0.025
wt.-%
Si
0.7
Mn
0.7
Cr
19.5
Ni
9.5
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
470 (≥ 320)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
6000 (≥ 510)
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
36 (≥ 25)
55
u
420 (>= 320)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength
Rm
580 (>= 510)
Elongation A Impact work ISO-V KV J
(L0=5d0)
20°C
-40°C
35 (>= 25) 54
38
Hardness
Brinell
Dimension mm
1.6 × 250
2.0 × 300
2.5 × 350
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 450
Current A
25 – 50
30 – 60
45 – 80
70 – 120
90 – 160
190
Operating data
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Electrode
FOX EAS 2-VD 308L-17 E 19 9 L R
identification
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 300
Polarity
DC + / AC
Electrode
308L-17/MVR-4D
identification
Current A
75 – 85
105 – 115
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
The scaling temperature is approximately 850°C in air.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050°C
followed by water quenching.
Re-drying if necessary at 120 – 200°C for min. 2 h.
Approvals
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
The scaling temperature is approximately 850°C in air.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050°C
followed by water quenching.
Approvals
SEPROZ, CE
262
Yield strength
Rp0.2
TÜV (10728), CE
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
263
BÖHLER FOX SAS 2
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, heat resistant
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, stabilized
Classifications
EN ISO 3581-A
E 19 9 Nb B
Classifications
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E347-15
EN ISO 3581-A
E 19 9 Nb B 2 2
MMA
MMA
BÖHLER FOX E 347 H
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E347-15
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Basic coated electrode of E 19 9 Nb B / E347-15 type for welding of heat and creep resistant CrNi-alloyed
austenitic stainless steels such as 347H for service temperatures exceeding 400°C. Controlled ferrite content
of 3 – 8 FN. The deposit is less susceptible to embrittlement and is scaling resistant. Excellent weldability in all
position except vertical down.
Basic coated stabilized electrode of E 19 9 Nb B / E347-15 type. Mainly for welding Ti and Nb-stabilized 1.4541 /
321 and 1.4546 / 347 austenitic stainless steel grades. Designed to produce first class weld deposits with
reliable CVN impact toughness values down to –196°C. Good gap bridging ability, very good root pass and
excellent X-ray safety. Good welding characteristics in all positions except vertical-down with easy weld pool and
slag control as well as easy slag removal. Clean bead surfaces and minimum post-weld cleaning. An excellent
electrode for welding on site and for heavy and rigid components. Resistant to intergranular corrosion up to
400°C.
Base materials
1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4878 X8CrNiTi18-10, 1.4912 X7CrNiNb18-10, 1.4940
X7CrNiTi18-10
UNS S32100, S32109, S34700, S34709
AISI 321, 321H, 347, 347H
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.05
Si
0.3
Mn
1.3
Cr
19
Ni
10.2
Nb
≥8×C
FN
3–7
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
470 (≥ 350)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
630 (≥ 550)
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
36 (≥ 25)
95 (≥ 32)
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4311 X2CrNiN18-9, 1.4312 GX10CrNi18-8, 1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10,
1.4546 X5CrNiNb18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4552 GX5CrNiNb19-11
UNS S30400, S30403, S30453, S32100, S34700
AISI 347, 321,302, 304, 304L, 304LN
ASTM A296 Gr. CF 8 C, A157 Gr. C9, A320 Gr. B8C or D
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.03
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
Current A
50 – 80
75 – 110
110 – 145
Si
0.4
Mn
1.3
Cr
19.8
Ni
10.2
Nb
+
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Electrode
FOX E 347 H-15 E 19 9 Nb B
identification
Base materials
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
470 (≥ 350)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
640 (≥ 550)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
36 (≥ 25)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
110
-196°C
39 (≥ 32)
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
5.0 × 450
Current A
50 – 80
80 – 110
110 – 140
140 – 180
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Electrode
FOX SAS 2 347-15 E 19 9 Nb B
identification
Preheating is not required; only in case of wall thickness above 25 mm preheat up to 150°C. Interpass
temperature should not exceed 200°C.
Approvals
CE
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C. Generally no heat treatment
needed. FOX SAS 2 can be used for cladding, which normally requires stress relieving at approximately 590°C.
Such a heat treatment will lower the ductility at room temperature. BÖHLER FOX E 347 H may be an alternative
in this case.
Approvals
TÜV (01282), DB (30.014.04), ABS, DNV GL, CE
264
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
265
Avesta 347/MVNb
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, stabilized
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, stabilized
Classifications
Classifications
EN ISO 3581-A
E 19 9 Nb R 3 2
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E347-17
EN ISO 3581-A
E 19 9 Nb R
MMA
MMA
BÖHLER FOX SAS 2-A
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E347-17
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Rutile coated stabilized electrode of E 19 9 Nb R / E347-15 type. Mainly for welding Ti and Nb-stabilized 1.4541 /
321 and 1.4546 / 347 austenitic stainless steel grades. Designed for first class weld seems and easy handling
on AC or DC. High current carrying capacity with minimum spatter formation. Self-releasing slag, smooth and
clean weld profile. Safety against formation of porosity due to moisture resistant coating. The corrosion resistance
corresponds to that of 316Ti with good resistance to general and pitting corrosion. Resistant to intergranular
corrosion up to 400°C.
Nb-stabilized rutile coated electrode of E 19 9 Nb R / E347-17 type for welding of Nb and Ti-stabilized steels,
such as 1.4541 / 321 and 1.4546 / 347. The stabilized weld metal has improved high temperature properties, e.g.
a higher creep resistance as compared to low-carbon unstabilized grades.
Avesta 347/MVNb can also be used for the second layer (the first layer normally performed with 309 type)
when cladding mild steel. The corrosion resistance corresponds to that of 308H, i.e. good resistance to general
corrosion. Resulting weld microstructure is austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite. Suitable for service temperatures from
–120°C to 400°C.
Base materials
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4311 X2CrNiN18-9, 1.4312 GX10CrNi18-8, 1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10,
1.4546 X5CrNiNb18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4552 GX5CrNiNb19-11
UNS S30400, S30403, S30453, S32100, S34700
AISI 347, 321,302, 304, 304L, 304LN
ASTM A296 Gr. CF 8 C, A157 Gr. C9, A320 Gr. B8C or D
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.8
Mn
0.8
Cr
19.5
Ni
10
Nb
+
Base materials
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4311 X2CrNiN18-9, 1.4312 GX10CrNi18-8, 1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10,
1.4546 X5CrNiNb18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4552 GX5CrNiNb19-11
UNS S30400, S30403, S30453, S32100, S34700
AISI 347, 321,302, 304, 304L, 304LN
ASTM A296 Gr. CF 8 C, A157 Gr. C9, A320 Gr. B8C or D
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
C
0.02
Si
0.8
Mn
0.8
Cr
19.5
Ni
10.3
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
wt.-%
Condition
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
450 (≥ 350)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
620 (≥ 550)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
35 (≥ 25)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
70
-120°C
36 (≥ 32)
Operating data
Polarity
DC + / AC
Electrode
FOX SAS 2-A 347-17 E 19 9 Nb R
identification
Dimension mm
1.5 × 250
2.0 × 300
2.5 ×
250/300/350
3.2 × 300/350
4.0 × 350
Current A
25 – 40
40 – 60
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
470
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile
strength Rm
MPa
620
80 – 120
110 – 160
Approvals
TÜV (01105), DB (30.014.06), ABS, DNV GL, VUZ, NAKS (Ø 2.5; Ø 3.2; Ø 4.0), CE
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
35
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
60
Hardness
Brinell
-40°C
45
225
Dimension mm
2.5 × 350
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 450
5.0 × 450
Current A
45 – 70
55 – 120
90 – 150
150 – 200
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
50 – 90
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Generally no heat treatment needed. BÖHLER FOX SAS 2-A can be used for cladding, which normally requires
stress relieving at approximately 590°C. Such a heat treatment will lower the ductility at room temperature.
BÖHLER FOX E 347 H may be an alternative in this case.
Re-drying if necessary at 120 – 200°C for min. 2 h.
266
Condition
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
The scaling temperature is approximately 850°C in air.
Generally no heat treatment needed. Avesta 347/MVNb can be used for cladding, which normally requires stress
relieving at approximately 590°C. Such a heat treatment will lower the ductility at room temperature. BÖHLER
FOX E 347 H may be an alternative in this case.
Approvals
CE
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
267
BÖHLER FOX EAS 4 M-A
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Classifications
EN ISO 3581-A
E 19 12 3 L B 2 2
MMA
MMA
BÖHLER FOX EAS 4 M
Classifications
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E316L-15
EN ISO 3581-A
E 19 12 3 L R 3 2
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E316L-17
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Basic coated electrode of E 19 12 3 L B / E316L-15 type. Preferably used for 1.4435 / 316L steel grades.
Designed to produce first class weld deposits with reliable CVN impact toughness values down to –196°C. Good
gap bridging ability, very good root pass and excellent X-ray safety. Good welding characteristics in all positions
except vertical-down with easy weld pool and slag control. Easy slag removal even in narrow preparations result
in clean bead surfaces with minimum post-weld cleaning. Ideal electrode for welding on site. Electrodes are
packed in hermetically sealed tins and have a moisture resistant coating. Resistant to intergranular corrosion up
to 400°C.
Rutile coated electrode of E 19 12 3 L R / E316L-17. Preferably used for 1.4435 / 316L steel grades, suitable
in all industries using similar or high carbon steels or ferritic 13Cr-steels. Designed for first class weld seems
and easy handling on AC or DC. High current carrying capacity with minimum spatter formation. Self-releasing
slag, smooth and clean weld profile. Good resistance to general and pitting corrosion. Resistant to intergranular
corrosion up to 400°C.
Base materials
1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4409 GX2CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4429 X2CrNiMoN17-12-3,
1.4432 X2CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2,
1.4580 X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12
UNS S31600, S31603, S31635, S31640, S31653
AISI 316L, 316Ti, 316Cb
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.4
Mn
1.2
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
450 (≥ 320)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile
strength Rm
MPa
580 (≥ 510)
1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4409 GX2CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4429 X2CrNiMoN17-12-3,
1.4432 X2CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2,
1.4580 X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12
UNS S31600, S31603, S31635, S31640, S31653
AISI 316L, 316Ti, 316Cb
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
Cr
18.8
Ni
11.8
Mo
2.7
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
38 (≥ 25)
Condition
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
100
Si
0.8
-120°C
62 (≥ 32)
-196°C
38 (≥ 27)
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
460 (≥ 320)
u untreated, as-welded
Mn
0.8
Cr
18.8
Ni
11.5
Mo
2.7
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
5.0 × 450
Current A
50 – 80
80 – 110
110 – 140
140 – 180
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
580 (≥ 510)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
36 (≥ 25)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
67
Dimension mm
Polarity
DC + / AC
1.5 × 250
Electrode
FOX EAS 4 M-A 316L-17 E 19 12 3 L R 2.0 × 250/250/300
identification
2.5 × 250/300/350/300
3.2 × 300/350/350
4.0 × 350/350/450
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Re-drying if necessary at 120 – 200°C for min. 2 h.
Approvals
Approvals
TÜV (00772), DNV GL, CE
TÜV (00773), DB (30.014.14), ABS, DNV GL, LR, Statoil, CWB, NAKS (Ø 3.2 mm; Ø 4.0 mm), CE
268
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
-75°C
36 (≥ 32)
Operating data
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Electrode
FOX EAS 4 M 316L-15 E 19 12 3 L B
identification
C
0.03
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Current A
25 – 40
40 – 60
50 – 90
80 – 120
110 – 160
269
Avesta 316L/SKR-PW AC/DC
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Classifications
EN ISO 3581-A
E 19 12 3 L R 3 2
MMA
MMA
Avesta 316L/SKR
Classifications
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E316L-17
EN ISO 3581-A
E 19 12 3 L R 3 2
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E316L-17
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Rutile coated low carbon electrode of E 19 12 3 L R / E316L-17 type for welding 1.4436 / 316L type stainless
steels. The coating is optimized for the vertical-up and overhead position. The weld metal offers a good general
corrosion resistance and against pitting and intercrystalline corrosion in chloride-containing environments e.g. for
applications in dilute hot acids. Resulting weld microstructure is austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Rutile coated low carbon electrode of E 19 12 3 L R / E316L-17 type for welding 1.4436 / 316L type stainless
steels. The coating is optimized for the vertical-up and overhead position. Thanks to the sharp and concentrated
arc, these electrodes are extremely suitable for maintenance and repair welding, especially when joint surfaces
are not particularly clean. The weld metal offers a good general corrosion resistance and against pitting and
intercrystalline corrosion in chloride containing environments e.g. for applications in dilute hot acids. Resulting
weld microstructure is austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Base materials
1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4409 GX2CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4429 X2CrNiMoN17-12-3,
1.4432 X2CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2,
1.4580 X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12
UNS S31600, S31603, S31635, S31640, S31653
AISI 316L, 316Ti, 316Cb
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.8
Mn
0.7
Cr
18
Ni
12
Mo
2.8
Yield
Tensile
strength Rp0.2 strength Rm
MPa
MPa
u
460 (≥ 320) 590 (≥ 510)
u untreated, as-welded
Elongation A Impact work ISO-V KV J
(L0=5d0)
%
20°C
-40°C
36 (≥ 25)
60
55 (≥ 32)
-120°C
32 (≥ 27)
Hardness
Brinell
210
Operating data
Polarity
DC + / AC
Electrode
316L-17/SKR
identification
Dimension mm
1.6 × 250
2.0 × 250/300
2.5 × 250/300/350
3.2 × 300/350
4.0 × 350/450
Current A
25 – 50
40 – 60
50 – 90
80 – 120
110 – 160
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
The scaling temperature is approximately 850°C in air.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050°C
followed by water quenching.
Approvals
wt.-%
C
0.025
Si
0.7
Mn
1.1
Cr
18
Ni
12
Mo
2.7
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
480 (≥ 320)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile
strength Rm
MPa
590 (≥ 510)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
35 (≥ 25)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
60
Hardness
Brinell
-40°C
50 (≥ 32)
200
Dimension mm
2.0 × 250
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
Current A
25 – 60
35 – 80
60 – 120
100 – 160
Operating data
Polarity
DC + / AC
Electrode
316L/SKR-PW
identification
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
The scaling temperature is approximately 850°C in air.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050°C
followed by water quenching.
Approvals
TÜV (1073), DB(30.014.18), DNV GL, CE
270
1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4409 GX2CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4429 X2CrNiMoN17-12-3,
1.4432 X2CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2,
1.4580 X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12
UNS S31600, S31603, S31635, S31640, S31653
AISI 316L, 316Ti, 316Cb
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
TÜV (1070), DB(30.014.36), DNV GL, CE
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
271
BÖHLER FOX EAS 4 M-VD
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Classifications
EN ISO 3581-A
E 19 12 3 L R 3 2
MMA
MMA
Avesta 316L/SKR-4D
Classifications
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E316L-17
EN ISO 3581-A
E 19 12 3 L R 1 5
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E316L-17
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Rutile thin-coated electrode of E 19 12 3 L R / E316L-17 type. Specially developed for welding thin-walled pipes
and sheets, mainly in the chemical process and papermaking industries. Highly suitable for welding restrained
positions and under difficult site conditions, where it offers considerably higher productivity than manual TIG
welding. It is also recommended for root runs and multi-pass welds in general fabrication of 316L type stainless
steels. Excellent resistance to general, pitting and intergranular corrosion in chloride containing environments.
Intended for severe conditions, e.g. in dilute hot acids.
Rutile-basic coated electrode of E 19 12 3 L R / E316L-17 type for welding of austenitic stainless steel such as
1.4436 / 316L. Especially designed with a fast-freezing slag for vertical-down welding in sheet metal fabrication.
When using same electrode diameter and same wall thickness, it is possible to save up to 50% of the welding
time as compared to the vertical up position. Fast travel speed resulting in low heat input and little distortion
minimizes straightening work. When welding vertical-down, there is less risk for overheating the base metal
and therefore lower risk of impaired corrosion resistance. Resistant to intergranular corrosion up to a service
temperature of 400°C.
Base materials
1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4409 GX2CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4429 X2CrNiMoN17-12-3,
1.4432 X2CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2,
1.4580 X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12
UNS S31600, S31603, S31635, S31640, S31653
AISI 316L, 316Ti, 316Cb
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.8
Mn
0.7
Cr
18.2
Ni
12.2
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
450 (≥ 320)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile
strength Rm
MPa
580 (≥ 510)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
34 (≥ 25)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
60
wt.-%
-20°C
55
Hardness
Brinell
210
Operating data
Polarity
DC + / AC
Electrode
316L-17/SKR-4D
identification
Dimension mm
2.0 × 250/300
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
Current A
25 – 55
30 – 85
45 – 110
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Preheating and post-weld heat-treatment not necessary. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed
at 1050°C followed by water quenching.
Scaling temperature approximately 850°C (air).
Approvals
C
0.03
Si
0.7
Mn
0.7
Cr
19
Ni
12
Mo
2.7
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
470 (≥ 320)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile
strength Rm
MPa
600 (≥ 510)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
35 (≥ 25)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
55
-40°C
55 (≥ 32)
-120°C
32 (≥ 27)
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Electrode
FOX EAS 4 M-VD 316L-17 E19 12 3 LR
identification
Dimension mm Current A
2.5 × 300
75 – 85
3.2 × 300
105 – 115
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
The scaling temperature is approximately 850°C in air.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050°C
followed by water quenching.
Approvals
TÜV (10710), CE
272
1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4409 GX2CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4429 X2CrNiMoN17-12-3,
1.4432 X2CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2,
1.4580 X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12
UNS S31600, S31603, S31635, S31640, S31653
AISI 316L, 316Ti, 316Cb
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
Mo
2.6
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
TÜV (9089), DNV GL, LTSS, CE
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
273
BÖHLER FOX SAS 4
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, low temperature
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, stabilized
Classifications
Classifications
EN ISO 3581-A
E Z 19 12 3 L B 2 2
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E316L-15
EN ISO 3581-A
E 19 12 3 Nb B 2 2
MMA
MMA
BÖHLER FOX EAS 4 M (LF)
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E318-15
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Basic coated electrode of E 19 12 3 L B / E316L-15 type. Controlled low delta ferrite content (3 – 8 FN). Designed
to produce first class weld deposits with reliable CVN impact toughness values down to –196°C especially for use
in LNG applications. Good gap bridging ability, very good root pass and excellent X-ray safety. Easy weld pool and
slag control. Easy slag removal even in narrow preparations result in clean bead surfaces with minimum postweld cleaning. Moisture resistant coating. Resistant to intergranular corrosion up to 400°C.
Basic coated stabilized electrode of E 19 12 3 Nb B / E318-15 type. Mainly for welding Ti and Nb-stabilized
1.4571 / 316Ti and 1.4580 / 316Cb austenitic stainless steel grades. Designed to produce first class weld
deposits with reliable CVN impact toughness values down to –90°C. Good gap bridging ability, very good root
pass and excellent X-ray safety. Good welding characteristics in all positions except vertical-down with easy weld
pool and slag control as well as easy slag removal. Clean bead surfaces and minimum post-weld cleaning. An
excellent electrode for welding on site and for heavy and rigid components. Resistant to intergranular corrosion
up to 400°C.
Base materials
1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4409 GX2CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4429 X2CrNiMoN17-12-3,
1.4432 X2CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2,
1.4580 X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12
UNS S31600, S31603, S31635, S31640, S31653
AISI 316L, 316Ti, 316Cb
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.4
Mn
1.2
Cr
18.5
Ni
12.8
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
430 (≥ 320)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile
strength Rm
MPa
570 (≥ 510)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
36 (≥ 25)
wt.-%
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
100
-196°C
50 (≥ 27)
Lateral
expansion
-196°C
0.69 (≥ 0.38)
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Electrode
FOX EAS 4 M (LF) 316L-15
identification
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
Current A
50 – 80
80 – 110
110 – 140
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Approvals
C
0.03
Si
0.4
Mn
1.3
Cr
18.8
Ni
11.8
Mo
2.7
Nb
+
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
490 (≥ 350)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
660 (≥ 550)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
31 (≥ 25)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
120
-90°C
75 (≥ 32)
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
Current A
50 – 80
80 – 110
110 – 140
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Electrode
FOX SAS 4 318-15 E 19 12 3 Nb B
identification
Suggested heat input max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Approvals
CE
274
1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4409 GX2CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3,
1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-13-3, 1.4437 GX6CrNiMo18-12, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4580 X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2,
1.4581 GX5CrNiMoNb19-11-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12
UNS S31600, S31603, S31635, S31640, S31653, AISI 316, 316L, 316Ti, 316Cb
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
Mo
2.4
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
TÜV (00774), DB (30.014.05), ABS, DNV GL, CE
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
275
Avesta 317L/SNR
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, stabilized
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Classifications
Classifications
EN ISO 3581-A
E 19 12 3 Nb R 3 2
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E318-17
MMA
MMA
BÖHLER FOX SAS 4-A
EN ISO 3581-A
E Z 19 13 4 N L
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E317L-17
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Rutile coated stabilized electrode of E 19 12 3 Nb R / E318-17 type. Mainly for welding Ti and Nb-stabilized
1.4571 / 316Ti and 1.4580 / 316Cb austenitic stainless steel grades. Designed for first class weld seems and
easy handling on AC or DC. High current carrying capacity with minimum spatter formation. Self-releasing
slag, smooth and clean weld profile. Safety against formation of porosity due to moisture resistant coating. The
corrosion resistance corresponds to that of 316Ti with good resistance to general and pitting corrosion. Resistant
to intergranular corrosion up to 400°C.
Rutile coated electrode of E Z 19 13 4 N L R / E317L-17 type with high Mo-content. Suited for welding corrosion
resistant CrNiMo(N)-steels such as 1.4438 / 317L. It satisfies the high demands of offshore fabricators, shipyards
building chemical tankers as well as the chemical / petrochemical and pulp & paper industries. Higher corrosion
resistance than 1.4404 / 316L in acid and chloride containing solutions.
Base materials
1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4409 GX2CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3,
1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-13-3, 1.4437 GX6CrNiMo18-12, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4580 X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2,
1.4581 GX5CrNiMoNb19-11-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12
UNS S31600, S31603, S31635, S31640, S31653, AISI 316, 316L, 316Ti, 316Cb
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.8
Mn
0.8
Cr
19
Ni
12
Mo
2.7
Nb
+
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
460 (≥ 350)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
600 (≥ 550)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
32 (≥ 25)
-90°C
52 (≥ 32)
C
0.02
Si
0.7
Mn
0.9
Cr
19
Ni
13.6
Mo
3.6
FN
4 – 10
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
500
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
610 (≥ 520)
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work ISO-V
KV J
%
20°C
32 (≥ 30)
45 (≥ 34)
Operating data
Operating data
Polarity
DC + / AC
Electrode
FOX SAS 4-A 318-17 E 19 12 3 Nb R
identification
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
60
CrNiMo(N) austenitic stainless steels with higher Mo content or corrosion resistant claddings on mild steels
1.4429 X2CrNiMoN17-13-3, 1.4434 X2CrNiMoN18-12-4, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4438 X2CrNiMo19-14-4,
1.4439 X2CrNiMoN17-13-5
AISI 316L, 316LN, 317L, 317LN, 317LMN
UNS S31600, S31653, S31703, S31726, S31753
wt.-%
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
Dimension mm
2.0 × 300
2.5 × 250/300/350
3.2 × 300/350
4.0 × 350
5.0 × 450
Current A
40 – 60
50 – 90
80 – 120
110 – 160
140 – 200
Suggested heat input max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Re-drying if necessary at 120 – 200°C for min. 2 h.
Approvals
TÜV (00777), DB (30.014.07), NAKS (Ø 2.5, 3.2, 4.0 mm), CE
Polarity
DC + / AC
Electrode
317L-17/SNR
identification
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
5.0 × 350
Current A
45 – 80
70 – 120
90 – 160
150 – 220
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Preheating and post-weld heat-treatment not necessary. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed
at 1050°C followed by water quenching.
Scaling temperature approximately 850°C (air).
Re-drying if necessary at 250°C for min. 2 h.
Metal recovery approximately 110%.
Approvals
DNV GL, CE
276
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
277
BÖHLER FOX CN 19/9 M
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, special applications
Classifications
Classifications
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Rutile coated electrode of E317L-17 type for welding corrosion resistant CrNiMo(N)-steels. The weld metal
meets high demands set by shipyards, the offshore industry and fabricators building chemical tankers as well
as the chemical / petrochemical or the pulp & paper industries. Suitable for service temperatures from –60°C to
300°C. The weld metal exhibits resistance against pitting corrosion and intergranular corrosion resistance up to
300°C (ASTM A 262 / Practice E). Good operating characteristics on AC and DC, minimum spatter formation, selfreleasing slag with smooth and clean bead surface.
Rutile coated electrode of E 20 10 3 R / E308Mo-17 type. Designed for dissimilar joints and weld cladding.
BÖHLER FOX CN 19/9 M offers a lower chromium and ferrite content than an E309LMo weld deposit with the
result that carbon diffusion and Cr-carbide formation is reduced after post-weld heat treatment and lower ferrite
contents can be achieved in the second layer of 316L surfacing. Suitable for service temperatures from –80°C to
300°C. Safety against formation of porosity due to the moisture resistant coating.
Base materials
Welding and dissimilar joining of high-strength, mild steels and low-alloyed constructional steels; quench
tempered steels, armour plates and austenitic manganese steels. Welding of unalloyed as well as alloyed boiler or
constructional steels to high-alloyed stainless Cr and CrNi-steels.
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E317L-17
EN ISO 3581-A
E 20 10 3 R 3 2
CrNiMo(N) austenitic stainless steels with higher Mo-content or corrosion resistant claddings on mild steels
1.4429 X2CrNiMoN17-13-3, 1.4434 X2CrNiMoN18-12-4, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4438 X2CrNiMo19-14-4,
1.4439 X2CrNiMoN17-13-5
AISI 316L, 316LN, 317L, 317LN, 317LMN
UNS S31600, S31653, S31703, S31726, S31753
C
0.03
Si
0.8
Mn
0.9
Cr
19
Ni
13
Mo
3.6
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
460
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile
strength Rm
MPa
610 (≥ 520)
Base materials
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.04
Condition
Si
0.7
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
520 (≥ 400)
u untreated, as-welded
FN
4 – 12
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E308Mo-17 (mod.)
Mn
0.8
Cr
20.2
Ni
10.3
Mo
3.2
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
MMA
MMA
BÖHLER FOX E317 L
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
35 (≥ 30)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
65
-20°C
55
-60°C
47 (≥ 32)
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300/350
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
Current A
55 – 85
80 – 115
110 – 155
Preheating and post-weld heat treatment not required by the weld deposit.
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Recommended for wall thickness up to 30 mm.
Re-drying if necessary at 120 – 200°C for min. 2 h.
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
28 (≥ 20)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
70
-80°C
42 (≥ 32)
Dimension mm
2.5 × 250
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
5.0 × 450
Current A
50 – 85
75 – 115
110 – 160
160 – 200
Operating data
Polarity
DC + / AC
Electrode
FOX CN 19 9 M E 20 10 3 R
identification
Operating data
Polarity
DC + / AC
Electrode
FOX E317 L 317L-17
identification
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
700 (≥ 620)
Preheating and interpass temperature as required by the base metal.
Re-drying if necessary at 250 – 300°C for min. 2 h.
Approvals
TÜV (01086), DB (30.014.03), ABS, DNV GL, CE
Approvals
BV (317L), LR (317L)
278
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
279
Thermanit 19/15 H
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, special applications
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitc stainless
Classifications
Classifications
EN ISO 3581-A
E 20 10 3 R 5 3
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E308Mo-17 (mod.)
MMA
MMA
Thermanit 20/10 W 140 K
EN ISO 3581-A
E 20 16 3 Mn N L B 2 2
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E316LMn-15
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Rutile coated electrode of E 20 10 3 R / E308Mo-17 (mod.) type. For high deposition rate joining of stainless Cr
and similar austenitic CrNiMo-steels/cast steel grades. For joining of dissimilar materials. For tough joints on
high manganese steel (steel castings), CrNiMn-steels and armor plates. For surfacing and repair welding on wear
parts: rotors, rails. Especially suited for austenitic ferritic joints at max. service temperature 300°C. Particularly for
tough joints between unalloyed, low-alloyed and cast steel grades or stainless, heat resistant Cr-steels and cast
steel grades to austenitic steels and cast steel grades. Unsuited for buffer layers on weld claddings or clad plates.
Resistant to intercrystalline corrosion and wet corrosion up to 300°C.
Basic coated non-magnetic electrode of E 20 16 3 Mn N L B / E316LMn-15 type. Particularly suited to corrosion
conditions in urea synthesis plants for welding work on alloy X2CrNiMo18-12. Well-suited for joining and
surfacing applications with matching austenitic CrNi(N) and CrNiMo(Mn,N)-steels/cast steel grades. Resistant
to intercrystalline corrosion and wet corrosion up to 350°C. Corrosion resistance similar to low carbon
CrNiMo(Mn,N)-steels/cast steel grades. Seawater resistant and good resistance to nitric acid. Huey test in acc.
ASTM A 262-64: max. 3.3 μm / 48 h (0.54 g/m2h), selective attack max. 200 μm.
Base materials
1.3941(G-)X4CrNi18-3, 1.3945 X2CrNiN18-13, 1.3948 X4CrNiMnMoN19-13 – 8, 1.3952(G-)X2CrNiMoN18-14-3,
1.3953(G-)X2CrNiMo18-15, 1.3955 GX12Cr18-11, 1.3965 X8CrMnNi18-8, 1.4315 X5CrNiN19-9, 1.4429
X2CrNiMoN17-13-3, 1.4561 X1CrNiMoTi18-13-2, 1.6903 10CrNiTi18-10
Cryogenic 3.5 – 5% Ni-steels
UNS S31653, AISI 316LN
Combinations of austenitic steels with ferritic steels.
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.05
Si
0.9
Mn
0.8
Cr
20
Ni
10.5
Mo
3.3
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
400
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
650
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work ISO-V
KV J
%
20°C
25
50
Operating data
Polarity
DC + / AC
Dimension mm
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
Current A
90 – 120
130 – 160
Suggested heat input is max.1.5 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 200°C. High manganese steels become
brittle at 400 – 600°C so these should be welded as cold as possible.
Preheating only if required by the parent material.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at
1050°C. Stress relieving only if allowed by the parent material.
Approvals
CE
Base materials
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
< 0.04
Si
< 0.50
Mn
6.0
Cr
20
Ni
16.5
Mo
3
N
0.18
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
460 (≥ 420)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
640 (≥ 550)
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work ISO-V
KV J
%
20°C
34 (≥ 25)
90
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
Current A
55 – 75
70 – 110
90 – 140
Austenite with max. 0.6% ferrite.
Suggested heat input max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
When cladding high temperature and cast steel grades, preheating is according to the parent material (150°C),
In case if excessive hardening of the parent material, stress relieving can be performed at 510°C for max. 20 h,
annealing above 530°C only prior to the final pass.
Approvals
TÜV (01813), DB (30.014.31), Stamicarbon, Snamprogetti, CE
280
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
281
Avesta 904L
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitc stainless
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Classifications
EN ISO 3581-A
E 20 25 5 Cu N L R 3 2
MMA
MMA
Thermanit 20/25 CuW
Classifications
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E385-16
EN ISO 3581-A
E 20 25 5 Cu N L R
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E385-17
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Rutile coated electrode of E 20 25 5 Cu N L R / E385-16 type. For joining and surfacing work with matching
austenitic CrNiMoCu-steels / cast steel grades and for dissimilar welding with unalloyed / low alloy steels / cast
steel grades. Resistant to intercrystalline corrosion and wet corrosion up to 350°C. Good corrosion resistance
similar to matching steels / cast steel grades, above all in reducing environments.
Rutile coated fully austenitic electrode of E 20 25 5 Cu N L R / E385-17 type designed for welding 1.4539 / 904L
type steels. It can also be used for welding 1.4404 / 316L components where a ferrite free weld is required, e.g.
in cryogenic or non-magnetic applications. The weld metal has very good impact toughness at low temperatures.
To minimize the risk of hot cracking when welding fully austenitic steels, heat input and interpass temperature
must be low and there must be as little dilution as possible from the parent metal. Very good resistance to
general corrosion in non-oxidizing environments such as sulfuric acid and phosphoric acid. Very good resistance
to pitting and crevice corrosion in chloride containing solutions. Meets the corrosion test requirements per ASTM
G48 Methods A, B and E (40°C).
Base materials
1.4465 X1CrNiMoN25-25-2, 1.4505 X4NiCrMoCuNb20-18-2, 1.4506 X5NiCrMoCuTi20-18, 1.4537
X1CrNiMoCuN25-25-5, 1.4538 X2NiCrMoCuN20-18, 1.4539 X2NiCrMoCuN25-20-5, 1.4586 X5NiCrMoCuNb22-18
UNS N08904
AISI 904L
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
< 0.03
Si
< 0.7
Mn
1.3
Cr
20
Ni
25
Mo
4.5
Cu
1.5
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
350 (≥ 320)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
550 (≥ 510)
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work ISO-V
KV J
%
20°C
35 (≥ 25)
55
1.4505 X4NiCrMoCuNb20-18-2, 1.4506 X5NiCrMoCuTi20-18, 1.4537 X1CrNiMoCuN25-25-5, 1.4538
X2NiCrMoCuN20-18, 1.4539 X1NiCrMoCu25-20-5, 1.4586 X5NiCrMoCuNb22-18
UNS S31726, N08904
AISI 904L
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.7
Mn
1.2
DC + / AC
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
5.0 × 450
Current A
50 – 80
80 – 110
100 – 135
140 – 180
Suggested heat input is max.1.5 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 100°C.
No preheating unless required by the parent material.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at
1120°C.
Approvals
TÜV (04112), CE
Cr
20.5
Ni
25
Mo
4.5
Cu
1.5
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Operating data
Polarity
Base materials
Yield
Tensile
strength Rp0.2 strength Rm
MPa
MPa
u
420
600
u untreated, as-welded
Elongation A Impact work ISO-V KV J
(L0=5d0)
%
20°C
-60°C
34
70
60
-196°
40
Hardness
Brinell
200
Operating data
Polarity
DC + / AC
Electrode
Avesta 904L
identification
Dimension mm
2.5 × 350
3.2 × 350
5.0 × 400
Current A
50 – 75
80 – 110
140 – 190
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 100°C
Metal recovery approximately 110% at max. welding current
Scaling temperature approximately 1000°C (air).
Approvals
TÜV (03496), DB(30.014.23), CE
282
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
283
Avesta 253 MA
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, creep resistant
Classifications
EN ISO 3581-A
E 20 25 5 Cu N L R 3 2
MMA
MMA
BÖHLER FOX CN 20/25 M-A
Classifications
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E385-17 (mod.)
EN ISO 3581-A
E 21 10 N R
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Rutile-basic coated electrode of E 20 25 5 Cu N L R / E385-17 (mod.) type for highly molybdenum-alloyed
austenitic stainless steels such as 1.4539 / UNS S08904. Used in highly corrosive environments encountered
in e.g. sulfur and phosphorus production, pulp & paper industry, flue gas desulfurization plants; desalination
plants, fertilizer production and petrochemical industry; acetic and formic acid production, in pickling plants as
well as heat exchangers and power plants using brackish or seawater. Very high pitting resistance equivalent
(PREN ≥ 45). Over-alloyed in molybdenum to compensate weld metal segregation. The fully austenitic weld metal
possesses high resistance to pitting and crevice corrosion in chloride containing media; the pitting resistance
equivalent PREN = %Cr + 3.3 × %Mo + 30 × %N ≥ 45. Over-alloyed in molybdenum to compensate weld
metal segregation and improve local corrosion resistance. Low C-content makes the weld metal resistant to
intergranular corrosion and high Ni-content results in high resistance to stress corrosion cracking. Excellent
operating characteristic and easy handling in all positions, except vertical down. The weld metal shows good slag
detachability as well as smooth, fine rippled beads with no residuals. Suitable for wall thickness up to 14 mm.
Rutile coated electrode of E 21 10 N R type. Designed for welding the high temperature stainless steel 253 MA®,
used for furnaces, combustion chambers and burners. Both the steel and filler metal offers excellent resistance
to oxidation up to 1100°C. The chemical composition of Avesta 253 MA has a balanced ferrite content of max.
6 FN to give a crack resistant weld metal. Excellent resistance to high temperature corrosion. Not intended for
applications exposed to wet corrosion.
Base materials
wt.-%
Similar-alloyed high-Mo Cr-Ni-steels
1.4539 X1NiCrMoCu25-20-5, 1.4439 X2CrNiMoN17-13-5, 1.4537 X1CrNiMoCuN25-25-5
UNS N08904, S31726
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
wt.-%
Si
0.7
Mn
1.7
Cr
20.3
Ni
25
Mo
6.2
W
1.5
Nb
0.17
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
410 (≥ 320)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
640 (≥ 510)
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
C
0.08
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
Current A
50 – 80
80 – 110
100 – 135
Si
1.5
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
535
u untreated, as-welded
Mn
0.7
Cr
22
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
725
Ni
10.5
N
0.18
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
37
Impact work
ISO-V KV J
20°C
60
Hardness Brinell
Dimension mm
2.0 × 300
2.5 × 350
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 400
5.0 × 400
Current A
45 – 65
45 – 80
70 – 120
90 – 160
150 – 200
215
Operating data
Polarity
DC + / AC
Electrode
253 MA
identification
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work ISO-V
KV J
%
20°C
34 (≥ 25)
70
Operating data
Polarity
DC + / AC
Electrode
FOX CN 20/25 M-A E 20 25
identification 5 Cu N L R
1.4835 X9CrNiSiNCe21-11-2, 1.4818 X6CrNiSiNCe19-10
UNS S30815, S30415
253 MA®, 153 MA™
Condition
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
C
0.03
Base materials
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 150°C
Metal recovery approximately 110%.
Approvals
CE
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Preheating and post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. Avoid weaving more than two times the core
wire diameter during welding. Keep the arc short and grind out root pass end craters.
TIG welding can be used for the root pass using BÖHLER CN 20/25 M-IG.
Re-drying if necessary at 250 – 300°C for min. 2 h.
Approvals
TÜV (6634), CE
284
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
285
Avesta 2205-PW AC/DC
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, heat resistant
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, duplex stainless
Classifications
Classifications
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Basic coated electrode of E 21 33 Mn Nb B type. Heat resistant up to 1050°C. Good resistance to carburizing
atmospheres. For joining and surfacing applications with matching / similar heat resistant steels and cast steel
grades.
Max. service temperature according to different atmospheres:
Air and oxidizing combustion gases – sulfur free: 1050°C; max. 2 g S/Nm³: 1000°C
Reducing combustion gases – sulfur free: 1000°C; max. 2 g S/Nm³: 950°C.
Rutile coated electrode of E 22 9 3 N L R / E2209-17 type. Primarily designed for welding 22Cr 1.4462 /
UNS S32205 and S31803 duplex stainless steels used in offshore, shipyards, chemical tankers, chemical/
petrochemical, pulp & paper, etc.
Avesta 2205-PW is an all-position E2209-17 type electrode with special advantages in the vertical-up and
overhead positions. Developed for first class weld seems and easy handling on AC or DC. Thanks to the sharp
and concentrated arc, PW electrodes are extremely suitable for maintenance and repair welding, especially when
joint surfaces are not particularly clean. The weld metal has very good resistance to pitting and stress corrosion
cracking in chloride containing environments. PREN >35.
Duplex alloys have good weldability, but the welding procedure should be adapted to the base material
considering fluidity, joint design, heat input, etc.
EN ISO 3581-A
E Z 21 33 B 2 2
EN ISO 3581-A
E 22 9 3 N L R
Base materials
1.4847 X8CrNiAlTi20-20, 1.4849 GX40NiCrSiNb38-18, 1.4958 X5NiCrAlTi31-20, 1.4859 – GX10NiCrNb32-20 /
GX10NiCrNb38-18, 1.4861 X10NiCr32-20, 1.4864 X12NiCrSi36-16 / X12NiCrSi 35-16, 1.4865 GX40NiCrSi38-18,
1.4876 – X10NiCrAlTi32-20 / X10NiCrAlTi32-21
UNS N08810
AISI 330, 334
Alloy 800, 800H, 800HT
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
MMA
MMA
Thermanit 21/33 So
C
0.15
Si
0.5
Mn
4.5
Cr
22.0
Ni
33.0
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
> 410
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
> 600
DC +
1.4462 X2CrNiMoN22-5-3, 1.4362 X2CrNiN23-4, 1.4162 X2CrNiMoN21-5-1
UNS S32205, S31803, S32304, S32101
2205, 2304, LDX 2101®, SAF 2205, SAF 2304
wt.-%
Elongation A (L0=5d0)
%
> 25
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
> 50
Operating data
Polarity
Base materials
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
Nb
1.3
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E2209-17
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
Current A
50 – 75
70 – 110
C
0.02
Si
0.8
Mn
0.8
Cr
23
Ni
9.5
Mo
3.1
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
635 (≥ 450)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile
strength Rm
MPa
830 (≥ 690)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
25 (≥ 20)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
55
Polarity
DC + / AC
Electrode
2209-17/2205
identification
Suggested heat input is 0.5 – 2.5 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 150°C
Metal recovery approximately 110%.
Approvals
Approvals
TÜV (07255), CE
TÜV (04486), DNV GL, Certified by CWB to CSA W48, CE
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Hardness
Brinell
-40°C
40
240
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
5.0 × 350
Current A
50 – 80
70 – 110
100 – 160
160 – 220
Operating data
Suggested heat input is max.1.5 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Welding with stringer bead technique or limited weaving motion advisable.
Creep rupture properties according to matching heat resistant parent metals.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. If required 875°C for 3 h followed by air cooling
286
N
0.18
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
287
Avesta 2205 basic
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, duplex stainless
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, duplex stainless
Classifications
EN ISO 3581-A
E 22 9 3 N L R
MMA
MMA
Avesta 2205
Classifications
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E2209-17
EN ISO 3581-A
E 22 9 3 N L B
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E2209-15
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Rutile coated electrode of E 22 9 3 N L R / E2209-17 type. Primarily designed for welding 22Cr 1.4462 /
UNS S32205 and S31803 duplex stainless steels used in offshore, shipyards, chemical tankers, chemical/
petrochemical, pulp & paper, etc. For welding in all positions. Very good resistance to pitting and stress corrosion
cracking in chloride containing environments. PREN > 35.
Duplex alloys have good weldability, but the welding procedure should be adapted to the base material
considering fluidity, joint design, heat input, etc.
Basic coated electrode of E 22 9 3 N L B / E2209-15 type. Primarily designed for welding 22Cr 1.4462 /
UNS S32205 and S31803 duplex stainless steels used in offshore, shipyards, chemical tankers, chemical/
petrochemical, pulp & paper, etc.
For welding in all positions. For improved impact toughness. Very good resistance to pitting and stress corrosion
cracking in chloride containing environments. PREN > 35.
Duplex alloys have good weldability, but the welding procedure should be adapted to the base material
considering fluidity, joint design, heat input, etc.
Base materials
Base materials
1.4462 X2CrNiMoN22-5-3, 1.4362 X2CrNiN23-4, 1.4162 X2CrNiMoN21-5-1
UNS S32205, S31803, S32304, S32101
2205, 2304, LDX 2101®, SAF 2205, SAF 2304
1.4462 X2CrNiMoN22-5-3, 1.4362 X2CrNiN23-4, 1.4162 X2CrNiMoN21-5-1
UNS S32205, S31803, S32304, S32101
2205, 2304, LDX 2101®, SAF 2205, SAF 2304
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.8
Mn
0.7
Cr
22.6
Ni
9.4
Mo
3
N
0.16
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
620 (≥ 450)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile
strength Rm
MPa
810 (≥ 690)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
25 (≥ 20)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
45
-40°C
35
Hardness
Brinell
240
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Electrode
2209-17/2205
identification
Dimension mm
2.5 × 350
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 450
5.0 × 450
Current A
45 – 80
70 – 120
90 – 160
150 – 220
Suggested heat input is 0.5 – 2.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Solution annealing can be performed at 1100 – 1150°C followed by water quenching.
Approvals
TÜV (07139), DB (10.014.20), Certified by CWB to CSA W48, CE
C
0.03
Si
0.6
Mn
1.2
Cr
23.1
Ni
8.9
Mo
3
N
0.16
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
620 (≥ 450)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile
strength Rm
MPa
820 (≥ 690)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
26 (≥ 20)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
90
Hardness
Brinell
-40°C
70
250
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 450
Current A
50 – 70
70 – 110
100 – 140
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Electrode
2209-15/2205 BAS
identification
Suggested heat input is 0.5 – 2.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Solution annealing can be performed at 1100 – 1150°C followed by water quenching.
Metal recovery approximately 110%.
Approvals
CE
288
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
289
Thermanit 20/16 SM
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, duplex stainless
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Classifications
EN ISO 3581-A
E 22 9 3 N L
MMA
MMA
Avesta 2205-HF
Classifications
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E2209-17
EN ISO 3581-A
E Z 22 17 4 Mn N L R 1 2
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Avesta 2205-HF is suitable for repair welding of 22Cr duplex stainless steel castings, but can also be used as a
substitute for standard electrodes whose chemistry cannot give acceptable ferrite levels after heat treatment.
Very good resistance to pitting and stress corrosion cracking in chloride containing environments. Pitting
resistance according to ASTM G48-E is higher than 22°C after the recommended PWHT. PREN > 35.
Duplex alloys have good weldability, but the welding procedure should be adapted to the base material
considering fluidity, joint design, heat input, etc.
Rutile coated electrode of E Z 22 17 4 Mn N L R 1 2 type. Non-magnetic for welding and cladding of nonmagnetic CrNiMo(Mn,N)-steels and castings. Resistant to saltwater and ductile at low temperatures. High
resistance to intercrystalline corrosion up to 350°C.
Base materials
1.4462 X2CrNiMoN22-5-3, 1.4362 X2CrNiN23-4
UNS S32205, S31803, S32304
2205, 2304, SAF 2205, SAF 2304
wt.-%
Si
0.8
Cr
22.7
wt.-%
Mo
3.2
Condition
N
0.12
Yield strength
Tensile strength Elongation A
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
u
650 (≥ 450)
750 (≥ 690)
22 (≥ 20)
a
490
700
28
u untreated, as-welded
a annealed at 1125°C followed by short air cooling and water quenching
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
40
65
-50°C
30
50
Dimension mm
4.0 × 350
5.0 × 350
Current A
90 – 160
150 – 220
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Cr
22
Ni
18
Mo
3.6
N
0.2
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Ni
8.9
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
1.3948 X4CrNiMnMoN19-13-8, 1.3951 X2CrNiMoN22-15, 1.3952 X2CrNiMoN18-14-3, 1.3957
X2CrNiMoNbN21-15, 1.3964 X2CrNiMnMoNNb21-16-5-3, 1.4569 GX2CrNiMoNbN21-15-4-3, 1.5662 X8X9
UNS S20910
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
C
0.03
Base materials
Suggested heat input is 0.5 – 2.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Solution annealing can be performed at 1100 – 1185°C followed by water quenching.
The Ø 4.0 mm electrodes can also be used for welding vertical-up.
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
430
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
640
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work ISO-V
KV J
%
20°C
30
70
Operating data
Polarity
DC + / AC
Dimension mm
2.5 × 250
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
Current A
55 – 70
65 – 105
110 – 140
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Preheating and post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. Keep the arc short and grind out root pass end
craters.
Approvals
WIWEB
Approvals
CE
290
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
291
Avesta 2304
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, lean duplex stainless
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, lean duplex stainless
Classifications
EN ISO 3581-A
E Z 23 7 N L R 3 2
Classifications
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E2307-17 (mod.)
EN ISO 3581-A
E 23 7 N L R 3 2
MMA
MMA
Avesta LDX 2101
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E2307-17
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Rutile coated electrode (1.4162 / UNS S32101) of E Z 23 7 N L R / E2307-17 (mod.) type. Designed for welding
the lean duplex stainless steel LDX 2101® and similar alloys. The combination of excellent strength and better
resistance to pitting corrosion, crevice corrosion and stress corrosion cracking than 1.4301 / 304 makes this
alloy suitable for construction of i.e. storage tanks, containers, heat exchangers and pressure vessels. Typical
applications are within civil engineering, transportation, desalination, water treatment, pulp & paper, etc.
Avesta LDX 2101 is over-alloyed with nickel to promote weld metal austenite formation and designed to result in
weld metal ferrite levels of 25 – 55 FN. The slag removal and surface appearance are improved as compared to
covered electrodes of E 22 9 3 N L / E2209 type.
Duplex alloys have good weldability, but the welding procedure should be adapted to the base material
considering fluidity, joint design, heat input, etc.
Rutile coated electrode of E 23 7 N L R / E2307-17 type. Primarily designed for welding the lean duplex stainless
steel SAF 2304 (1.4362 / UNS S32304). The corrosion resistance is in general higher than for austenitic
stainless steel of 1.4401 / 316L type. Thanks to the low molybdenum content, the resistance to pitting corrosion
and stress corrosion cracking in nitric acid containing environments is very good. Typical applications are for
example storage tanks, pressure vessels, heat exchangers and containers within civil engineering, pulp & paper,
transportation, chemical industry, etc. Over-alloyed with nickel to promote weld metal austenite formation and
designed to result in weld metal ferrite levels of 35 – 55 FN.
Duplex alloys have good weldability, but the welding procedure should be adapted to the base material
considering fluidity, joint design, heat input, etc.
Base materials
1.4362 X2CrNiN23-4, 1.4162 X2CrMnNiN21-5-1, 1.4482 X2CrMnNiMoN21-5-3
UNS S32304, S32101, S32001
SAF 2304, LDX 2101®, 2001
ASME SA 240, ASME SA 790, ASME Code Case 2418 and similar alloys.
1.4162 X2CrMnNiN21-5-1, 1.4362 X2CrNiN23-4, 1.4482 X2CrMnNiMoN21-5-3
UNS S32101, S32001, S32304
LDX 2101®, SAF 2304, 2001
ASME SA 240, ASME SA 790, ASME Code Case 2418 and similar alloys.
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.04
Si
0.85
Mn
0.7
Cr
23.5
Ni
7.4
Mo
0.34
N
0.12
FN
25 – 55
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
590 (≥ 450)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile
strength Rm
MPa
780 (≥ 570)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
25 (≥ 20)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
45
-40°C
30
wt.-%
Hardness
Brinell
260
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 400
Current A
50 – 80
70 – 120
100 – 160
Heat input 0.5 – 2.0 kJ/mm, interpass temperature: max. 150°C
Re-drying at 250 – 300°C for min. 2 h if necessary
Metal recovery approximately 110% at max. welding current.
Approvals
Cr
24.5
Ni
9
Mo
0.4
N
0.12
FN
35 – 55
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
600 (≥ 450)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile
strength Rm
MPa
770 (≥ 690)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
24 (≥ 20)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
40
Hardness
Brinell
-40°C
32
260
Dimension mm
2.5 × 350
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 400
Current A
45 – 80
80 – 120
100 – 160
Operating data
Polarity
DC + / AC
Electrode
Avesta 2304
identification
Suggested heat input is 0.5 – 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1020 –
1080°C followed by water quenching.
Re-drying of the electrode possible at 250 – 300°C for min. 2 h if necessary.
Metal recovery approximately 110% at maximum welding current.
Approvals
TÜV (11410), CE
292
Mn
0.8
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Operating data
Polarity
DC + / AC
Electrode
Avesta LDX 2101
identification
Si
0.8
Condition
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
TÜV (10012), CE
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
293
Avesta 309 AC/DC
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, special applications
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, special applications
Classifications
Classifications
EN ISO 3581-A
E 23 12 L R 3 2
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E309L-17
EN ISO 3581-A
E 23 12 R
MMA
MMA
BÖHLER FOX CN 23/12-A
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E309L-17
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Rutile coated electrode of E 23 12 L / E309L-17 type providing increased delta ferrite contents (FN ~17) in the
weld deposit for safe and crack resistant dissimilar joint welds and surfacing. Designed for first class weld seems
and easy handling on AC or DC. High current carrying capacity with minimum spatter formation. Self-releasing
slag, smooth and clean weld profile. Operating temperature from –60°C to 300°C and for weld claddings up to
400°C.
Rutile coated high-carbon electrode of E Z 23 12 R / E309-17 type for welding heat resistant steels such as
309S. The weld metal is suitable for high temperature applications up to 1000°C. Can also be used for dissimilar
welding between stainless and mild or low-alloyed steels and surfacing on unalloyed steels. Designed for first
class weld seems and easy handling on AC or DC.
Resulting all-weld metal microstructure is austenite with approximately 10 – 15% ferrite.
Base materials
Base materials
Primarily used for surfacing (buffer layer) unalloyed or low-alloyed steels and when joining non-molybdenumalloyed stainless and carbon steels. Joints and mixed joints between austenitic steels such as
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4308 GX5CrNi19-10, 1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404
X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4408 GX5CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4541
X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4552 GX5CrNiNb19-11, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4580
X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4581 GX5CrNiMoNb19-11-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12, 1.4948 X6CrNi18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30809, S31600, S31603, S31635, S32100, S34700, S31640
AISI 304, 304L, 316, 316L, 316Ti, 321, 347
or mixed joints between austenitic and heat resistant steels such as
1.4713 X10CrAlSi7, 1.4724 X10CrAlSi13, 1.4742 X10CrAlSi18, 1.4826 GX40CrNiSi22-10, 1.4828
X15CrNiSi20-12, 1.4832 GX25CrNiSi20-14, 1.4837 GX40CrNiSi25-12
with ferritic steels to pressure boiler steels P295GH and fine grained structural steels to P355N, ship building
steel grades A – E, AH 32 – EH 36, A40 – F40, etc.
Over-alloyed electrode primarily used for welding of high temperature steels such as 1.4833 / 309S, but it may
also be used for surfacing unalloyed steel, joint welding stainless steel to unalloyed steel and welding clad
material.
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.7
Mn
0.8
Cr
23.2
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
450 (≥ 320)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
580 (≥ 520)
Mn
1.1
Cr
24.3
Ni
13.3
FN
14
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
450 (≥ 320)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
570 (≥ 550)
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work ISO-V
KV J
%
20°C
30 (≥ 25)
40
Operating data
Polarity
DC + / AC
Electrode
309-17
identification
Ni
12.5
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Si
0.8
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.055
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
37 (≥ 25)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
55
-60°C
42 (≥ 32)
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
Current A
50 – 80
80 – 120
100 – 160
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 150°C
Metal recovery approximately 110%.
Scaling temperature approximately 1000°C (air)
Approvals
Certified by CWB to CSA W48, CE
Operating data
Polarity
DC + / AC
Electrode
FOX CN 23/12-A 309L-17 E 23 12 L R
identification
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300/350
3.2 × 300/350
4.0 × 350/450
5.0 × 450
Current A
60 – 80
80 – 110
110 – 140
140 – 180
Alternative products
BÖHLER FOX FF, BÖHLER FOX FF-A
Preheating and interpass temperature as required by the base metal.
Re-drying at 120 – 200°C for min. 2 h if necessary.
Approvals
TÜV (01771), DB (30.014.08), ABS, BV, LR, DNV GL, CWB, NAKS (Ø 3.2 mm; Ø 4.0 mm), CE
294
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
295
BÖHLER FOX CN 23/12 Mo-A
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, special applications
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, special applications
Classifications
Classifications
EN ISO 3581-A
E 23 12 L B 2 2
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E309L-15
EN ISO 3581-A
E 23 12 2 L R 3 2
MMA
MMA
BÖHLER FOX CN 24/13
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E309LMo-17
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Basic coated electrode of E 23 12 L B / E309L-15 type with controlled alloying elements to meet the metallurgical
requirements of buffer layers. Final layer(s) are normally performed with another stainless steel for final
properties, mostly for improved corrosion resistance. Depending on the base material being cladded, an additional
post-weld heat treatment may be required. For service temperatures up to 400°C.
Rutile coated electrode of E 23 12 2 L / E309LMo-17 type. Provides increased delta ferrite content (FN ~20) in
the weld metal for safe and crack resistant dissimilar joints as well as for cladding or root passes of clad steel.
Designed for first class weld seems and easy handling on AC or DC. High current carrying capacity with minimum
spatter formation. Self-releasing slag, smooth and clean weld profile. Operating temperature from –10°C to
300°C and for weld surfacing (1st layer) up to 400°C.
Base materials
Base materials
For buffer layers on weldable unalloyed, low-alloyed, high tensile and high temperature steels.
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.3
Mn
1.3
Cr
23.8
Ni
12
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
430 (≥ 320)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
570 (≥ 510)
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work ISO-V
KV J
%
20°C
35 (≥ 25)
85
Operating data
Polarity
DC + / AC
Electrode
FOX CN 24/13 309 L-15 E 23 12 L B
identification
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300/350
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
Current A
60 – 90
95 – 115
120 – 145
Stringer bead technique is recommended.
Preheating and interpass temperature determined by the base material.
Approvals
DB(30.014.11), CE
Joints and mixed joints between austenitic stainless steels such as
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4308 GX5CrNi19-10, 1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404
X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4408 GX5CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4541
X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4552 GX5CrNiNb19-11, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4580
X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4581 GX5CrNiMoNb19-11-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12, 1.4948 X6CrNi18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30809, S31600, S31603, S31635, S32100, S34700, S31640, S31653
AISI 304, 304L, 304LN, 302, 321, 347, 316, 316L, 316Ti, 316Cb
or duplex stainless steels such as
1.4162 X2CrNiMoN21-5-1, 1.4362 X2CrNiN23-4, 1.4462 X2CrNiMoN22-5-3
UNS S32101, S32304, S31803, S32205
LDX 2101®, SAF 2304, SAF 2205
or mixed joints between austenitic and heat resistant steels
1.4713 X10CrAlSi7, 1.4724 X10CrAlSi13, 1.4742 X10CrAlSi18, 1.4826 GX40CrNiSi22-10, 1.4828
X15CrNiSi20-12, 1.4832 GX25CrNiSi20-14, 1.4837 GX40CrNiSi25-12
with ferritic steels to pressure boiler steels P295GH and also fine grained structural steels to P355N, shipbuilding
steels grade A – E, AH 32 – EH 36, A40 – F40, etc.
Dissimilar joint welds – overlay welding the first corrosion resistant surface layer on P235GH, P265GH, S255N,
P295GH, S355N – S500N
and high-temperature quenched and tempered fine-grained steels.
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.7
Mn
0.8
Cr
23
Ni
12.5
Mo
2.7
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
550 (≥ 350)
u untreated, as-welded
296
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
700 (≥ 550)
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
27 (≥ 25)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
52
-60°C
40 (≥ 32)
297
MMA
MMA
BÖHLER FOX FA
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, heat resistant
Classifications
Operating data
Polarity
DC + / AC
Electrode
FOX CN 23/12 Mo-A E 23 12 2 L R
identification
Dimension mm
2.0 × 300
2.5 × 250/350
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350/450
5.0 × 450
Current A
45 – 60
60 – 80
80 – 120
100 – 160
140 – 220
Preheating and interpass temperature as required by the base metal.
Re-drying at 250 – 300°C for min. 2 h if necessary.
EN ISO 3581-A
E 25 4 B 2 2
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Basic coated electrode of E 25 4 B type for welding heat resistant steels. For furnaces requiring elevated
resistance to reducing and oxidizing sulfurous gases as well as for final passes of weld joints in heat resistant,
ferritic CrSiAl-steels.
Base materials
TÜV (01362), ABS, RINA, DNV GL, BV, LR, NAKS, CE
1.4347 GX8CrCrNiN26-7, 1.4340 GX49CrNi27-4, 1.4745 GX40CrSi23, 1.4746 X8CrTi25, 1.4762 X10CrAlSi25,
1.4776 GX40CrSi29, 1.4821 X15CrNiSi25-4, 1.4822 GX40CrNi24-5, 1.4823 GX40CrNiSi27-4
AISI 327, ASTM A297HC
Alternative products
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
Approvals
Avesta P5
wt.-%
C
0.1
Si
0.5
Mn
1.2
Cr
25
Ni
5.4
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
520 (≥ 400)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
680 (≥ 600)
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
22 (≥ 15)
45
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Electrode
FOX FA E 25 4 B
identification
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
Current A
50 – 75
80 – 105
100 – 130
Preheating and interpass temperatures 200 – 400°C, depending on the relevant base metal and material
thickness.
Re-drying if necessary at 250 – 300°C for min. 2 h.
Scaling resistant up to 1100°C.
Approvals
CE
298
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
299
Avesta 2507/P100
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, duplex stainless
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, superduplex stainless
Classifications
EN ISO 3581-A
E Z 25 9 4 N L 3 3
Classifications
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E2594-17 (mod.)
EN ISO 3581-A
E 25 9 4 N L R 3 2
MMA
MMA
Avesta LDX 2404
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E2594-17
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Rutile coated electrode designed for welding the duplex stainless steel LDX 2404® (1.4662, UNS S82441). LDX
2404® is a molybdenum-containing duplex stainless steel with high Cr and N-content. The grade combines a high
strength with a very good resistance to general corrosion. The resistance to local corrosion and stress corrosion
cracking is better than CrNiMo grades such as 1.4404 / 316L and often in level with the duplex grade 1.4462 /
S32205 depending on environment. Main applications are civil engineering, storage tanks, containers, etc.
Avesta LDX 2404 provides a ferritic-austenitic weld metal that combines the properties of ferritic and austenitic
grades. The duplex microstructure gives high tensile strength and good resistance to stress corrosion cracking.
The electrode is over-alloyed with respect to chromium, molybdenum and nickel to ensure sufficient strength and
the right phase balance in the weld metal.
Duplex alloys have good weldability, but the welding procedure should be adapted to the base material
considering fluidity, joint design, heat input, etc.
Rutile coated electrode of E 25 9 4 N L R / E2594-17 type. Designed for welding superduplex steel and equivalent
steel grades such as 1.4410 / UNS S32570 and 1.4501 / UNS S32760. Avesta 2507/P100 is characterized by its
exceptionally good arc stability and weld pool control. It is particularly well-suited for applications where impact
toughness requirements are moderate, i.e. < 27 J at 0°C. For higher requirements, Avesta 2507/P100 rutile
should be preferred.
Excellent resistance to pitting, crevice and stress corrosion cracking in chloride containing environments. Meets
the corrosion test requirements per ASTM G48 Methods A, B, E (40°C). Over-alloyed in nickel to promote austenite
formation. Designed for welding in all positions. The operating temperature range is 0°C to 220°C. PREN ≥ 40
Duplex alloys have good weldability, but the welding procedure should be adapted to the base material
considering fluidity, joint design, heat input, etc.
Base materials
1.4410 X2CrNiMoN25-7-4, 1.4467 X2CrMnNiMoN 26-5-4, 1.4468, GX2 CrNiMoN 25-6-3, 1.4501
X2CrNiMoCuWN25-7-4, 1.4507 X2CrNiMoCuN 25-6-3, 1.4515 GX2CrNiMoCuN 26-6-3, 1.4517 GX2CrNiMoCuN
25-6-3-3
UNS S32750, S32760, J93380, S32520, S32550, S39274, S32950
LDX 2404®, 1.4662, UNS S82441
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.025
Si
0.9
Mn
0.7
Cr
25
Ni
9.1
Mo
2.1
N
0.18
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
650
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength Elongation A
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
%
850
23
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
43
-40°C
33
Hardness Brinell
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.8
Mn
0.9
Cr
24.8
Ni
9.8
Mo
3.6
N
0.22
FN
45
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
260
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Electrode
LDX 2404
identification
Base materials
Current A
50 – 80
70 – 120
100 – 160
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1080°C
followed by water quenching.
Metal recovery approximately 110% at max. welding current.
Approvals
CE
Condition
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
720 (≥ 550)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
880 (≥ 760)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
23 (≥ 18)
Impact work
ISO-V KV J
20°C
32
Hardness Brinell
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350/450
Current A
50 – 75
80 – 100
100 – 140
250
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Electrode
2507/P100
identification
Suggested heat input is 0.3 – 1.5 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Re-drying of the electrode possible at 250 – 300°C for min. 2 h if necessary.
Metal recovery approximately 110% at max. welding current.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1100 –
1150°C followed by water quenching.
Approvals
CE
300
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
301
Avesta 2507/P100-HF
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, superduplex stainless
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, superduplex stainless
Classifications
EN ISO 3581-A
E 25 9 4 N L R 4 2
Classifications
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E 2594-16
EN ISO 3581-A
E 25 9 4 N L B 4 3
MMA
MMA
Avesta 2507/P100 rutile
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E 2594-15
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Rutile coated electrode of E 25 9 4 N L R / E2594-17 type. Designed for welding of superduplex steel and
equivalent steel grades such as 1.4410 / UNS S32570 and 1.4501 / UNS S32760. Superduplex steels are
particularly popular for desalination, pulp & paper, flue gas desulfurization and seawater systems. Developed to
satisfy severe requirements, such as those in NORSOK M-601 and similar standards. Properties of the weld metal
match those of the parent metal, offering high tensile strength and toughness as well as an excellent resistance
to stress corrosion cracking and localized corrosion in chloride containing environments. Meets the corrosion
test requirements for ASTM G48 Methods A, B and E (40°C) in both as-welded condition and after post-weld heat
treatment (annealing at 1100 – 1150°C, followed by short air cooling and quenching). Over-alloyed in nickel to
promote austenite formation. Designed for welding in all positions. The operating temperature range is –50°C to
220°C.
Duplex alloys have good weldability, but the welding procedure should be adapted to the base material
considering fluidity, joint design, heat input, etc.
Rutile-basic superduplex electrode of E 25 9 4 N L B 4 3 / E2594-15 type especially designed for welding
superduplex steel castings. Superduplex steels are particularly popular for desalination, pulp & paper, flue gas
desulphurization and seawater systems. Tailored to offer weld metal ferrite levels of 35 – 50% after post-weld
heat treatment, Avesta 2507/P100-HF can successfully be used for repair welding of castings or be used as a
substitute for standard electrodes, whose chemistry cannot give acceptable ferrite levels after heat treatment.
Developed to satisfy severe requirements, such as those in NORSOK M-601 and similar standards. Properties
of the weld metal match those of the parent metal, offering high tensile strength and toughness as well as an
excellent resistance to stress corrosion cracking and localized corrosion in chloride containing environments.
Meets the corrosion test requirements per ASTM G48 Methods A and E (50°C) in both as-welded condition and
after post-weld heat treatment.
Base materials
1.4410 X2CrNiMoN25-7-4, 1.4467 X2CrMnNiMoN 26-5-4, 1.4468, GX2 CrNiMoN 25-6-3, 1.4501
X2CrNiMoCuWN25-7-4, 1.4507 X2CrNiMoCuN 25-6-3, 1.4515 GX2CrNiMoCuN 26-6-3, 1.4517 GX2CrNiMoCuN
25-6-3-3
UNS S32750, S32760, J93380, S32520, S32550, S39274, S32950
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.4
Mn
1.0
Cr
24.8
Ni
9.3
Mo
3.7
N
0.23
u
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
700 (≥ 550)
Tensile
strength Rm
MPa
880 (≥ 760)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
26 (≥ 18)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
80
-46°C
45
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
C
0.03
Si
0.45
Mn
1.3
Cr
25.6
Ni
8.8
Mo
4.1
N
0.23
FN
u 60, a 45
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Hardness
Brinell
250
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Electrode
2507/P100 rutile
identification
1.4410 X2CrNiMoN25-7-4, 1.4467 X2CrMnNiMoN 26-5-4, 1.4468, GX2CrNiMoN 25-6-3, 1.4501
X2CrNiMoCuWN25-7-4, 1.4507 X2CrNiMoCuN 25-6-3, 1.4515 GX2CrNiMoCuN 26-6-3, 1.4517 GX2CrNiMoCuN
25-6-3-3
UNS S32750, S32760, J93380, S32520, S32550, S39274, S32950
ASTM A890 Gr. 5A, 6A, ASME SA351, SA 995 grades, CD3MN, CD3MWCuN
wt.-%
FN
45
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
Current A
50 – 70
80 – 100
100 – 140
Condition
Yield strength Tensile
Elongation A
Impact work ISO-V KV J
Rp0.2
strength Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
-50°C
a
730 (≥ 550)
830
30
140
90
u
560
880 (≥ 760)
25 (≥ 18)
64
42
u untreated, as-welded
a annealed at 1125°C followed by short air cooling and water quenching
Hardness
Brinell
250
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Dimension mm
4.0 × 350
5.0 × 350
Current A
110 – 150
150 – 220
Suggested heat input is 0.3 – 1.5 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Re-drying of the electrode possible at 250 – 300°C for min. 2 h if necessary.
Metal recovery approximately 110% at max. welding current.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1100 –
1150°C followed by water quenching.
Suggested heat input is 0.5 – 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Solution annealing can be performed at 1100 – 1150°C followed by short air cooling and water quenching.
Metal recovery approximately 105% at max. welding current.
Approvals
Approvals
CE
CE
302
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
303
BÖHLER FOX FFB
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, superduplex stainless
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, heat resistant
Classifications
EN ISO 3581-A
E 25 9 4 N L B 2 2
Classifications
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E2595-15
EN ISO 3581-A
E 25 20 B 2 2
MMA
MMA
Thermanit 25/09 CuT
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E310-15 (mod.)
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Basic coated electrode of E 25 9 4 N L B / E2595-15 type designed for welding of ferritic-austenitic superduplex
stainless steels. Can also be used for joints between superduplex grades and austenitic stainless steels or
carbon steels. Superduplex steels are particularly popular for desalination, pulp & paper, flue gas desulfurization
and seawater systems. Developed to satisfy severe requirements, such as those in NORSOK M-601 and similar
standards. Properties of the weld metal match those of the parent metal, offering high tensile strength and
toughness as well as an excellent resistance to stress corrosion cracking and localized corrosion in chloride
containing environments. PRE > 40 and the weld metal meets corrosion test requirements per ASTM G48
Methods A, B and E (40°C). Over-alloyed in nickel to promote austenite formation. Service temperature from 50°C
up to 220°C.
Duplex alloys have good weldability, but the welding procedure should be adapted to the base material
considering fluidity, joint design, heat input, etc.
Basic coated electrode of E 25 20 B / E310-15 (mod.) type for welding heat resistant rolled and forged steels as
well as cast steels e.g. in annealing plants, hardening plants, steam boiler construction, the crude oil industry
and the ceramic industry. Heat resistant CrSiAl-steels exposed to sulfurous gases should be welded with a final
layer of BÖHLER FOX FA after joining. Cryogenic resistance down to –196°C. Avoid the service temperature range
between 650 and 900°C due to the risk of embrittlement.
Base materials
25Cr superduplex ferritic-austenitic stainless steel and castings 1.4410 X2CrNiMoN25-7-4, 1.4467
X2CrMnNiMoN 26-5-4, 1.4468, GX2 CrNiMoN 25-6-3, 1.4501 X2CrNiMoCuWN25-7-4, 1.4507 X2CrNiMoCuN 256-3, 1.4515 GX2CrNiMoCuN 26-6-3, 1.4517 GX2CrNiMoCuN 25-6-3-3
UNS S32750, S32760, J93380, S32520, S32550, S39274, S32950
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.5
Mn
1.2
Cr
25
Ni
9
Mo
3.7
W
0.6
N
0.2
Cu
0.7
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
600
u untreated, as-welded
Yield strength
Rp1.0
MPa
650
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
750
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
50
-50°C
70
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
Current A
55 – 80
80 – 105
90 – 140
Base materials
1.4586 X5NiCrMoCuNb22-18, 1.4710 G-X30CrSi6,1.4713 X10CrAl7, 1.4724 X10CrAl13, 1.4740 G-X40CrSi17,
1.4742 X10CrAl18, 1.4762 X10CrAl 25, 1.4826 G-X40CrNiSi22-9, 1.4840 G-X15CrNi25-20, 1.4841
X15CrNiSi25-20, 1.4845 X12CrNi25-21, 1.4828 X15CrNiSi20-12, 1.4837 GX40CrNiSi25-12, 1.4840
GX15CrNi25-20, 1.4846 G-X40CrNi25-21
UNS S31000, S31400, S44600
AISI 305, 310, 314, 446
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
DC +
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Welding of root pass with “thick layer”. Next two passes with thin layers and low heat input to avoid precipitation
and too high ferrite content.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1120°C
followed by water quenching.
Re-drying of the electrode possible at 250 – 300°C for min. 2 h if necessary.
Si
0.6
Mn
3.2
Cr
25
Ni
20.5
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
420 (≥ 350)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
570 (≥ 550)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
39 (≥ 30)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
100
-196°C
≥ 32
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
5.0 × 450
Current A
50 – 75
80 – 110
110 – 140
140 – 180
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Electrode
FOX FFB E 25 20 B
identification
Operating data
Polarity
C
0.12
Preheating and interpass temperatures for ferritic steels 200 – 300°C.
Scaling resistant up to 1200°C.
Approvals
TÜV (00143), Statoil, CE
Approvals
CE
304
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
305
Avesta 310
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, heat resistant
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, heat resistant
Classifications
Classifications
EN ISO 3581-A
E 25 20 R 3 2
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E310-16
EN ISO 3581-A
E 25 20 R 3 2
MMA
MMA
BÖHLER FOX FFB-A
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E310-17
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Rutile coated electrode of E 25 20 R / E310-16 type for welding heat- resistant rolled steels e.g. in annealing
plants, hardening plants, steam boiler construction, the crude oil industry and the ceramic industry. Heat resistant
CrSiAl-steels exposed to sulfurous gases should be weld with a final layer of FOX FA after joining. For thick-walled
components the basic coated BÖHLER FOX FFB is recommended. Avoid the service temperature range between
650 and 900°C due to the risk of embrittlement.
Rutile coated fully austenitic electrode of E 25 20 R / E310-17 type designed for welding of high temperature
stainless steel such as 1.4845 / 310S and similar grades. To minimize the risk of hot cracking when welding
fully austenitic steels, the heat input and interpass temperature must be kept low and there must be as little
dilution as possible from the parent metal. Primary intended for constructions running at high temperatures. Wet
corrosion properties are moderate.
Base materials
Base materials
1.4586 X5NiCrMoCuNb22-18, 1.4710 G-X30CrSi6,1.4713 X10CrAl7, 1.4724 X10CrAl13, 1.4740 G-X40CrSi17,
1.4742 X10CrAl18, 1.4762 X10CrAl 25, 1.4826 G-X40CrNiSi22-9, 1.4840 G-X15CrNi25-20, 1.4841
X15CrNiSi25-20, 1.4845 X12CrNi25-21, 1.4828 X15CrNiSi20-12, 1.4837 GX40CrNiSi25-12, 1.4840
GX15CrNi25-20, 1.4846 G-X40CrNi25-21
UNS S31000, S31400, S44600
AISI 305, 310, 314, 446
1.4841 X15CrNiSi25-21, 1.4845 X8CrNi25-21, 1.4846 X40CrNi25-21
UNS S31000, S31400
AISI 310, 310S, 314
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
wt.-%
C
0.12
Si
0.5
Mn
2.2
Cr
26
Ni
21
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
400 (≥ 350)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
580 (≥ 550)
wt.-%
C
0.11
Condition
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work ISO-V
KV J
%
20°C
35 (≥ 30)
80 (≥ 47)
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
420 (≥ 350)
u untreated, as-welded
Dimension mm
2.0 × 300
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 300/350
4.0 × 350
Current A
40 – 60
50 – 80
80 – 110
110 – 140
Preheating and interpass temperatures for ferritic steels 200 – 300°C.
Re-drying if necessary at 120 – 200°C for min. 2 h.
Scaling resistant up to 1200°C.
Mn
2.0
Tensile
strength Rm
MPa
560 (≥ 550)
Cr
26
Ni
21.4
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
25 (≥ 20)
FN
0
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
65
Hardness
Brinell
-196°C
45
170
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
Current A
45 – 80
70 – 120
100 – 150
Operating data
Polarity
DC + / AC
Electrode
310-17
identification
Operating data
Polarity
DC + / AC
Electrode
FOX FFB-A 310-16 E 25 20 R
identification
Si
0.7
Suggested heat input is max. 1.0 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Preheating and post-weld heat treatment not necessary.
Scaling temperature approximately 1150°C (air).
Metal recovery approximately 115%.
Approvals
CE
Approvals
Statoil, CE
306
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
307
BÖHLER FOX EASN 25 M-A
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitc stainless
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Classifications
Classifications
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Rutile coated austenitic electrode of E 25 22 2 N L R. Particularly suited to corrosion conditions in urea
synthesis plants. For joining and surfacing applications with matching / similar steels. For weld cladding on high
temperature steels and for fabricating joints on claddings. Excellent corrosion resistance in strongly oxidizing
and slightly reducing environments. High resistance to intergranular, selective, chloride-induced pitting and
stress corrosion. Resistant to intercrystalline corrosion and wet corrosion up to 350°C. Seawater resistant, good
resistance to nitric acid. Huey test in acc. ASTM A 262-64: max. 1.5 μm / 48 h max. (0.54 g/m2h), selective attack
max. 100 μm. Resulting all-weld metal microstructure is austenite with max. 0.5% ferrite.
Rutile coated low carbon electrode of E 25 22 2 N L R type with controlled Mo and N alloying and high Nicontent to assure a fully austenitic structure (ferrite < 0.5%). The electrode is suited for urea plant components
exposed to extremely severe corrosion at high pressures and temperatures. The weld deposit will exhibit
superior resistance to boiling concentrated nitric acid (optimum condition: 60 – 80% HNO3). The corrosion
rate in the Huey test is 0.08 g/m²h (4 mils/year). The high chromium and molybdenum content result in high
resistance to chloride-induced pitting corrosion and BÖHLER FOX EASN 25 M-A can also be used in high chloride
concentrations at elevated temperatures. Further applications are in highly corrosive areas in industries such as
dyeing (bleaching and dyeing baths), textile, pulp & paper, leather, chemicals, pharmaceuticals, and rayon. The
rutile cover concept ensures an easy handling in all positions except vertical down.
EN ISO 3581-A
E Z 25 22 2 L B 2 2
EN ISO 3581-A
E 25 22 2 N L R 1 2
Base materials
1.4335 X1CrNi25-21, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4465 X1CrNiMoN22-25-3, 1.4466 X1CrNiMoN25-22-2,
1.4577 X3CrNiMoTi25-25
UNS S31050, S31603
AISI 316L, 725LN
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
MMA
MMA
Thermanit 25/22 H
C
< 0.035
Si
< 0.4
Mn
5.0
Cr
24.5
Ni
22
Mo
2.2
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
400 (≥ 320)
u untreated, as-welded
Yield strength
Rp1.0
MPa
430
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
600 (≥ 510)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
30 (≥ 25)
1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4465 X1CrNiMoN22-25-3, 1.4466 X2CrNiMoN25-22-2
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
Condition
Impact work
ISO-V KV J
20°C
80
DC +
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
Mn
4.2
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
430 (≥ 350)
u untreated, as-welded
Cr
24.7
Ni
22.7
Mo
2.4
N
0.12
Current A
55 – 80
80 – 105
90 – 135
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
620 (≥ 550)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
35 (≥ 20)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
85
-196°C
51 (≥ 27)
Dimension mm
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
Current A
70 – 120
90 – 160
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Electrode
FOX EASN 25 M-A E 25 22 2 N L R
identification
Operating data
Polarity
Si
0.4
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
wt.-%
N
0.15
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E310-16 (mod.)
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Preheating and post-weld heat treatment generally not needed.
Avoid weaving more than two times the core wire diameter during welding. Keep the arc short and grind out root
pass end craters.
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050°C
followed by water quenching.
Resistant to scaling up to 1050°C.
Approvals
Approvals
CE
TÜV (04171), CE
308
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
309
Avesta 383 AC/DC
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, heat resistant
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, special applications
Classifications
Classifications
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Basic coated electrode of E Z 25 35 Nb B type. For surfacing and joining work on matching / similar heat resistant
cast steel grades.
Rutile coated fully austenitic electrode of E 27 31 4 Cu L R / E383-17 type primarily designed for welding
1.4563 / UNS N08028 (Alloy 28) and similar steels. High corrosion resistance in sulfur and phosphor acids.
Excellent pitting resistance in acidic solutions containing chlorides and fluorides. Applications are found within the
offshore industry, heat exchangers and joints in the chemical industry, for instance, manufacturing of phosphoric
acids.
EN ISO 3581-A
E Z 23 35 Nb B 2 2
EN ISO 3581-A
E 27 31 4 Cu L R
Base materials
1.4840 GX15CrNi25-20, 1.4849 GX40NiCrSiNb38-18, 1.4852 GX40NiCrSiNb35-25, 1.4857 GX40NICrSi35-25,
1.4865 GX40NiCrSi38-18
C
0.4
Si
1.0
Mn
1.8
Cr
25.0
Ni
35.0
Nb
1.2
Ti
0.1
u
u untreated, as-welded
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
500
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
700
Elongation A (L0=5d0)
%
15
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Base materials
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E383-17
1.4563 X1NiCrMoCu31-27-4
UNS N08028
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
MMA
MMA
Thermanit 25/35 R
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
Current A
50 – 70
70 – 120
90 – 135
wt.-%
Si
0.9
Mn
0.9
Cr
27.0
Ni
32.0
Mo
3.7
Cu
1.0
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
420 (≥ 240)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
560 (≥ 520)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
30 (≥ 25)
Impact work
ISO-V KV J
20°C
55
Hardness Brinell
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
Current A
60 – 80
70 – 110
100 – 140
200
Operating data
Polarity
DC + / AC
Electrode
383-17
identification
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
No preheating or post-weld heat treatment required.
Approvals
C
0.02
Suggested heat input max. 2.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1070 –
1100°C followed by water quenching.
Metal recovery approximately 120% at maximum welding current.
–
Approvals
CE
310
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
311
Thermanit 30/10 W
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, special applications
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, special applications
Classifications
Classifications
EN ISO 3581-A
E 29 9 R 3 2
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E312-17
EN ISO 3581-A
E 29 9 R 1 2
MMA
MMA
BÖHLER FOX CN 29/9-A
AWS A5.4 / SFA-5.4
E312-16 (mod.)
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Rutile coated electrode of E 29 9 R / E312-17 type. Highly alloyed electrode with high ferrite content to offer high
tensile strength and excellent resistance to cracking. Primarily intended for dissimilar welding between stainless
steel, high strength steel, tool steel; spring steel and 14Mn-steel as well as other difficult-to-weld combinations.
The weld metal work hardens making it suitable for wear resisting build-ups on clutches, gear wheels, shafts,
etc. Also suitable for repair and maintenance; for instance welding of tools. Designed for first class weld seems
and easy handling on AC or DC. Very good corrosion resistance in wet sulfuric environments, such as in sulfate
digesters used by the pulp & paper industry.
Rutile coated electrode of E 29 9 R / E312-16 type. Wet corrosion up to 300°C. High resistance to hot cracking
and good toughness at high yield strength. For joining and surfacing applications with matching/similar steels
and cast steel grades. For fabricating tough joints on unalloyed / low alloy structural steels of higher strength,
on high manganese and CrNiMn-steels, between dissimilar metals e.g. between stainless or heat resistant and
unalloyed/low alloy steels and cast steel grades.
Base materials
For steels with higher strength and difficult welding characteristics, joining of dissimilar materials, tool steels,
heat treatable or quenched and tempered steels, spring steels, high carbon steels etc.
1.4339 GX32CrNi28-10, 1.4347 GX8CrCrNiN26-7, 1.4340 GX49CrNi27-4, 1.4460 X3CrNiMoN27-5-2
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.11
Si
0.9
Mn
0.7
Cr
28.8
Ni
9.5
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
650 (≥ 450)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
790 (≥ 660)
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work ISO-V
KV J
%
20°C
24 (≥ 15)
30
Operating data
Polarity
DC + / AC
Electrode
FOX CN 29/9-A E 29 9 R
identification
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
5.0 × 450
For welding of unalloyed steels with limited weldability and low-alloyed steels of higher strength. Used as stressrelieved buffer layer when cladding cold and warm machine tools. For joining of high manganese and CrNiMnsteels, as well as for combinations on steels of different chemical composition or strength.
1.3401 X120Mn12, 1.4006 X10Cr13, 1.4339 GX32CrNi28-10, 1.4340 GX49CrNi27-4, 1.4347 GX8CrCrNiN26-7,
1.4460 X3CrNiMoN27-5-2,
UNS S41000, AISI 329, 410.
S235, E295
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
Current A
60 – 80
80 – 110
110 – 140
140 – 180
Recommended heat input max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Preheating and interpass temperature as required by the base metal.
Re-drying at 250 – 300°C for min. 2 h if necessary.
wt.-%
C
0.1
Si
1.1
Mn
0.8
Cr
29.0
Ni
9.0
Fe
bal.
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
> 550
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
> 700
Elongation A (L0=5d0)
%
> 18
Operating data
Polarity
DC + / AC
Dimension mm
2.0 × 250
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
5.0 × 450
DB (30.014.16, 20.014.07), CE
Suggested heat input max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Preheating and interpass temperature as required by the base metal.
Re-drying at 120 – 200°C for min. 2 h if necessary.
Alternative products
Approvals
Avesta P7 AC/DC
DB (30.132.11), CE
Approvals
312
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Current A
45 – 60
50 – 80
60 – 110
90 – 150
150 – 210
313
Thermanit Nimo C 24
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, nickel-base
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, nickel-base
Classifications
EN ISO 14172
E Ni 6152 (NiCr30Fe9)
MMA
MMA
Thermanit 690
Classifications
AWS A5.11 / SFA-5.11
ENiCrFe-7
EN ISO 14172
Ni 6059 (NiCr23Mo16)
AWS A5.11 / SFA-5.11
ENiCrMo-13
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Basic coated nickel-base electrode of E Ni 6152 / ENiCrFe-7 type. High resistance to stress corrosion cracking
in pure water environments and resistance in oxidizing media e.g. nitric acid. Particularly suited for conditions in
nuclear fabrication. Applicable for joining matching or similar steels, surfacing of low alloy and stainless steels.
Coated nickel-base electrode of E Ni 6059 / ENiCrMo-13 type. High corrosion resistance in reducing and
predominantly in oxidizing environments. For joining and surfacing with matching and similar alloys and cast
alloys. For welding the cladded side of plates of matching and similar alloys.
Base materials
Base materials
2.4642 NiCr29Fe
UNS N06690
Alloy 690
2.4602 NiCr21Mo14W, 2.4605 NiCr23Mo16Al, 2.4610 NiMo16Cr16Ti, 2.4819 NiMo16Cr15W
Alloy C-22, Alloy 59, Alloy C-4, Alloy C-276
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.5
Mn
3.8
Cr
28
Ni
Bal.
Nb
1.8
wt.-%
Fe
8.5
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
380
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
600
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work ISO-V
KV J
%
20°C
35
100
Yield strength Rp0.2
DC +
Dimension mm
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
Cr
23
Ni
Bal.
Mo
16.0
Fe
< 1.5
MPa
700
DC +
Current A
80 -110
100 – 130
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Preheating and post-weld heat treatment not needed.
Approvals
Tensile strength Rm
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work ISO-V
KV J
%
20°C
35
60
Operating data
Polarity
Polarity
Mn
< 0.5
MPa
u
420
u untreated, as-welded
Operating data
Dimension mm
2.5 × 250
3.2 × 300
4.0 × 350
Current A
45 – 70
65 – 105
85 – 135
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C. Preferably stringer beads.
Creep rupture properties according to matching high temperature steels / alloys up to 800°C.
Post-weld heat treatment mostly not needed when following the recommendations. In special cases, solution
annealing can be performed at 1150 – 1175 °C followed by water quenching to restore full corrosion resistance.
Approvals
CE
314
Si
0.1
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
C
< 0.02
TÜV (09272), CE
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
315
Thermanit Nicro 182
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, nickel-base
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, nickel-base
Classifications
EN ISO 14172
Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb)
MMA
MMA
Thermanit Nicro 82
Classifications
AWS A5.11 / SFA-5.11
ENiCrFe-3 (mod.)
EN ISO 14172
Ni 6182 (NiCr15Fe6Mn)
AWS A5.11 / SFA-5.11
ENiCrFe-3
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Coated nickel-base electrode of E Ni 6082 / ENiCrFe-3 (mod.) type for welding heat and creep resistant Cr
and CrNi-steels and nickel-base alloys. Resistant to scaling up to 1000°C. Heat resistant with a temperature
limit of 550°C in sulfurous atmospheres and max. 900°C for fully stressed welds. Good toughness at subzero
temperatures as low as –269°C.
Well-suited for dissimilar welding of stainless and nickel alloys to mild steels. Can also be used as a buffer layer
in many difficult-to-weld applications, where the high nickel content will minimize the carbon diffusion from the
mild steel into the stainless material.
Basic coated nickel-base electrode of E Ni 6182 / ENiCrFe-3 type for welding of nickel-base alloys, creep
resistant steels, heat resisting and cryogenic materials, dissimilar joints and low-alloyed steels with difficult
welding behavior. Dissimilar joining for service temperatures above 300°C or applications where post-weld heat
treatment is required. Well-suited for dissimilar welding of stainless and nickel alloys to mild steels. Can also
be used as a buffer layer in many difficult-to-weld applications, where the high nickel content will minimize the
carbon diffusion from the mild steel into the stainless material. Scaling resistant up to 950°C and creep resistant
up to 800°C. Good toughness at subzero temperatures down to –196°C. Heat resistant with a temperature limit
of 500°C in sulfurous atmospheres and max. 900°C for fully stressed welds. Resistant to embrittlement, hot
cracking and thermal shock. Easy slag removal and excellent welding characteristics in all welding positions,
except vertical down.
Base materials
Suitable for high-quality weld joints of nickel-based alloys, joint welding of dissimilar steels and difficult-to-weld
combinations including low-temperature steels up to 5% Ni, high-temperature and creep resistant materials,
scaling resistant, unalloyed and high-alloyed Cr and CrNiMo stainless steels. Dissimilar welding of 1.4583
X10CrNiMoNb18-12 and 1.4539 X2NiCrMoCu25-20 with ferritic pressure vessel boiler steels.
2.4816 NiCr15Fe, 2.4817 LC-NiCr15Fe, 1.4876 X10NiCrAlTi32–21
NiCr15Fe, X8Ni9, 10CrMo9-10; Alloy 600, 600L, 800, 800H; UNS N06600, N07080, N0800, N0810
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
< 0.05
Si
< 0.4
Mn
4.0
Cr
19.5
Ni
Bal.
Mo
1.5
Nb
2.0
Fe
< 4.0
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
380
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile
strength Rm
MPa
620
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
35
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
90
-196°C
70
wt.-%
-269°C
50
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
5.0 × 450
Suitable for high-quality weld joints of nickel-based alloys, joint welding of dissimilar steels and difficult-to-weld
combinations including low-temperature steels up to 5% Ni, high-temperature and creep resistant materials,
scaling resistant, unalloyed and high-alloyed Cr and CrNiMo stainless steels
2.4816 NiCr15Fe, 2.4817 LC-NiCr15Fe, 1.4876 X10NiCrAlTi32–21
Alloy 600, Alloy 600 L, Alloy 800 / 800H
UNS N06600, N07080, N0800, N0810
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
Current A
45 – 70
65 – 100
85 – 130
130 – 160
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Creep rupture properties according to matching high temperature steels / alloys up to 900°C.
Need for preheating and-weld heat treatment determined by the base material.
C
0.025
Si
0.4
Mn
6.0
Cr
16
Ni
Bal.
Nb
2.2
Fe
6.0
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
400 (≥ 360)
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
670 (≥ 600)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
40 (≥ 30)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
120 (≥ 90)
-196°C
80 (≥ 32)
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
5.0 × 450
Current A
45 – 70
65 -100
95 – 130
130 – 160
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
TÜV (01775), TÜV (KTA) (08129.00), DNV GL, CE
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Creep rupture properties according to matching high temperature steels / alloys.
Need for preheating and post-weld heat treatment determined by the base material.
Alternative products
Approvals
Approvals
BÖHLER FOX NIBAS 70/20
316
TÜV (02073), TÜV (KTA) (08128.00), CE
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
317
Thermanit 625
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, nickel-base
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, nickel-base
Classifications
EN ISO 14172
Ni 6117 (NiCr22Co12Mo)
MMA
MMA
Thermanit 617
Classifications
AWS A5.11 / SFA-5.11
ENiCrCoMo-1 (mod.)
EN ISO 14172
E Ni 6625 (NiCr22Mo9Nb)
AWS A5.11 / SFA-5.11
ENiCrMo-3
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Coated nickel-base electrode of E Ni 6117 / ENiCrCoMo-1 (mod.) type. Suitable for joining high-temperature and
similar nickel-base alloys, heat resistant austenitic and cast alloys. The weld metal is resistant to hot-cracking
and is used for service temperatures up to 1100°C. Scaling resistant up to 1100°C in oxidizing and carburized
atmospheres, e. g. gas turbines, ethylene production plants.
Can be welded in all positions except vertical-down. It has a stable arc and the resulting weld finely rippled and
notch-free. Easy slag removal. Preheating temperature should be adjusted to the base material. Post-weld heat
treatments can be applied independently of the weld metal.
Basic coated nickel-base electrode of E Ni 6625 / ENiCrMo-3 type for welding the nickel-base alloys 625
and 825 as well as CrNiMo-steels with high molybdenum content (e.g. 6Mo-steels). It is also recommended
for high temperature and creep resisting steels, heat resisting and cryogenic materials, dissimilar joints, and
low-alloyed problem steels. Suitable in pressure vessel fabrication for – 196°C to 550°C, otherwise up to the
scaling resistance temperature of 1200°C (S-free atmosphere). Due to the weld metal embrittlement between
600 – 850°C, this temperature range should be avoided. Highly resistant to hot cracking. Extremely resistant to
stress corrosion cracking and pitting (PREN 52). Fully austenitic and thermal shock resistant. Excellent welding
characteristics in all positions except vertical-down, easy slag removal, high resistance to porosity.
Base materials
Base materials
1.4558 X2NiCrAlTi32-20, 1.4859 GX10NiCrNb38-18 / GX10NiCrNb32-20, 1.4861 X10NiCr32-20, 1.4876
X10NiCrAlTi32-20 / X10NiCrAlTi 32-21, 1.4877 X6NiCrNbCe32-27, 1.4959 X8NiCrAlTi32-21, 2.4663
NiCr23Co12Mo, 2.4851 NiCr23Fe
UNS N08810, Alloy 800, 800H, 800HT
AC66
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
< 0.06
Si
0.8
Mn
0.2
Cr
21.0
Ni
Bal.
Mo
9.0
Co
11.0
Ti
0.25
Fe
<1.5
Al
0.7
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2 Tensile strength Rm
MPa
MPa
u
450
700
u untreated, as-welded
Elongation A (L0=5d0)
%
35
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
100
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Suitable for high-quality weld joints of nickel-based alloys, joint welding of dissimilar steels and difficult-to-weld
combinations including low-temperature steels up to 9% Ni, high-temperature and creep resistant materials,
scaling resistant, unalloyed and high-alloyed Cr and CrNiMo stainless steels
1.4529 X1NiCrMoCuN25-20-7, 1.4547 X1CrNiMoCuN20-18-7, 1.4558 X2NiCrAlTi32-20, 1.4580
X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12, 1.4876 X8NiCrAlTi32–21, 1.4877 X6NiCrNbCe32-27,
1.4958 X5NiCrAlTi31-20, 1.5662 X8Ni9, 2.4816 NiCr15Fe, 2.4641 NiCr21Mo6Cu, 2.4817 LC-NiCr15Fe, 2.4856
NiCr22Mo9Nb, 2.4858 NiCr21Mo
ASTM A 553 Gr.1, Alloy 600, Alloy 600 L, Alloy 625, Alloy 800 / 800H, Alloy 825
UNS N06600, N07080, N0800, N0810, N08367, N08926, S31254
Dissimilar welding with unalloyed and low-alloyed steels, e.g. P265GH, P295GH, 16Mo3, S355N
254 SMO®
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
Current A
45 – 65
80 – 105
90 – 135
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Hold stick electrode as vertically as possible, keep a short arc. Use string bead technique. Fill end crater
carefully.
Preheating temperature should be adjusted to the base material. Post-weld heat treatments can be applied
independently of the weld metal.
Creep rupture properties according to matching high temperature steels / alloys.
Re-drying at 250 – 300°C for 2 – 3 h if necessary.
Approvals
wt.-%
C
< 0.04
Si
< 0.7
Mn
<1
Cr
21.5
Ni
Bal.
Mo
9.0
Nb
3.3
Fe
< 2.0
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
460
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
740
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
35
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
75
-196°C
60
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 300
4.0 × 350
5.0 × 400
Current A
45 – 70
65 -105
85 – 130
130 – 160
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Creep rupture properties according to matching high temperature steels / alloys.
TÜV (06844), CE
Approvals
TÜV (03463), DNV GL, CE
Alternative products
BÖHLER FOX NIBAS 625
318
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
319
Thermanit 30/40 EW
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, nickel-base
Stick electrode, high-alloyed, nickel-base
Classifications
Classifications
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Nickel-base electrode of E Ni 8025 / 383 (mod.) type. Resistant to intercrystalline corrosion and wet corrosion
up to 450°C. Good corrosion resistance, especially in reducing environments. In terms of hot cracking resistance
(and corrosion resistance) Thermanit 30/40 E is superior to the fully austenitic 20 25 5 Cu L / 385 and 25 22 2 N
L / 310 (mod.) filler metals. For joining and surfacing work with matching and similar, unstabilized and stabilized
fully austenitic steels and cast steel grades containing Mo (and Cu). For dissimilar joining of mentioned steels to
unalloyed / low-alloyed steels.
Nickel-base electrode of E Ni 8025 / 383 (mod.) type for welding on DC+ and AC. Resistant to intercrystalline
corrosion and wet corrosion up to 450°C. Good corrosion resistance, especially in reducing environments. In
terms of hot cracking resistance (and corrosion resistance) Thermanit 30/40 EW is superior to the fully austenitic
20 25 5 Cu L / 385 and 25 22 2 N L / 310 (mod.) filler metals. For joining and surfacing work with matching and
similar, unstabilized and stabilized fully austenitic steels and cast steel grades containing Mo (and Cu). For joining
of mentioned steels to unalloyed / low-alloyed steels.
Base materials
Base materials
1.4465 X1CrNiMoN25-25-2, 1.4563 X1NiCrMoCu31-27-4, 1.4577 X5CrNiMoTi25-25, 2.4858 NiCr21Mo
1.4465 X1CrNiMoN25-25-2, 1.4563 X1NiCrMoCu31-27-4, 1.4577 X5CrNiMoTi25-25, 2.4858 NiCr21Mo
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
EN ISO 14172
E Ni 8025 (NiCr29Fe30Mo)
wt.-%
Mn
2.7
MMA
MMA
Thermanit 30/40 E
EN ISO 14172
E Ni 8025 (NiCr29Fe30Mo)
Mo
3.8
Cu
1.8
wt.-%
C
< 0.03
Si
< 0.9
Mn
1.5
Cr
28.0
Ni
36.0
Mo
4.3
Cu
1.8
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
350
u untreated, as-welded
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
550
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work ISO-V
KV J
%
20°C
30
75
Operating data
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
u
350
u untreated, as-welded
Yield strength
Rp1.0
MPa
370
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
550
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
30
Impact work
ISO-V KV J
20°C
50
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
Current A
55 – 80
60 – 110
90 – 150
Operating data
Polarity
DC +
Dimension mm
2.5 × 300
3.2 × 350
4.0 × 350
Current A
55 – 80
80 – 105
90 – 135
Polarity
DC + / AC
Suggested heat input is max. 1.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at
1120°C.
For dissimilar joints preheating temperature as required by the base material.
Suggested heat input is max. 1.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at
1120°C.
For dissimilar joints preheating temperature as required by the base material.
Approvals
Approvals
TÜV (00119), CE
TÜV (04587), CE
320
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
321
BÖHLER CN 13/4-IG
Thermanit 13/04 Si
TIG rod, high-alloyed, soft-martensitic stainless
TIG rod, high-alloyed, soft-martensitic stainless
TIG
EN ISO 14343-A
W 13 4
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER410NiMo (mod.)
EN ISO 14343-A
W 13 4
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER410NiMo (mod.)
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire TIG rod of W 13 4 / ER410NiMo (mod.) type. Low-carbon content and suited for soft-martensitic steels
such as 1.4313 / UNS S41500. Corrosion resistance similar to matching 13Cr(Ni)-steels and cast steel grades.
High resistance to corrosion fatigue cracking. Designed with precisely tuned alloying composition creating a weld
deposit featuring very good ductility and crack resistance despite high strength. Typical applications are in hydro
and steam turbines. Corrosion resistant against water and steam.
Solid wire TIG rod of W 13 4 / ER410NiMo (mod.) type for joining and surfacing applications with matching
13Cr(Ni) and 13Cr-steels and cast steel grades. Soft-martensitic; suitable for quenching and tempering. High
resistance to corrosion fatigue cracking. Corrosion resistance similar to matching 13Cr(Ni)-steels.
Base materials
1.4313 X3CrNiMo13-4, 1.4317 GX4CrNi13-4, 1.4407 GX5CrNiMo13-4, 1.4414 GX4CrNiMo13-4
ACI Grade CA 6 NM, UNS S41500
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
C
0.01
Si
0.7
Mn
0.7
Base materials
1.4313 X3CrNiMo13-4, 1.4317 GX4CrNi13-4, 1.4407 GX5CrNiMo13-4, 1.4414 GX4CrNiMo13-4
ACI Grade CA 6 NM, UNS S41500
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
Cr
12.3
Ni
4.7
Mo
0.5
C
0.02
Si
0.7
Mn
0.7
Cr
12.3
Ni
4.7
Mo
0.5
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Tensile strength Elongation A
Impact work ISO-V KV J
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
-60°C
u
915
1000
15
85
a
915
1000
15
150
≥ 32
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
a annealed, 600°C for 8 h / furnace cooling down to 300°C followed by air cooling
Condition
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
a
720 (≥ 500)
a annealed, 600°C for 8 h
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
800 (≥ 750)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
18 (≥ 15)
Impact work
ISO-V KV J
20°C
50
Hardness Brinell
250
Operating data
Dimension mm
2.4 × 1000
Current A
130 – 160
Voltage V
16 – 18
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2 × 1000
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
3.2 × 1000
Current A
60 – 80
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
160 – 200
Voltage V
9 – 11
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
17 – 20
Preheating and interpass temperatures in case of thick-walled sections 100 – 160°C.
Maximum heat input 1.5 kJ/mm.
Tempering at 580 – 620°C.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Preheating and interpass temperatures of heavy-wall components to 100 – 130°C.
Maximum heat input 1.5 kJ/mm.
Tempering or quenching and tempering, according to parent metal.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (01582)
Approvals
TÜV (04110), CE
322
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
323
TIG
Classifications
BÖHLER CN 16/13-IG
BÖHLER A 7 CN-IG
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, creep resistant
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, special applications
Classifications
Classifications
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire TIG rod of W Z 16 13 Nb type for high quality weld joints in high efficiency boilers and turbine
components. Approved in long-term condition up to 750°C service temperature. Resistant to embrittlement and
hot cracking.
Solid wire TIG rod of W 18 8 Mn / ER307 (mod.) type for numerous applications. The weld metal offers
exceptionally high ductility and elongation together with outstanding crack resistance. Resistant to embrittlement
when operating down to service temperatures of –110°C or above 500°C. The scaling resistance goes up to
850°C. When working at service temperatures above 650°C please contact the supplier. The weld metal can
be post-weld heat treated without any problems. The deposit will work harden and offers good resistance
against cavitation. Ductility is good even after high dilution when welding problem steels or when subjected to
thermal shock or scaling. An excellent alloy providing cost effective performance. Very good welding and wetting
characteristics.
EN ISO 14343-A
W 18 8 Mn
Base materials
Similar alloyed heat and creep resistant steels
1.4878 X8CrNiTi18-10, 1.4910 X3CrNiMoBN17-13-3, 1.4919 X6CrNiMoB17-12-2, 1.4981 X8CrNiMoNb16-6,
1.4988 (G)X8CrNiMoVNb16-13
UNS S31635, S32100, AISI 316H, 321
Typical analysis of the wire rod
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER307 (mod.)
Base materials
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Dissimilar joints, tough buffer and intermediate layers prior to hardfacing, 14Mn steels, 13 – 17% Cr and heat
resistant Cr and austenitic steels up to 850°C, armor plates, high carbon and quenched and tempered steels,
surfacing of gears, valves, turbine blades, etc. For joint welding of unalloyed and low-alloyed or Cr steels with
high-alloyed Cr and CrNi-steels. Welding of austenitic high manganese steels and with other steels.
Condition
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
C
0.16
Si
0.5
Mn
2.5
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
460 (≥ 390)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Cr
15.8
Ni
13.5
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
630 (≥ 550)
Nb
1.7
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
25 (≥ 20)
60 (≥ 32)
wt.-%
C
0.07
Si
0.7
Mn
6.8
Dimension mm
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
Current A
100 – 130
130 – 160
Voltage V
14 – 16
16 – 18
Preheating is only necessary in case of wall thickness above 25 mm that are preheated up to 150°C.
Low heat input, max. 1.5 kJ/mm is recommended.
Interpass temperatures should not exceed 150°C.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (02728), CE
Ni
8.8
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Operating data
Cr
19.2
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
460 (≥ 350)
650 (≥ 500)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
38 (≥ 25)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
120
-110°C
≥ 32
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
Current A
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
Voltage V
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
Preheat, interpass temperature and post-weld heat treatment as required by the base metal.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (00023), DB (43.132.54), DNV GL, NAKS, VG 95132, CE
324
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
325
TIG
TIG
EN ISO 14343-A
W Z 16 13 Nb
Thermanit X
Thermanit 304 H Cu
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, special applications
TIG Rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, creep resistant
Classifications
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER307 (mod.)
EN ISO 14343-A
W Z 18 16 1 Cu H
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER308H (mod)
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire TIG rod of W 18 8 Mn / ER307 (mod.) type for joining and surfacing applications with heat resistant
Cr-steels and heat resistant austenitic steels. Well-suited for fabricating dissimilar austenitic-ferritic joints at max.
application temperature 300°C. For joining unalloyed, low-alloyed or Cr-steels to austenitic steels. Low heat input
required in order to avoid brittle martensitic transition zones.
Resistant to scaling up to 850°C. Inadequate resistance against sulfurous combustion gases at temperatures
above 500°C.
Solid wire TIG rod of W Z 18 16 1 Cu H / ER308H (mod.) type for joining and surfacing on matching austenitic
creep resistant steels and cast steel grades. Good high temperature corrosion resistance.
Base materials
Dissimilar joints, tough buffer and intermediate layers prior to hardfacing, 14Mn-steels, 13 – 17% Cr and heat
resistant Cr and austenitic steels up to 850°C, armor plates, high carbon and quenched and tempered steels,
surfacing of gears, valves, turbine blades, etc. For joint welding of unalloyed and low-alloyed or Cr-steels with
high-alloyed Cr and CrNi-steels. Welding of austenitic high manganese steels and with other steels.
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
C
0.08
Si
0.8
Mn
7.0
Cr
19
Ni
9.0
Yield strength
Yield strength
Rp0.2
Rp1.0
MPa
MPa
u
450 (≥ 350)
500
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
620 (≥ 500)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
35 (≥ 25)
Impact work
ISO-V KV J
20°C
100
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.0 × 1000
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
3.2 × 1000
Current A
50 – 70
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
160 – 200
1.4907 X10CrNiCuNb18-9-3 and comparable creep resistant austenitic stainless steels such as Super 304 H,
DMV 304 HCu
18Cr-9Ni-3Cu-Nb-N: ASME SA-213; code case 2328-1
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
C
0.1
Si
0.4
Mn
3.2
Voltage V
9 – 11
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
17 – 20
Cr
18
Ni
16.0
Mo
0.8
Nb
0.4
N
0.2
Cu
3.0
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
350
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
590
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
25
47
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
Current A
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
Voltage V
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Shielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (11219), CE
Preheat, interpass temperature and post-weld heat treatment as required by the base metal.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (01234), DB (43.132.26), DNV GL, CE
326
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
327
TIG
TIG
EN ISO 14343-A
W 18 8 Mn
BÖHLER ASN 5-IG
Thermanit ATS 4
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, creep resistant
TIG
EN ISO 14343-A
W Z 18 16 5 N L
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER317L (mod.)
EN ISO 14343-A
W 19 9 H
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER19-10H
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire TIG rod of W Z 18 16 5 N L / ER317L (mod.) type for 3 – 4% molybdenum alloyed CrNi-steels such
as 1.4438 / 317L. Recommended for TIG root welding and in combination with other welding methods. The
weld metal shows a stable austenitic microstructure with good pitting resistance (PREN = %Cr + 3.3 x %Mo
+ 30 x %N) and crevice corrosion resistance as well as excellent CVN toughness behavior down to –269°C.
Resistant to intergranular corrosion. Increased molybdenum content to compensate segregation during welding of
molybdenum-alloyed steels. Application temperature max. 400°C.
Solid wire TIG rod of W 19 9 H / ER19-10H type for joining and surfacing applications on matching and similar
creep resistant steel and cast steel grades. Creep resistant up to 700°C. Resistant to scaling up to 800°C.
The microstructure is austenite with max. 5% ferrite.
Base materials
Base materials
1.4878 - X8CrNiTi18-10, 1.4912 X7CrNiNb18-10, 1.4940 X7CrNiTi18-10, 1.4948 X6CrNi18-10
AISI 304H, 321H, 347H
1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-13-3, 1.4439 X2CrNiMoN17-13-5, 1.4429 X2CrNiMoN17-13-3, 1.4438 X2CrNiMo18-15-4,
1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12
AISI 316Cb, 316LN, 317LN, 317L
UNS S31726
Typical analysis of the wire rod
Typical analysis of the wire rod
Condition
wt.-%
C
0.05
Si
0.4
Mn
1.8
Cr
18.8
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Yield strength
Yield strength
Rp0.2
Rp1.0
MPa
MPa
u
400
430
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Condition
Operating data
wt.-%
C
≤ 0.02
Si
0.4
Mn
5.5
Cr
19
Ni
17.2
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
440 (≥ 400)
650 (≥ 600)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
35 (≥ 30)
Mo
4.3
N
0.16
PREN
38
FN
≤ 0.5
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
120
Dimension mm
1.0 × 1000
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
3.2 × 1000
-269°C
75 (≥ 32)
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.0 × 1000
1.2 × 1000
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
Current A
50 – 70
60 – 80
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
Voltage V
9 – 11
9 – 11
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1080 –
1130°C followed by water quenching.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Ni
9.3
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
600
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
30
Current A
50 – 70
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
160 – 200
Impact work
ISO-V KV J
20°C
100
Voltage V
9 – 11
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
17 – 20
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (01616), CE
Approvals
TÜV (00017), CE
328
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
329
TIG
Classifications
Avesta 308H
Avesta 308L/MVR
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, creep resistant
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
TIG
EN ISO 14343-A
W 19 9 H
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER308H
EN ISO 14343-A
W 19 9 L
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER308L
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire TIG rod of W 19 9 H / ER308H type for welding heat and creep-resistant austenitic stainless steels such
as 18Cr-10Ni and similar. The consumable has an enhanced carbon content when compared to 1.4307 / 308L.
This provides improved creep resistance properties, which is advantageous at temperatures above 400°C. The
microstructure is austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite. Scaling resistant up to 850°C (air). Can be used at temperatures
up to 600°C. For higher temperatures a niobium-stabilized consumables such as BÖHLER SAS 2-IG or Thermanit
H-347 are required. The corrosion resistance corresponds to 1.4301 / 304, i.e. good resistance to general
corrosion. The enhanced carbon content, compared to 308L, makes it slightly more sensitive to intercrystalline
corrosion.
Solid wire TIG rod of W 19 9 L Si / ER308LSi type for welding austenitic stainless steels such as 1.4307 / 304L
and similar. The wire can also be used for welding titanium and niobium stabilized steels such as 1.4541 /
321 and 1.4546 / 347 in cases where the construction is used at temperatures not exceeding 400°C. For
higher temperatures a niobium-stabilized consumable such as BÖHLER SAS 2-IG is required. Resulting weld
microstructure is austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite. Very good corrosion resistance under fairly severe conditions,
e.g. in oxidizing acids and cold or dilute reducing acids.
Base materials
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4878 X8CrNiTi18-10, 1.4948 X7CrNi18-9
UNS S30400, S30409, S32100, S34700, AISI 304, 304H, 321, 321H, 347, 347H
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
C
0.05
Si
0.4
Mn
1.8
Cr
20
Ni
9.0
FN
10
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
450
640
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
38
Impact work
ISO-V KV J
20°C
150
wt.-%
Hardness Brinell
Current A
130 – 160
C
0.02
Si
0.4
Mn
1.7
210
Voltage V
16 – 18
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050°C
followed by water quenching.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar, Ar + 20 – 30% He or Ar + 1 – 5% H2. The addition of helium and hydrogen increases the
energy of the arc. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min (somewhat higher with helium).
Approvals
-
Cr
20
Ni
10.0
FN
10
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Operating data
Dimension mm
2.4 × 1000
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4307 X2CrNi18-9, 1.4311 X2CrNiN18-9, 1.4312 GX10CrNi18-8,
1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4546 X5CrNiNb18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30453, S32100, S34700
AISI 304, 304L, 304LN, 302, 321, 347
ASTM A157 Gr. C9, A320 Gr. B8C or D
Typical analysis of the wire rod
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
Yield strength Tensile
Rp0.2
strength Rm
MPa
MPa
u
400 (≥ 320)
590 (≥ 510)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
35 (≥ 25)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
130
-40°C
120 (≥ 32)
Hardness
Brinell
200
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.0 × 1000
1.2 × 1000
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
Current A
50 – 70
60 – 80
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
Voltage V
9 – 11
9 – 11
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
The scaling temperature is approx. 850°C in air.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050°C
followed by water quenching.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar, Ar + 20 – 30% He or Ar + 1 – 5% H2. The addition of helium and hydrogen increases the
energy of the arc. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min (somewhat higher with helium).
Approvals
TÜV (01665), DNV GL, CE
330
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
331
TIG
Classifications
Thermanit JE-308L
BÖHLER EAS 2-IG
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
TIG
EN ISO 14343-A
W 19 9 L
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER308L
EN ISO 14343-A
W 19 9 L
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER308L
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire TIG rod of W 19 9 L Si / ER308LSi type for joining and surfacing applications with matching and
similar stabilized and unstabilized austenitic CrNi(N) and CrNiMo(N)-steels and cast steel grades. Resistant
to intercrystalline corrosion up to 350°C. Corrosion resistant similar to matching low-carbon and stabilized
austenitic 18Cr-8Ni(N)-steels. High toughness at subzero temperatures as low as –196°C.
Solid wire TIG rod of W 19 9 L / ER308L type for joining and surfacing applications with matching and similar
stabilized and unstabilized austenitic CrNi(N) and CrNiMo(N)-steels and cast steel grades. Corrosion resistance
similar to matching low-carbon and stabilized austenitic 18Cr-8Ni(N)-steels. The wire shows very good wetting
characteristics, with excellent weld metal toughness down to –196°C. Application temperature max. 350°C.
Base materials
Base materials
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4307 X2CrNi18-9, 1.4311 X2CrNiN18-9, 1.4312 GX10CrNi18-8,
1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4546 X5CrNiNb18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30453, S32100, S34700
AISI 304, 304L, 304LN, 302, 321, 347
ASTM A157 Gr. C9, A320 Gr. B8C or D
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4307 X2CrNi18-9, 1.4311 X2CrNiN18-9, 1.4312 GX10CrNi18-8,
1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4546 X5CrNiNb18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30453, S32100, S34700
AISI 304, 304L, 304LN, 302, 321, 347
ASTM A157 Gr. C9, A320 Gr. B8C or D
Typical analysis of the wire rod
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.5
Mn
1.7
Cr
20
Ni
10.0
wt.-%
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
400
570
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
35
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
100
Si
0.5
Mn
1.8
Cr
20
Ni
10.0
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
C
≤ 0.02
-196°C
35
Condition
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
400 (≥ 320)
550 (≥ 510)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
38 (≥ 25)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
150
Operating data
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.0 × 1000
1.2 × 1000
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
Current A
50 – 70
60 – 80
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
Dimension mm
1.0 × 1000
1.2 × 1000
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
Voltage V
9 – 11
9 – 11
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
Current A
50 – 70
60 – 80
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar or Ar + He. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min (somewhat higher with helium).
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
Approvals
TÜV (09451), DB (43.132.19), DNV GL, CE
TÜV (00145), DB (43.014.08), DNV GL, NAKS (Ø 2.4, 3.2), CE
332
-269°C
75 (≥ 32)
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Voltage V
9 – 11
9 – 11
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
333
TIG
Classifications
BÖHLER EAS 2-IG (LF)
Avesta 308L-Si/MVR-Si
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, cryogenic
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
TIG
EN ISO 14343-A
W 19 9 L
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER308L
EN ISO 14343-A
W 19 9 L Si
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER308LSi
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire TIG rod of W 19 9 L / ER308L type for welding 1.4306 / 304L and 304LN steel grades. Controlled weld
metal ferrite content (3 – 8 FN), particularly for good cryogenic toughness and lateral expansion down to –196°C.
Resistant to intergranular corrosion up to 350°C.
Solid wire TIG rod of W 19 9 L Si / ER308LSi type for welding austenitic stainless steels such as 1.4307 / 304L
and similar. The wire can also be used for welding titanium and niobium stabilized steels as, for instance,
1.4541 / 321 and 1.4546 / 347 in cases where the construction is used at temperatures not exceeding 400°C.
For higher temperatures a niobium-stabilized consumable such as BÖHLER EAS 2-IG (Si) is required. Resulting
weld microstructure is austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite. Very good corrosion resistance under fairly severe
conditions, e.g. in oxidizing acids and cold or dilute reducing acids.
Base materials
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4307 X2CrNi18-9, 1.4311 X2CrNiN18-9, 1.4312 GX10CrNi18-8,
1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4546 X5CrNiNb18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30453, S32100, S34700
AISI 304, 304L, 304LN, 302, 321, 347
ASTM A157 Gr. C9, A320 Gr. B8C or D
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.5
Mn
1.8
Cr
20
Ni
10.0
FN
3–8
Yield strength Tensile
Rp0.2
strength Rm
MPa
MPa
u
≥ 320
≥ 510
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
≥ 25
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
≥ 100
-196°C
≥ 32
Lateral
expansion
-196°C
≥ 0.38
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.6 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
3.2 × 1000
Current A
80 – 120
130 – 160
160 – 200
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4307 X2CrNi18-9, 1.4311 X2CrNiN18-9, 1.4312 GX10CrNi18-8,
1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4546 X5CrNiNb18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30453, S32100, S34700
AISI 304, 304L, 304LN, 302, 321, 347
ASTM A157 Gr. C9, A320 Gr. B8C or D
Typical analysis of the wire rod
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
Voltage V
10 – 13
16 – 18
17 – 20
wt.-%
Si
0.9
Mn
1.8
Cr
20
Ni
10.5
FN
9
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Tensile
Rp0.2
strength Rm
MPa
MPa
u
470
640
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
34
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
140
-196°C
80
Hardness
Brinell
200
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2 × 1000
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
3.2 × 1000
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
C
0.02
Current A
60 – 80
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
160 – 200
Voltage V
9 – 11
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
17 – 20
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
The scaling temperature is approx. 850°C in air.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050°C
followed by water quenching.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar, Ar + 20 – 30% He or Ar + 1 – 5% H2. The addition of helium and hydrogen increases the
energy of the arc. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min (somewhat higher with helium).
-
Approvals
TÜV (019158), DB (43.132.62), DNV GL, CE
334
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
335
TIG
Classifications
BÖHLER SAS 2-IG
Thermanit H-347
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, stabilized
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, stabilized
TIG
EN ISO 14343-A
W 19 9 Nb
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER347
EN ISO 14343-A
W 19 9 Nb
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER347
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire TIG rod of W 19 9 Nb / ER347 type. Mainly for welding titanium and niobium-stabilized 1.4541,
1.4546 / 347, 321 austenitic stainless steel grades. Corrosion resistance similar to matching stabilized austenitic
CrNi-steels and cast steel grades. Low temperature service down to –196°C. Resistant to intergranular corrosion
up to 400°C.
Solid wire TIG rod of W 19 9 Nb / ER347 type for joining and surfacing application with matching and similar
stabilized and unstabilized austenitic CrNi(N)-steels and cast steel grades. Resistant to intercrystalline corrosion
and wet corrosion up to 400°C. Corrosion-resistant similar to matching stabilized austenitic CrN-steels.
Base materials
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4311 X2CrNiN18-9, 1.4312 GX10CrNi18-8, 1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10,
1.4546 X5CrNiNb18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4552 GX5CrNiNb19-11
UNS S30400, S30403, S30453, S32100, S34700
AISI 347, 321,302, 304, 304L, 304LN
ASTM A296 Gr. CF 8 C, A157 Gr. C9, A320 Gr. B8C or D
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4311 X2CrNiN18-9, 1.4312 GX10CrNi18-8, 1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10,
1.4546 X5CrNiNb18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4552 GX5CrNiNb19-11
UNS S30400, S30403, S30453, S32100, S34700
AISI 347, 321,302, 304, 304L, 304LN
ASTM A296 Gr. CF 8 C, A157 Gr. C9, A320 Gr. B8C or D
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
C
0.05
Si
0.5
Mn
1.8
Cr
19.6
Ni
9.5
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
490 (≥ 350)
660 (≥ 550)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
35 (≥ 25)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
140
Current A
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
160 – 200
C
0.05
Si
0.5
Mn
1.8
Cr
19.5
Ni
9.5
Nb
≥ 12×C
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
-196°C
≥ 32
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
400
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
570
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
30
65
Operating data
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
3.2 × 1000
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
Nb
+
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
Voltage V
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
17 – 20
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at
1050°C followed by water quenching. Can be used for cladding, which normally requires stress relieving at
approximately 590°C. Such a heat treatment will lower the ductility at room temperature. Always consult the
supplier of the parent material or seek other expert advice to ensure that the correct heat treatment process is
carried out.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
Dimension mm
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
3.2 × 1000
Current A
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
160 – 200
Voltage V
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
17 – 20
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C. Post-weld heat treatment
generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050°C followed by water
quenching. Can be used for cladding, which normally requires stress relieving at approximately 590°C. Such a
heat treatment will lower the ductility at room temperature. Always consult the supplier of the parent material or
seek other expert advice to ensure that the correct heat treatment process is carried out.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (09475), DB (43.132.21), CE
TÜV (00142), DNV GL, LTSS, CE, NAKS
336
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
337
TIG
Classifications
BÖHLER EAS 4 M-IG
Avesta 316L/SKR
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
TIG
EN ISO 14343-A
W 19 12 3 L
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER316L
EN ISO 14343-A
W 19 12 3 L
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER316L
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire TIG rod of W 19 12 3 L / ER316L type for joining and surfacing application with matching and similar
unstabilized austenitic CrNi(N) and CrNiMo(N)-steels. Corrosion resistance similar to matching low-carbon and
stabilized austenitic 17Cr-12Ni-2Mo-steels and cast steel grades. Excellent weld metal toughness down to
–196°C. Resistant to intergranular corrosion up to 400°C.
Solid wire TIG rod of W 19 12 3 L Si / ER316LSi type for welding 1.4404 / 316L austenitic stainless steels and
similar. Also suitable for welding steels that are stabilized with titanium or niobium, such as 1.4571 / 316Ti
for service temperatures not exceeding 400°C. For higher temperatures a niobium-stabilized consumable
such as BÖHLER SAS 4-IG is required. Excellent resistance to general, pitting and intercrystalline corrosion in
chloride containing environments. Intended for severe service conditions, e.g. in dilute hot acids. The resulting
microstructure is austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Base materials
1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4409 GX2CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4429 X2CrNiMoN17-12-3,
1.4432 X2CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2,
1.4580 X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12
UNS S31600, S31603, S31635, S31640, S31653
AISI 316L, 316Ti, 316Cb
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
C
≤ 0.02
Si
0.5
Mn
1.8
Cr
18.5
Ni
12.3
Mo
2.8
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
470 (≥ 320)
610 (≥ 510)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
38 (≥ 25)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
wt.-%
20°C
140
Condition
-196°C
(≥ 32)
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
3.2 × 1000
1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4409 GX2CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4429 X2CrNiMoN17-12-3,
1.4432 X2CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2,
1.4580 X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12
UNS S31600, S31603, S31635, S31640, S31653
AISI 316L, 316Ti, 316Cb
Typical analysis of the wire rod
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
Current A
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
160 – 200
Voltage V
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
17 – 20
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (00149), DB (43.014.12), DNV GL, NAKS (Ø 2.4, 3.0), CE
C
0.02
Si
0.4
Mn
1.7
Cr
18.5
Ni
12.0
Mo
2.6
FN
8
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Yield strength Tensile
Rp0.2
strength Rm
MPa
MPa
u
460 (≥ 320)
610 (≥ 510)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
33 (≥ 25)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
140
-40°C
130
Hardness
Brinell
200
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
3.2 × 1000
Current A
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
160 – 200
Voltage V
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
17 – 20
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050°C
followed by water quenching. The scaling temperature is approx. 850°C in air.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar, Ar + 20 – 30% He or Ar + 1 – 5% H2. The addition of helium and hydrogen increases the
energy of the arc. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min (somewhat higher with helium).
Approvals
DNV GL, CE
338
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
339
TIG
Classifications
Thermanit GE-316L
Avesta 316L-Si/SKR-Si
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
TIG
EN ISO 14343-A
W 19 12 3 L
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER316L
EN ISO 14343-A
W 19 12 3 L Si
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER316LSi
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire TIG rod of W 19 12 3 L / ER316L type for joining and surfacing application with matching and similar
unstabilized austenitic CrNi(N) and CrNiMo(N)-steels and cast steel grades. Corrosion resistance similar to
matching low-carbon and stabilized austenitic 18/8 CrNiMo-steels. Resistant to intercrystalline corrosion and wet
corrosion up to 400°C.
Solid wire TIG rod of W 19 12 3 L Si / ER316LSi type for welding 1.4404 / 316L austenitic stainless steels and
similar. Also suitable for welding steels that are stabilized with titanium or niobium, such as 1.4571 / 316Ti for
service temperatures not exceeding 400°C. For higher temperatures, a niobium-stabilized consumable such
as BÖHLER SAS 4-IG (Si) is required. Excellent resistance to general, pitting and intercrystalline corrosion in
chloride containing environments. Intended for severe service conditions, e.g. in dilute hot acids. The resulting
microstructure is austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Base materials
1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4409 GX2CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4429 X2CrNiMoN17-12-3,
1.4432 X2CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2,
1.4580 X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12
UNS S31600, S31603, S31635, S31640, S31653
AISI 316L, 316Ti, 316Cb
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.5
Mn
1.7
Cr
18.5
Ni
12.3
Mo
2.6
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
450
580
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
35
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
140
-20°C
130
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
3.2 × 1000
1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4409 GX2CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4429 X2CrNiMoN17-12-3,
1.4432 X2CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2,
1.4580 X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12
UNS S31600, S31603, S31635, S31640, S31653
AISI 316L, 316Ti, 316Cb
Typical analysis of the wire rod
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
Current A
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
160 – 200
Voltage V
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
17 – 20
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (09500), DB (43.132.20), DNV GL, CE
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.9
Mn
1.7
Cr
18.5
Ni
12.0
Mo
2.6
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Tensile
Elongation A
Rp0.2
strength Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
u
480
640
31
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 30% He
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
140
-196°C
80
Hardness
Brinell
210
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
3.2 × 1000
Current A
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
160 – 200
Voltage V
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
17 – 20
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050°C
followed by water quenching.
The scaling temperature is approx. 850°C in air.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar, Ar + 20 – 30% He or Ar + 1 – 5% H2. The addition of helium and hydrogen increases the
energy of the arc. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min (somewhat higher with helium).
Approvals
TÜV (019159), DB (43.132.64), DNV GL, CE
340
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
341
TIG
Classifications
BÖHLER SAS 4-IG
Thermanit A
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, stabilized
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, stabilized
TIG
EN ISO 14343-A
W 19 12 3 Nb
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER318
EN ISO 14343-A
W 19 12 3 Nb
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER318
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire TIG rod of W 19 12 3 Nb / ER318 type for joining and surfacing application on matching and similar
stabilized and unstabilized austenitic CrNi(N) and CrNiMo(N)-steels and cast steel grades. Engineered to a
very precise analysis to create a weld deposit of high purity, superior hot cracking a corrosion resistance. Low
temperature service down to –120°C. Resistant to intergranular corrosion up to 400°C.
Solid wire TIG rod of W 19 12 3 Nb Si / ER318 (mod.) type for joining and surfacing application with matching
and similar stabilized and unstabilized austenitic CrNi(N) and CrNiMo(N)-steels and cast steel grades. Corrosion
resistance similar to matching stabilized CrNiMo-steels. Resistant to intergranular and wet corrosion up to 400°C.
Base materials
1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4409 GX2CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3,
1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-13-3, 1.4437 GX6CrNiMo18-12, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4580 X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2,
1.4581 GX5CrNiMoNb19-11-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12
UNS S31600, S31603, S31635, S31640, S31653, AISI 316, 316L, 316Ti, 316Cb
1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4409 GX2CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3,
1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-13-3, 1.4437 GX6CrNiMo18-12, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4580 X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2,
1.4581 GX5CrNiMoNb19-11-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12
UNS S31600, S31603, S31635, S31640, S31653, AISI 316, 316L, 316Ti, 316Cb
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
C
0.035
Si
0.5
Mn
1.7
Cr
19.5
Ni
11.4
Mo
2.7
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
520 (≥ 350)
700 (≥ 550)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
35 (≥ 25)
Current A
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
160 – 200
Si
0.4
Mn
1.7
Cr
19.5
Ni
11.5
Mo
2.7
Nb
≥ 12×C
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
-120°C
≥ 32
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
400
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
600
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
30
100
Operating data
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
3.2 × 1000
C
0.04
Condition
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
120
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
Nb
+
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
Voltage V
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
17 – 20
Suggested heat input max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases solution annealing at 1050°C followed by water
quenching.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Dimension mm
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
3.2 × 1000
Current A
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
160 – 200
Voltage V
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
17 – 20
Suggested heat input max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C. Post-weld heat treatment
generally not needed. In special cases solution annealing at 1050°C followed by water quenching. Pay attention
to tendency to embrittlement.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (09474), DB (43.132.27), DNV GL
Approvals
TÜV (00236), KTA 1408.1 (08046), DB (43.014.03), DNV GL,NAKS (Ø 2.0, 2.4, 3.0), CE
342
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
343
TIG
Classifications
BÖHLER SAS 4-IG (Si)
BÖHLER EASN 2 Si-IG
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, stabilized
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
TIG
EN ISO 14343-A
W 19 12 3 Nb Si
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER318 (mod.)
EN ISO 14343-A
W Z 19 13 Si N L
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire TIG rod of W 19 12 3 Nb Si / ER318 (mod.) type for joining and surfacing application with matching
and similar stabilized and unstabilized austenitic CrNi(N) and CrNiMo(N)-steels and cast steel grades. Corrosion
resistance similar to matching stabilized CrNiMo-steels. Resistant to intergranular and wet corrosion up to 400°C.
Solid wire TIG rod of W Z 19 13 Si N L type designed for joint welding of the special stainless steel grade
1.4361 X2CrNiSi18-15, with high corrosion resistance in highly concentrated nitric acid and of nitric acid
additionally containing strong deoxidants. Also suited for cladding applications on analogous materials. Operating
temperatures up to 350°C.
Base materials
1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4409 GX2CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3,
1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-13-3, 1.4437 GX6CrNiMo18-12, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4580 X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2,
1.4581 GX5CrNiMoNb19-11-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12
UNS S31600, S31603, S31635, S31640, S31653, AISI 316, 316L, 316Ti, 316Cb
Base materials
Typical analysis of the wire rod
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
C
0.035
Si
0.8
Mn
1.4
Cr
19
Ni
11.5
Mo
2.8
Nb
+
wt.-%
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
490 (≥ 390)
670 (≥ 600)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
33 (≥ 30)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
100
1.4361 X2CrNiSi18-15
UNS S30600
BÖHLER A 610
-120°C
≥ 32
Operating data
C
≤ 0.012
Si
4.6
Mn
0.7
Cr
19.5
Ni
13.4
N
0.12
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
520 (≥ 440)
750 (≥ 700)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
35 (≥ 25)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
100 (≥ 40)
-50°C
≥ 32
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
3.2 × 1000
Current A
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
160 – 200
Voltage V
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
17 – 20
Suggested heat input max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases solution annealing at 1050°C followed by water
quenching.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (04427), CE
Dimension mm
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
3.2 × 1000
Current A
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
160 – 200
Voltage V
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
17 – 20
Suggested heat input max. 1.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C. Should be welded as cold as
possible. Cooling can be performed with compressed air or water running on the opposite side to improve heat
dissipation.
No post-weld heat treatment needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1100°C followed
by water quenching.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (01483), CE
344
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
345
TIG
Classifications
Avesta 317L/SNR
BÖHLER CN 19/9 M-IG
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, special applications
TIG
EN ISO 14343-A
W 19 13 4 L
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER317L
EN ISO 14343-A
W 20 10 3
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER308Mo (mod.)
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire TIG rod of W 19 13 4 L / ER317L for welding 18Cr-14Ni-3Mo / 317L austenitic stainless steels and
similar. The enhanced content of chromium, nickel and molybdenum compared to 1.4404 / 316L gives improved
corrosion properties in acid chloride containing environments. The microstructure is austenite with 5 – 10%
ferrite. Better resistance to general, pitting and intercrystalline corrosion in chloride containing environments than
1.4404 / 316L. Intended for severe service conditions, i.e. in dilute hot acids.
Solid wire TIG rod of W 20 10 3 / ER308Mo (mod.) type for dissimilar joints and weld cladding. Offers a lower
chromium and ferrite content than a 309L weld deposit with the result that carbon diffusion and Cr-carbide
formation is reduced after post-weld heat treatment and lower ferrite contents can be achieved in the second
layer of 1.4404 / 316L surfacing. Suitable for service temperatures from –80°C to 300°C. Very good welding and
wetting characteristics.
Base materials
Base materials
CrNiMo(N) austenitic stainless steels with higher Mo content or corrosion resistant claddings on mild steels
1.4429 X2CrNiMoN17-13-3, 1.4434 X2CrNiMoN18-12-4, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4438 X2CrNiMo19-14-4,
1.4439 X2CrNiMoN17-13-5
AISI 316L, 316LN, 317L, 317LN, 317LMN
UNS S31600, S31653, S31703, S31726, S31753
Welding and dissimilar joining of high-strength, mild steels and low-alloyed constructional steels; quench
tempered steels, armor plates and austenitic manganese steels. Welding of unalloyed as well as alloyed boiler or
constructional steels to high-alloyed stainless Cr and CrNi-steels.
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.4
Mn
1.7
Cr
19
Ni
13.5
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
440
630
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
28
wt.-%
Current A
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
160 – 200
Si
0.7
Mn
1.2
Condition
Cr
20
Ni
10.0
Impact work
ISO-V KV J
20°C
100
Hardness Brinell
200
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
540 (≥ 400)
710 (≥ 620)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Mo
3.2
Voltage V
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
17 – 20
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Preheating and post-weld heat-treatment not necessary. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed
at 1050°C followed by water quenching.
Scaling temperature approximately 850°C (air).
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar, Ar + 20 – 30% He or Ar + 1 – 5% H2. The addition of helium and hydrogen increases the
energy of the arc. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min (somewhat higher with helium).
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
35 (≥ 20)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
200
-80°C
≥ 32
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
3.2 × 1000
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
3.2 × 1000
C
0.05
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Mo
3.5
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Typical analysis of the wire rod
Current A
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
160 – 200
Voltage V
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
17 – 20
Preheating and interpass temperature as required by the base metal.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (00427), DNV GL (308Mo), CE
Approvals
-
346
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
347
TIG
Classifications
Thermanit 19/15
Thermanit 19/15 H
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
TIG
EN ISO 14343-A
W 20 16 3 Mn N L
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER316LMn
EN ISO 14343-A
W Z 20 16 3 Mn N L
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER316LMn (mod.)
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire TIG rod of W 20 16 3 Mn N L / ER316L (mod.) type for joining and surfacing applications with matching
and similar austenitic CrNi(N) and CrNiMo(Mn,N)-steels and cast steel grades. Corrosion resistance similar to lowcarbon CrNiMo(Mn,N)-steels. Resulting microstructure is austenite with max. 0.6% ferrite. Seawater resistant,
good resistance to nitric acid, selective attack max. 200 μm. Non-magnetic (permeability in field of 8000
A/m max. 1.01). Particularly suited for corrosion conditions in urea synthesis plants for welding work on steel
X2CrNiMo18-12. Resistant to intercrystalline corrosion and wet corrosion up to 350°C.
Solid wire TIG rod of W 20 16 3 Mn N L / ER316L (mod.) type for joining and surfacing applications with matching
and similar austenitic CrNi(N) and CrNiMo(Mn,N)-steels and cast steel grades. Non-magnetic (relative magnetic
permeability in field of 8000 A/m max. 1.01). Resulting microstructure is austenite with max. 0.6% ferrite.
Particularly suited for corrosion conditions in urea synthesis plants for welding work on steel X2CrNiMo18-13-3.
Corrosion resistance similar to low carbon CrNiMo(Mn,N)-steels and cast steel grades. Seawater resistant and
good resistance to nitric acid. Good resistance to nitric acid. Huey test in acc. ASTM A 262-64: max. 3.3 μm / 48 h
(0.54 g/m2h), selective attack max. 200 μm. Resistant to intercrystalline corrosion and wet corrosion up to 350°C.
Base materials
1.3941(G-)X4CrNi18-3, 1.3945 X2CrNiN18-13, 1.3948 X4CrNiMnMoN19-13 – 8, 1.3952(G-)X2CrNiMoN18-14-3,
1.3953(G-)X2CrNiMo18-15, 1.3955 GX12Cr18-11, 1.3965 X8CrMnNi18-8, 1.4315 X5CrNiN19-9, 1.4429
X2CrNiMoN17-13-3, 1.4561 X1CrNiMoTi18-13-2, 1.6903 10CrNiTi18-10
Cryogenic 3.5 – 5% Ni-steels
UNS S31653, AISI 316LN
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.5
Mn
7.5
Cr
20.5
Ni
15.5
Mo
2.8
N
0.18
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
430
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
650
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
30
80
Operating data
Dimension mm
2.0 × 1000
Current A
100 – 130
Voltage V
14 – 16
Suggested heat input max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
When cladding high temperature and cast steel grades, preheating is according to the parent material (150°C).
In case if excessive hardening of the parent material, stress relieving can be performed at 510°C for max. 20 h,
annealing above 530°C only prior to the final pass.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
1.3941(G-)X4CrNi18-3, 1.3945 X2CrNiN18-13, 1.3948 X4CrNiMnMoN19-13 – 8, 1.3952(G-)X2CrNiMoN18-14-3,
1.3953(G-)X2CrNiMo18-15, 1.3955 GX12Cr18-11, 1.3965 X8CrMnNi18-8, 1.4315 X5CrNiN19-9, 1.4429
X2CrNiMoN17-13-3, 1.4561 X1CrNiMoTi18-13-2, 1.6903 10CrNiTi18-10
Cryogenic 3.5 – 5% Ni-steels
UNS S31653, AISI 316LN
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
C
< 0.04
Si
< 0.50
Mn
6.0
Cr
20
Ni
16.5
Mo
3.0
N
0.18
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
430
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
650
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
30
80
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.6 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
3.2 × 1000
Current A
80 – 120
130 – 160
160 – 200
Voltage V
10 – 13
16 – 18
17 – 20
Suggested heat input max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
When cladding high temperature and cast steel grades, preheating is according to the parent material (150°C),
In case if excessive hardening of the parent material, stress relieving can be performed at 510°C for max. 20 h,
annealing above 530°C only prior to the final pass.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (10266), DB (43.132.32), Stamicarbon, CE
348
Base materials
TÜV (03497), DNV GL
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
349
TIG
Classifications
Thermanit 20/25 Cu
BÖHLER CN 20/25 M-IG
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
TIG
EN ISO 14343-A
W 20 25 5 Cu L
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER385
EN ISO 14343-A
W 20 25 5 Cu L
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER385 (mod.)
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire TIG rod of W 20 25 5 Cu L / ER385 for joining and surfacing work on matching austenitic CrNiMoCusteels and cast steel grades. For joining these steels with unalloyed and low-alloyed steels. Good corrosion
resistance similar to matching steels, above all in reducing environment. Resistant to intercrystalline corrosion
and wet corrosion up to 350°C.
1.4465 X1CrNiMoN25-25-2, 1.4505 X4NiCrMoCuNb20-18-2, 1.4506 X5NiCrMoCuTi20-18, 1.4537
X1CrNiMoCuN25-25-5, 1.4538 X2NiCrMoCuN20-18, 1.4539 X2NiCrMoCuN25-20-5, 1.4586 X5NiCrMoCuNb22-18
UNS N08904
AISI 904L
Solid wire TIG rod of W 20 25 5 Cu L / ER385 (mod.) type designed for welding corrosion resistant 4 – 5% Moalloyed CrNi-steels such as 1.4539 / 904L. Due to the high Mo content (6.2%) ias compared to 1.4539 / UNS
N08904, the high segregation rate of high Mo-alloyed CrNi-weld metal can be compensated. The fully austenitic
weld metal possesses a marked resistance to pitting and crevice corrosion in chloride containing media. Very
high pitting resistant equivalent (PREN ≥ 45). Highly resistant to sulfur, phosphorus, acetic and formic acid,
as well as seawater and brackish water. Due to the low C-content of the weld metal, the risk of intergranular
corrosion is low. The high Ni-content in comparison to standard CrNi-weld metals leads to high resistance to
stress corrosion cracking. Especially suitable for sulfur and phosphorus production, pulp and paper industry, flue
gas desulphurization plants. Other applications include, but are not limited to; fertilizer production, petrochemical
industry, fatty, acetic and formic acid production, seawater sludge fittings and pickling plants.
Typical analysis of the wire rod
Base materials
Base materials
wt.-%
C
< 0.025
Si
0.2
Mn
2.5
Cr
20.5
Ni
25.0
Mo
4.8
Cu
1.5
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
u
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
350
Yield strength
Rp1.0
MPa
380
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
550
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
35
Impact work
ISO-V KV J
20°C
120
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
3.2 × 1000
Current A
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
160 – 200
Voltage V
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
17 – 20
Suggested heat input is max.1.5 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 100°C.
No preheating unless required by the parent material.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at
1120°C.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
1.4505 X4NiCrMoCuNb20-18-2, 1.4506 X5NiCrMoCuTi20-18, 1.4537 X1CrNiMoCuN25-25-5, 1.4538
X2NiCrMoCuN20-18, 1.4539 X1NiCrMoCu25-20-5, 1.4586 X5NiCrMoCuNb22-18
UNS S31726, N08904
AISI 904L
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
C
≤ 0.02
Si
0.7
Mn
4.7
Cr
20
Ni
25.4
Mo
6.2
N
0.12
Cu
1.5
PREN
≥ 45.0
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
440 (≥ 320)
670 (≥ 510)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
42 (≥ 25)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
115
-296°C
72 (≥ 32)
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
3.2 × 1000
Current A
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
160 – 200
Voltage V
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
17 – 20
Preheating and post-weld heat treatment is not required by the weld deposit. Interpass temperature should not
exceed 150°C. Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 100°C
Scaling temperature approximately 1000°C (air).
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (04301), CE
Approvals
TÜV (04881), Statoil, CE
350
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
351
TIG
Classifications
Avesta 253 MA
BÖHLER CN 21/33 Mn-IG
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, creep resistant
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, heat resistant
Classifications
Classifications
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire TIG rod of W 21 10 N type designed for welding the high temperature steel 253 MA®, used for example
in furnaces, combustion chambers, burners, etc. Both the steel and the consumable provide excellent properties
at temperatures 850 – 1100°C. The composition of the consumable is balanced to ensure crack resistant weld
metal. The resulting microstructure is austenite with 2 – 8% ferrite. Scaling resistance up to 1150°C (air).
Excellence resistance to high temperature corrosion. Not intended for applications exposed to wet corrosion. The
base material 253 MA® has a tendency to give a thick oxide layer during welding and hot rolling. Black plates and
previous weld beats should be carefully brushed or ground prior to welding.
Solid wire TIG rod of W Z 21 33 Mn Nb type for joining and surfacing applications with matching / similar
heat resistant steels and cast steel grades. Resistant to scaling up to 1050°C. Good resistance to carburizing
atmospheres.
Max. application temperature in air and oxidizing combustion gases: Sulphur-free atmosphere 1050°C, max. 2 g
S/Nm3 1000°C
Max. application temperature in reducing combustion gases: Sulphur-free atmosphere 1000°C, max. 2 g S/Nm3
950°C.
Base materials
Base materials
EN ISO 14343-A
W Z 21 33 Mn Nb
1.4835 X9CrNiSiNCe21-11-2, 1.4818 X6CrNiSiNCe19-10
UNS S30815, S30415
253 MA®, 153 MA™
1.4847 X8CrNiAlTi20-20, 1.4849 GX40NiCrSiNb38-18, 1.4958 X5NiCrAlTi31-20, 1.4859 – GX10NiCrNb32-20 /
GX10NiCrNb38-18, 1.4861 X10NiCr32-20, 1.4864 X12NiCrSi36-16 / X12NiCrSi 35-16, 1.4865 GX40NiCrSi38-18,
1.4876 – X10NiCrAlTi32-20 / X10NiCrAlTi32-21
UNS N08810
AISI 330, 334
Alloy 800, 800H, 800HT
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
C
0.07
Si
1.6
Mn
0.6
Cr
21
Ni
10.0
Mo
0.2
FN
2
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
520
720
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
32
Impact work
ISO-V KV J
20°C
140
Hardness Brinell
wt.-%
210
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
3.2 × 1000
Current A
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
160 – 200
Typical analysis of the wire rod
Voltage V
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
17 – 20
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 150°C
Preheating and heat treatment are generally not necessary.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
-
C
0.12
Si
0.2
Mn
4.8
Cr
21.8
Ni
32.5
Nb
1.2
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
400
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
600
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
17
50
Operating data
Dimension mm
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
Current A
100 – 130
130 – 160
Voltage V
14 – 16
16 – 18
Suggested heat input is max.1.5 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Creep rupture properties according to matching heat resistant parent metals.
If needed, a stabilizing heat treatment can be performed at 875°C for 3 h followed by air cooling.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (11217), CE
352
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
353
TIG
TIG
EN ISO 14343-A
W 21 10 N
Avesta 2205
Thermanit 22/09
TIG rod, high-alloyed, duplex stainless
TIG rod, high-alloyed, duplex stainless
TIG
EN ISO 14343-A
W 22 9 3 N L
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER2209
EN ISO 14343-A
W 22 9 3 N L
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER2209
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire TIG rod of W 22 9 3 N L / ER2209 designed for welding 22Cr duplex grades 1.4462 / UNS S32205 and
S31803 used in offshore, shipyards, chemical tankers, chemical/petrochemical, pulp & paper, etc. Provides a
ferritic-austenitic weldment that combines many of the good properties of both ferritic and austenitic stainless
steels. Welding without filler metal (i.e. TIG-dressing) is not allowed since the ferrite content will increase
drastically and both mechanical and corrosion properties will be negatively affected. Over-alloyed with nickel to
promote weld metal austenite formation and designed to result in weld metal ferrite levels of 45 – 55%. The weld
metal has very good resistance to pitting and stress corrosion cracking in chloride containing environments.
Duplex alloys have good weldability, but the welding procedure should be adapted to the base material
considering fluidity, joint design, heat input, etc.
Solid wire TIG rod of W 22 9 3 N L / ER2209 type. Resistant to intercrystalline corrosion and wet corrosion up
to 250°C. Good resistance to stress corrosion cracking in chlorine and hydrogen sulfide-bearing environment.
High Cr and Mo-contents provide resistance to pitting corrosion. For joining and surfacing work with matching
and similar austenitics steels and cast steel grades. Attention must be paid to embrittlement susceptibility of the
parent metal.
Base materials
wt.-%
Si
0.4
Mn
1.7
Cr
22.5
Ni
8.8
Mo
3.2
N
0.15
PREN
≥ 35
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
600 (≥ 45)
800 (≥ 500)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
33 (≥ 20)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
150
-60°C
≥ 32
Condition
Current A
100 – 130
130 – 160
Si
0.4
Mn
1.7
Voltage V
14 – 16
16 – 18
Suggested heat input is 0.5 – 2.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1100 –
1150°C followed by water quenching.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar, Ar + 2% N2 or Ar + 30% He + 2% N2. The addition of helium increases the energy of the arc.
Nitrogen counteracts nitrogen loss from the weld pool. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min (somewhat higher with helium).
The root side corrosion resistance may be improved by use of nitrogen-based backing gas.
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
600
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Cr
22.5
Ni
8.8
Mo
3.2
N
0.15
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
720
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
250
100
Operating data
Dimension mm
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
Operating data
Dimension mm
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
C
0.02
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Typical analysis of the wire rod
C
≤ 0.015
1.4462 X2CrNiMoN22-5-3, 1.4362 X2CrNiN23-4, 1.4162 X2CrNiMoN21-5-1
UNS S32205, S31803, S32304, S32101
2205, 2304, LDX 2101®, SAF 2205, SAF 2304
Typical analysis of the wire rod
1.4462 X2CrNiMoN22-5-3, 1.4362 X2CrNiN23-4, 1.4162 X2CrNiMoN21-5-1
UNS S32205, S31803, S32304, S32101
2205, 2304, LDX 2101®, SAF 2205, SAF 2304
wt.-%
Base materials
Current A
100 – 130
130 – 160
Voltage V
14 – 16
16 – 18
Suggested heat input is 0.5 – 2.5 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: 100% Ar, Ar + 2% N2 or Ar + 30% He + 2% N2. The addition of helium increases the energy of the
arc. Nitrogen counteracts nitrogen loss from the weld pool. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min (somewhat higher with helium).
The root side corrosion resistance may be improved by use of nitrogen-based backing gas.
Approvals
TÜV (03343), ABS, DNV GL, LR, CE
Approvals
TÜV (19161), DB (43.132.72), DNV GL, CE
354
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
355
TIG
Classifications
BÖHLER FF-IG
Thermanit D
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, heat resistant
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, heat resistant
TIG
EN ISO 14343-A
W 22 12 H
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER309 (mod.)
EN ISO 14343-A
W 22 12 H
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER309 (mod.)
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire TIG rod of W 22 12 H / ER309 (mod.) type for analogous, heat resisting rolled, forged and cast steels
as well as for heat resisting, ferritic CrSiAl-steels, e.g. in annealing shops, hardening shops, steam boiler
construction, the crude oil industry and the ceramics industry. Austenitic deposited with a ferrite content of
approximately 8%. Preferably used for applications involving the attack of oxidizing gases. The final layer of joint
welds in CrSiAl-steels exposed to sulfurous gases must be deposited by means of BÖHLER FOX FA or BÖHLER
FA-IG. Scaling resistance up to 1000°C.
Solid wire TIG rod of W 22 12 H / ER309 (mod.) type joining and surfacing applications with matching/similar heat
resistant steels and cast steel grades.
Max. application temperature in air and oxidizing combustion gases: Sulphur-free atmosphere 950°C, max. 2 g S/
Nm3 930°C and over 2 g S/Nm3 850°C.
Max. application temperature in reducing combustion gases: Sulphur-free atmosphere 900°C, max. 2 g S/Nm3
850°C.
Base materials
Base materials
Austenitic 1.4826 GX40CrNiSi22-10, 1.4828 X15CrNiSi20-12, 1.4833 – X12CrNi23-13
Ferritic-pearlitic 1.4710 GX30CrSi7, 1.4713 – X10CrAlSi7, 1.4724 X10CrAlSi13, 1.4740 GX40CrSi17, 1.4742
X10CrAlSi18
AISI 305, ASTM A297HF
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
C
0.1
Si
1.1
Mn
1.6
Cr
22.5
Typical analysis of the wire rod
Ni
11.5
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
500 (≥ 350)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
630 (≥ 550)
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
32 (≥ 25)
115
Operating data
Dimension mm
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
Current A
100 – 130
130 – 160
Voltage V
14 – 16
16 – 18
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Preheating and interpass temperatures for ferritic steels 200 – 300 °C.
Annealing of heat resistant Cr-steels not necessary if the service temperature is the same or higher. Creep
rupture properties according to matching high temperature steels / alloys.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
wt.-%
C
0.11
Si
1.2
Mn
1.2
Cr
22
Ni
11.0
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
500 (≥ 350)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
630 (≥ 550)
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
32 (≥ 25)
115
Operating data
Dimension mm
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
Current A
100 – 130
130 – 160
Voltage V
14 – 16
16 – 18
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Annealing of heat resistant Cr-steels not necessary if the service temperature is the same or higher. Creep
rupture properties according to matching high temperature steels / alloys.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
-
TÜV (00020), CE
356
Austenitic 1.4826 GX40CrNiSi22-10, 1.4828 X15CrNiSi20-12, 1.4833 – X12CrNi23-13
Ferritic-pearlitic 1.4710 GX30CrSi7, 1.4713 – X10CrAlSi7, 1.4724 X10CrAlSi13, 1.4740 GX40CrSi17, 1.4742
X10CrAlSi18
AISI 305, ASTM A297HF
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
357
TIG
Classifications
Thermanit 20/16 SM
Avesta LDX 2101
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
TIG rod, high-alloyed, lean duplex stainless
Classifications
Classifications
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire TIG rod of W Z 22 17 8 4 N L type. Non-magnetic for welding and cladding of non-magnetic
CrNiMo(Mn,N)-steels and castings. Resistant to saltwater and ductile at low temperatures. High resistance to
intercrystalline corrosion and wet corrosion up to 350°C.
1.3948 X4CrNiMnMoN19-13-8, 1.3951 X2CrNiMoN22-15, 1.3952 X2CrNiMoN18-14-3, 1.3957
X2CrNiMoNbN21-15, 1.3964 X2CrNiMnMoNNb21-16-5-3, 1.4569 GX2CrNiMoNbN21-15-4-3, 1.5662 X8X9
UNS S20910
Solid wire TIG rod of W 23 7 N L / ER2307 type for welding the lean duplex stainless steel LDX 2101® (1.4162 /
UNS S32101) and similar alloys. The combination of excellent strength and better resistance to pitting corrosion,
crevice corrosion and stress corrosion cracking than 1.4301 / 304 makes this alloy suitable for construction
of i.e. storage tanks, containers, heat exchangers and pressure vessels. Typical applications are within civil
engineering, transportation, desalination, water treatment, pulp & paper, etc. Over-alloyed with nickel to promote
weld metal austenite formation and designed to result in weld metal ferrite levels of 35 – 65%.
Duplex alloys have good weldability, but the welding procedure should be adapted to the base material
considering fluidity, joint design, heat input, etc.
Typical analysis of the wire rod
Base materials
EN ISO 14343-A
W 23 7 N L
Base materials
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.7
Mn
7.5
Cr
22
Ni
17.5
Mo
3.6
N
0.24
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
480 (≥ 430)
690 (≥ 640)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
35 (≥ 30)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
130 (≥ 70)
-196°C
≥ 32
Dimension mm
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
1.4162 X2CrMnNiN21-5-1, 1.4362 X2CrNiN23-4, 1.4482 X2CrMnNiMoN21-5-3
UNS S32101, S32001, S32304
LDX 2101®, SAF 2304, 2001
ASME SA 240, ASME SA 790, ASME Code Case 2418 and similar alloys.
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
Operating data
Current A
100 – 130
130 – 160
Voltage V
14 – 16
16 – 18
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Preheating and post-weld heat treatment generally not needed.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
C
0.02
Si
0.4
Mn
0.5
Cr
23
Ni
7.0
Mo
< 0.5
N
0.14
FN
10
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
550 (≥ 450)
730 (≥ 690)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
30 (≥20)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
180 (≥ 47)
-40°C
180
Operating data
Dimension mm
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
Approvals
DNV GL, WIWEB, CE
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER2307
Current A
100 – 130
130 – 160
Voltage V
14 – 16
16 – 18
Suggested heat input is 0.5 – 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1020 –
1080°C followed by water quenching.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar, Ar + 2% N2 or Ar + 30% He + 2% N2. The addition of helium increases the energy of the arc.
Nitrogen counteracts nitrogen loss from the weld pool. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min (somewhat higher with helium).
The root side corrosion resistance may be improved by use of nitrogen-based backing gas.
Approvals
-
358
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
359
TIG
TIG
EN ISO 14343-A
W Z 22 17 8 4 N L
Avesta 2304
BÖHLER CN 23/12-IG
TIG rod, high-alloyed, lean duplex stainless
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, special applications
TIG
EN ISO 14343-A
W 23 7 N L
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER2307
EN ISO 14343-A
W 23 12 L
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER309L
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire TIG rod of W 23 7 N L / ER2307 type for welding the lean duplex grade 2304 (1.4362 / UNS S32304)
and similar materials. Provides a ferritic-austenitic weldment that combines many of the good properties of both
ferritic and austenitic stainless steels. Avesta 2304 has a low content of molybdenum, which makes it well suited
for nitric acid environments. Welding without filler metal (i.e. TIG-dressing) is not allowed since the ferrite content
will increase drastically and both mechanical and corrosion properties will be negatively affected. Over-alloyed
with nickel to promote weld metal austenite formation and designed to result in weld metal ferrite levels of 35 –
65%. Very good resistance to pitting corrosion and stress corrosion cracking in nitric acid environments.
Duplex alloys have good weldability, but the welding procedure should be adapted to the base material
considering fluidity, joint design, heat input, etc.
Solid wire TIG rod of W 23 12 L / ER309L type for welding dissimilar joints. Well-suited for depositing intermediate
layers when welding clad materials. BÖHLER CN 23/12-IG is designed for very good welding and wetting
characteristics as well as good safety after dilution when welding dissimilar joints. Due to the high ferrite content,
16 FN, the weld metal is less susceptible to hot cracking. Suitable for service temperatures between –80°C and
300°C.
Base materials
1.4362 X2CrNiN23-4, 1.4162 X2CrMnNiN21-5-1, 1.4482 X2CrMnNiMoN21-5-3
UNS S32304, S32101, S32001
SAF 2304, LDX 2101®, 2001
ASME SA 240, ASME SA 790, ASME Code Case 2418 and similar alloys.
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.4
Mn
0.5
Cr
23.5
Ni
7.0
Mo
< 0.5
N
0.14
FN
10
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
550 (≥ 450)
730 (≥ 690)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
30 (≥ 20)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
180 (≥ 47)
-40°C
180
Base materials
Primarily used for surfacing (buffer layer) unalloyed or low-alloyed steels and when joining non-molybdenumalloyed stainless and carbon steels.
Joints and mixed joints between austenitic steels such as
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4308 GX5CrNi19-10, 1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404
X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4408 GX5CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4541
X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4552 GX5CrNiNb19-11, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4580
X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4581 GX5CrNiMoNb19-11-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12, 1.4948 X6CrNi18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30809, S31600, S31603, S31635, S32100, S34700, S31640
AISI 304, 304L, 316, 316L, 316Ti, 321, 347
or mixed joints between austenitic and heat resistant steels such as 1.4713 X10CrAlSi7, 1.4724 X10CrAlSi13,
1.4742 X10CrAlSi18, 1.4826 GX40CrNiSi22-10, 1.4828 X15CrNiSi20-12, 1.4832 GX25CrNiSi20-14, 1.4837
GX40CrNiSi25-12 with ferritic steels to pressure boiler steels P295GH and fine grained structural steels to P355N,
ship building steel grades A – E, AH 32 – EH 36, A40 – F40, etc.
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
C
≤ 0.02
Si
0.5
Mn
1.7
Condition
Current A
100 – 130
130 – 160
Ni
13.2
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Operating data
Dimension mm
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
Cr
23.5
Voltage V
14 – 16
16 – 18
Suggested heat input is 0.5 – 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1020 –
1080°C followed by water quenching.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar, Ar + 2% N2 or Ar + 30% He + 2% N2. The addition of helium increases the energy of the arc.
Nitrogen counteracts nitrogen loss from the weld pool. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min (somewhat higher with helium).
The root side corrosion resistance may be improved by use of nitrogen-based backing gas.
Approvals
TÜV (10013), CE
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
440 (≥ 320)
580 (≥ 520)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
34 (≥25)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
150
-120°C
≥ 32
Operating data
Dimension mm
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
Current A
100 – 130
130 – 160
Voltage V
14 – 16
16 – 18
Preheating and interpass temperature as required by the base metal. In case of post-weld heat treatment of
dissimilar joints, attention must be paid to resistance to intercrystalline corrosion and to susceptibility of the
austenitic metal side to embrittlement. For dissimilar joining with unalloyed or low-alloyed steels, no post-weld
heat treatment should be performed above 300°C due to the risk of carbide precipitation in the weld fusion zone
causing loss of toughness.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (04699), DNV GL, CE, DB (43.132.55)
360
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
361
TIG
Classifications
Thermanit 25/14 E-309L
Avesta 309L-Si
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, special applications
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, special applications
Classifications
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER309L
EN ISO 14343-A
W 23 12 L Si
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER309LSi
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire TIG rod of W 23 12 L / ER309L type. Resistant to wet corrosion up to 350°C. Well-suited for depositing
intermediate layers when welding clad materials. Favorably high Cr and Ni-contents, low C-content. For joining
unalloyed or low-alloyed steels and cast steel grades or stainless heat resistant Cr-steels and cast steel grades
to austenitic steels. For depositing intermediate layers when welding the side of plates clad with low-carbon
unstabilized and stabilized austenitic CrNi(MoN)-austenitic metals.
Solid wire TIG rod of W 23 12 L Si / ER309LSi for joining and surfacing applications. Designed for dissimilar
welding between mild steel and stainless steels and surfacing of low-alloyed steels, offering a ductile and crack
resistant weldment. The chemical composition when surfacing is equivalent to that of 304 from the first run. One
or two layers of 309L are usually combined with a final layer of 308L, 316L or 347. The resulting microstructure
is austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite. The corrosion resistance is superior to type 308L already in the first clad layer.
Base materials
Base materials
Primarily used for surfacing (buffer layer) unalloyed or low-alloyed steels and when joining non-molybdenumalloyed stainless and carbon steels. Joints and mixed joints between austenitic steels such as
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4308 GX5CrNi19-10, 1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404
X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4408 GX5CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4541
X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4552 GX5CrNiNb19-11, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4580
X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4581 GX5CrNiMoNb19-11-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12, 1.4948 X6CrNi18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30809, S31600, S31603, S31635, S32100, S34700, S31640
AISI 304, 304L, 316, 316L, 316Ti, 321, 347
or mixed joints between austenitic and heat resistant steels such as 1.4713 X10CrAlSi7, 1.4724 X10CrAlSi13,
1.4742 X10CrAlSi18, 1.4826 GX40CrNiSi22-10, 1.4828 X15CrNiSi20-12, 1.4832 GX25CrNiSi20-14, 1.4837
GX40CrNiSi25-12 with ferritic steels to pressure boiler steels P295GH and fine grained structural steels to P355N,
ship building steel grades A – E, AH 32 – EH 36, A40 – F40, etc.
Primarily used for surfacing (buffer layer) unalloyed or low-alloyed steels and when joining non-molybdenumalloyed stainless and carbon steels.
Joints and mixed joints between austenitic steels such as 1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4308
GX5CrNi19-10, 1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4408 GX5CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4435
X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4552
GX5CrNiNb19-11, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4580 X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4581 GX5CrNiMoNb19-11-2,
1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12, 1.4948 X6CrNi18-10; UNS S30400, S30403, S30809, S31600, S31603, S31635,
S32100, S34700, S31640; AISI 304, 304L, 316, 316L, 316Ti, 321, 347
or mixed joints between austenitic and heat resistant steels such as 1.4713 X10CrAlSi7, 1.4724 X10CrAlSi13,
1.4742 X10CrAlSi18, 1.4826 GX40CrNiSi22-10, 1.4828 X15CrNiSi20-12, 1.4832 GX25CrNiSi20-14, 1.4837
GX40CrNiSi25-12 with ferritic steels to pressure boiler steels P295GH and fine grained structural steels to P355N,
ship building steel grades A – E, AH 32 – EH 36, A40 – F40, etc.
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.5
Mn
1.7
Cr
24
Ni
13.0
wt.-%
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
440 (≥ 320)
580 (≥ 520)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
34 (≥ 25)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
150
-120°C
≥ 32
Current A
100 – 130
130 – 160
Mn
1.8
Condition
Cr
23.5
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
470
650
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 30% He
Dimension mm
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
Voltage V
14 – 16
16 – 18
Preheating and interpass temperature as required by the base metal. In case of post-weld heat treatment of
dissimilar joints, attention must be paid to resistance to intercrystalline corrosion and to susceptibility of the
austenitic metal side to embrittlement. For dissimilar joining with unalloyed or low-alloyed steels, no post-weld
heat treatment should be performed above 300°C due to the risk of carbide precipitation in the weld fusion zone
causing loss of toughness.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
Ni
13.5
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
28
Impact work
ISO-V KV J
20°C
100
Hardness Brinell
200
Current A
100 – 130
130 – 160
Voltage V
14 – 16
16 – 18
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. For constructions that include low-alloyed steels in mixed
joints, a stress-relieving annealing stage may be advisable. However, this type of alloy may be susceptible to
embrittlement-inducing precipitation in the temperature range 550 – 950°C. Always consult the supplier of the
parent metal or seek other expert advice to ensure that the correct heat treatment process is carried out.
Suggested heat input max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar, Ar + 20 – 30% He or Ar + 1 – 5% H2. The addition of helium and hydrogen increases the
energy of the arc. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min (somewhat higher with helium).
Approvals
TÜV (02661), DNV GL, CE
362
Si
0.8
Operating data
Operating data
Dimension mm
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
C
0.02
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Typical analysis of the wire rod
TÜV (09752), DB (43.132.66), CE
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
363
TIG
TIG
EN ISO 14343-A
W 23 12 L
BÖHLER CN 23/12 Mo-IG
TIG rod, high-alloyed, special applications
EN ISO 14343-A
W 23 12 2 L
Operating data
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER309LMo
Dimension mm
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
TIG
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire TIG rod of W 23 12 2 L / ER309LMo type for welding dissimilar joints between duplex and stainless
steels with low-alloyed steels and surfacing low-alloyed steels. Very good wetting characteristics and high
resistance against cracking. When used for surfacing the composition is more or less equal to that of 1.4401 /
316 from the first run. Suitable for service temperatures between –40°C and 300°C. The corrosion resistance is
superior to that of 1.4404 / 316L even in the first layer of cladding.
Base materials
Joints and mixed joints between austenitic stainless steels such as
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4308 GX5CrNi19-10, 1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404
X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4408 GX5CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4541
X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4552 GX5CrNiNb19-11, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4580
X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4581 GX5CrNiMoNb19-11-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12, 1.4948 X6CrNi18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30809, S31600, S31603, S31635, S32100, S34700, S31640, S31653
AISI 304, 304L, 304LN, 302, 321, 347, 316, 316L, 316Ti, 316Cb
or duplex stainless steels such as
1.4162 X2CrNiMoN21-5-1, 1.4362 X2CrNiN23-4, 1.4462 X2CrNiMoN22-5-3
UNS S32101, S32304, S31803, S32205
LDX 2101®, SAF 2304, SAF 2205
or mixed joints between austenitic and heat resistant steels
1.4713 X10CrAlSi7, 1.4724 X10CrAlSi13, 1.4742 X10CrAlSi18, 1.4826 GX40CrNiSi22-10, 1.4828
X15CrNiSi20-12, 1.4832 GX25CrNiSi20-14, 1.4837 GX40CrNiSi25-12
with ferritic steels to pressure boiler steels P295GH and also fine grained structural steels to P355N, shipbuilding
steels grade A – E, AH 32 – EH 36, A40 – F40, etc.
Dissimilar joint welds – overlay welding the first corrosion resistant surface layer on P235GH, P265GH, S255N,
P295GH, S355N – S500N
and high-temperature quenched and tempered fine-grained steels.
Current A
100 – 130
130 – 160
Voltage V
14 – 16
16 – 18
Preheating and interpass temperature as required by the base metal and should not exceed 150°C.
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
For constructions that include low-alloyed steels in mixed joints, a stress-relieving annealing stage may
be advisable. However, this type of alloy may be susceptible to embrittlement-inducing precipitation in the
temperature range 550 – 950°C. Always consult the supplier of the parent metal or seek other expert advice to
ensure that the correct heat treatment process is carried out.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar or Ar + 20 – 30% He. The addition of helium and hydrogen increases the energy of the arc.
Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min (somewhat higher with helium).
Approvals
TÜV (10990), CE
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
C
0.014
Si
0.4
Mn
1.5
Cr
21.5
Ni
15.0
Mo
2.7
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
470 (≥ 350)
640 (≥ 550)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
364
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
34 (≥ 25)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
140 (≥ 47)
-40°C
90 (≥ 32)
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
365
TIG
Classifications
BÖHLER FA-IG
Avesta 2507/P100
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, heat resistant
TIG rod, high-alloyed, superduplex stainless
Classifications
Classifications
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire TIG rod of W 25 4 type for welding of heat resisting, matching or similar Mo-free 25Cr(Ni)-steels and
cast steel grades. For parent metals susceptible to embrittlement the interpass temperature must not be allowed
to exceed 300°C. The low Ni-content renders this filler metal especially recommendable for applications involving
the attack of sulfurous oxidizing or reducing combustion gases. Scaling resistant up to 1100°C.
Solid wire TIG rod of W 25 9 4 N L / ER2594 type designed for welding superduplex alloys such as 1.4410 / UNS
S32570, 1.4507 / UNS S32550 and 1.4501 / UNS S32760. It can also be used for welding duplex type 2205
if extra high corrosion resistance is required, e.g. in root runs in tubes and pipe. Avesta 2507/P100 provides a
ferritic-austenitic weldment that combines many of the good properties of both ferritic and austenitic stainless
steels. Over-alloyed with nickel to promote weld metal austenite formation and designed to result in weld metal
ferrite levels of 45 – 55%. Welding without filler metal (i.e. TIG-dressing) is not allowed since the ferrite content
will increase drastically and both mechanical and corrosion properties will be negatively affected. Excellent
resistance to pitting and stress corrosion cracking in chloride containing environments. Meets the corrosion test
requirements per ASTM G48 Methods A, B, E (40°C).
Duplex alloys have good weldability, but the welding procedure should be adapted to the base material
considering fluidity, joint design, heat input, etc.
EN ISO 14343-A
W 25 9 4 N L
Base materials
1.4347 GX8CrCrNiN26-7, 1.4340 GX49CrNi27-4, 1.4745 GX40CrSi23, 1.4746 X8CrTi25, 1.4762 X10CrAlSi25,
1.4776 GX40CrSi29, 1.4821 X15CrNiSi25-4, 1.4822 GX40CrNi24-5, 1.4823 GX40CrNiSi27-4
AISI 327, ASTM A297HC
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
C
0.07
Si
0.8
Mn
1.2
Cr
25.7
Ni
4.5
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
540 (≥ 450)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
710 (≥ 650)
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
22 (≥ 15)
70
Base materials
1.4410 X2CrNiMoN25-7-4, 1.4467 X2CrMnNiMoN 26-5-4, 1.4468, GX2 CrNiMoN 25-6-3, 1.4501
X2CrNiMoCuWN25-7-4, 1.4507 X2CrNiMoCuN 25-6-3, 1.4515 GX2CrNiMoCuN 26-6-3, 1.4517 GX2CrNiMoCuN
25-6-3-3
UNS S32750, S32760, J93380, S32520, S32550, S39274, S32950
Typical analysis of the wire rod
Operating data
Dimension mm
2.4 × 1000
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER2594
Current A
130 – 160
Voltage V
16 – 18
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.4
Mn
0.4
Cr
25
Ni
9.5
N
0.25
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
660
860
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Preheating and interpass temperature as required by the base metal.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Mo
4.0
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
28
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
190
-40°C
170
Operating data
Approvals
Dimension mm
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
3.2 × 1000
-
Current A
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
160 – 200
Voltage V
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
17 – 20
Suggested heat input is 0.3 – 1.5 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1100 –
1150°C followed by water quenching.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar, Ar + 2% N2 or Ar + 30% He + 2% N2. The addition of helium increases the energy of the arc.
Nitrogen counteracts nitrogen loss from the weld pool. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min (somewhat higher with helium).
The root side corrosion resistance may be improved by use of nitrogen-based backing gas.
Approvals
-
366
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
367
TIG
TIG
EN ISO 14343-A
W 25 4
Thermanit 25/09 CuT
Avesta 2507/P100Cu/W
TIG rod, high-alloyed, superduplex stainless
TIG rod, high-alloyed, superduplex stainless
TIG
EN ISO 14343-A
W 25 9 4 N L
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER2595
EN ISO 14343-A
W 25 9 4 N L
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER2595
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire TIG rod of W 25 9 4 N L / ER2595 type designed for welding of ferritic-austenitic superduplex stainless
steels. Resistant to intercrystalline corrosion. Service temperature: from –50°C up to 220°C. Very good resistance
to pitting corrosion and stress corrosion cracking due to the high CrMo(N)-content (pitting index ≥40). Well-suited
for conditions in offshore application, particularly for welding of 13Cr super-martensitic stainless steels. Extra low
hydrogen in the filler material available on request.
Solid wire TIG rod of W 25 9 4 N L / ER2595 type designed for welding ferritic-austenitic super-duplex stainless
steel such as EN 1.4410 / UNS S32570 and EN 1.4501 / UNS S32760. Can also be used for joints between
superduplex and austenitic alloys or carbon steels and for welding duplex type EN 1.4462 / UNS S32205 if extra
high corrosion resistance is required, e.g. in root runs in tubes and pipe. Superduplex grades are particularly
popular for desalination, pulp & paper, flue gas desulphurization and sea water systems. The properties of the
weld metal match those of the parent metal, offering high tensile strength and toughness as well as excellent
resistance to stress corrosion cracking and localized corrosion in chloride containing environments. Ferrite
measured with Fischer Feritescope 45 – 51 FN. Meets the corrosion test requirements per ASTM G48 Methods
A / 24 h. and E (40°C). The operating temperature range is –50°C to 220°C. Welding without filler metal (i.e.
TIG-dressing) is not allowed since the ferrite content will increase drastically and both mechanical and corrosion
properties will be negatively affected.
Duplex alloys have good weldability, but the welding procedure should be adapted to the base material
considering fluidity, joint design, heat input, etc.
Base materials
1.4410 X2CrNiMoN25-7-4, 1.4467 X2CrMnNiMoN 26-5-4, 1.4468, GX2 CrNiMoN 25-6-3, 1.4501
X2CrNiMoCuWN25-7-4, 1.4507 X2CrNiMoCuN 25-6-3, 1.4515 GX2CrNiMoCuN 26-6-3, 1.4517 GX2CrNiMoCuN
25-6-3-3
UNS S32750, S32760, J93380, S32520, S32550, S39274, S32950
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.3
Mn
0.8
Cr
25.3
Ni
9.5
Mo
3.7
W
0.6
N
0.22
Cu
0.6
PREN
≥ 40
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
600
750
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
25
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
80
-40°C
50
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
3.2 × 1000
Current A
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
160 – 200
Voltage V
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
17 – 20
Suggested heat input is 0.3 – 1.5 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 100°C. Weld the cold pass(es) with 70 –
80% of the heat input used for the root pass.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1100 –
1150°C followed by water quenching.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar, Ar + 2% N2 or Ar + 30% He + 2% N2. The addition of helium increases the energy of the arc.
Nitrogen counteracts nitrogen loss from the weld pool. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min (somewhat higher with helium).
The root side corrosion resistance may be improved by use of nitrogen-based backing gas.
Approvals
TÜV (18929), DNV GL, CE
Base materials
1.4410 X2CrNiMoN25-7-4, 1.4467 X2CrMnNiMoN 26-5-4, 1.4468, GX2 CrNiMoN 25-6-3, 1.4501
X2CrNiMoCuWN25-7-4, 1.4507 X2CrNiMoCuN 25-6-3, 1.4515 GX2CrNiMoCuN 26-6-3, 1.4517 GX2CrNiMoCuN
25-6-3-3
UNS S32750, S32760, J93380, S32520, S32550, S39274, S32950
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.4
Mn
0.4
Cr
25
Ni
9.5
Mo
4.0
W
0.7
N
0.25
Cu
0.6
PREN
42
FN
50
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Tensile
Rp0.2
strength Rm
MPa
MPa
u
660 (≥ 550)
860 (≥ 620)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
28 (≥ 18)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
190
-60°C
150 (≥ 32)
Hardness
Brinell
280
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
Current A
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
Voltage V
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
Suggested heat input is 0.5 – 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C . Weld the cold pass(es) with
70 – 80% of the heat input used for the root pass.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1100 –
1185°C followed by water quenching.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar, Ar + 2% N2 or Ar + 30% He + 2% N2. The addition of helium increases the energy of the arc.
Nitrogen counteracts nitrogen loss from the weld pool. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min (somewhat higher with helium).
The root side corrosion resistance may be improved by use of nitrogen-based backing gas.
Approvals
TÜV (18949), CE pending
368
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
369
TIG
Classifications
BÖHLER FFB-IG
Thermanit CR
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, heat resistant
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, heat resistant
TIG
EN ISO 14343-A
W 25 20 Mn
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER310 (mod.)
EN ISO 14343-A
W Z 25 20 H
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER310 (mod.)
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire TIG rod of W 25 20 Mn / ER310 (mod.) type for analogous, heat resisting, rolled, forged and cast
steels, e.g. in annealing shops, hardening shops, steam boiler construction, the crude oil industry and the
ceramics industry. Fully austenitic deposit. Preferably employed for applications involving the attack of oxidizing,
nitrogen-containing or low-oxygen gases. The final layer of joint welds in heat resisting CrSiAl-steels exposed to
sulfurous gases must be deposited by means of BÖHLER FOX FA or BÖHLER FA-IG. Scaling resistance up 1200°C.
Cryogenic toughness down to –196°C. The temperature range between 650 and 900°C should be avoided owing
to the risk of embrittlement.
Solid wire TIG rod of W Z 25 20 H / ER310 (mod.) type. Fully austenitic. Resistant to scaling up to 1000°C. For
surfacing and joining applications on matching heat resistant cast steel grades.
Base materials
wt.-%
1.4586 X5NiCrMoCuNb22-18, 1.4710 G-X30CrSi6,1.4713 X10CrAl7, 1.4724 X10CrAl13, 1.4740 G-X40CrSi17,
1.4742 X10CrAl18, 1.4762 X10CrAl 25, 1.4826 G-X40CrNiSi22-9, 1.4840 G-X15CrNi25-20, 1.4841
X15CrNiSi25-20, 1.4845 X12CrNi25-21, 1.4828 X15CrNiSi20-12, 1.4837 GX40CrNiSi25-12, 1.4840
GX15CrNi25-20, 1.4846 G-X40CrNi25-21
UNS S31000, S31400, S44600
AISI 305, 310, 314, 446
Base materials
1.4848 GX40CrNiSi25-20, 1.4826 GX40CrNiSi22-9, 1.4837 GX40CrNiSi25-12
Typical analysis of the wire rod
C
0.13
Si
0.9
Mn
3.2
Cr
24.6
Condition
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
420 (≥ 350)
630 (≥ 550)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
33 (≥ 20)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
85
-196°C
≥ 32
Current A
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
Cr
26
Ni
21.5
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
500
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
700
Elongation A (L0=5d0)
%
10
Operating data
Dimension mm
2.4 × 1000
3.2 × 1000
Current A
130 – 160
160 – 200
Voltage V
16 – 18
17 – 20
Suggested heat input is max. 1.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Creep rupture properties according to matching high temperature steels / alloys.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
Mn
1.5
Condition
Ni
20.5
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Si
0.9
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
C
0.45
Voltage V
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
-
Preheating and interpass temperatures for ferritic steels 200 – 300°C.
Scaling resistant up to 1200°C.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
-
370
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
371
TIG
Classifications
Thermanit 25/22 H
Thermanit 25/35 R
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, heat resistant
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, heat resistant
TIG
EN ISO 14343-A
W 25 22 2 N L
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER310 (mod.)
EN ISO 14343-A
W Z 25 35
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire TIG rod of W 25 22 2 N L / ER310 (mod.) type. Resistant to intercrystalline corrosion and wet corrosion
up to 350°C. Good resistance to Cl-bearing environment, pitting corrosion and nitric acid. Huey test acc. To ASTM
A262: max. 1.5 μm/48 h (0.25 g/m2h), selective attack max. 100 μm. Particularly suited for corrosion conditions
in urea synthesis plants. For joining and surfacing applications with matching/similar steels. For weld cladding on
high temperature steels and for fabricating joints on claddings.
Resulting all-weld metal microstructure is austenite with max. 0.5% ferrite.
Solid wire TIG rod of W Z 25 35 type for joining and surfacing work with matching / similar heat resistant cast
steel grades. Resistant to scaling up to 1050°C. Typical application is welding of pyrolysis furnace tubes.
Base materials
Base materials
1.4840 GX15CrNi25-20, 1.4849 GX40NiCrSiNb38-18, 1.4852 GX40NiCrSiNb35-25, 1.4857 GX40NICrSi35-25,
1.4865 GX40NiCrSi38-18
Typical analysis of the wire rod
1.4335 X1CrNi25-21, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4465 X1CrNiMoN22-25-3, 1.4466 X1CrNiMoN25-22-2,
1.4577 X3CrNiMoTi25-25<br>UNS S31050, S31603<br>AISI 316L, 725LN
wt.-%
Typical analysis of the wire rod
Condition
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.2
Mn
6.0
Cr
25
Ni
22.5
Mo
2.2
N
0.13
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
400
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
600
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
30
80
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
3.2 × 1000
Current A
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
160 – 200
Voltage V
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
17 – 20
Suggested heat input is max. 1.0 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. When cladding and joining clad creep resistant steels and cast
steel grades, preheating is according to the parent metal, mostly 150°C.
In case of excessive hardening of the parent metal, stress relieving at 510°C for max. 20 h, annealing above
530°C only prior to welding the last pass.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
C
0.42
Si
1.0
Mn
1.8
Cr
26
Ni
35.0
Nb
1.3
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
450
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Yield strength Rp1.0
MPa
500
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
650
Elongation A (L0=5d0)
%
8
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2 × 1000
Current A
60 – 80
Voltage V
9 – 11
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
-
Approvals
TÜV (04875), Stamicarbon, Snamprogretti, CE
372
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
373
TIG
Classifications
Thermanit 25/35 Zr
Avesta P54
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, heat resistant
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Classifications
Classifications
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire TIG rod of W Z 25 35 Zr type for joining and surfacing work with matching / similar heat resistant cast
steel grades. Resistant to scaling up to 1150°C.
1.4840 GX15CrNi25-20, 1.4849 GX40NiCrSiNb38-18, 1.4852 GX40NiCrSiNb35-25, 1.4857 GX40NICrSi35-25,
1.4865 GX40NiCrSi38-18
Solid wire TIG rod of W 26.0Cr-22.0Ni-5.5Mo-0.35N-0.9Cu type. Iron-based fully austenitic consumable for
welding 6Mo and 7Mo steels such as 254 SMO® (1.4547 / S31254) and Alloy 24 (1.4565 / S34565). Especially
designed for applications exposed to highly oxidizing chloride containing environments, such as D-stage
bleachers in pulp mills where a nickel-base filler will suffer from transpassive corrosion. Welding of fully
austenitic steels should be performed taking great care to minimize the heat input, interpass temperature and
dilution with parent metal. Superior corrosion resistance in near neutral chloride dioxide containing environments.
Typical analysis of the wire rod
Base materials
EN ISO 14343-A
W 26.0Cr-22.0Ni-5.5Mo-0.35N-0.9Cu
Base materials
wt.-%
C
0.42
Si
1.2
Mn
1.8
Cr
26
Ni
35.0
Nb
1.3
Zr
< 0.15
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
400
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
600
Elongation A (L0=5d0)
%
8
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2 × 1000
1.4547 X1CrNiMoCuN20-18-7, 1.4565 X2CrNiMnMoNbN25-18-6-4
UNS S31254, S34565
254 SMO®, Alloy 24
Current A
60 – 80
Voltage V
9 – 11
Suggested heat input is max. 1.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
C
0.02
Si
0.2
Mn
5.1
Cr
26.0
Ni
22.0
Mo
5.5
N
0.35
Cu
0.9
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
450
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
750
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
30
90
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
Approvals
Current A
60 – 80
130 – 160
Voltage V
9 – 11
16 – 18
Suggested heat input is max. 1.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Scaling temperature approximately 1100°C (air).
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar or Ar + 2% N2. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
-
374
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
375
TIG
TIG
EN ISO 14343-A
W Z 25 35 Zr
Thermanit 35/45 Nb
Thermanit 22
TIG rod, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, heat resistant
TIG rod, high-alloyed, nickel-base
Classifications
Classifications
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Nickel-base solid wire TIG rod of W Ni Z (NiCr36Fe15Nb0.6) type for joining and surfacing of heat resistant steels
and cast steels of the same or similar chemical composition. Resistant to scaling up to 1180°C. Typical alloy for
welding of pyrolysis furnace tubes.
Nickel-base solid wire TIG rod of W Ni 6022 (NiCr21Mo13Fe4W3) / ERNiCrMo-10 type for joining and surfacing
of matching and similar alloys and cast alloys. For welding the clad side of plates of matching and similar alloys.
High corrosion resistance in reducing and oxidizing environments. Alternative to Ni 6625 (NiCr22Mo9Nb) /
ERNiCrMo-3 and Ni 6059 (NiCr23Mo16) / ERNiCrMo-13 when dissimilar welding of stainless steels containing
high levels of nitrogen.
EN ISO 18274
Ni 6022 (NiCr21Mo13Fe4W3)
Base materials
GX45NiCrNbSiTi45-35
Base materials
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
C
0.42
Si
1.5
Mn
1.0
Cr
35
Ni
45.5
Nb
0.8
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
450
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
550
2.4602 NiCr21Mo14W, 2.4603 NiCr30FeMo, 2.4665 NiCr22Fe18Mo
UNS N06002, N06022
Alloy C-22
and combinations with ferritic or austenitic steels
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
Operating data
Dimension mm
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
3.2 × 1000
AWS A5.14 / SFA-5.14
ERNiCrMo-10
Current A
100 – 130
130 – 160
160 – 200
Voltage V
14 – 16
16 – 18
17 – 20
Suggested heat input is max. 1.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
C
< 0.01
Si
< 0.1
Mn
< 0.5
Cr
21
Ni
Bal.
Mo
13.0
W
3
V
< 0.2
Co
< 2.5
Fe
3.0
Cu
< 0.2
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
> 400
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
> 700
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
> 30
55
Operating data
Dimension mm
2.4 × 1000
Approvals
Current A
130 – 160
Voltage V
16 – 18
Suggested heat input is max. 1.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
-
376
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
377
TIG
TIG
EN ISO 18274
W Ni Z (NiCr36Fe15Nb0.8)
Thermanit 690
Thermanit Nimo C 24
TIG rod, high-alloyed, nickel-base
TIG rod, high-alloyed, nickel-base
TIG
EN ISO 18274
Ni 6052 (NiCr30Fe9)
Classifications
AWS A5.14 / SFA-5.14
ERNiCrFe-7
EN ISO 18274
Ni 6059 (NiCr23Mo16)
AWS A5.14 / SFA-5.14
ERNiCrMo-13
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Nickel-base solid wire TIG rod of W Ni 6052 (NiCr30Fe9) / ERNiCrFe-7 type for joining matching and similar steels,
surfacing with low-alloyed and stainless steels. Particularly suited for the conditions in nuclear fabrication. High
resistance to stress corrosion cracking in oxidizing acids and water at high temperatures
Nickel-base solid wire TIG rod of W Ni 6059 (NiCr23Mo16) / ERNiCrMo-13 type for joining and surfacing with
matching and similar alloys and cast alloys. For welding the clad side of plates of matching and similar alloys.
Suitable for welding 7Mo-steels such as 1.4565 / UNS S34565, 625 and 825; and for dissimilar welds between
stainless and nickel-base alloys to mild steel. The wire is free from molybdenum, which increases the ductility
of dissimilar joints with nitrogen-alloyed stainless steels. To minimize the risk of hot cracking when welding fully
austenitic steels and nickel-base alloys, heat input and interpass temperature must be low and there must be as
little dilution as possible from the parent metal. High corrosion resistance in reducing and, above all, in oxidizing
environments. Superior resistance to pitting and crevice corrosion. Meets the corrosion test requirements per
ASTM G48 Methods A and E (80°C). Scaling temperature approximately 1100°C in air.
Base materials
2.4642 NiCr29Fe
UNS N06690
Alloy 690
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.2
Mn
0.3
Cr
29
Ni
Bal.
Mo
0.1
Co
< 0.1
Fe
9.0
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
380
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
600
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
35
100
Base materials
2.4602 NiCr21Mo14W, 2.4605 NiCr23Mo16Al, 2.4610 NiMo16Cr16Ti, 2.4819 NiMo16Cr15W
Alloy C-22, Alloy 59, Alloy C-4, Alloy C-276
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
C
0.01
Dimension mm
1.2 × 1000
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
Current A
60 – 80
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
Voltage V
9 – 11
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
450
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Cr
23
Ni
Bal.
Mo
16.0
Fe
< 1.5
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
700
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
35
120
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.0 × 1000
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
3.2 × 1000
Suggested heat input is max. 1.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Creep rupture properties according to matching high temperature steels / alloys.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
Mn
< 0.5
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Operating data
Si
< 0.10
Current A
50 – 70
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
160 – 200
Voltage V
9 – 11
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
17 – 20
Suggested heat input is max. 1.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1120°C
followed by water quenching.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
-
Approvals
TÜV (06462), DNV GL, CE
378
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
379
TIG
Classifications
Thermanit Nicro 82
Thermanit 617
TIG rod, high-alloyed, nickel-base
TIG rod, high-alloyed, nickel-base
TIG
EN ISO 18274
Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb)
Classifications
AWS A5.14 / SFA-5.14
ERNiCr-3
EN ISO 18274
Ni 6617 (NiCr22Co12Mo9)
AWS A5.14 / SFA-5.14
ERNiCrCoMo-1
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Nickel-base solid wire TIG rod of W Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb) / ERNiCr-3 for welding of many creep-resistant
steels and nickel-base alloys. Well-suited for dissimilar welding of stainless and nickel alloys to mild steels. Can
also be used as a buffer layer in many difficult-to-weld applications, where the high nickel content will minimize
the carbon diffusion from the mild steel into the stainless material. Heat and high temperature resistant. Good
toughness at subzero temperatures as low as –269°C. Service temperature limit is max. 900°C for fully stressed
welds. Resistant to scaling up to 1000°C.
Nickel-base solid wire TIG rod of W Ni 6617 (NiCr22Co12Mo9) / ERNiCrCoMo-1 type for joining and surfacing
applications with matching and similar heat resistant steels and alloys. Resistant to scaling up to 1100°C, high
temperature resistant up to 1000°C. High resistance to hot gases in oxidizing and carburizing atmospheres.
Base materials
Suitable for high-quality weld joints of nickel-base alloys, joint welding of dissimilar steels and difficult-to-weld
combinations including low-temperature steels up to 5% Ni, high-temperature and creep resistant materials,
scaling resistant, unalloyed and high-alloyed Cr and CrNiMo-stainless steels. Dissimilar welding of 1.4583
X10CrNiMoNb18-12 and 1.4539 X2NiCrMoCu25-20 with ferritic pressure vessel boiler steels.
2.4816 NiCr15Fe, 2.4817 LC-NiCr15Fe, 1.4876 X10NiCrAlTi32–21
NiCr15Fe, X8Ni9, 10CrMo9-10
Alloy 600, 600L, 800, 800H,
UNS N06600, N07080, N0800, N0810
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.1
Mn
3.0
Cr
20
Ni
> 67.0
Nb
2.5
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
400
620
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
35
Current A
50 – 70
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
160 – 200
Typical analysis of the wire rod
C
wt.-% 0.05
20°C
150
Si
0.1
Mn
0.1
Cr
21.5
Ni
Bal.
Mo
9.0
Co
11.0
Ti
0.3
Fe
0.5
Al
1.3
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
700
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
30
60
Operating data
Dimension mm
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
Impact work ISO-V KV J
-269°C
32
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.0 × 1000
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
3.2 × 1000
1.4558 X2NiCrAlTi32-20, 1.4859 GX10NiCrNb38-18 / GX10NiCrNb32-20, 1.4861 X10NiCr32-20, 1.4876
X10NiCrAlTi32-20 / X10NiCrAlTi 32-21, 1.4877 X6NiCrNbCe32-27, 1.4959 X8NiCrAlTi32-21, 2.4663
NiCr23Co12Mo, 2.4851 NiCr23Fe
UNS N08810, Alloy 800, 800H, 800HT
AC66
MPa
u
450
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Fe
<2
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
Voltage V
9 – 11
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
17 – 20
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Creep rupture properties according to matching high temperature steels / alloys up to 900°C.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Current A
100 – 130
130 – 160
Voltage V
14 – 16
16 – 18
Suggested heat input is max. 1.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at
1150°C.
Creep rupture properties according to matching high temperature steels / alloys.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (06845), CE
Approvals
TÜV (01703 / 08125), DB (43.132.11), DNV GL, CE
380
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
381
TIG
Classifications
Thermanit 625
Thermanit 686
TIG rod, high-alloyed, nickel-base
TIG rod, high-alloyed, nickel-base
TIG
EN ISO 18274
Ni 6625 (NiCr22Mo9Nb)
Classifications
AWS A5.14 / SFA-5.14
ERNiCrMo-3
EN ISO 18274
Ni 6686 (NiCr21Mo16W4)
AWS A5.14 / SFA-5.14
ERNiCrMo-14
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Nickel-base solid wire TIG rod of W Ni 6625 (NiCr22Mo9Nb) / ERNiCrMo-3 type for joining and surfacing work
with matching / similar corrosion resistant materials as well as with matching and similar heat resistant alloys.
For joining and surfacing work on cryogenic austenitic CrNi(N)-steels and cast steel grades and on cryogenic
Ni-steels suitable for quenching and tempering. High resistance to corrosive environment. Resistant to stress
corrosion cracking. Resistant to scaling up to 1000°C. Service temperature limit max. 500°C in sulfurous
atmospheres, otherwise heat resistant up to 900°C. Good toughness at subzero temperatures as low as –196°C.
Nickel-base solid wire TIG rod of W Ni 6686 (NiCr21Mo16W4) / ERNiCrMo-14 type for joining and surfacing on
matching and similar wrought and cast alloys. For welding the clad side of plates of matching and similar alloys
e.g. flue gas desulphurization scrubber. High corrosion resistance in reducing and oxidizing environments.
Base materials
Suitable for high-quality weld joints of nickel-based alloys, joint welding of dissimilar steels and difficult-to-weld
combinations including low-temperature steels up to 9% Ni, high-temperature and creep resistant materials,
scaling resistant, unalloyed and high-alloyed Cr and CrNiMo-stainless steels
1.4529 X1NiCrMoCuN25–20–7, 1.4547 X1CrNiMoCuN20–18–7, 1.4558 X2NiCrAlTi32-20, 1.4580
X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12, 1.4876 X8NiCrAlTi32–21, 1.4877 X6NiCrNbCe32-27,
1.4958 X5NiCrAlTi31-20, 1.5662 X8Ni9, 2.4816 NiCr15Fe, 2.4641 NiCr21Mo6Cu, 2.4817 LC-NiCr15Fe, 2.4856
NiCr22Mo9Nb, 2.4858 NiCr21Mo
ASTM A 553 Gr.1, Alloy 600, Alloy 600 L, Alloy 625, Alloy 800 / 800H, Alloy 825
UNS N06600, N07080, N0800, N0810, N08367, N08926, S31254
Dissimilar welding with unalloyed and low-alloyed steels, e.g. P265GH, P285NH, P295GH, 16Mo3, S355N
254 SMO®
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.1
Mn
0.1
Cr
22
Ni
Bal.
Mo
9.0
Nb
3.6
Yield strength Yield strength
Rp0.2
Rp1.0
MPa
MPa
u
460
500
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Tensile
strength Rm
MPa
740
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
35
Current A
50 – 70
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
160 – 200
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
120
C
0.01
Si
0.1
Mn
< 0.5
-196°C
100
Voltage V
9 – 11
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
17 – 20
Cr
22.8
Ni
Bal.
Mo
16.0
W
3.8
Fe
< 1.0
Al
0.3
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
450
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
760
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
30
50
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.0 × 1000
1.6 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
3.2 × 1000
2.4602 NiCr21Mo14W, 2.4605 NiCr23Mo16Al, 2.4606 NiCr21Mo16W, 2.4819 NiMo16Cr15W
UNS N06022, N06059, N06686, N10276
Alloy 22, Alloy 59, Alloy 686, Alloy C-276
16Mo3, ASTM A 312 Gr. T11/T12, S 355J2G3, ASTM A 517
Fe
≤ 0.5
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
Current A
80 – 120
100 – 130
130 – 160
Voltage V
10 – 13
14 – 16
16 – 18
Suggested heat input is max. 1.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at min.
1180°C followed by water quenching.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
-
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Creep rupture properties according to matching high temperature steels / alloys.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (03464), DB (43.132.33), DNV GL, CE
382
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
383
TIG
Classifications
Thermanit 30/40 E
Thermanit 825
TIG rod, high-alloyed, nickel-base
TIG rod, high-alloyed, nickel-base
TIG
EN ISO 18274
Ni 8025 (NiFe30Cr29Mo)
Classifications
AWS A5.14 / SFA-5.14
ER383 (mod.)
EN ISO 18274
Ni 8065 (NiFe30Cr21Mo3)
AWS A5.14 / SFA-5.14
ERNiFeCr-1
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Nickel-base solid wire TIG rod of W Ni 8025 (NiFe30Cr29Mo) / ER383 (mod.) type. Resistant to intercrystalline
corrosion and wet corrosion up to 450°C. Good corrosion resistance, especially in reducing environment. For
joining and surfacing work with matching and similar, unstabilized and stabilized fully austenitic steels and cast
steel grades containing Mo (and Cu) and dissimilar welding to unalloyed and low-alloyed steels.
Nickel-base solid wire TIG rod of W Ni 8065 (NiFe30Cr21Mo3) / ERNiFeCr-1 type for joining and surfacing of
matching alloys and for welding of CrNiMoCu-alloyed austenitic steels used for high quality tank and apparatus
construction in the chemical industry. The fully austenitic weld metal disposes of good resistance against stress
corrosion cracking. Good corrosion resistance in seawater and reducing acids due to the combination of Ni, Mo
and Cu. High resistance to oxidizing acids.
Base materials
1.4465 X1CrNiMoN25-25-2, 1.4563 X1NiCrMoCu31-27-4, 1.4577 X5CrNiMoTi25-25, 2.4858 NiCr21Mo
Base materials
Typical analysis of the wire rod
2.4858
UNS N08825
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.2
Mn
2.6
Cr
29
Ni
Bal.
Mo
4.3
Cu
1.8
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
350
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
550
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
30
120
Operating data
Dimension mm
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
3.2 × 1000
Current A
100 – 130
130 – 160
160 – 200
Voltage V
14 – 16
16 – 18
17 – 20
Weld as cold as possible. Suggested heat input is max. 1.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at
1120°C.
For dissimilar joints preheating temperature as required by the base material.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow: 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (00118), CE
Typical analysis of the wire rod
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.25
Mn
0.8
Cr
21.5
Ni
41.0
Mo
3.0
Fe
Bal.
Cu
1.8
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
400
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
550
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
30
120
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.0 × 1000
1.2 × 1000
2.0 × 1000
2.4 × 1000
Current A
50 – 70
60 – 80
100 – 130
130 – 160
Voltage V
9 – 11
9 – 11
14 – 16
16 – 18
To minimize the risk of hot cracking when welding fully austenitic and nickel-base alloys, heat input and
interpass temperature must be low and there must be as little dilution as possible from the parent metal. Weld as
cold as possible. Suggested heat input is max. 1.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at
min. 1125°C followed by water quenching.
Polarity: DCShielding gas: Ar. Gas flow 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
-
384
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
385
TIG
Classifications
BÖHLER KW 10-IG
BÖHLER CN 13/4-IG
Solid wire, high-alloyed, ferritic stainless
Solid wire, high-alloyed, soft-martensitic stainless
Classifications
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER410 (mod.)
EN ISO 14343-A
G 13 4
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER410NiMo (mod.)
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G Z 13 / ER410 (mod.) type for joining and surfacing applications with matching or similar 13Crsteels and cast steel grades. Predominantly used for surfacing sealing faces of water, steam and gas valves
and accessories made of unalloyed and low-alloyed steels and cast steel grades for service temperatures up
to 450°C. The machinability of the weld metal depends largely on the kind of base metal and degree of dilution.
Joint welding of similar 13Cr-steels shows matching color of the weld metal.
Solid wire of G 13 4 / ER410NiMo (mod.) type. Low-carbon wire suited for soft-martensitic steels such as
1.4313 / UNS S41500. Corrosion resistance similar to matching 13Cr(Ni)-steels and cast steel grades. High
resistance to corrosion fatigue cracking. Designed with precisely tuned alloying composition creating a weld
deposit featuring very good ductility and crack resistance despite high strength. Typical applications are in hydro
and steam turbines. Corrosion resistant against water and steam.
Base materials
Base materials
Weld surfacing of most weldable unalloyed and low-alloyed steels.
Welding of corrosion resistant Cr-steels as well as other matching a C-content ≤ 0.20% (repair welding).
Heat resistant Cr-steels of similar chemical composition.
1.4006 X12Cr13, 1.4021 X20Cr13
AISI 410, 420
1.4313 X3CrNiMo13-4, 1.4317 GX4CrNi13-4, 1.4407 GX5CrNiMo13-4, 1.4414 GX4CrNiMo13-4
ACI Grade CA 6 NM, UNS S41500
Typical analysis of the solid wire
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
wt.-%
C
0.06
Si
0.07
Mn
0.6
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Hardness Brinell
%
320
≥ 15
200
Current A
110 – 140
160 – 220
200 – 270
250 – 330
Voltage V
19 – 22
25 – 29
26 – 30
27 – 32
u
a
≥ 450
≥ 650
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 8% CO2
a annealed – shielding gas , 750°C for 2 h / cooling in furnace
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
1.6 spray arc
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.01
Si
0.65
Mn
0.7
Cr
12.2
Ni
4.8
Mo
0.5
Condition
Cr
13.6
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
MIG/MAG
MIG/MAG
EN ISO 14343-A
G Z 13
Suggested preheating and interpass temperature 200 – 300°C. Post-weld heat treatment at 700 – 750°C
depending on base material and requirements.
The hardness of the deposit is greatly influenced by the degree of dilution with the base metal (depending on
the relevant welding conditions) and by its chemical composition. As a general rule it can be observed that the
higher the degree of dilution and the C-content of the base metal, the higher the deposit hardness. Gas mixtures
containing CO2 result in higher deposit hardness then CO2-free gas mixtures.
Shielding gas: Ar + 8 – 10% CO2 or Ar + 2 – 3% CO2 (M12) or Ar + 2% O2 (M13). Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
The shielding gas selection depends on the application.
Yield strength
Tensile strength Elongation A
Impact work ISO-V KV J
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
-20°C
u
950 (≥ 750)
1210 (≥ 950)
12 (≥ 10)
36 (≥ 30)
a
705 (≥ 680)
880 (≥ 800)
21 (≥ 15)
80 (≥ 50)
58
a1
710 (≥ 500)
860 (≥ 800)
20 (≥ 15)
150 (≥ 50)
97
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 8% CO2
a annealed – shielding gas Ar + 8% CO2, 600°C for 8 h / cooling in furnace to 300°C followed by air cooling
a1 annealed – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2, 600°C for 8 h / cooling in furnace to 300°C followed by air cooling
Preheating to 100°C; interpass temperature 150°C
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
Current A
110 – 140
160 – 220
200 – 270
Voltage V
19 – 22
25 – 29
26 – 30
Preheating and interpass temperatures of heavy-wall components 100 – 160°C.
Maximum heat input 1.5 kJ/mm. Post-weld heat treatment at 580 – 620°C.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + 8 – 10% CO2. Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Approvals
CE
Approvals
-
386
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
387
Thermanit 13/04 Si
Thermanit 13/06 Mo
Solid wire, high-alloyed, soft-martensitic stainless
Solid wire, high-alloyed, soft-martensitic stainless
Classifications
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER410NiMo (mod.)
EN ISO 14343-A
G Z 17 Mo
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER630 (mod.)
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G 13 4 / ER410NiMo (mod.) type for joining and surfacing applications with matching 13Cr(Ni) and
13Cr-steels and cast steel grades. Soft-martensitic; suitable for quenching and tempering. High resistance to
corrosion fatigue cracking. Corrosion resistance similar to matching 13Cr(Ni)-steels and cast steel grades.
Solid wire of G Z 17 Mo / ER630 (mod.) type. Matching filler wire for welding super-martensitic 13Cr-steels for
line pipe.
Base materials
Matching filler wire for welding super-martensitic 13Cr-steels for line pipe.
Base materials
1.4313 X3CrNiMo13-4, 1.4317 GX4CrNi13-4, 1.4407 GX5CrNiMo13-4, 1.4414 GX4CrNiMo13-4
ACI Grade CA 6 NM, UNS S41500
Typical analysis of the solid wire
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.8
Mn
0.7
Cr
13
Ni
4.7
Mn
0.6
Cr
12.5
Ni
6.3
Condition
Condition
Yield strength
Tensile strength Elongation A
Impact work ISO-V KV J
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
-20°C
a
760 (≥ 500)
890 (≥ 750)
17 (≥ 15)
80
≥ 47
a annealed – shielding gas Ar + 8% CO2, 580°C for 8 h / cooling in furnace to 300°C followed by air cooling
Preheating to 100°C; interpass temperature 150°C
Yield strength
Tensile strength Elongation A
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
u
800
1050
35
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 30% He + 0.7% CO2
Mo
2.8
Voltage V
19 – 22
25 – 29
26 – 30
Preheating and interpass temperatures of heavy-wall components 100 – 130°C.
Maximum heat input 1.5 kJ/mm. Post-weld heat treatment at 580 – 620°C.
Polarity: DC+.
Shielding gas: Ar + 2 – 3% CO2 (M12) or Ar + 2% O2 (M13). Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
30
-30°C
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
Operating data
Current A
110 – 140
160 – 220
200 – 270
Si
0.5
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Mo
0.5
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Dimension mm
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
C
0.013
MIG/MAG
MIG/MAG
EN ISO 14343-A
G 13 4
Current A
110 – 140
160 – 220
200 – 270
Voltage V
19 – 22
25 – 29
26 – 30
Suggested interpass temperature max. 150°C.
No post-weld heat treatment needed.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + 30% He + 0.7% CO2. Gas flow: 14 – 18 l/min.
Approvals
-
Approvals
-
388
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
389
Avesta 248 SV
BÖHLER KWA-IG
Solid wire, high-alloyed, soft-martensitic stainless
Solid wire, high-alloyed, ferritic stainless
Classifications
Classifications
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G 16 5 1 type for welding and repair of propellers, pumps, valves and shafts in 248 SV / 420 and
similar types of steels and castings. Avesta 248 SV offers better cracking resistance than many other martensitic
types of filler. The properties of the weld are largely the same as those of the parent metal. The general and
pitting corrosion resistance corresponds to that of 1.4301 / 304.
Solid wire of G 17 / ER430 (mod.) type for joining and surfacing work on matching ferritic and similar quenchable
and temperable Cr-steels and cast steel grades. Corrosion resistance similar to matching 12 – 17% Cr-steels
and cast steel grades in seawater, diluted organic and inorganic acids. Resistant to scaling in air and oxidizing
combustion gases up to 950°C and particularly, in sulfurous combustion gases at elevated temperatures. Lowest
possible heat input is required as ferritic 17Cr-steels are susceptible to embrittlement due to grain growth in the
HAZ. Often used only for final passes on tougher austenitic fill layers, above all in sulfurous combustion gases.
For surfacing sealing faces of water, steam and gas valves and accessories, made of unalloyed and low-alloyed
steels and cast steel grades designed for service temperatures up to 450°C. For thick-walled components it is
recommended to use BÖHLER A 7-IG wire for the fill passes in order to improve the ductility behavior of the joint
weld and BÖHLER KWA-IG for the cover pass especially in case of sulfur-containing combustion gases..
EN ISO 14343-A
G 17
MIG/MAG
Base materials
1.4028 X30Cr13, 1.4405 GX4CrNiMo16-5-1, 1.4418 X4CrNiMo16-5-1
AISI 420
248 SV
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.35
Mn
1.3
Cr
16
Ni
5.5
Base materials
Mo
1.0
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Tensile strength Elongation A
Impact work
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
ISO-V KV J
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
a
460
840
23
80
a annealed – shielding gas Ar + 2% CO2, 590°C for 4 h followed by air cooling
Hardness Brinell
Current A
130 – 160
190 – 260
Joints in corrosion resistant Cr-steels and similar alloyed with C ≤ 0.20% (repair welding). Corrosion resistant
surfacings on all unalloyed and low-alloyed base materials suitable for welding. 1.4057 X20CrNi17-2, 1.4059
GX22CrNi7, 1.4510 X3CrTi17, 1.4740 GX40CrSi17, 1.4742 X10CrAl18, AISI 430Ti, 431
Typical analysis of the solid wire
260
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2 short arc
1.2 spray arc
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER430 (mod.)
Voltage V
20 – 22
24 – 28
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C. To stabilize structure and
reduce brittle martensite, post-weld heat treatment for 4 h at 590°C, followed by air cooling is recommended.
Preheating is normally not necessary, but when welding thick materials where high stresses can be expected,
preheating to 75 – 100°C is recommended.
Polarity: DC+.
Shielding gas: Ar + 2 – 3% CO2 or Ar + 2% O2. Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
wt.-%
C
0.06
Si
0.6
Mn
0.6
Cr
17.5
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Hardness Brinell
%
180 – 230
350 – 450
280 – 350
230 – 260
≥ 15
150
Current A
130 – 160
190 – 260
Voltage V
20 – 22
24 – 28
u
u – 1st layer
u – 2nd layer
u – 3rd layer
a
≥ 300
≥ 450
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 8% CO2
a annealed – shielding gas Ar + 8% CO2, 800°C for 2 h
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2 short arc
1.2 spray arc
Approvals
-
Suggested preheating and interpass temperature 200 – 300°C. Post-weld heat treatment at 700 – 750°C
depending on base material and requirements.
The hardness of the deposit is greatly influenced by the degree of dilution with the base metal (depending on
the relevant welding conditions) and by its chemical composition. As a general rule it can be observed that the
higher the degree of dilution and the C-content of the base metal, the higher the deposit hardness. Gas mixtures
containing CO2 result in higher deposit hardness then CO2-free gas mixtures.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + 8 – 10% CO2 or Ar + 2 – 3% CO2 (M12) or Ar + 2% O2 (M13). Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
The shielding gas selection depends on the application.
Approvals
-
390
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
391
MIG/MAG
EN ISO 14343-A
G 16 5 1
Thermanit 17
BÖHLER SKWA-IG
Solid wire, high-alloyed, ferritic stainless
Solid wire, high-alloyed, ferritic stainless
Classifications
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER430 (mod.)
EN ISO 14343-A
G Z 17 Ti
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER430 (mod.)
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G 17 / ER430 (mod.) type for joining and surfacing work on matching ferritic and similar Cr-steels
suitable for quenching and tempering. Corrosion resistance similar to matching 17Cr-steels and cast steel grades
in seawater, diluted organic and inorganic acids. Resistant to scaling in air and oxidizing combustion gases up
to 950°C and particularly, in sulfurous combustion gases at elevated temperatures. Often used only for final
passes on tougher austenitic fill layers, above all in sulfurous combustion gases. For surfacing sealing faces of
water, steam and gas valves and accessories, made of unalloyed and low-alloyed steels designed for service
temperatures up to 450°C.
Solid wire of G Z 17 Ti / ER430 (mod.) type for joining and surfacing work on matching ferritic and similar Crsteels suitable for quenching and tempering. Corrosion resistance similar to matching 17Cr-steels and cast steel
grades in seawater, diluted organic and inorganic acids. Service temperatures up to 500°C. Lowest possible heat
input is required, as ferritic 17Cr-steels are susceptible to embrittlement due to grain growth. Resistant to scaling
up to 900°C.
Base materials
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Surfacing can be performed on all weldable base materials, unalloyed and low-alloyed.
Welding of corrosion resistant chromium steels as well as other similar-alloyed steels with C-contents up to
0.20% (repair welding).
1.4001 X7Cr14, 1.4006 X12Cr13, 1.4057 X17CrNi16-2, 1.4000 X6Cr13, 1.4002 X6CrAl13, 1.4016 X6Cr17,
1.4059 X17CrNi16-2, 1.4509 X2CrTiNb18, 1.4510 X3CrTi17, 1.4511 X3CrNb17, 1.4512 X2CrTi12, 1.4520
X2CrTi17, 1.4712 X10CrSi6, 1.4713 X10CrAlSi7, 1.4724 X10CrAlSi13, 1.4742 X10CrAlSi18
AISI 403, 405, 409, 410, 429, 430, 430Cb, 430Ti, 439, 431, 442
UNS S40300, S40500, S40900, S41000, S42900, S43000, S43035, S43036, S43100, S44200
Condition
Typical analysis of the solid wire
Base materials
1.4057 X20CrNi17-2, 1.4059 GX22CrNi7, 1.4740 GX40CrSi17, 1.4742 X10CrAl18
AISI 430Ti, 431
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.07
Si
0.8
Mn
0.7
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
Cr
17.5
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
u
a
340
540
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
a annealed – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2, 800°C for 1 h
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Hardness Brinell
%
240
20
150
Current A
130 – 160
190 – 260
C
0.07
Voltage V
20 – 22
24 – 28
Preheating as required by the base metal. Thicker matching ferritic steels can be preheated to 150 – 300°C.
Surfacing of thicker unalloyed, low-alloyed or high strength steels may require preheating to 100 – 250°C.
For the reduction of stresses induced by welding, matching ferritic steels can be annealed at 800°C followed by
air cooling.
Lowest possible heat input is required as ferritic 17Cr-steels are susceptible to embrittlement due to grain
growth.
Shielding gas: Ar + 2 – 3% CO2 (M12) or Ar + 2% O2 (M13). Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Approvals
Si
0.8
Mn
0.6
Cr
17.5
Ti
+
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2 short arc
1.2 spray arc
wt.-%
MIG/MAG
MIG/MAG
EN ISO 14343-A
G 17
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Hardness Brinell
%
150 – 170
300 – 400
200 – 300
170 – 220
≥ 20
130
Current A
110 – 140
160 – 220
200 – 270
250 – 330
Voltage V
19 – 22
25 – 29
26 – 30
27 – 32
u
u – 1st layer
u – 2nd layer
u – 3rd layer
a
≥ 300
≥ 500
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 8% CO2
a annealed – shielding gas Ar + 8% CO2, 750°C for 2 h
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
1.6 spray arc
Preheating to 250 – 450°C for joint welding. Annealing at 650 – 750°C improves the toughness of the weld
deposit. The hardness of the deposit is greatly influenced by the degree of dilution with the base metal
(depending on the relevant welding conditions) and by its chemical composition. As a general rule it can be
observed that the higher the degree of dilution and the C-content of the base metal, the higher the deposit
hardness.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + 8 – 10% CO2, Ar + 2 – 3% CO2 (M12) or Ar + 2% O2 (M13). Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
DB (43.132.04), CE
Approvals
DB (20.132.22), ÖBB, CE
392
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
393
BÖHLER SKWAM-IG
BÖHLER SKWAM TI-IG
Solid wire, high-alloyed, ferritic stainless
Solid wire, high-alloyed, ferritic stainless
Classifications
Classifications
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G Z 17 Mo type for surfacing on sealing faces of gas, water and steam valves and fittings made from
unalloyed or low-alloyed steels, for service temperatures up to 450°C. The weld deposit is normally machinable.
Scaling resistant up to 900°C. Also suited for joint welding of stainless ferritic steels containing 13 – 18%
chromium, above all for applications where uniform color of the base metal and weld seam is required. For
thick-walled components it is recommended to use BÖHLER A 7-IG wire for the fill passes in order to improve the
ductility behavior of the joint weld and BÖHLER SWAM-IG wire for the cover pass.
Solid wire of G Z 17 Mo type for surfacing on sealing faces of gas, water and steam valves and fittings made from
unalloyed or low-alloyed steels, for service temperatures up to 500°C. Very good weldability and wetting. Also
suited for joint welding of stainless ferritic steels containing 13 – 18% chromium, above all for applications where
uniform color of the base metal and weld seam is required. Scaling resistant up to 900°C. The weld deposit is
normally machinable.
Base materials
Surfacing can be performed on all weldable base materials, unalloyed and low-alloyed.
Welding of corrosion resistant chromium steels as well as other similar-alloyed steels with C-contents up to
0.20% (repair welding).
1.4122 X39CrMo17-1, 1.4113 X6CrMo17-1, 1.4513 X2CrMoTi17-1
UNS S S43400, 43600
AISI 440C, 434, 436
EN ISO 14343-A
G Z 17 Mo
Surfacing can be performed on all weldable base materials, unalloyed and low-alloyed.
Welding of corrosion resistant chromium steels as well as other similar-alloyed steels with C-contents up to
0.20% (repair welding).
1.4122 X39CrMo17-1, 1.4113 X6CrMo17-1, 1.4513 X2CrMoTi17-1
UNS S S43400, 43600
AISI 440C, 434, 436
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.20
Si
0.65
Mn
0.55
Cr
17
Ni
0.4
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
u
u – 1st layer
u – 2nd layer
u – 3rd layer
a
≥ 500
≥ 700
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 8% CO2
a annealed – shielding gas Ar + 8% CO2, 720°C for 2 h
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Hardness Brinell
%
350
400 – 500
380 – 450
330 – 400
≥ 15
200
Current A
200 – 270
250 – 330
C
0.20
Si
0.85
Mn
0.30
Cr
17.3
Ni
0.25
Mo
1.1
Ti
0.6
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Hardness Brinell
%
350
400 – 500
380 – 450
330 – 400
≥ 15
200
Current A
200 – 270
250 – 330
Voltage V
26 – 30
27 – 32
u
u – 1st layer
u – 2nd layer
u – 3rd layer
a
≥ 500
≥ 700
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 8% CO2
a annealed – shielding gas Ar + 8% CO2, 720°C for 2 h
Operating data
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2 spray arc
1.6 spray arc
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
Mo
1.1
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
MIG/MAG
MIG/MAG
EN ISO 14343-A
G Z 17 Mo
Dimension mm
1.2 spray arc
1.6 spray arc
Voltage V
26 – 30
27 – 32
Preheating to 250 – 450°C for joint welding.
Annealing at 650 – 750°C improves the toughness of the weld deposit.
The hardness of the deposit is greatly influenced by the degree of dilution with the base metal (depending on
the relevant welding conditions) and by its chemical composition. As a general rule it can be observed that the
higher the degree of dilution and the C-content of the base metal, the higher the deposit hardness.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + 8 – 10% CO2, Ar + 2 – 3% CO2 (M12) or Ar + 2% O2 (M13). Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Preheating to 250 – 450°C for joint welding.
Annealing at 650 – 750°C improves the toughness of the weld deposit.
The hardness of the deposit is greatly influenced by the degree of dilution with the base metal (depending on
the relevant welding conditions) and by its chemical composition. As a general rule it can be observed that the
higher the degree of dilution and the C-content of the base metal, the higher the deposit hardness.
Scaling resistant up to 900°C.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + 8 – 10% CO2, Ar + 2 – 3% CO2 (M12) or Ar + 2% O2 (M13). Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Approvals
Approvals
TÜV (08044), DB (20.132.33), KTA 1408.1 (804.00), ÖBB, CE
-
394
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
395
Thermanit 17/15 TT
BÖHLER CAT 430L Cb-IG
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Solid wire, high-alloyed, ferritic stainless
Classifications
Classifications
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G Z 17 15 Mn W type for joining applications with cryogenic austenitic CrNi(N)-steels and cast
steel grades and cryogenic 9Ni-steels suitable for quenching and tempering. Permitting toughness at subzero
temperatures as low as –196°C.
Solid wire of G Z 18 Nb L / ER430 (mod.) especially for joint welding of exhaust systems. For matching or similar
materials. Double stabilized (Nb + Ti) to reduce tendency to grain growth. Resistant to scaling up to 900°C.
Outstanding feeding characteristics and very good welding and flow characteristics.
Base materials
Base materials
1.5662 X8Ni9, 1.4311 X2CrNiN18-10
1.4016 X6Cr17, 1.4511 X3CrNb17
AISI 430
EN ISO 14343-A
G Z 18 Nb L
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.20
Si
0.4
Mn
10.5
Cr
17.5
Ni
14.0
W
3.5
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER430 (mod.)
MIG/MAG
MIG/MAG
EN ISO 14343-A
G Z 17 15 Mn W
Typical analysis of the solid wire
C
0.02
Si
0.5
Mn
0.5
Cr
18
Nb
≥ 12×C
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
wt.-%
Condition
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
430
600
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
30
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
80
-196°C
50
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
Current A
110 – 140
160 – 220
200 – 270
Voltage V
19 – 22
25 – 29
26 – 30
Preheating as required by the base metal.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + 8 – 10% CO2, Ar + 2 – 3% CO2 (M12) or Ar + 2% O2 (M13). Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (02890), BV, DNV GL, LR, CE
Condition
Hardness Brinell
u
a
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2% CO2
a annealed – shielding gas Ar + 2% CO2, 760°C for 2 h
150
130
Operating data
Dimension mm
0.8 short arc
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
Current A
90 – 120
110 – 140
160 – 220
200 – 270
Voltage V
18 – 22
19 – 22
25 – 29
26 – 30
Preheating as required by the base metal. Thicker matching ferritic steels can be preheated to 200 – 300°C and
Post-weld heat treated at 700 – 750°C.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + 2 – 3% CO2 (M12) or Ar + 2% O2 (M13). Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Approvals
-
396
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
397
BÖHLER CAT 430L CbTi-IG
BÖHLER CAT 439L Ti-IG
Solid wire, high-alloyed, ferritic stainless
Solid wire, high-alloyed, ferritic stainless
Classifications
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER430 (mod.)
EN ISO 14343-A
G Z 18 Ti L
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER439
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G Z 18 NbTi L / ER430 (mod.) for exhaust manifolds, catalytic converters, silencers and diesel
particle filters of matching or similar materials. Resistant to scaling up to 900°C. Outstanding feeding
characteristics and very good welding and flow characteristics.
Solid wire of G Z 18 Ti L / ER439 type for exhaust manifolds, catalytic converters, silencers and diesel particle
filters of matching or similar materials. Resistant to scaling up to 900°C. Outstanding feeding characteristics and
very good welding and flow characteristics.
Base materials
Base materials
1.4509 X5CrTiNb 18, 1.4016 X6Cr17, 1.4511 X3CrNb17
AISI 430, 441
1.4510, X3CrTi17, 1.4016 X6Cr17, 1.4502, X8CrTi18
AISI 439
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.5
Mn
0.5
MIG/MAG
MIG/MAG
EN ISO 14343-A
G Z 18 NbTi L
Typical analysis of the solid wire
Cr
18
Nb
≥ 12×C
Ti
0.40
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.8
Mn
0.8
Cr
18
Ti
≥ 12×C
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Hardness Brinell
Condition
Hardness Brinell
u
a
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2% CO2
a annealed – shielding gas Ar + 2% CO2, 760°C for 2 h
150
130
u
a
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2% CO2
a annealed – shielding gas Ar + 2% CO2, 800°C for 1 h
150
130
Operating data
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
Current A
110 – 140
160 – 220
Voltage V
19 – 22
25 – 29
Dimension mm
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
Current A
110 – 140
160 – 220
Voltage V
19 – 22
25 – 29
Preheating as required by the base metal. Thicker matching ferritic steels can be preheated to 200 – 300°C and
Post-weld heat treated at 700 – 750°C.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + 2 – 3% CO2 (M12) or Ar + 2% O2 (M13). Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Preheating as required by the base metal. Thicker matching ferritic steels can be preheated to 200 – 300°C.
Stress relieving heat treatment at 800°C. Air cooling is recommended when multi-layer welding.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + 2 – 3% CO2 (M12) or Ar + 2% O2 (M13). Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Approvals
Approvals
-
-
398
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
399
Thermanit X
BÖHLER ASN 5-IG (Si)
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, special applications
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Classifications
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER307 (mod.)
EN ISO 14343-A
G Z 18 16 5 N L
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER317L (mod.)
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G 18 8 Mn / ER307 (mod.) type for joining and surfacing applications with heat resistant Cr-steels
and heat resistant austenitic steels. Well-suited for fabricating dissimilar austenitic-ferritic joints at a max.
application temperature of 300°C. For joining unalloyed, low-alloyed or Cr-steels to austenitic steels. Low heat
input required in order to avoid brittle martensitic transition zones. Resistant to scaling up to 850°C. Inadequate
resistance against sulfurous combustion gases at temperatures above 500°C.
Solid wire of G Z 18 16 5 N L / ER317L (mod.) type for joining of 3 – 4% Mo alloyed CrNi-steels such as 1.4438 /
317L. High Mo content provides high resistance to chloride-containing aqueous media and pitting corrosion.
Non-magnetic. Well-suited for joining and surfacing of matching and similar austenitic unstabilized and stabilized
stainless and non-magnetic CrNiMo(N)-steels and cast steel grades. Excellent CVN toughness behavior down
to –196°C. Can also be used for depositing intermediate layers when welding products clad with a matching or
similar overlay. Resistant to intergranular corrosion. Application temperature max. 400°C.
Base materials
Dissimilar joints, tough buffer and intermediate layers prior to hardfacing, 14Mn-steels, 13 – 17% Cr and heat
resistant Cr and austenitic steels up to 850°C, armor plates, high carbon and quenched and tempered steels,
surfacing of gears, valves, turbine blades, etc. For joint welding of unalloyed / low-alloyed or Cr steels with highalloyed Cr and CrNi-steels. Welding of austenitic high manganese steels and with other steels.
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.08
Si
0.8
Mn
7.0
Cr
19
Ni
9.0
Yield strength
Yield strength
Rp0.2
Rp1.0
MPa
MPa
u
370
400
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
600
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
35
wt.-%
Impact work
ISO-V KV J
20°C
100
Operating data
Dimension mm
0.8 short arc
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
1.6 spray arc
Current A
90 – 120
110 – 140
160 – 220
200 – 270
250 – 330
1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-13-3, 1.4439 X2CrNiMoN17-13-5, 1.4429 X2CrNiMoN17-13-3, 1.4438 X2CrNiMo18-15-4,
1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12
AISI 316Cb, 316LN, 317LN, 317L
UNS S31726
Typical analysis of the solid wire
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
Voltage V
18 – 22
19 – 22
25 – 29
26 – 30
27 – 32
Preheat, interpass temperature and post-weld heat treatment as required by the base metal. Thicker heat
resistant Cr-steels can be preheated to 150 – 300°C.
In case of post-weld heat treatment of dissimilar joints, attention must be paid to resistance to intercrystalline
corrosion and to susceptibility of the austenitic metal side to embrittlement. For dissimilar joining with unalloyed
or low-alloyed steels, no post-weld heat treatment should be performed above 300°C due to the risk of carbide
precipitation in the weld fusion zone causing loss of toughness.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Shielding gas: Ar + 8 – 10% CO2, Ar + 2 – 3% CO2 (M12) or Ar + 2% O2 (M13).
Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
C
0.02
Si
0.4
Mn
5.5
Cr
19
Ni
17.2
Mo
4.3
N
0.16
Ti
17.2
PREN
37.1
FN
≤ 0.5
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Tensile strength Elongation A
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
u
430 (≥ 400)
650 (≥ 600)
35 (≥ 30)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 20% He + 0.05% CO2
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
110
-196°C
≥ 32
Operating data
Dimension mm
0.8 short arc
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
Current A
90 – 120
110 – 140
160 – 220
200 – 270
Voltage V
18 – 22
19 – 22
25 – 29
26 – 30
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1080 –
1130°C followed by water quenching.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + 20 – 30% He + max. 2% CO2, Ar + 20% He + 0.5% CO2. Gas flow: 14 – 18 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (04139), DNV GL, CE
Approvals
TÜV (05651), DB (43.132.01), DNV GL, VG 95132-1, CE
400
MIG/MAG
MIG/MAG
EN ISO 14343-A
G 18 8 Mn
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
401
Thermanit ATS 4
Avesta 308H
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, creep resistant
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, creep resistant
Classifications
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER19-10H
EN ISO 14343-A
G 19 9 H
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G 19 9 H / ER19-10H type for joining and surfacing applications on matching and similar creep
resistant steel and cast steel grades. Creep resistant up to 700°C. Resistant to scaling up to 800°C.
The microstructure is austenite with approximately 5% ferrite.
Solid wire of G 19 9 H / ER308H type for welding heat and creep-resistant austenitic stainless steels such
as 18Cr-10Ni and similar. The consumable has an enhanced carbon content as compared to 1.4307 / 308L.
This provides improved creep resistance properties, which is advantageous at temperatures above 400°C.
The microstructure is austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite. Scaling resistant up to 850°C (air). Can be used at
temperatures up to 600°C. For higher temperatures a niobium-stabilized consumables such as BÖHLER SAS 2-IG
or Thermanit H-347 are required. The corrosion resistance corresponds to 1.4301 / 304, i.e. good resistance
to general corrosion. The enhanced carbon content, compared to 308L, makes it slightly more sensitive to
intercrystalline corrosion.
Base materials
MIG/MAG
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER308H
1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-13-3, 1.4439 X2CrNiMoN17-13-5, 1.4429 X2CrNiMoN17-13-3, 1.4438 X2CrNiMo18-15-4,
1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12
AISI 316Cb, 316LN, 317LN, 317L
UNS S31726
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.05
Si
0.3
Mn
1.8
Cr
18.8
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4878 X8CrNiTi18-10, 1.4948 X7CrNi18-9
UNS S30400, S30409, S32100, S34700
AISI 304, 304H, 321, 321H, 347, 347H
Ni
9.3
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Yield strength
Rp0.2
Rp1.0
MPa
MPa
u
350
370
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
550
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
35
Impact work
ISO-V KV J
20°C
70
Operating data
Dimension mm
0.8 short arc
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
Current A
90 – 120
110 – 140
160 – 220
200 – 270
Base materials
Voltage V
18 – 22
19 – 22
25 – 29
26 – 30
Up to 25 mm wall thickness no preheating or post-weld heat treatment. Over 25 mm wall thickness preheating
to max. 200°C and stress relieving treatment at 1050°C followed by air cooling.
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + 2 – 3% CO2 (M12). Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (06522), CE
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.05
Si
0.4
Mn
1.8
Cr
20
Ni
9.0
FN
9
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
400 (≥ 350)
610 (≥ 550)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2% CO2
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
37 (≥ 30)
Impact work
ISO-V KV J
20°C
100
Hardness Brinell
210
Operating data
Dimension mm
0.8 short arc
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
Current A
90 – 120
110 – 140
160 – 220
200 – 270
Voltage V
18 – 22
19 – 22
25 – 29
26 – 30
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050°C
followed by water quenching.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Shielding gas: Ar + 2% O2 or Ar + 2 – 3% CO2. Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (09079), CE
402
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
403
MIG/MAG
EN ISO 14343-A
G 19 9 H
BÖHLER EAS 2-IG (LF)
Avesta 308L-Si/MVR-Si
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, cryogenic
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
EN ISO 14343-A
G 19 9 L
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER308L
EN ISO 14343-A
G 19 9 L Si
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G 19 9 L / ER308L type for welding 1.4306 / 304L and 304LN steel grades. Controlled weld metal
ferrite content (3 – 8 FN), particularly for good cryogenic toughness and lateral expansion down to –196°C.
Resistant to intergranular corrosion up to 350°C.
Solid wire of G 19 9 L Si / ER308LSi type for welding austenitic stainless steels such as 1.4307 / 304L
and similar. The wire can also be used for welding titanium and niobium-stabilized steels of 1.4541 / 321
and 1.4546 / 347 type in cases where the construction is used at temperatures not exceeding 400°C. For
higher temperatures a niobium-stabilized consumable such as BÖHLER SAS 2-IG is required. Resulting weld
microstructure is austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite. Very good corrosion resistance under fairly severe conditions,
e.g. in oxidizing acids and cold or dilute reducing acids.
Base materials
MIG/MAG
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER308LSi
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4307 X2CrNi18-9, 1.4311 X2CrNiN18-9, 1.4312 GX10CrNi18-8,
1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4546 X5CrNiNb18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30453, S32100, S34700
AISI 304, 304L, 304LN, 302, 321, 347
ASTM A157 Gr. C9, A320 Gr. B8C or D
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
≤ 0.02
Si
0.5
Mn
1.7
Cr
20
Ni
10.5
FN
3–6
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
410 (≥ 320)
520 (≥ 510)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
38 (≥ 35)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
110
-196°C
50 (≥ 32)
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
Current A
110 – 140
160 – 220
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4307 X2CrNi18-9, 1.4311 X2CrNiN18-9, 1.4312 GX10CrNi18-8,
1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4546 X5CrNiNb18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30453, S32100, S34700
AISI 304, 304L, 304LN, 302, 321, 347
ASTM A157 Gr. C9, A320 Gr. B8C or D
Typical analysis of the solid wire
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
Voltage V
19 – 22
25 – 29
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1000°C
followed by water quenching.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + max. 2.5% CO2. Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Approvals
On request
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.85
Mn
1.8
Cr
20
Ni
10.5
FN
8
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Tensile
Elongation A
Impact work ISO-V KV J
Rp0.2
strength Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
-196°C
u
410 (≥ 320)
590 (≥ 510)
36 (≥ 35)
110
60
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 1.8% CO2 + 0.03% NO
Hardness
Brinell
200
Operating data
Dimension mm
0.8 short arc
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
1.6 spray arc
Current A
90 – 120
110 – 140
160 – 220
200 – 270
250 – 330
Voltage V
18 – 22
19 – 22
25 – 29
26 – 30
27 – 32
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C. The scaling temperature is
approx. 850°C in air.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050°C
followed by water quenching.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Shielding gas: Ar + 2% O2 or Ar + 2 – 3% CO2 (M13). Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (19153), DNV GL, DB (43.123.61), CE
404
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
405
MIG/MAG
Classifications
Thermanit JE-308L Si
BÖHLER EAS 2-IG (Si)
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Classifications
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER308LSi
EN ISO 14343-A
G 19 9 L Si
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER308LSi
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G 19 9 L Si / ER308LSi type for joining and surfacing applications with matching and similar
stabilized and unstabilized austenitic CrNi(N) and CrNiMo(N) steels and cast steel grades. Resistant to
intercrystalline corrosion and wet corrosion up to 350°C. Corrosion resistance similar to matching low-carbon
and stabilized austenitic 18Cr-8Ni(N)-steels and cast steel grades. Good toughness at subzero temperatures as
low as –196°C.
Solid wire of G 19 9 L Si / ER308LSi type for joining and surfacing applications with matching and similar
stabilized and unstabilized austenitic CrNi(N) and CrNiMo(N)-steel. Corrosion resistance similar to matching
low-carbon and stabilized austenitic 18Cr8Ni(N)-steels and cast steel grades. The wire shows very good wetting
and feeding characteristics, with excellent weld metal toughness down to –196°C. Application temperature max.
350°C.
Base materials
Base materials
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4307 X2CrNi18-9, 1.4311 X2CrNiN18-9, 1.4312 GX10CrNi18-8,
1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4546 X5CrNiNb18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30453, S32100, S34700
AISI 304, 304L, 304LN, 302, 321, 347
ASTM A157 Gr. C9, A320 Gr. B8C or D
1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4311 X2CrNiN18-10, 1.4312 GX10CrNi18-8,
1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4546 X5CrNiNb18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10
AISI 304, 304L, 304LN, 302, 321, 347; ASTM A157 Gr. C9; A320 Gr. B8C or D
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.9
Mn
1.7
Cr
20
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
350 (≥ 320)
570 (≥ 510)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
38 (≥ 35)
Typical analysis of the solid wire
Current A
90 – 120
110 – 140
160 – 220
200 – 270
Si
0.8
Mn
1.7
Condition
Cr
20
Ni
10.2
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
70
-196°C
≥ 32
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
390 (≥ 320)
540 (≥ 510)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
Voltage V
18 – 22
19 – 22
25 – 29
26 – 30
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050°C
followed by water quenching.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Shielding gas: Ar + 2% CO2 (M12) or Ar + 2 – 3% CO2 (M13), Ar + 0 – 5% H2 + 0 – 5% CO2 (M11).
Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
38 (≥ 25)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
110
-196°C
≥ 32
Operating data
Dimension mm
0.8 short arc
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
1.6 spray arc
Operating data
Dimension mm
0.8 short arc
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
C
≤ 0.02
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Ni
10.0
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
MIG/MAG
MIG/MAG
EN ISO 14343-A
G 19 9 L Si
Current A
90 – 120
110 – 140
160 – 220
200 – 270
250 – 330
Voltage V
18 – 22
19 – 22
25 – 29
26 – 30
27 – 32
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + max. 2.5% CO2. Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (03159), DB (43132.46), DNV GL, CE
Approvals
TÜV (00555), DB (43.132.08), DNV GL, CE
406
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
407
BÖHLER SAS 2-IG (Si)
Thermanit H Si
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, stabilized
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, stabilized
MIG/MAG
EN ISO 14343-A
G 19 9 Nb Si
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER347Si
EN ISO 14343-A
G 19 9 Nb Si
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER347Si
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G 19 9 Nb Si / ER347Si type for welding Ti and Nb-stabilized 1.4541 / 321 and 1.4546 / 347
austenitic stainless steel grades. Designed to produce first class welding, good wetting and feeding
characteristics as well as reliable corrosion resistance up to 400°C. Low temperature service down to –196°C.
Solid wire of G 19 9 Nb Si / ER347Si type for joining and surfacing application with matching and similar
stabilized and unstabilized austenitic CrNi(N)-steels and cast steel grades. Resistant to intercrystalline corrosion
and wet corrosion up to 400°C. Corrosion resistance similar to matching stabilized austenitic CrNi-steels.
Base materials
Base materials
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4311 X2CrNiN18-9, 1.4312 GX10CrNi18-8, 1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10,
1.4546 X5CrNiNb18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4552 GX5CrNiNb19-11
UNS S30400, S30403, S30453, S32100, S34700
AISI 347, 321,302, 304, 304L, 304LN
ASTM A296 Gr. CF 8 C, A157 Gr. C9, A320 Gr. B8C or D
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4311 X2CrNiN18-9, 1.4312 GX10CrNi18-8, 1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10,
1.4546 X5CrNiNb18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4552 GX5CrNiNb19-11
UNS S30400, S30403, S30453, S32100, S34700
AISI 347, 321,302, 304, 304L, 304LN
ASTM A296 Gr. CF 8 C, A157 Gr. C9, A320 Gr. B8C or D
Typical analysis of the solid wire
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.035
Si
0.8
Mn
1.3
Cr
19.4
Ni
9.7
Nb
+
wt.-%
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
460 (≥ 350)
630 (≥ 550)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
33 (≥ 25)
C
0.06
Si
0.8
Mn
1.5
Cr
19.5
Condition
20°C
110
MPa
MPa
u
400 (≥ 350)
570 (≥ 550)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
Operating data
Nb
≥ 12×C
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
-196°C
≥ 32
Ni
9.5
Yield strength Rp0.2
Tensile strength Rm
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
30 (≥ 25)
65
Operating data
Dimension mm
0.8 short arc
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
Current A
90 – 120
110 – 140
160 – 220
200 – 270
Voltage V
18 – 22
19 – 22
25 – 29
26 – 30
Dimension mm
0.8 short arc
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
Current A
90 – 120
110 – 140
160 – 220
200 – 270
Voltage V
18 – 22
19 – 22
25 – 29
26 – 30
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C. Generally no heat treatment
needed.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + max. 2.5% CO2. Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Generally no heat treatment needed.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + 2% CO2 (M12) or Ar + 2 – 3% CO2 (M13). Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Approvals
Approvals
TÜV (00025), DNV GL, LTSS, NAKS, CE
408
TÜV (00604), DB (43.132.06), CE
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
409
MIG/MAG
Classifications
BÖHLER EAS 4 M-IG (Si)
Avesta 316L-Si/SKR-Si
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
EN ISO 14343-A
G 19 12 3 L Si
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER316LSi
EN ISO 14343-A
G 19 12 3 L Si
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G 19 12 3 L Si / ER316LSi type for joining and surfacing application with matching and similar
unstabilized austenitic CrNi(N) and CrNiMo(N)-steels. Corrosion resistance similar to matching low-carbon and
stabilized austenitic 17Cr-12Ni2Mo-steels and cast steel grades. The wire shows very good wetting and feeding
characteristics, with excellent weld metal toughness down to –196°C. Application temperature max. 400°C.
Solid wire of G 19 12 3 L Si / ER316LSi type for welding 17Cr-12Ni-2.5Mo austenitic stainless steels and similar.
Also suitable for welding steels that are stabilized with titanium or niobium, such as 1.4571 / 316Ti for service
temperatures not exceeding 400°C. For higher temperatures a niobium-stabilized consumable, for instance,
BÖHLER SAS 4-IG (Si) is required. Excellent resistance to general, pitting and intercrystalline corrosion in chloride
containing environments. Intended for severe service conditions, e.g. in dilute hot acids.
Base materials
MIG/MAG
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER316LSi
1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4409 GX2CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4429 X2CrNiMoN17-12-3,
1.4432 X2CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2,
1.4580 X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12
UNS S31600, S31603, S31635, S31640, S31653
AISI 316L, 316Ti, 316Cb
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.8
Mn
1.7
Cr
18.4
Ni
12.4
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
430 (≥ 320)
580 (≥ 510)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
38 (≥ 25)
wt.-%
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
120
-196°C
≥ 32
Operating data
Dimension mm
0.8 short arc
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
1.6 spray arc
1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4409 GX2CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4429 X2CrNiMoN17-12-3,
1.4432 X2CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2,
1.4580 X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12
UNS S31600, S31603, S31635, S31640, S31653
AISI 316L, 316Ti, 316Cb
Typical analysis of the solid wire
Mo
2.8
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
Current A
90 – 120
110 – 140
160 – 220
200 – 270
250 – 330
Voltage V
18 – 22
19 – 22
25 – 29
26 – 30
27 – 32
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + max. 2.5% CO2. Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (03233), DB (43.132.48), DNV GL, Statoil, CE
C
0.02
Si
0.85
Mn
1.7
Cr
18.5
Ni
12.2
Mo
2.6
FN
6
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Tensile
Elongation A
Impact work ISO-V KV J
Rp0.2
strength Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
-196°C
u
410 (≥ 320)
59 (≥ 510)
35 (≥ 25)
110
≥ 55
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 1.8% CO2 + 0.03% NO
Hardness
Brinell
210
Operating data
Dimension mm
0.8 short arc
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
1.6 spray arc
Current A
90 – 120
110 – 140
160 – 220
200 – 270
250 – 330
Voltage V
18 – 22
19 – 22
25 – 29
26 – 30
27 – 32
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
The scaling temperature is approx. 850°C in air.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050°C
followed by water quenching.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Shielding gas: Ar + 2% O2 or Ar + 2 – 3% CO2 (M13). Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (12330), DNV GL, DB (43.123.63), CE
410
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
411
MIG/MAG
Classifications
Thermanit GE-316L Si
BÖHLER SAS 4-IG (Si)
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, stabilized
MIG/MAG
EN ISO 14343-A
G 19 12 3 L Si
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER316LSi
EN ISO 14343-A
G 19 12 3 Nb Si
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER318 (mod.)
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G 19 12 3 L Si / ER316LSi type for joining and surfacing application with matching and similar
unstabilized austenitic CrNi(N) and CrNiMo(N) steels and cast steel grades. Corrosion resistance similar to
matching low-carbon and stabilized austenitic CrNiMo-steels and cast steel grades. Resistant to intercrystalline
corrosion and wet corrosion up to 400°C. Low temperature service down to –196°C.
Solid wire of G 19 12 3 Nb Si / ER318 (mod.) type for joining and surfacing application with matching and similar
stabilized and unstabilized austenitic CrNi(N) and CrNiMo(N)-steels and cast steel grades. Corrosion resistance
similar to matching stabilized CrNiMo-steels. Resistant to intergranular and wet corrosion up to 400°C.
Base materials
1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4409 GX2CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3,
1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-13-3, 1.4437 GX6CrNiMo18-12, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4580 X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2,
1.4581 GX5CrNiMoNb19-11-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12
UNS S31600, S31603, S31635, S31640, S31653, AISI 316, 316L, 316Ti, 316Cb
1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4409 GX2CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4429 X2CrNiMoN17-12-3,
1.4432 X2CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2,
1.4580 X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12
UNS S31600, S31603, S31635, S31640, S31653
AISI 316L, 316Ti, 316Cb
C
0.02
Si
0.8
Mn
1.7
Cr
18.8
Ni
12.5
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
380 (≥ 320)
560 (≥ 510)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
35 (≥ 25)
Current A
90 – 120
110 – 140
160 – 220
200 – 270
Si
0.8
Mn
1.4
Condition
Cr
19
Ni
11.5
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
70
-196°C
≥ 32
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
490 (≥ 350)
670 (≥ 550)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
Mo
2.8
Nb
+
Voltage V
18 – 22
19 – 22
25 – 29
26 – 30
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C. Post-weld heat treatment
generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050°C followed by water
quenching.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Shielding gas: Ar + 2% CO2, Ar + 2 – 3% CO2 (M13) or Ar + 0 – 5% H2 + 0 – 5% CO2 (M11).
Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
33 (≥ 25)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
100
-120°C
≥ 32
Operating data
Dimension mm
0.8 short arc
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
Operating data
Dimension mm
0.8 short arc
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
C
0.035
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Mo
2.8
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
Base materials
Current A
90 – 120
110 – 140
160 – 220
200 – 270
Voltage V
18 – 22
19 – 22
25 – 29
26 – 30
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C. Generally no heat treatment
needed.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + max. 2.5% CO2. Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (03492), DB (43.132.43), NAKS, CE
Approvals
TÜV (00489), DB (43.132.10), DNV GL, CE
412
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
413
MIG/MAG
Classifications
Thermanit A Si
Avesta 317L/SNR
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, stabilized
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
EN ISO 14343-A
G 19 12 3 Nb Si
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER318 (mod.)
EN ISO 14343-A
G 19 13 4 L
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G 19 12 3 Nb Si / ER318 (mod.) type type for joining and surfacing application with matching and
similar stabilized and unstabilized austenitic CrNi(N) and CrNiMo(N)-steels and cast steel grades. Corrosion
resistance similar to matching stabilized CrNiMo-steels. Resistant to intergranular and wet corrosion up to 400°C.
Solid wire of G 19 13 4 L / ER317L type for welding 18Cr-14Ni-3Mo austenitic stainless steels and similar. The
enhanced content of chromium, nickel and molybdenum as compared to 1.4404 / 316L gives improved corrosion
properties in acid chloride containing environments. The microstructure is austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite. Better
resistance to general, pitting and intercrystalline corrosion in chloride containing environments than 1.4404 /
316L. Intended for severe service conditions, i.e. in dilute hot acids.
Base materials
MIG/MAG
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER317L
1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4409 GX2CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3,
1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-13-3, 1.4437 GX6CrNiMo18-12, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4580 X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2,
1.4581 GX5CrNiMoNb19-11-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12
UNS S31600, S31603, S31635, S31640, S31653
AISI 316, 316L, 316Ti, 316Cb
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.05
Si
0.8
Mn
1.5
Cr
19
Ni
12.0
Mo
2.8
Nb
≥ 12×C
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
MPa
u
390
600
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
30
70
Operating data
Dimension mm
0.8 short arc
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
Current A
90 – 120
110 – 140
160 – 220
200 – 270
Voltage V
18 – 22
19 – 22
25 – 29
26 – 30
Suggested heat input max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050°C
followed by water quenching.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Shielding gas: Ar + 2% O2 or Ar + 2 – 3% CO2 (M13). Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (00601), DB (43.132.02), CE
Base materials
CrNiMo(N) austenitic stainless steels with higher Mo content or corrosion resistant claddings on mild steels
1.4429 X2CrNiMoN17-13-3, 1.4434 X2CrNiMoN18-12-4, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4438 X2CrNiMo19-14-4,
1.4439 X2CrNiMoN17-13-5
AISI 316L, 316LN, 317L, 317LN, 317LMN
UNS S31600, S31653, S31703, S31726, S31753
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.4
Mn
1.7
Cr
19
Ni
13.5
Mo
3.5
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Tensile
Elongation A
Impact work ISO-V KV J
Rp0.2
strength Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
-40°C
u
420 (≥ 350)
630 (≥ 550)
31 (≥ 25)
85
≥ 70
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 1.8% CO2 + 0.03% NO
Hardness
Brinell
200
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2 spray arc
Current A
200 – 260
Voltage V
26 – 30
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Preheating and post-weld heat treatment not necessary. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed
at 1050°C followed by water quenching.
Scaling temperature approximately 850°C (air).
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + 2% O2 or Ar + 2 – 3% CO2. Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Approvals
-
414
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
415
MIG/MAG
Classifications
Thermanit 20/10
BÖHLER CN 19/9 M-IG
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenetic stainless, special applications
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, special applications
Classifications
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER308Mo (mod.)
EN ISO 14343-A
G 20 10 3
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER308Mo (mod.)
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G 20 10 3 / ER308Mo (mod.) type for joining of stainless Cr and similar austenitic CrNiMo-steels and
cast steel grades. For joining of dissimilar materials. For tough joints on high manganese steel (steel castings),
CrNiMn-steels and armor plates. For surfacing and repair welding on wear-exposed parts such as rotors and rails.
Especially suited for dissimilar austenitic-ferritic joints at maximum application temperature of 300°C. Particularly
for tough joints of unalloyed and low-alloyed steels or stainless heat resistant Cr-steels with austenitic steels and
cast steel grades. Application temperature max. 300°C.
Solid wire of G 20 10 3 / ER308Mo (mod.) type for dissimilar joints and weld cladding. Offers a lower chromium
and ferrite content than a 309L weld deposit with the result that carbon diffusion and Cr-carbide formation is
reduced after post-weld heat treatment and lower ferrite contents can be achieved in the second layer of 316L
surfacing. Suitable for service temperatures from –80°C to 300°C. Very good welding and wetting characteristics.
Base materials
Welding and dissimilar joining of high-strength, mild steels and constructional steels; quench tempered steels,
armour plates and austenitic manganese steels. Welding of unalloyed as well as alloyed boiler or constructional
steels to high-alloyed stainless Cr and CrNi-steels.
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.05
Si
0.5
Mn
1.3
Cr
20.5
Ni
10.5
Yield strength Rp0.2
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
MPa
u
470 (≥400)
670 (≥620)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
Welding and dissimilar joining of high-strength, mild steels and low-alloyed constructional steels; quench
tempered steels, armor plates and austenitic manganese steels. Welding of unalloyed as well as alloyed boiler or
constructional steels to high-alloyed stainless Cr and CrNi-steels.
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
Current A
200 – 270
250 – 330
Si
0.7
Mn
1.3
Condition
Cr
20
Ni
10.0
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
25 (≥20)
50
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
520 (≥ 400)
720 (≥ 620)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
Mo
3.3
Voltage V
26 – 30
27 – 32
Suggested heat input is max.1.5 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 200°C. High manganese steels become
brittle at 400 – 600°C so these should be welded as cold as possible.
Preheating only if required by the parent material.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at
1050°C. Stress relieving only if allowed by the parent material.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + 2% O2 or Ar + 2 – 3% CO2. Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
30 (≥ 20)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
140
-60°C
≥ 32
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2 spray arc
1.6 spray arc
C
0.06
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Mo
3.3
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
Current A
110 – 140
160 – 220
200 – 270
Voltage V
19 – 22
25 – 29
26 – 30
Preheating and interpass temperature as required by the base metal.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + max. 2.5% CO2. Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (01087), DB (43.132.47), DNV GL (308Mo)
Approvals
TÜV (01773), CE
416
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
417
MIG/MAG
MIG/MAG
EN ISO 14343-A
G 20 10 3
Thermanit 19/15
Thermanit 20/25 Cu
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
MIG/MAG
EN ISO 14343-A
G 20 16 3 Mn N L
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER316LMn
EN ISO 14343-A
G 20 25 5 Cu L
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER385
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G 20 16 3 Mn N L / ER316L (mod.) type for joining and surfacing applications with matching and
similar austenitic CrNi(N) and CrNiMo(Mn,N)-steels. Corrosion resistance similar to low-carbon CrNiMo(Mn,N)steels and cast steel grades. Seawater resistant, good resistance to nitric acid, selective attack max. 200 μm.
Non-magnetic (permeability in field of 8000 A/m max. 1.01). Particularly suited for corrosion conditions in urea
synthesis plants for welding work on steel X2CrNiMo18-12. Resistant to intercrystalline corrosion and wet
corrosion up to 350°C. Resulting microstructure is austenite with max. 0.6% ferrite.
Solid wire of G 20 25 5 Cu L / ER385 type for joining and surfacing work on matching austenitic CrNiMoCu-steels
and cast steel grades. For joining these steels with unalloyed and low-alloyed steels. Good corrosion resistance
similar to matching steels and cast steel grades, above all in reducing environment. Resistant to intercrystalline
corrosion and wet corrosion up to 350°C.
Base materials
1.3941(G-)X4CrNi18-3, 1.3945 X2CrNiN18-13, 1.3948 X4CrNiMnMoN19-13 – 8, 1.3952(G-)X2CrNiMoN18-14-3,
1.3953(G-)X2CrNiMo18-15, 1.3955 GX12Cr18-11, 1.3965 X8CrMnNi18-8, 1.4315 X5CrNiN19-9, 1.4429
X2CrNiMoN17-13-3, 1.4561 X1CrNiMoTi18-13-2, 1.6903 10CrNiTi18-10
Cryogenic 3.5 – 5% Ni-steels
UNS S31653, AISI 316LN
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.5
Mn
7.5
Cr
20.5
Ni
15.5
Mo
3.0
Yield strength
Yield strength
Rp0.2
Rp1.0
MPa
MPa
u
430
450
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
650
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
30
1.4465 X1CrNiMoN25-25-2, 1.4505 X4NiCrMoCuNb20-18-2, 1.4506 X5NiCrMoCuTi20-18, 1.4537
X1CrNiMoCuN25-25-5, 1.4538 X2NiCrMoCuN20-18, 1.4539 X2NiCrMoCuN25-20-5, 1.4586 X5NiCrMoCuNb22-18
UNS N08904
AISI 904L
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
Current A
110 – 140
160 – 220
200 – 260
Si
0.2
Mn
2.5
Condition
Cr
20.5
Impact work
ISO-V KV J
20°C
80
Yield strength
Yield strength
Rp0.2
Rp1.0
MPa
MPa
u
350
370
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
Ni
25.0
Mo
4.8
Cu
1.5
Voltage V
19 – 22
25 – 29
26 – 30
Suggested heat input max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
When cladding high temperature and cast steel grades, preheating is according to the parent material (150°C).
In case of excessive hardening of the parent material, stress relieving can be performed at 510°C for max. 20 h,
annealing above 530°C only prior to the final pass.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + 2% O2 (M12) or Ar + 2 – 3% CO2 (M13). Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
550
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
35
Impact work
ISO-V KV J
20°C
55
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
C
< 0.025
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
N
0.18
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
Current A
110 – 140
160 – 220
200 – 260
Voltage V
19 – 22
25 – 29
26 – 30
Suggested heat input is max.1.5 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 100°C.
No preheating unless required by the parent material.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at
1120°C.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + 2% O2 (M12) or Ar + 2 – 3% CO2 (M13). Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (04302), CE
Approvals
TÜV (10267), DB (43.132.12), CE
418
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
419
MIG/MAG
Classifications
BÖHLER CN 20/25 M-IG (Si)
Avesta 253 MA
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, creep resistant
MIG/MAG
EN ISO 14343-A
G 20 25 5 Cu L
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER385 (mod.)
EN ISO 14343-A
G 21 10 N
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G 20 25 5 Cu L / ER385 (mod.) type type designed for welding corrosion resistant 4 – 5% Moalloyed CrNi-steels such as 1.4539 / 904L. Due to the high Mo content (6.2%) as compared to 1.4539 / UNS
N08904, the high segregation rate of high Mo-alloyed CrNi-weld metal can be compensated. The fully austenitic
weld metal possesses a marked resistance towards pitting and crevice corrosion in chloride containing media.
Very high pitting resistant equivalent (PREN ≥ 45). Highly resistant against sulfur, phosphorus, acetic and formic
acid, as well as seawater and brackish water. Due to the low C-content of the weld metal, the risk of intergranular
corrosion is low. The high Ni-content in comparison to standard CrNi-weld metals leads to high resistance against
stress corrosion cracking. Especially suitable for sulfur and phosphorus production, pulp and paper industry, flue
gas desulfurization plants. Other applications include, but are not limited to; fertilizer production, petrochemical
industry, fatty, acetic and formic acid production, seawater sludge fittings and pickling plants.
Solid wire of G 21 10 N type type designed for welding the high temperature steel 253 MA®, used for example
in furnaces, combustion chambers, burners, etc. Both the steel and the consumable provide excellent properties
at temperatures 850 – 1100°C. The composition of the consumable is balanced to ensure crack resistant weld
metal. The resulting microstructure is austenite with 2 – 8% ferrite. Scaling resistance up to 1150°C (air).
Excellence resistance to high temperature corrosion. Not intended for applications exposed to wet corrosion. The
base material 253 MA has a tendency to give a thick oxide layer during welding and hot rolling. Black plates and
previous weld beads should be carefully brushed or ground prior to welding.
Base materials
wt.-%
Si
0.7
Mn
4.7
Cr
20
Ni
25.4
Mo
6.2
N
0.12
Cu
1.5
Yield strength
Tensile strength Elongation A
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
u
410 (≥ 320)
650 (≥ 510)
39 (≥ 25)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 20% He + 0.5% CO2
PREN
≥ 45.0
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
100
Current A
60 – 100
110 – 140
160 – 220
200 – 260
Mn
0.5
Cr
21
Ni
10.7
N
0.16
Yield strength
Tensile strength Elongation A
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
u
440
680
36
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 1.8% CO2 + 0.03% NO
FN
2
Voltage V
18 – 20
19 – 22
25 – 29
26 – 30
Suggested heat input is max.1.5 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 100°C.
No preheating unless required by the parent material.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at
1120°C.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + 20 – 30% He + max. 2% CO2, Ar + 20% He + 0.5% CO2. Gas flow: 14 – 18 l/min.
Impact work
ISO-V KV J
20°C
130
Hardness Brinell
210
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
-196°C
≥ 32
Operating data
Dimension mm
0.8 short arc
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
Si
1.6
Condition
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
C
0.07
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Typical analysis of the solid wire
C
≤ 0.02
1.4835 X9CrNiSiNCe21-11-2, 1.4818 X6CrNiSiNCe19-10
UNS S30815, S30415
253 MA®, 153 MA™
Typical analysis of the solid wire
1.4505 X4NiCrMoCuNb20-18-2, 1.4506 X5NiCrMoCuTi20-18, 1.4537 X1CrNiMoCuN25-25-5, 1.4538
X2NiCrMoCuN20-18, 1.4539 X1NiCrMoCu25-20-5, 1.4586 X5NiCrMoCuNb22-18
UNS S31726, N08904
AISI 904L
wt.-%
Base materials
Current A
180 – 240
190 – 250
Voltage V
25 – 29
26 – 30
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 150°C
Preheating and heat treatment are generally not necessary.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: 1. Ar + 30% He + 2.5% CO2 or 2. Ar + 2% O2 or Ar + 2% CO2.
Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min. Somewhat higher with helium.
Approvals
-
Approvals
TÜV (04897), Statoil
420
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
421
MIG/MAG
Classifications
BÖHLER CN 21/33 Mn-IG
Avesta 2205
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, heat resistant
Solid wire, high-alloyed, duplex stainless
Classifications
Classifications
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G Z 21 33 Mn Nb type for joining and surfacing applications with matching / similar heat resistant
steels and cast steel grades. Resistant to scaling up to 1050°C. Good resistance to carburizing atmospheres.
Typical alloy for welding of pyrolysis furnace tubes.
Max. application temperature in air and oxidizing combustion gases: Sulphur-free atmosphere 1050°C,
max. 2 g S/Nm3 1000°C.
Max. application temperature in reducing combustion gases: Sulphur-free atmosphere 1000°C, max. 2 g S/Nm3
950°C.
Solid wire of G 22 9 3 N L / ER2209 type designed for welding 22Cr duplex grades such as 1.4462 / UNS S32205
and S31803 used in offshore, shipyards, chemical tankers, chemical/petrochemical, pulp & paper, etc. Provides
a ferritic-austenitic weldment that combines many of the good properties of both ferritic and austenitic stainless
steels. The welding can be performed using short, spray or pulsed arc. Welding using pulsed arc provides good
results in both horizontal and vertical-up positions. Over-alloyed with nickel to promote weld metal austenite
formation and designed to result in weld metal ferrite levels of 45 – 55%. The weld metal has very good
resistance to pitting and stress corrosion cracking in chloride containing environments.
Duplex alloys have good weldability, but the welding procedure should be adapted to the base material
considering fluidity, joint design, heat input, etc.
EN ISO 14343-A
G 22 9 3 N L
Base materials
1.4847 X8CrNiAlTi20-20, 1.4849 GX40NiCrSiNb38-18, 1.4958 X5NiCrAlTi31-20, 1.4859 – GX10NiCrNb32-20 /
GX10NiCrNb38-18, 1.4861 X10NiCr32-20, 1.4864 X12NiCrSi36-16 / X12NiCrSi 35-16, 1.4865 GX40NiCrSi38-18,
1.4876 – X10NiCrAlTi32-20 / X10NiCrAlTi32-21
UNS N08810
AISI 330, 334
Alloy 800, 800H, 800HT
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.12
Si
0.2
Mn
4.8
Cr
21.8
Ni
32.5
Yield strength Rp0.2
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
MPa
u
≥ 400
≥ 600
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
1.4462 X2CrNiMoN22-5-3, 1.4362 X2CrNiN23-4, 1.4162 X2CrNiMoN21-5-1
UNS S32205, S31803, S32304, S32101
2205, 2304, LDX 2101®, SAF 2205, SAF 2304
Typical analysis of the solid wire
Current A
110 – 140
160 – 220
200 – 260
Si
0.5
Mn
1.6
Cr
22.8
Ni
8.5
Mo
3.1
N
0.17
PREN
> 35
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
≥ 17
≥ 50
Condition
Yield strength Tensile
Elongation A
Impact work ISO-V KV J
Rp0.2
strength Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
-50°C
u
560 (≥ 450)
780 (≥ 550)
30 (≥ 20)
150
100
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 1.8% CO2 + 0.03% NO
FN
50
Hardness
Brinell
230
Operating data
Dimension mm
0.8 short arc
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
1.6 spray arc
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
C
0.02
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
wt.-%
Nb
1.2
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER2209
Voltage V
19 – 22
25 – 29
26 – 30
Current A
60 – 100
90 – 120
180 – 220
200 – 240
250 – 330
Voltage V
18 – 20
19 – 21
27 – 30
28 – 31
29 – 32
Suggested heat input is max.1.5 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Welding with stringer bead technique or limited weaving motion advisable.
Creep rupture properties according to matching heat resistant parent metals.
If needed, a stabilizing heat treatment can be performed at 875°C for 3 h followed by air cooling.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + 2.5% CO2. Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Suggested heat input is 0.5 – 2.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1100 –
1150°C followed by water quenching.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: 1. Ar + 30% He + 2% CO2, 2. Ar + 2% O2 or Ar + 2 – 3% CO2. The addition of helium increases the
energy of the arc. Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min (somewhat higher with helium).
Approvals
Approvals
-
TÜV (19156), DNV GL, DB (43.132.71), CE
422
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
423
MIG/MAG
MIG/MAG
EN ISO 14343-A
G Z 21 33 Mn Nb
Thermanit 22/09
BÖHLER FF-IG
Solid wire, high-alloyed, duplex stainless
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, heat resistant
MIG/MAG
EN ISO 14343-A
G 22 9 3 N L
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER2209
EN ISO 14343-A
G 22 12 H
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER309 (mod.)
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G 22 9 3 N L / ER2209 type. Resistant to intercrystalline corrosion and wet corrosion up to 250°C.
Good resistance to stress corrosion cracking in chlorine and hydrogen sulfide-bearing environment. High Cr and
Mo-contents provide resistance to pitting corrosion. For joining and surfacing work with matching and similar
austenitics steels and cast steel grades. Attention must be paid to embrittlement susceptibility of the parent
metal.
Solid wire of G 22 12 H / ER309 (mod.) type for analogous, heat resisting rolled, forged and cast steels as well
as for heat resisting, ferritic CrSiAl-steels, e.g. in annealing shops, hardening shops, steam boiler construction,
the crude oil industry and the ceramics industry. Austenitic deposited with a ferrite content of approximately 8%.
Preferably used for applications involving the attack of oxidizing gases. Scaling resistance up to 1000°C.
Base materials
Austenitic 1.4826 GX40CrNiSi22-10, 1.4828 X15CrNiSi20-12, 1.4833 – X12CrNi23-13
Ferritic-pearlitic 1.4710 GX30CrSi7, 1.4713 – X10CrAlSi7, 1.4724 X10CrAlSi13, 1.4740 GX40CrSi17, 1.4742
X10CrAlSi18
AISI 305, ASTM A297HF
1.4462 X2CrNiMoN22-5-3, 1.4362 X2CrNiN23-4, 1.4162 X2CrNiMoN21-5-1
UNS S32205, S31803, S32304, S32101
2205, 2304, LDX 2101®, SAF 2205, SAF 2304
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.025
Si
0.5
Mn
1.6
Typical analysis of the solid wire
Cr
23
Ni
9.0
Mo
3.0
N
0.14
wt.-%
Yield strength
Yield strength
Rp0.2
Rp1.0
MPa
MPa
u
510
550
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
700
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
25
C
0.1
Si
1.1
Mn
1.6
Cr
22.5
Ni
11.5
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
Impact work
ISO-V KV J
20°C
70
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
MPa
u
480 (≥ 350)
620 (≥ 550)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
34 (≥ 25)
110
Operating data
Operating data
Dimension mm
0.8 short arc
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
Current A
60 – 100
90 – 120
180 – 220
200 – 240
Dimension mm
0.8 short arc
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
Voltage V
18 – 20
19 – 21
27 – 30
28 – 31
Suggested heat input is 0.5 – 2.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1100 –
1150°C followed by water quenching.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + 2% O2 or Ar + 2 – 3% CO2. Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Approvals
Current A
60 – 100
110 – 140
160 – 220
200 – 260
Voltage V
18 – 20
20 – 22
25 – 29
27 – 30
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Preheating and interpass temperatures for ferritic steels 200 – 300°C.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + max. 2.5% CO2. Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV
TÜV (03342), DB (43.132.36), DNV GL, CE
424
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
425
MIG/MAG
Classifications
Thermanit D
Thermanit 20/16 SM
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, heat resistant
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Classifications
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER309 (mod.)
EN ISO 14343-A
G Z 22 17 8 4 N L
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G 22 12 H / ER309 (mod.) type for joining and surfacing applications with matching/similar heat
resistant steels and cast steel grades.
Max. application temperature in air and oxidizing combustion gases: Sulphur-free atmosphere 950°C,
max. 2 g S/Nm3 930°C and over 2 g S/Nm3 850°C.
Max. application temperature in reducing combustion gases: Sulphur-free atmosphere 900°C, max. 2 g S/Nm3
850°C.
Solid wire of G Z 22 17 8 4 N L type. Non-magnetic for welding and cladding of non-magnetic CrNiMo(Mn,N)steels and castings. Resistant to saltwater and ductile at low temperatures. High resistance to intercrystalline
corrosion and wet corrosion up to 350°C.
Base materials
Base materials
1.3948 X4CrNiMnMoN19-13-8, 1.3951 X2CrNiMoN22-15, 1.3952 X2CrNiMoN18-14-3, 1.3957
X2CrNiMoNbN21-15, 1.3964 X2CrNiMnMoNNb21-16-5-3, 1.4569 GX2CrNiMoNbN21-15-4-3, 1.5662 X8X9
UNS S20910
Austenitic 1.4826 GX40CrNiSi22-10, 1.4828 X15CrNiSi20-12, 1.4833 – X12CrNi23-13
Ferritic-pearlitic 1.4710 GX30CrSi7, 1.4713 – X10CrAlSi7, 1.4724 X10CrAlSi13, 1.4740 GX40CrSi17, 1.4742
X10CrAlSi18
AISI 305, ASTM A297HF
Typical analysis of the solid wire
Typical analysis of the solid wire
Condition
wt.-%
C
0.11
Si
1.2
Mn
1.2
Cr
22
Ni
11.0
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
MPa
u
350
550
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
30
70
Operating data
Dimension mm
0.8 short arc
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
Current A
60 – 100
110 – 140
160 – 220
200 – 260
Voltage V
18 – 20
20 – 22
25 – 29
27 – 30
Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Annealing according to heat resistant Cr-steels not necessary if the service temperature is the same or higher.
Creep rupture properties according to matching high temperature steels and alloys.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + 2% O2 (M12) or Ar + 2 – 3% CO2 (M13). Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.7
Mn
7.3
Cr
22.2
Ni
18.0
Mo
3.6
MIG/MAG
MIG/MAG
EN ISO 14343-A
G 22 12 H
N
0.24
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Yield strength Rp0.2
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
MPa
u
430
640
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
30
70
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
Current A
110 – 140
160 – 220
200 – 260
Voltage V
20 – 22
25 – 29
27 – 30
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Preheating and post-weld heat treatment generally not needed.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + 15% He + 2% CO2. Gas flow: 14 – 18 l/min.
Approvals
WIWEB, DNV GL, CE
Approvals
-
426
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
427
Avesta LDX 2101
Avesta 2304
Solid wire, high-alloyed, lean duplex stainless
Solid wire, high-alloyed, lean duplex stainless
MIG/MAG
EN ISO 14343-A
G 23 7 N L
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER2307
EN ISO 14343-A
G 23 7 N L
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER2307
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G 23 7 N L / ER2307 type for welding the lean duplex stainless steel LDX 2101® (1.4162 / UNS
S32101) and similar alloys. The combination of excellent strength and better resistance to pitting corrosion,
crevice corrosion and stress corrosion cracking than 1.4301 / 304 makes this alloy suitable for construction
of i.e. storage tanks, containers, heat exchangers and pressure vessels. Typical applications are within civil
engineering, transportation, desalination, water treatment, pulp & paper, etc. The welding can be performed using
short, spray or pulsed arc. Welding using pulsed arc provides good results in both horizontal and vertical-up
positions. Over-alloyed with nickel to promote weld metal austenite formation and designed to result in weld
metal ferrite levels of 35 – 65%.
Duplex alloys have good weldability, but the welding procedure should be adapted to the base material
considering fluidity, joint design, heat input, etc.
Solid wire of G 23 7 N L / ER2307 type for welding the lean duplex grade 2304 (1.4362 / UNS S32304) and
similar materials. Provides a ferritic-austenitic weldment that combines many of the good properties of both
ferritic and austenitic stainless steels. Avesta 2304 has a low content of molybdenum, which makes it well suited
for nitric acid environments. The welding can be performed using short, spray or pulsed arc. Welding using pulsed
arc provides good results in both horizontal and vertical-up positions. Over-alloyed with nickel to promote weld
metal austenite formation and designed to result in weld metal ferrite levels of 35 – 55%. Very good resistance to
pitting corrosion and stress corrosion cracking in nitric acid environments.
Duplex alloys have good weldability, but the welding procedure should be adapted to the base material
considering fluidity, joint design, heat input, etc.
Base materials
1.4362 X2CrNiN23-4, 1.4162 X2CrMnNiN21-5-1, 1.4482 X2CrMnNiMoN21-5-3
UNS S32304, S32101, S32001
SAF 2304, LDX 2101®, 2001
ASME SA 240, ASME SA 790, ASME Code Case 2418 and similar alloys.
1.4162 X2CrMnNiN21-5-1, 1.4362 X2CrNiN23-4, 1.4482 X2CrMnNiMoN21-5-3
UNS S32101, S32001, S32304
LDX 2101®, SAF 2304, 2001
ASME SA 240, ASME SA 790, ASME Code Case 2418 and similar alloys.
Typical analysis of the solid wire
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.5
Mn
0.8
Cr
23.2
Ni
7.3
Mo
< 0.5
N
0.14
PREN
> 26
FN
45
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Tensile
Elongation A
Impact work ISO-V KV J
Rp0.2
strength Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
-40°C
u
520 (≥ 450)
710 (≥ 550)
30 (≥ 20)
150
110
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 1.8% CO2 + 0.03% NO
Current A
60 – 100
90 – 120
180 – 220
200 – 240
250 – 330
240
Voltage V
18 – 20
19 – 21
27 – 30
28 – 31
29 – 32
Suggested heat input is 0.5 – 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1020 –
1080°C followed by water quenching.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: 1. Ar + 30% He + 2% CO2, 2. Ar + 2% O2 or Ar + 2 – 3% CO2. The addition of helium increases the
energy of the arc. Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min (somewhat higher with helium).
Approvals
C
0.02
Si
0.4
Mn
0.5
Cr
23.5
Ni
7.0
Mo
< 0.5
N
0.14
PREN
> 26
FN
45
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Yield strength Tensile
Elongation A
Impact work ISO-V KV J
Rp0.2
strength Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
-40°C
u
520 (≥ 450)
710 (≥ 550)
30 (≥ 20)
150
110
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 1.8% CO2 + 0.03% NO
Hardness
Brinell
240
Operating data
Dimension mm
0.8 short arc
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
1.6 spray arc
Current A
60 – 100
90 – 120
180 – 220
200 – 240
250 – 330
Voltage V
18 – 20
19 – 21
27 – 30
28 – 31
29 – 32
Suggested heat input is 0.5 – 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1020 –
1080°C followed by water quenching.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: 1. Ar + 30% He + 2% CO2, 2. Ar + 2% O2 or Ar + 2 – 3% CO2. The addition of helium increases the
energy of the arc. Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min (somewhat higher with helium).
Approvals
-
-
428
wt.-%
Condition
Hardness
Brinell
Operating data
Dimension mm
0.8 short arc
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
1.6 spray arc
Base materials
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
429
MIG/MAG
Classifications
Avesta 309L-Si
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, special applications
EN ISO 14343-A
G 23 12 L Si
Operating data
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER309LSi
Dimension mm
0.8 short arc
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
1.6 spray arc
Characteristics and typical fields of application
MIG/MAG
Solid wire of G 23 12 L Si / ER309LSi type for joining and surfacing applications. Designed for dissimilar welding
between mild steel and stainless steels and surfacing of low-alloyed steels, offering a ductile and crack resistant
weldment. The chemical composition when surfacing is equivalent to that of 304 from the first run. One or two
layers of 309L are usually combined with a final layer of 308L, 316L or 347. The resulting microstructure is
austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite. The corrosion resistance is superior to type 308L already in the first clad layer.
Base materials
Primarily used for surfacing (buffer layer) unalloyed or low-alloyed steels and when joining non-molybdenumalloyed stainless and carbon steels.
Joints and mixed joints between austenitic steels such as
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4308 GX5CrNi19-10, 1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404
X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4408 GX5CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4541
X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4552 GX5CrNiNb19-11, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4580
X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4581 GX5CrNiMoNb19-11-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12, 1.4948 X6CrNi18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30809, S31600, S31603, S31635, S32100, S34700, S31640
AISI 304, 304L, 316, 316L, 316Ti, 321, 347
or mixed joints between austenitic and heat resistant steels such as
1.4713 X10CrAlSi7, 1.4724 X10CrAlSi13, 1.4742 X10CrAlSi18, 1.4826 GX40CrNiSi22-10, 1.4828
X15CrNiSi20-12, 1.4832 GX25CrNiSi20-14, 1.4837 GX40CrNiSi25-12
with ferritic steels to pressure boiler steels P295GH and fine grained structural steels to P355N, ship building
steel grades A – E, AH 32 – EH 36, A40 – F40, etc.
Current A
60 – 100
110 – 140
160 – 220
200 – 260
250 – 330
Voltage V
18 – 20
20 – 22
25 – 29
27 – 30
29 – 32
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. For constructions that include low-alloyed steels in mixed
joints, a stress-relieving annealing stage may be advisable. However, this type of alloy may be susceptible to
embrittlement-inducing precipitation in the temperature range 550 – 950°C. Always consult the supplier of the
parent metal or seek other expert advice to ensure that the correct heat treatment process is carried out.
Suggested heat input max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + 2% O2 or Ar + 2 – 3% CO2. Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (19155), DB (43.123.65), CE
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.8
Mn
1.8
Cr
23.2
Ni
13.8
FN
9
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Tensile
Elongation A
Impact work ISO-V KV J
Rp0.2
strength Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
-40°C
u
400 (≥ 320)
600 (≥ 510)
32 (≥ 25)
110
100
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 1.8% CO2 + 0.03% NO
430
Hardness
Brinell
200
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
431
MIG/MAG
Classifications
BÖHLER CN 23/12-IG (Si)
Thermanit 25/14 E-309L Si
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, special applications
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, special applications
Classifications
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER309LSi
EN ISO 14343-A
G 23 12 L Si
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
E309LSi
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G 23 12 L Si / ER309LSi type for joining unalloyed and low-alloyed steels and cast steel grades
or stainless heat resistant Cr-steels and cast steel grades to austenitic steels. Well-suited for depositing
intermediate layers when welding cladded materials. Favorably high Cr and Ni contents, low C content. For
depositing intermediate layers when welding the side of plates clad with low-carbon unstabilized or stabilized
austenitic CrNiMo(N) austenitic metals. Application temperature max. 300°C.
Solid wire of G 23 12 L Si / ER309LSi type. Resistant to wet corrosion up to 350°C. Well-suited for depositing
intermediate layers when welding clad materials. Favorably high Cr and Ni-contents, low C-content. For joining
unalloyed and low-alloyed steels or stainless heat resistant Cr-steels and cast steel grades to austenitic steels
and cast steel grades. For depositing intermediate layers when welding the side of plates clad with low-carbon
unstabilized and stabilized austenitic CrNi(MoN)-austenitic metals.
Base materials
Base materials
Primarily used for surfacing (buffer layer) unalloyed or low-alloyed steels and when joining non-molybdenumalloyed stainless and carbon steels.
Joints and mixed joints between austenitic steels such as
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4308 GX5CrNi19-10, 1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404
X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4408 GX5CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4541
X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4552 GX5CrNiNb19-11, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4580
X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4581 GX5CrNiMoNb19-11-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12, 1.4948 X6CrNi18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30809, S31600, S31603, S31635, S32100, S34700, S31640
AISI 304, 304L, 316, 316L, 316Ti, 321, 347
or mixed joints between austenitic and heat resistant steels such as
1.4713 X10CrAlSi7, 1.4724 X10CrAlSi13, 1.4742 X10CrAlSi18, 1.4826 GX40CrNiSi22-10, 1.4828
X15CrNiSi20-12, 1.4832 GX25CrNiSi20-14, 1.4837 GX40CrNiSi25-12
with ferritic steels to pressure boiler steels P295GH and fine grained structural steels to P355N, ship building
steel grades A – E, AH 32 – EH 36, A40 – F40, etc.
Primarily used for surfacing (buffer layer) unalloyed or low-alloyed steels and when joining non-molybdenumalloyed stainless and carbon steels.
Joints and mixed joints between austenitic steels such as
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4308 GX5CrNi19-10, 1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404
X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4408 GX5CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4541
X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4552 GX5CrNiNb19-11, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4580
X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4581 GX5CrNiMoNb19-11-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12, 1.4948 X6CrNi18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30809, S31600, S31603, S31635, S32100, S34700, S31640
AISI 304, 304L, 316, 316L, 316Ti, 321, 347
or mixed joints between austenitic and heat resistant steels such as
1.4713 X10CrAlSi7, 1.4724 X10CrAlSi13, 1.4742 X10CrAlSi18, 1.4826 GX40CrNiSi22-10, 1.4828
X15CrNiSi20-12, 1.4832 GX25CrNiSi20-14, 1.4837 GX40CrNiSi25-12
with ferritic steels to pressure boiler steels P295GH and fine grained structural steels to P355N, ship building
steel grades A – E, AH 32 – EH 36, A40 – F40, etc.
Typical analysis of the solid wire
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.9
Mn
2.0
Cr
24
Ni
13.0
wt.-%
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Yield strength
Rp0.2
Rp1.0
MPa
MPa
u
400
430
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
550
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
30
C
0.03
Si
0.9
Mn
2.0
Cr
24.0
Ni
13.0
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Impact work
ISO-V KV J
20°C
55
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
MPa
u
400
550
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work ISO-V
KV J
%
20°C
30
55
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
1.6 spray arc
Current A
110 – 140
160 – 220
200 – 260
250 – 330
Voltage V
20 – 22
25 – 29
27 – 30
29 – 32
Preheating and interpass temperature as required by the base metal.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + 2% O2 (M12) or Ar + 2 – 3% CO2 (M13). Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Approvals
-
432
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
433
MIG/MAG
MIG/MAG
EN ISO 14343-A
G 23 12 L Si
BÖHLER CN 23/12 Mo-IG
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, special applications
Classifications
MIG/MAG
Dimension mm
0.8 short arc
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
1.6 spray arc
Current A
60 – 100
110 – 140
160 – 220
200 – 260
250 – 330
Voltage V
18 – 20
20 – 22
25 – 29
27 – 30
29 – 32
Preheating and interpass temperature as required by the base metal.
In case of post-weld heat treatment of dissimilar joints, attention must be paid to resistance to intercrystalline
corrosion and to susceptibility of the austenitic metal side to embrittlement. For dissimilar joining with unalloyed
or low-alloyed steels, no post-weld heat treatment should be performed above 300°C due to the risk of carbide
precipitation in the weld fusion zone causing loss of toughness.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + 2% O2 (M12) or Ar + 2 – 3% CO2 (M13). Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (12312), DNV GL
EN ISO 14343-A
G 23 12 2 L
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER309LMo
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G 23 12 L Mo / ER309LMo type for surfacing low-alloyed steels and welding dissimilar joints
between duplex and stainless steels with low-alloyed steels. When used for surfacing the composition is more or
less equal to that of 1.4401 / 316 from the first run. Designed for very good welding and wetting characteristics
and ensuring a high resistance against cracking. Suitable for service temperatures between –40°C and 300°C.
The corrosion resistance is superior to that of 316L even in the first layer of cladding.
Base materials
Joints and mixed joints between austenitic stainless steels such as
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4308 GX5CrNi19-10, 1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404
X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4408 GX5CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4541
X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4552 GX5CrNiNb19-11, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4580
X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4581 GX5CrNiMoNb19-11-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12, 1.4948 X6CrNi18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30809, S31600, S31603, S31635, S32100, S34700, S31640, S31653
AISI 304, 304L, 304LN, 302, 321, 347, 316, 316L, 316Ti, 316Cb
or duplex stainless steels such as
1.4162 X2CrNiMoN21-5-1, 1.4362 X2CrNiN23-4, 1.4462 X2CrNiMoN22-5-3
UNS S32101, S32304, S31803, S32205
LDX 2101®, SAF 2304, SAF 2205
or mixed joints between austenitic and heat resistant steels
1.4713 X10CrAlSi7, 1.4724 X10CrAlSi13, 1.4742 X10CrAlSi18, 1.4826 GX40CrNiSi22-10, 1.4828
X15CrNiSi20-12, 1.4832 GX25CrNiSi20-14, 1.4837 GX40CrNiSi25-12
with ferritic steels to pressure boiler steels P295GH and also fine grained structural steels to P355N, shipbuilding
steels grade A – E, AH 32 – EH 36, A40 – F40, etc.
Dissimilar joint welds – overlay welding the first corrosion resistant surface layer on P235GH, P265GH, S255N,
P295GH, S355N – S500N
and high-temperature quenched and tempered fine-grained steels.
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.014
Si
0.35
Mn
1.5
Cr
21.5
Ni
15.0
Mo
2.8
FN
8
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
470 (≥ 350)
640 (≥ 550)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
434
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
34 (≥ 25)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
140 (≥ 47)
-40°C
90 (≥ 32)
435
MIG/MAG
Operating data
BÖHLER FA-IG
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, heat resistant
Classifications
MIG/MAG
Dimension mm
1.2 spray arc
Current A
200 – 260
Voltage V
26 – 30
Preheating and interpass temperature as required by the base metal and should not exceed 150°C. Suggested
heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
For constructions that include low-alloyed steels in mixed joints, a stress-relieving annealing stage may
be advisable. However, this type of alloy may be susceptible to embrittlement-inducing precipitation in the
temperature range 550 – 950°C. Always consult the supplier of the parent metal or seek other expert advice to
ensure that the correct heat treatment process is carried out.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + max. 2.5% CO2, Ar + max. 1% O2. Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Approvals
EN ISO 14343-A
G 25 4
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G 25 4 type for welding of heat resisting, matching or similar Mo-free 25Cr(Ni)-steels and cast steel
grades. For parent metals susceptible to embrittlement, interpass temperature must not be allowed to exceed
300°C. The low Ni-content renders this filler metal especially recommendable for applications involving the attack
of sulfurous oxidizing or reducing combustion gases. Scaling resistant up to 1100°C.
Base materials
1.4347 GX8CrCrNiN26-7, 1.4340 GX49CrNi27-4, 1.4745 GX40CrSi23, 1.4746 X8CrTi25, 1.4762 X10CrAlSi25,
1.4776 GX40CrSi29, 1.4821 X15CrNiSi25-4, 1.4822 GX40CrNi24-5, 1.4823 GX40CrNiSi27-4
AISI 327, ASTM A297HC
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
-
C
0.07
Si
0.8
Mn
1.2
Cr
25.7
Ni
4.5
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
MPa
u
520 (≥ 450)
690 (≥ 650)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
20 (≥ 15)
50
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
1.6 spray arc
Current A
180 – 240
19 – 250
250 – 330
Voltage V
25 – 29
26 – 30
29 – 32
Preheating and interpass temperature as required by the base metal.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + max. 2.5% CO2. Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Approvals
-
436
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
437
MIG/MAG
Operating data
Thermanit L
Avesta 2507/P100
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, heat resistant
Solid wire, high-alloyed, superduplex stainless
Classifications
Classifications
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G 25 4 type for welding of heat resisting, matching or similar Mo-free 25Cr(Ni)-steels and cast steel
grades. For parent metals susceptible to embrittlement, interpass temperature must not be allowed to exceed
300°C. Resistant to scaling in air and oxidizing combustion gases up to 1150°C. Good resistance in sulfurous
combustion gases at elevated temperatures.
Solid wire of G 25 9 4 N L / ER2594 type for welding superduplex steel and equivalent steel grades such as
1.4410 / UNS S32570, 1.4507 / UNS S32550 and 1.4501 / UNS S32760. Welding can be performed using short,
spray or pulsed arc. Welding using pulsed arc provides good results in both horizontal and vertical-up positions.
The best flexibility is achieved by using pulsed arc and Ø 1.2 mm wire. Welding using pure argon will result in a
weld metal free from porosity, but at the cost of arc stability. Mixtures with O2 or CO2 increase the arc stability,
but may result in some porosity.
Duplex alloys have good weldability, but the welding procedure should be adapted to the base material
considering fluidity, joint design, heat input, etc.
EN ISO 14343-A
G 25 9 4 N L
MIG/MAG
Base materials
1.4347 GX8CrCrNiN26-7, 1.4340 GX49CrNi27-4, 1.4745 GX40CrSi23, 1.4746 X8CrTi25, 1.4762 X10CrAlSi25,
1.4776 GX40CrSi29, 1.4821 X15CrNiSi25-4, 1.4822 GX40CrNi24-5, 1.4823 GX40CrNiSi27-4
AISI 327, ASTM A297HC
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.06
Si
0.8
Mn
0.8
Cr
26
Ni
5.0
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
MPa
u
≥ 500
≥ 650
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Hardness Brinell
%
≥ 20
180
Base materials
1.4410 X2CrNiMoN25-7-4, 1.4467 X2CrMnNiMoN 26-5-4, 1.4468, GX2 CrNiMoN 25-6-3, 1.4501
X2CrNiMoCuWN25-7-4, 1.4507 X2CrNiMoCuN 25-6-3, 1.4515 GX2CrNiMoCuN 26-6-3, 1.4517 GX2CrNiMoCuN
25-6-3-3
UNS S32750, S32760, J93380, S32520, S32550, S39274, S32950
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
Operating data
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER2594
C
0.015
Si
0.35
Mn
0.5
Cr
25
Ni
9.5
Mo
4.0
N
0.25
PREN
> 41.5
FN
50
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Dimension mm
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
1.6 spray arc
Current A
180 – 240
19 – 250
250 – 330
Voltage V
25 – 29
26 – 30
29 – 32
Preheating and interpass temperatures 200 – 400°C, depending on the relevant base metal and material
thickness.
Scaling resistant up to 1100°C.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + 2% O2 (M12) or Ar + 2 – 3% CO2 (M13). Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Approvals
Condition
Yield strength Tensile
Elongation A
Impact work ISO-V KV J
Rp0.2
strength Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
-50°C
u
570 (≥ 550)
830 (≥ 620)
29 (≥ 18)
100
140
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 1.8% CO2 + 0.03% NO
Hardness
Brinell
280
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
Current A
90 – 120
180 – 220
200 – 240
Voltage V
19 – 21
27 – 30
28 – 31
Suggested heat input is 0.3 – 1.5 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at
1100 – 1150°C followed by water quenching.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: 1. Ar, 2. Ar + 30% He + 0.05 – 1% CO2, 3. Ar + 2% O2 or Ar + 2 – 3% CO2.
Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min (somewhat higher with helium).
-
Approvals
-
438
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
439
MIG/MAG
EN ISO 14343-A
G 25 4
Thermanit 25/09 CuT
Avesta 2507/P100Cu/W
Solid wire, high-alloyed, superduplex stainless
Solid wire, high-alloyed, superduplex stainless
EN ISO 14343-A
G 25 9 4 N L
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER2595
EN ISO 14343-A
G 25 9 4 N L
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G 25 9 4 N L / ER2594 type designed for welding superduplex alloys such as 1.4410 / UNS S32570,
1.4507 / UNS S32550 and 1.4501 / UNS S32760. Resistant to intercrystalline corrosion. Very good resistance to
pitting corrosion and stress corrosion cracking due to the high CrMo(N)-content (pitting index ≥ 40). Well-suited
for the conditions in the offshore field. Application temperature is –50°C up to 220°C.
Solid wire of G 25 9 4 N L / ER2595 type for welding superduplex steel and equivalent steel grades such as
1.4410 / UNS S32570, 1.4507 / UNS S32550 and 1.4501 / UNS S32760. Welding can be performed using short,
spray or pulsed arc. Welding using pulsed arc provides good results in both horizontal and vertical-up positions.
The best flexibility is achieved by using pulsed arc and Ø 1.2 mm wire. Welding using pure argon will result in a
weld metal free from porosity, but at the cost of arc stability. Mixtures with O2 or CO2 increase the arc stability,
but may result in some porosity.
Duplex alloys have good weldability, but the welding procedure should be adapted to the base material
considering fluidity, joint design, heat input, etc.
Base materials
MIG/MAG
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER2595
1.4410 X2CrNiMoN25-7-4, 1.4467 X2CrMnNiMoN 26-5-4, 1.4468, GX2 CrNiMoN 25-6-3, 1.4501
X2CrNiMoCuWN25-7-4, 1.4507 X2CrNiMoCuN 25-6-3, 1.4515 GX2CrNiMoCuN 26-6-3, 1.4517 GX2CrNiMoCuN
25-6-3-3
UNS S32750, S32760, J93380, S32520, S32550, S39274, S32950
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.35
Mn
0.9
Cr
25.5
Ni
9.5
Mo
3.8
W
0.6
N
0.22
Cu
0.6
PREN
> 41.5
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Yield strength Tensile
Rp0.2
Rp1.0
strength Rm
MPa
MPa
MPa
u
600 (≥ 550)
700
830 (≥ 620)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
27 (≥ 18)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
140
-50°C
100
Current A
90 – 120
180 – 220
200 – 240
1.4410 X2CrNiMoN25-7-4, 1.4467 X2CrMnNiMoN 26-5-4, 1.4468, GX2 CrNiMoN 25-6-3, 1.4501
X2CrNiMoCuWN25-7-4, 1.4507 X2CrNiMoCuN 25-6-3, 1.4515 GX2CrNiMoCuN 26-6-3, 1.4517 GX2CrNiMoCuN
25-6-3-3
UNS S32750, S32760, J93380, S32520, S32550, S39274, S32950
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.35
Mn
0.9
Cr
25.5
Ni
9.5
Mo
3.8
W
0.6
N
0.22
Cu
0.5
Voltage V
19 – 21
27 – 30
28 – 31
Suggested heat input is 0.3 – 1.5 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at
1100 – 1150°C followed by water quenching.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: 1. Ar, 2. Ar + 0.05 – 1% CO2. Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Approvals
-
PREN
> 41.5
FN
45
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
Base materials
Yield strength Tensile
Elongation A
Impact work ISO-V KV J
Rp0.2
strength Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
-50°C
u
600 (≥ 550)
830 (≥ 620)
27 (≥ 18)
140
100
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 1.8% CO2 + 0.03% NO
Hardness
Brinell
280
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
Current A
90 – 120
180 – 220
200 – 240
Voltage V
19 – 21
27 – 30
28 – 31
Suggested heat input is 0.3 – 1.5 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at
1100 – 1150°C followed by water quenching.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: 1. Ar, 2. Ar + 30% He + 0.05 – 1% CO2, 3. Ar + 2% O2 or Ar + 2 – 3% CO2.
Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min (somewhat higher with helium).
Approvals
TÜV (18949), CE
440
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
441
MIG/MAG
Classifications
Thermanit 310
BÖHLER FFB-IG
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, heat resistant
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, heat resistant
MIG/MAG
EN ISO 14343-A
G 25 20
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER310
EN ISO 14343-A
G 25 20 Mn
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER310 (mod.)
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G 25 20 / ER310 type for joining and surfacing of matching / similar heat resistant steels / cast
steel grades. For tough fill layers beneath cap passes made with BÖHLER FA-IG / FOX FA when welding thicker
cross-sections of Cr-steels and cast steel grades to permit use of such steels in sulfurous atmospheres. Resistant
to scaling up to 1150°C.
Max. application temperature in air and oxidizing combustion gases: Sulfur-free 1150°C | max. 2 g S / Nm³
1100°C
Max. application temperature in reducing combustion gases: Sulfur-free 1080°C | max. 2 g S / Nm³ 1040°C.
Solid wire of G 25 20 Mn / ER310 (mod.) type for joining and surfacing of matching / similar heat resisting, rolled,
forged and cast steels, e.g. in annealing shops, hardening shops, steam boiler construction, crude oil industry and
the ceramics industry. Resistant to scaling up to 1150°C. For durable fill layers beneath cap passes made with
BÖHLER FA-IG / FOX FA when welding thicker cross-sections of Cr-steels and cast steel grades to permit use of
such steels in sulfurous atmospheres. The temperature range between 650 – 900°C should be avoided due to the
risk of embrittlement
Base materials
1.4586 X5NiCrMoCuNb22-18, 1.4710 G-X30CrSi6,1.4713 X10CrAl7, 1.4724 X10CrAl13, 1.4740 G-X40CrSi17,
1.4742 X10CrAl18, 1.4762 X10CrAl 25, 1.4826 G-X40CrNiSi22-9, 1.4840 G-X15CrNi25-20, 1.4841
X15CrNiSi25-20, 1.4845 X12CrNi25-21, 1.4828 X15CrNiSi20-12, 1.4837 GX40CrNiSi25-12, 1.4840
GX15CrNi25-20, 1.4846 G-X40CrNi25-21
UNS S31000, S31400, S44600
AISI 305, 310, 314, 446
1.4841 X15CrNiSi25-21, 1.4845 X8CrNi25-21, 1.4846 X40CrNi25-21
UNS S31000, S31400
AISI 310, 310S, 314
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.13
Si
0.4
Mn
1.8
Cr
25.8
Ni
20.8
Typical analysis of the solid wire
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
MPa
u
350
550
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
25
80
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
Current A
180 – 240
19 – 250
Base materials
Voltage V
25 – 29
26 – 30
wt.-%
C
0.13
Si
0.9
Mn
3.2
Cr
24.6
Ni
20.5
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
400 (≥ 350)
620 (≥ 550)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
38 (≥ 20)
20°C
95
-196°C
≥ 32
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
Current A
60 – 100
180 – 240
19 – 250
Suggested heat input is max. 1.0 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Preheating and post-weld heat treatment not necessary.
Scaling temperature approximately 1150°C (air).
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + 2% O2 (M12) or Ar + 2 – 3% CO2 (M13). Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Preheating and interpass temperatures for ferritic steels 200 – 300°C.
Scaling resistant up to 1200°C.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + 2 .5% CO2. Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min
Approvals
Approvals
-
Impact work ISO-V KV J
Voltage V
20 – 22
25 – 29
26 – 30
-
442
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
443
MIG/MAG
Classifications
Thermanit CR
Avesta P54
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, heat resistant
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
EN ISO 14343-A
G Z 25 20 H
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER310 (mod.)
EN ISO 14343-A
26.0Cr-22.0Ni-5.5Mo-0.35N-0.9Cu
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G Z 25 20 H / ER310 (mod.) type for surfacing and joining applications on matching heat resistant
cast steel grades. Resistant to scaling up to 1000°C.
Solid wire of 26.0Cr-22.0Ni-5.5Mo-0.35N-0.9Cu type. Iron-based fully austenitic consumable for welding 6Mo
and 7Mo steels such as 254 SMO® (1.4547 / S31254) and Alloy 24 (1.4565 / S34565). Especially designed for
applications exposed to highly oxidizing chloride containing environments, such as D-stage bleachers in pulp
mills where a nickel-base filler will suffer from transpassive corrosion. Welding of fully austenitic steels should
be performed taking great care to minimize the heat input, interpass temperature and dilution with parent metal.
The parameter box is rather narrow and welding is best performed using a synergic pulsing machine. Superior
corrosion resistance in near neutral chloride dioxide containing environments.
Base materials
MIG/MAG
1.4826 GX40CrNiSi22-9, 1.4837 GX40CrNiSi25-12, 1.4848 GX40CrNiSi25-20
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.45
Si
1
Mn
1.5
Cr
26
Ni
21.8
Base materials
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
MPa
u
400
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
600
Elongation A (L0=5d0)
%
10
Typical analysis of the solid wire
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2 spray arc
1.6 spray arc
Current A
19 – 250
250 – 330
1.4547 X1CrNiMoCuN20-18-7, 1.4565 X2CrNiMnMoNbN25-18-6-4
UNS S31254, S34565
254 SMO®, Alloy 24
Voltage V
26 – 30
29 – 32
Suggested heat input is max. 1.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Creep rupture properties according to matching high temperature steels / alloys.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + 2% O2 (M12) or Ar + 2 – 3% CO2 (M13). Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.2
Mn
5.1
Cr
26
Ni
22.0
Mo
5.5
N
0.35
Cu
0.9
FN
0
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Tensile strength Elongation A
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
u
480
750
35
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 1.8% CO2 + 0.03% NO
Impact work
ISO-V KV J
20°C
90
Hardness Brinell
220
Operating data
Dimension mm
0.8 short arc
1.2 spray arc
Approvals
-
Current A
60 – 100
180 – 220
Voltage V
20 – 22
25 – 29
Suggested heat input is max. 1.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Scaling temperature approximately 1100°C (air).
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + 30% He + 2.5% CO2. Gas flow: 14 – 18 l/min.
Approvals
-
444
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
445
MIG/MAG
Classifications
Thermanit 30/10
Thermanit 690
Solid wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, special applications
Solid wire, high-alloyed, nickel-base
Classifications
Classifications
AWS A5.9 / SFA-5.9
ER312
EN ISO 18274
Ni 6052 (NiCr30Fe9)
AWS A5.14 / SFA-5.14
ERNiCrFe-7
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G 29 9 / ER312 type for joining and surfacing applications with matching / similar steels and cast
steel grades. For fabricating tough joints (one layer) on unalloyed or low-alloyed structural steels of higher
strength on high manganese steel and CrNiMn steels. High resistance to hot cracking, good toughness and
strength properties. The weld metal also work hardens making it suitable for wear resisting build-ups on clutches,
gear wheels, shafts, etc. It is also suitable for repair welding of tools. Application temperature max. 300°C.
Solid wire of G Ni 6052 (NiCr30Fe9) / ERNiCrFe-7 type for joining matching and similar steels, surfacing with lowalloyed and stainless steels. Particularly suited for the conditions in nuclear fabrication. High resistance to stress
corrosion cracking in oxidizing acids and water at high temperatures.
Base materials
For welding of unalloyed steels with limited weldability and low-alloyed steels of higher strength. Used as stressrelieved buffer layer when cladding cold and warm machine tools. For joining of high manganese and CrNiMnsteels, as well as for combinations on steels of different chemical composition or strength.
1.3401 X120Mn12, 1.4006 X10Cr13, 1.4339 GX32CrNi28-10, 1.4340 GX49CrNi27-4, 1.4347 GX8CrCrNiN26-7,
1.4460 X3CrNiMoN27-5-2
UNS S41000, AISI 329, 410.
S235, E295
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.15
Si
0.5
Mn
1.6
Cr
30
Yield strength Rp0.2
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
MPa
u
500
750
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
Current A
170 – 210
200 – 240
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.3
Mn
0.3
Cr
29
Ni
Bal.
Voltage V
24 – 28
25 – 29
Suggested heat input max. 2.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 150°C.
Preheating and interpass temperature as required by the base metal.
Polarity: DC+
Shielding gas: Ar + 2% O2 (M12) or Ar + 2 – 3% CO2 (M13). Gas flow: 12 – 16 l/min.
Mo
0.1
Co
< 0.1
Fe
9.0
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
Tensile strength Rm
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
35
80
Operating data
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
20
27
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
2.4642 NiCr29Fe
UNS N06690
Alloy 690
MPa
MPa
u
350
600
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 30% He + 0.5% CO2
Ni
9.0
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
MIG/MAG
MIG/MAG
EN ISO 14343-A
G 29 9
Dimension mm
1.2 spray arc
Current A
200 – 240
Voltage V
25 – 29
To minimize the risk of hot cracking when welding fully austenitic and nickel-base alloys, heat input and
interpass temperature must be low and there must be as little dilution as possible from the parent metal.
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C. No preheating or post-weld
heat treatment needed for matching alloys.
For MAG welding: Polarity: DC+. Shielding gas: Ar + 30% He + 0.5% CO2 and pulsed arc. Gas flow: 14 – 18 l/min.
For automatic TIG welding: DC-. Shielding gas: Ar. Gas flow 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
-
Approvals
-
446
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
447
Thermanit Nimo C 24
Thermanit Nicro 82
Solid wire, high-alloyed, nickel-base
Solid wire, high-alloyed, nickel-base
MIG/MAG
EN ISO 18274
Ni 6059 (NiCr23Mo16)
Classifications
AWS A5.14 / SFA-5.14
ERNiCrMo-13
EN ISO 18274
Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb)
AWS A5.14 / SFA-5.14
ERNiCr-3
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G Ni 6059 (NiCr23Mo16) / ERNiCrMo-13 type for joining and surfacing with matching and similar
alloys and cast alloys. Suitable for welding 7Mo-steels such as 1.4565 / UNS S34565, 625 and 825; and for
dissimilar welds between stainless and nickel-base alloys to mild steel. The wire is free from niobium, which
increases the ductility of dissimilar joints with nitrogen-alloyed stainless steels. High corrosion resistance in
reducing and, above all, in oxidizing environments. Superior resistance to pitting and crevice corrosion. Meets the
corrosion test requirements per ASTM G48 Methods A and E (80°C). Scaling temperature approximately 1100°C
in air.
Solid wire of G Ni 6082 (NiCr20Mn3Nb) / ERNiCr-3 type for welding of many creep-resistant steels and nickelbase alloys such as Alloy 600. Provides high resistance to cracking and is well-suited for dissimilar welding of
stainless and nickel-base alloys to mild steels. Heat and high temperature resistant – can be used for welding
nickel-base alloys for use in high temperature applications. Can also be used as a buffer layer in many difficultto-weld applications, where the high nickel content will minimize the carbon diffusion from the mild steel into the
stainless material. Good toughness at subzero temperatures as low as –269°C. Service temperature limit is max.
900°C for fully stressed welds. Resistant to scaling up to 1000°C. High resistance to stress corrosion cracking,
but also excellent resistance to intergranular corrosion due to the low carbon content and absence of secondary
phases.
Base materials
2.4602 NiCr21Mo14W, 2.4605 NiCr23Mo16Al, 2.4610 NiMo16Cr16Ti, 2.4819 NiMo16Cr15W
Alloy C-22, Alloy 59, Alloy C-4, Alloy C-276
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.01
Si
0.1
Mn
< 0.5
Cr
23
Ni
Bal.
Mo
16.0
Fe
< 1.5
FN
0
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
Tensile strength Rm
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
u
420
700
40
60
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 30% He + 2% H2 + 0.1% CO2
Base materials
Suitable for high-quality weld joints of nickel-based alloys, joint welding of dissimilar steels and difficult-to-weld
combinations including low-temperature steels up to 5% Ni, high-temperature and creep resistant materials,
scaling resistant, unalloyed and high-alloyed Cr and CrNiMo stainless steels. Dissimilar welding of 1.4583
X10CrNiMoNb18-12 and 1.4539 X2NiCrMoCu25-20 with ferritic pressure vessel boiler steels.
2.4816 NiCr15Fe, 2.4817 LC-NiCr15Fe, 1.4876 X10NiCrAlTi32–21; NiCr15Fe, X8Ni9, 10CrMo9-10; Alloy 600,
600L, 800, 800H; UNS N06600, N07080, N0800, N0810
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.2
Mn
2.8
Cr
19.5
Ni
> 67
Nb
2.5
Fe
< 2.0
FN
0
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
1.6 spray arc
Current A
170 – 210
200 – 240
250 – 660
Voltage V
24 – 28
25 – 29
29 – 32
To minimize the risk of hot cracking when welding fully austenitic and nickel-base alloys, heat input and
interpass temperature must be low and there must be as little dilution as possible from the parent metal.
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C. No preheating for matching
alloys. Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at
1150 – 1200°C followed by water quenching.
For MAG welding: Polarity: DC+. Shielding gas: Ar + 30% He + 2% H2 + 0.1% CO2 and pulsed arc.
Gas flow: 14 – 18 l/min.
For automatic TIG welding: DC-. Shielding gas: Ar. Gas flow 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (06461), CE
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2 Yield strength Rp1.0 Tensile strength Rm Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
MPa
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
u
380
420
620
35
90
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 30% He + 2% H2 + 0.1% CO2
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
1.6 spray arc
Current A
170 – 210
200 – 240
250 – 660
Voltage V
20 – 22
24 – 28
25 – 29
Preheating and post-weld heat treatment of dissimilar welds, heat-resistant Cr-steels and cryogenic Nisteels according to the parent metal. Attention must be paid to resistance to intercrystalline corrosion and
embrittlement in case of austenitic stainless steels. To minimize the risk of hot cracking when welding fully
austenitic and nickel-base alloys, heat input and interpass temperature must be low and there must be as little
dilution as possible from the parent metal. Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature
max. 100°C.
For MAG welding: Polarity: DC+. Shielding gas: Ar + 30% He + 2% H2 + 0.1% CO2 and pulsed arc.
Gas flow: 14 – 18 l/min.
For automatic TIG welding: DC-. Shielding gas: Ar. Gas flow 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (03089), DNV GL, CE
448
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
449
MIG/MAG
Classifications
Thermanit 617
Thermanit 625
Solid wire, high-alloyed, nickel-base
Solid wire, high-alloyed, nickel-base
EN ISO 18274
Ni 6617 (NiCr22Co12Mo9)
Classifications
AWS A5.14 / SFA-5.14
ERNiCrCoMo-1
EN ISO 18274
Ni 6625 (NiCr22Mo9Nb)
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G Ni 6617 (NiCr22Co12Mo9) / ERNiCrCoMo-1 type for joining and surfacing applications with
matching and similar heat resistant steels and alloys. Resistant to scaling up to 1100°C, high temperature
resistant up to 1000°C. High resistance to hot gases in oxidizing and carburizing atmospheres.
Solid wire of G Ni 6625 (NiCr22Mo9Nb) / ERNiCrMo-3 type for joining and surfacing work with matching /
similar corrosion resistant materials as well as with matching and similar heat resistant alloys. For joining and
surfacing work on cryogenic austenitic CrNi(N)-steels and cast steel grades and on cryogenic Ni-steels suitable
for quenching and tempering. High resistance to corrosive environment. Resistant to stress corrosion cracking.
Resistant to scaling up to 1000°C. Service temperature limit max. 500°C in sulfurous atmospheres, otherwise
heat resistant up to 900°C. Good toughness at subzero temperatures as low as –196°C. Excellent resistance to
general, pitting and intercrystalline corrosion in chloride containing environments.
Base materials
MIG/MAG
AWS A5.14 / SFA-5.14
ERNiCrMo-3
1.4558 X2NiCrAlTi32-20, 1.4859 GX10NiCrNb38-18 / GX10NiCrNb32-20, 1.4861 X10NiCr32-20, 1.4876
X10NiCrAlTi32-20 / X10NiCrAlTi 32-21, 1.4877 X6NiCrNbCe32-27, 1.4959 X8NiCrAlTi32-21, 2.4663
NiCr23Co12Mo, 2.4851 NiCr23Fe
UNS N08810, Alloy 800, 800H, 800HT
AC66
Base materials
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.05
Si
0.1
Mn
0.1
Cr
21.5
Ni
Bal.
Mo
9.0
Co
11.0
Ti
0.3
Fe
0.5
Al
1.3
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
MPa
u
400
700
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 30% He + 0.5% CO2
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work ISO-V
KV J
%
20°C
40
100
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
Current A
170 – 210
200 – 240
Voltage V
24 – 28
25 – 29
To minimize the risk of hot cracking when welding fully austenitic and nickel-base alloys, heat input and
interpass temperature must be low and there must be as little dilution as possible from the parent metal.
Suggested heat input is max. 1.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at
1150°C.
For MAG welding: Polarity: DC+. Shielding gas: Ar + 30% He + 2% H2 + 0.1% CO2 and pulsed arc.
Gas flow: 14 – 18 l/min.
For automatic TIG welding: DC-. Shielding gas: Ar. Gas flow 4 – 8 l/min.
Suitable for high-quality weld joints of nickel-based alloys, joint welding of dissimilar steels and difficult-to-weld
combinations including low-temperature steels up to 9% Ni, high-temperature and creep resistant materials,
scaling resistant, unalloyed and high-alloyed Cr and CrNiMo stainless steels
1.4529 X1NiCrMoCuN25–20–7, 1.4547 X1CrNiMoCuN20–18–7, 1.4558 X2NiCrAlTi32-20, 1.4580
X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12, 1.4876 X8NiCrAlTi32–21, 1.4877 X6NiCrNbCe32-27,
1.4958 X5NiCrAlTi31-20, 1.5662 X8Ni9, 2.4816 NiCr15Fe, 2.4641 NiCr21Mo6Cu, 2.4817 LC-NiCr15Fe, 2.4856
NiCr22Mo9Nb, 2.4858 NiCr21Mo
ASTM A 553 Gr.1, Alloy 600, Alloy 600 L, Alloy 625, Alloy 800 / 800H, Alloy 825
UNS N06600, N07080, N0800, N0810, N08367, N08926, S31254
Dissimilar welding with unalloyed and low-alloyed steels, e.g. P265GH, P285NH, P295GH, 16Mo3, S355N
254 SMO®
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.25
Mn
0.20
Cr
22
Ni
Bal.
Mo
9.0
Nb
3.6
Fe
< 0.5
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Yield strength Tensile
Elongation A
Rp0.2
Rp1.0
strength Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
MPa
%
u
460
500
740
30
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 30% He + 0.5% CO2
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
60
-196°C
40
Approvals
-
450
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
451
MIG/MAG
Classifications
Thermanit 625 LNb
Solid wire, high-alloyed, nickel-base
Classifications
MIG/MAG
Dimension mm
0.8 short arc
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
1.6 spray arc
Current A
60 – 100
170 – 210
180 – 220
250 – 330
Voltage V
20 – 22
24 – 28
25 – 29
29 – 32
To minimize the risk of hot cracking when welding fully austenitic and nickel-base alloys, heat input and
interpass temperature must be low and there must be as little dilution as possible from the parent metal.
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Creep rupture properties according to matching high temperature steels / alloys.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1150°C
followed by water quenching.
For MAG welding: Polarity: DC+. Shielding gas: Ar + 30% He + 2% H2 + 0.1% CO2 and pulsed arc.
Gas flow: 14 – 18 l/min.
For automatic TIG welding: DC-. Shielding gas: Ar. Gas flow 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (03462), DB (43.132.25), BV, CE
EN ISO 18274
Ni 6660 (NiCr22Mo10W3)
AWS A5.14 / SFA-5.14
ERNiCrMo-20
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G Ni 6625 (NiCr22Mo9Nb) / ERNiCrMo-3 type for joining and surfacing work with matching /
similar corrosion resistant materials as well as with matching and similar heat resistant alloys. For joining and
surfacing work on cryogenic austenitic CrNi(N)-steels and cast steel grades and on cryogenic Ni-steels suitable
for quenching and tempering. High resistance to corrosive environment. Produces a fully austenitic weld that
due to the absence of niobium is almost free from secondary phases. This results in extremely high ductility with
superior impact toughness also at low temperatures, which makes this wire also suitable for dissimilar joints
with nitrogen-alloyed stainless steels. Resistant to stress corrosion cracking. Resistant to scaling up to 1000°C.
Service temperature limit max. 500°C in sulfurous atmospheres, otherwise heat resistant up to 900°C. Good
toughness at subzero temperatures as low as –196°C. Excellent resistance to general, pitting and intercrystalline
corrosion in chloride containing environments.
Base materials
Suitable for high-quality weld joints of nickel-based alloys, joint welding of dissimilar steels and difficult-to-weld
combinations including low-temperature steels up to 9% Ni, high-temperature and creep resistant materials,
scaling resistant, unalloyed and high-alloyed Cr and CrNiMo stainless steels
1.4529 X1NiCrMoCuN25–20–7, 1.4547 X1CrNiMoCuN20–18–7, 1.4558 X2NiCrAlTi32-20, 1.4580
X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12, 1.4876 X8NiCrAlTi32–21, 1.4877 X6NiCrNbCe32-27,
1.4958 X5NiCrAlTi31-20, 1.5662 X8Ni9, 2.4816 NiCr15Fe, 2.4641 NiCr21Mo6Cu, 2.4817 LC-NiCr15Fe, 2.4856
NiCr22Mo9Nb, 2.4858 NiCr21Mo
ASTM A 553 Gr.1, Alloy 600, Alloy 600 L, Alloy 625, Alloy 800 / 800H, Alloy 825
UNS N06600, N07080, N0800, N0810, N08367, N08926, S31254
Dissimilar welding with unalloyed and low-alloyed steels, e.g. P265GH, P285NH, P295GH, 16Mo3, S355N
254 SMO®
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.01
Si
0.1
Mn
0.1
Cr
22
Ni
Bal.
Mo
9.0
Nb
< 0.1
Fe
< 1.0
FN
0
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Tensile
Elongation A
Impact work ISO-V KV J
Rp0.2
strength Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
-70°C
u
380 (≥ 420)
630 (≥ 700)
36 (≥ 30)
240
220
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 30% He + 0.5% CO2
452
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Hardness
Brinell
210
453
MIG/MAG
Operating data
Thermanit 686
Solid wire, high-alloyed, nickel-base
Classifications
MIG/MAG
Dimension mm
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
Current A
170 – 210
200 – 240
Voltage V
24 – 28
25 – 29
To minimize the risk of hot cracking when welding fully austenitic and nickel-base alloys, heat input and
interpass temperature must be low and there must be as little dilution as possible from the parent metal.
Suggested heat input is max. 1.5 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Creep rupture properties according to matching high temperature steels / alloys.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1150°C
followed by water quenching.
For MAG welding: Polarity: DC+. Shielding gas: Ar + 30% He + 2% H2 + 0.1% CO2 and pulsed arc.
Gas flow: 14 – 18 l/min.
For automatic TIG welding: DC-. Shielding gas: Ar. Gas flow 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
EN ISO 18274
Ni 6686 (NiCr21Mo16W4)
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G Ni 6686 (NiCr21Mo16W4) / ERNiCrMo-14 type for joining and surfacing on matching and similar
wrought and cast alloys. For welding the cladded side of plates of matching and similar alloys e.g. flue gas
desulphurization scrubber. High corrosion resistance in reducing and oxidizing environments.
Base materials
2.4602 NiCr21Mo14W, 2.4605 NiCr23Mo16Al, 2.4606 NiCr21Mo16W, 2.4819 NiMo16Cr15W
UNS N06022, N06059, N06686, N10276
Alloy 22, Alloy 59, Alloy 686, Alloy C-276
16Mo3, ASTM A 312 Gr. T11/T12, S 355J2G3, ASTM A 517
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
-
AWS A5.14 / SFA-5.14
ERNiCrMo-14
MIG/MAG
Operating data
C
0.01
Si
0.08
Mn
< 0.5
Cr
22.8
Ni
Bal.
Mo
16.0
W
3.8
Fe
< 1.0
Al
0.3
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
Tensile strength Rm
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work ISO-V
KV J
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
u
450
760
30
50
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 30% He + 2% H2 + 0.1% CO2
Operating data
-
Dimension mm
1.0 spray arc
1.2 spray arc
Current A
170 – 210
200 – 240
Voltage V
24 – 28
25 – 29
To minimize the risk of hot cracking when welding fully austenitic and nickel-base alloys, heat input
and interpass temperature must be low and there must be as little dilution as possible from the parent
metal. Suggested heat input is max. 1.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1180°C
followed by water quenching.
For MAG welding: Polarity: DC+. Shielding gas: Ar + 30% He + 2% H2 + 0.1% CO2 and pulsed arc.
Gas flow: 14 – 18 l/min.
For automatic TIG welding: DC-. Shielding gas: Ar. Gas flow 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
454
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
455
Thermanit 30/40 E
Solid wire, high-alloyed, nickel-base
Classifications
EN ISO 18274
Ni 8025 (NiFe30Cr29Mo)
AWS A5.14 / SFA-5.14
ER383 (mod.)
MIG/MAG
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Solid wire of G Ni 8025 (NiFe30Cr29Mo) / ER383 (mod.) type for joining and surfacing work with matching
and similar, unstabilized and stabilized fully austenitic steels and cast steel grades containing Mo (and Cu). For
dissimilar joining of mentioned steels to unalloyed and low-alloyed steels. Resistant to intercrystalline corrosion
and wet corrosion up to 450°C. Good corrosion resistance, especially in reducing environments. In terms of hot
cracking resistance (and corrosion resistance) Thermanit 30/40 E is superior to the fully austenitic 20 25 5 Cu L /
385 and 25 22 2 N L / 310 (mod.) filler metals.
Base materials
1.4465 X1CrNiMoN25-25-2, 1.4563 X1NiCrMoCu31-27-4, 1.4577 X5CrNiMoTi25-25, 2.4858 NiCr21Mo
Typical analysis of the solid wire
wt.-%
C
0.02
Si
0.2
Mn
2.6
Cr
29
Ni
Bal.
Mo
4.3
Fe
30.0
Cu
1.8
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rp1.0
Rm
MPa
MPa
MPa
u
350
370
550
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 30% He + 0.5% CO2
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
30
Impact work
ISO-V KV J
20°C
75
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.0 short arc
1.0 spray arc
Current A
60 – 100
170 – 210
Voltage V
20 – 22
24 – 28
To minimize the risk of hot cracking when welding fully austenitic and nickel-base alloys, heat input and interpass
temperature must be low and there must be as little dilution as possible from the parent metal. Weld as cold as
possible. Suggested heat input is max. 1.0 kJ/mm and interpass temperature max. 100°C.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1120°C.
For dissimilar joints preheating temperature as required by the base material.
For MAG welding: Polarity: DC+. Shielding gas: Ar + 30% He + 2% H2 + 0.1% CO2 and pulsed arc. Gas flow:
14 – 18 l/min.
For automatic TIG welding: DC-. Shielding gas: Ar. Gas flow 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals
TÜV (05588), CE
456
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
BÖHLER CN 13/4 PW-FD
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, soft-martensitic stainless
Classifications
EN ISO 17633-A
T 13 4 P M21 (C1) 1 (H5)
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E410NiMoT1-4(1)
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Rutile flux-cored wire of T 13 4 P / E410NiMoT1 type for welding of 13Cr-4Ni soft-martensitic stainless steels
such as 1.4313 / UNS S41500. Applications are for instance turbine components in the hydropower industry.
Results in very low weld metal hydrogen content (HD of 1 – 3 ml/100 g) and high weld metal impact toughness
after post-weld heat treatment. Fast freezing slag offers excellent weldability and slag control in all positions.
Easy handling and high deposition rate result in high productivity with excellent welding performance and very
low spatter formation. Increased travel speeds as well as self-releasing slag with little demand for cleaning and
pickling provide considerable savings. The wide arc ensures even penetration and side-wall fusion to prevent lack
of fusion.
Base materials
1.4313 X3CrNiMo13-4, 1.4317 GX4CrNi13-4, 1.4407 GX5CrNiMo13-4, 1.4414 GX4CrNiMo13-4
ACI Grade CA 6 NM, UNS S41500
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.7
Mn
0.9
Cr
12.0
Ni
5.0
Mo
0.5
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
-50°C
25
40
35
FCW
Yield strength Tensile strength Elongation A
Impact work ISO-V KV J
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
-20°C
u
800
1100
11
30
28
a
790 (≥ 500)
920 (≥ 760)
17 (≥ 15)
50
45
a1
760 (≥ 500)
900 (≥ 760)
16 (≥ 15)
45
40
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
a annealed, 600°C for 2 h / cooling in air – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
a1 annealed, 600°C for 2 h / cooling in air – shielding gas 100% CO2
Operating data
Dimension mm Arc length mm Current A
1.6
~3
160 – 330
Voltage V
22 – 30
Wire feed m/min
4 – 11
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. No pulsing needed. Backhand (drag) technique
preferred with a work angle of appr. 80°. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 as shielding gas offers the best weldability.
100% CO2 can also be used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V. The gas flow should be 15 – 20 l/min.
Recommended stick out 18 – 20 mm, 100 – 150°C preheating and 150°C interpass temperature. The heat input
should not exceed 1.5 kJ/mm. Annealing performed at 590 – 620°C.
Approvals
TÜV (18933), CE
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
457
BÖHLER A 7-FD
BÖHLER A 7 PW-FD
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, special applications
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, special applications
Classifications
Classifications
EN ISO 17633-A
T 18 8 Mn R M21 (C1) 3
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E307T0-G
EN ISO 17633-A
T 18 8 Mn P M21 (C1) 2
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Austenitic rutile flux-cored wire of T 18 8 Mn R / E307LT0 type for welding and cladding in flat and horizontal
position. One of the most universal alloys and for some applications a cost-efficient alternative to E312 or E309L.
For tough buffer and intermediate layers for cladding of rails and switches, valve seats and in hydropower
plants. Good resistance to embrittlement when operating at service temperatures from –60°C up to 650°C.
Easy handling and high deposition rate result in high productivity with excellent welding performance and very
low spatter formation. Increased travel speeds as well as self-releasing slag with little demand for cleaning and
pickling provide considerable savings in time and money. The wire shows good wetting behavior and results in
a finely rippled surface pattern. The wide arc ensures even penetration and side-wall fusion to prevent lack of
fusion. Used for fabrication, repair and maintenance. The weld deposit offers high ductility and elongation, also
after high dilution of “hard-to-weld” steels. The weld metal work hardens and offers good resistance to cavitation.
The weld metal is resistant to scaling up to 850°C, but at temperatures above 500°C there is not sufficient
resistance to sulfurous combustion gases. For welding in vertical-up and overhead positions, BÖHLER A 7 PW-FD
should be preferred.
Austenitic rutile flux-cored wire of T 18 8 Mn P / E307LT1 type for welding and cladding in all positions. One
of the most universal alloys and for some applications a cost-efficient alternative to E312 or E309L. For tough
buffer and intermediate layers for cladding of rails and switches, valve seats and in hydropower plants. Good
resistance to embrittlement when operating at service temperatures from –100°C up to 650°C. The fast freezing
slag offers excellent weldability and slag control in all positions. Easy handling and high deposition rate result in
high productivity with excellent welding performance and very low spatter formation. Increased travel speeds as
well as self-releasing slag with little demand for cleaning and pickling provide considerable savings in time and
money. The wide arc ensures even penetration and side-wall fusion to prevent lack of fusion. The weld deposit
offers high ductility, elongation and resistance to hot cracking, also after high dilution of “hard-to-weld” steels.
The weld metal work hardens and offers good resistance to cavitation. The weld metal is resistant to scaling up
to 850°C, but at temperatures above 500°C there is not sufficient resistance to sulfurous combustion gases. For
flat and horizontal welding positions, BÖHLER A 7-FD may be preferred.
Base materials
Dissimilar joints, tough buffer and intermediate layers prior to hardfacing, 14Mn-steels, 13 – 17% Cr and heat
resistant Cr and austenitic steels up to 850°C, armor plates, high carbon and quenched and tempered steels,
surfacing of gears, valves, turbine blades, etc. For joint welding of unalloyed / low-alloyed or Cr steels with highalloyed Cr and CrNi-steels. Welding of austenitic high manganese steels and with other steels.
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.10
Si
0.8
Mn
6.8
Cr
18.8
Ni
9.0
Condition
Yield strength Tensile strength Elongation A Impact work ISO-V KV J
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
-60°C
u
395 (≥ 350) 595 (≥ 590)
40 (≥ 30)
60
36 (≥ 32)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
Current A
130 – 280
200 – 350
Voltage V
22 – 30
25 – 30
C
0.10
Si
0.8
Mn
6.8
Cr
18.8
Ni
9.0
FN
2–4
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Hardness
Brinell
~ 200
Stress
hardened
HV
up to 400
Yield strength Tensile strength Elongation A Impact work ISO-V KV J
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
-60°C
u
400 (≥ 350) 610 (≥ 590)
38 (≥ 30)
51
40 (≥ 32)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
Hardness Stress
Brinell
hardened
HV
~ 200
up to 400
Operating data
Operating data
Arc length mm
~3
~3
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
wt.-%
FN
2–4
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Dimension mm
1.2
1.6
Base materials
FCW
Dissimilar joints, tough buffer and intermediate layers prior to hardfacing, 14Mn-steels, 13 – 17% Cr and heat
resistant Cr and austenitic steels up to 850°C, armor plates, high carbon and quenched and tempered steels,
surfacing of gears, valves, turbine blades, etc. For joint welding of unalloyed / low-alloyed or Cr steels with highalloyed Cr and CrNi-steels. Welding of austenitic high manganese steels and with other steels.
FCW
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E307T1-G
Dimension mm
1.2
1.6
Wire feed m/min
5.0 – 15.0
4.5 – 9.5
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. No pulsing needed. Backhand (drag) technique
preferred with a work angle of appr. 80°. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 as shielding gas offers the best weldability. 100%
CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V. The gas flow should be 15 – 20 l/min. The
wire stick-out should be 15 – 20 mm and the heat input not exceed 2.0 kJ/mm. Preheating and interpass
temperature as required by the base metal. Ferrite measured with FERITSCOPE FMP30 2 – 7 FN.
Approvals
Arc length mm
~3
~3
Current A
150 – 230
200 – 360
Voltage V
22 – 29
23 – 28
Wire feed m/min
6.0 – 13.0
4.5 – 9.5
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. No pulsing needed. Backhand (drag) technique
preferred with a work angle of appr. 80°. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 as shielding gas offers the best weldability. 100%
CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V. The gas flow should be 15 – 20 l/min. The
wire stick-out should be 15 – 20 mm and the heat input not exceed 2.0 kJ/mm. Preheating and interpass
temperature as required by the base metal. Ferrite measured with FERITSCOPE FMP30 2 – 7 FN.
Approvals
TÜV (11102), CE
TÜV (11101), CE
458
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
459
BÖHLER E 308 H-FD
BÖHLER E 308 H PW-FD
Flux-core wire, high-alloyed, austentiic stainless, creep resistant
Flux-core wire, high-alloyed, austentiic stainless, creep resistant
Classifications
Classifications
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E308HT0-4(1)
EN ISO 17633-A
T Z19 9 H P M21 (C1) 1
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E308HT1-4(1)
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Rutile flux-cored wire of T Z 19 9 H R / E308HT0 type for welding of austenitic CrNi steels such as 1.4948 /
304H for elevated service temperatures. The higher carbon content, compared to T 19 9 L R / E308LT1, provides
improved creep resistance properties, which is advantageous at temperatures above 400°C. Max. temperature
according to the TÜV approval is 700°C. The corrosion resistance is corresponding to 1.4301 / 304, i.e. good
resistance to general corrosion. The enhanced carbon content, compared to 308L, makes it slightly more
sensitive to intergranular corrosion. Easy handling and high deposition rate result in high productivity with
excellent welding performance and very low spatter formation. Increased travel speeds as well as self-releasing
slag with little demand for cleaning and pickling provide considerable savings in time and money. The wide arc
ensures even penetration and side-wall fusion to prevent lack of fusion. The controlled ferrite content of 3 – 8 FN
(measured with FERITSCOPE FMP30) offers good resistance to hot cracking and sigma phase embrittlement. The
very low bismuth content of ≤ 10 ppm results in excellent elongation and impact toughness also after service
at elevated temperatures. For welding in vertical-up and overhead positions, BÖHLER E 308 H PW-FD should be
preferred.
Rutile flux-cored wire of T Z 19 9 H P / E308HT1 type for welding of CrNi austenitic stainless steels such as
1.4948 / 304H for elevated service temperatures. The higher carbon content, compared to T 19 9 L P / E308LT1,
provides improved creep resistance properties, which is advantageous at temperatures above 400°C. Max.
temperature according to the TÜV approval is 700°C. The corrosion resistance is corresponding to 1.4301 / 304,
i.e. good resistance to general corrosion. The enhanced carbon content, compared to 308L, makes it slightly
more sensitive to intergranular corrosion. The fast freezing slag offers excellent weldability and slag control in all
positions. Easy handling and high deposition rate result in high productivity with excellent welding performance
and very low spatter formation. Increased travel speeds as well as self-releasing slag with little demand for
cleaning and pickling provide considerable savings in time and money. The wide arc ensures even penetration
and side-wall fusion to prevent lack of fusion. The very low bismuth content of ≤ 10 ppm results in excellent
elongation and impact toughness also after service at elevated temperatures. The controlled ferrite content of 3 –
8 FN (measured with FERITSCOPE FMP30) offers good resistance to hot cracking and sigma phase embrittlement.
For flat and horizontal welding positions, BÖHLER E 308 H-FD may be preferred.
Base materials
Base materials
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4878 X8CrNiTi18-10, 1.4948 X7CrNi18-9
UNS S30400, S30409, S32100, S34700
AISI 304, 304H, 321, 321H, 347, 347H
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4878 X8CrNiTi18-10, 1.4948 X7CrNi18-9
UNS S30400, S30409, S32100, S34700
AISI 304, 304H, 321, 321H, 347, 347H
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.05
Si
0.6
Mn
1.2
Cr
19.4
Ni
10.1
FN
2–8
wt.-%
C
0.05
Si
0.6
Mn
1.2
Cr
19.4
Ni
10.1
FN
2–8
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Condition
Yield strength Rp0.2
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
MPa
u
360 (≥ 350)
570 (≥ 550)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
45 (≥ 30)
85 (≥ 32)
Operating data
Yield strength Rp0.2
Tensile strength Rm
MPa
MPa
u
370 (≥ 350)
560 (≥ 550)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
FCW
FCW
EN ISO 17633-A
T Z19 9 H R M21 (C1) 3
Elongation A (L0=5d0) Impact work
ISO-V KV J
%
20°C
45 (≥ 30)
90 (≥ 32)
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2
1.6
Arc length mm
~3
~3
Current A
130 – 250
200 – 350
Voltage V
22 – 30
25 – 30
Wire feed m/min
5.0 – 15.0
4.5 – 9.5
Dimension mm
1.2
Arc length mm
~3
Current A
150 – 230
Voltage V
22 – 29
Wire feed m/min
6.0 – 13.0
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. No pulsing needed. Backhand (drag) technique
preferred with a work angle of appr. 80°. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 as shielding gas offers the best weldability. 100%
CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V. The gas flow should be 15 – 20 l/min. The heat
input should not exceed 2.0 kJ/mm, the interpass temperature be limited to max. 150°C and the wire stick-out
15 – 20 mm. The scaling temperature is approx. 850°C in air. Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In
special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050°C followed by water quenching.
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. No pulsing needed. Backhand (drag) technique
preferred with a work angle of appr. 80°. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 as shielding gas offers the best weldability. 100%
CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V. The gas flow should be 15 – 20 l/min. The heat
input should not exceed 2.0 kJ/mm, the interpass temperature be limited to max. 150°C and the wire stick-out
15 – 20 mm. The scaling temperature is approx. 850°C in air. Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In
special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050°C followed by water quenching.
Approvals
Approvals
TÜV (11179), CE
TÜV (11151), CE
460
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
461
BÖHLER EAS 2-FD
Avesta FCW-2D 308L/MVR
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Classifications
EN ISO 17633-A
T 19 9 L R M21 (C1) 3
Classifications
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E308LT0-4(1)
EN ISO 17633-A
T 19 9 L R M21 (C1) 3
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Rutile flux-cored wire of T 19 9 L R / E308LT0 type for welding of stainless steels such as 1.4306 / 304L. Easy
handling and high deposition rate result in high productivity with excellent welding performance and very low
spatter formation. Increased travel speeds as well as self-releasing slag with little demand for cleaning and
pickling provide considerable savings in time and money. The wire shows good wetting behavior and results
in a finely rippled surface pattern. The wide arc ensures even penetration and side-wall fusion to prevent lack
of fusion. Suitable for service temperatures from –196°C to 350°C. For welding in vertical-up and overhead
positions, BÖHLER EAS 2 PW-FD should be preferred.
Designed for welding 1.4307 / 304L type stainless steels with very good corrosion resistance under fairly severe
conditions, e.g. in oxidizing acids and cold or dilute reducing acids. Also suitable for welding stainless steels that
are stabilized with titanium or niobium, such as 1.4541 / 321, 1.4878 / 321H and 1.4550 / 347 in cases where
the construction will be operating at temperatures below 400°C. For higher temperatures, a niobium-stabilized
consumable such as BÖHLER SAS 2-FD is required.
Avesta FCW-2D 308L/MVR provides excellent weldability in flat as well as horizontal-vertical position. Great
slag detachability and almost no spatter formation. Optimized to result in a shiny weld metal surface; also when
welding with 100% CO2. Due to the slow freezing rutile slag, the weld metal shows very smooth bead appearance
and low temper discoloration, which makes post-weld cleaning easier. Welding in vertical-up and overhead
positions is preferably done using Avesta FCW 308L/MVR-PW.
Base materials
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4307 X2CrNi18-9, 1.4311 X2CrNiN18-9, 1.4312 GX10CrNi18-8,
1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4546 X5CrNiNb18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30453, S32100, S34700
AISI 304, 304L, 304LN, 302, 321, 347
ASTM A157 Gr. C9, A320 Gr. B8C or D
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
C
0.03
Si
0.7
Mn
1.5
Cr
19.8
Ni
10.5
FN
3 – 10
Yield strength Tensile strength Elongation A
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
u
360 (≥ 320)
530 (≥ 520)
40 (≥ 30)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
60
-120°C
41
wt.-%
-196°C
35 (≥ 32)
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2
1.6
Arc length mm
~3
~3
Current A
130 – 280
200 – 350
Voltage V
22 – 30
25 – 30
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4307 X2CrNi18-9, 1.4311 X2CrNiN18-9, 1.4312 GX10CrNi18-8,
1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4546 X5CrNiNb18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30453, S32100, S34700
AISI 304, 304L, 304LN, 302, 321, 347
ASTM A157 Gr. C9, A320 Gr. B8C or D
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
Wire feed m/min
5.0 – 15.0
4.5 – 9.5
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. No pulsing needed. Backhand (drag) technique
preferred with a work angle of appr. 80°. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 as shielding gas offers the best weldability. 100%
CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V. The gas flow should be 15 – 20 l/min. The heat
input should not exceed 2.0 kJ/mm, the interpass temperature be limited to max. 150°C and the wire stick-out
15 – 20 mm. The scaling temperature is approx. 850°C in air. Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In
special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050°C followed by water quenching.
Approvals
TÜV (5348), DB (43.014.14), DNV GL, CE
C
0.03
Si
0.7
Mn
1.5
Cr
19.5
Ni
10.5
FN
3 – 10
FCW
wt.-%
FCW
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E308LT0-4(1)
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Tensile strength Elongation A
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
u
380 (≥ 320)
540 (≥ 520)
39 (≥ 30)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
52
-120°C
37
Hardness
Brinell
200
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2
1.6
Arc length mm
~3
~3
Current A
130 – 280
200 – 350
Voltage V
22 – 30
25 – 30
Wire feed m/min
5.0 – 15.0
4.5 – 9.5
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability.
100% CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V. Suitable gas flow rate for welding
outdoors is 18 – 25 l/min. Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 150°C and wire
stick-out 15 – 20 mm. The scaling temperature is approx. 850°C in air. Post-weld heat treatment generally not
needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050°C followed by water quenching.
Approvals
TÜV (10744), CWB, DB (43.014.38), ABS, CE
462
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
463
BÖHLER EAS 2 PW-FD
Avesta FCW 308L/MVR-PW
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
EN ISO 17633-A
T 19 9 L P M21 (C1) 1
Classifications
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E308LT1-4(1)
EN ISO 17633-A
T 19 9 L P M21 (C1) 1
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Rutile flux-cored wire of T 19 9 L P / E308LT1 type for welding of stainless steels such as 1.4306 / 304L. The fast
freezing slag offers excellent weldability and slag control in all positions. Easy handling and high deposition rate
result in high productivity with excellent welding performance and very low spatter formation. Increased travel
speeds as well as self-releasing slag with little demand for cleaning and pickling provide considerable savings in
time and money. The wide arc ensures even penetration and side-wall fusion to prevent lack of fusion. Suitable
for service temperatures from –196°C to 350°C. For flat and horizontal welding positions, BÖHLER EAS 2-FD may
be preferred.
Designed for welding 1.4307 / 304L type stainless steels with very good corrosion resistance under fairly severe
conditions, e.g. in oxidizing acids and cold or dilute reducing acids. Also suitable for welding steels that are
stabilized with titanium or niobium, such as 1.4541 / 321, 1.4878 / 321H and 1.4550 / 347 in cases where the
construction will be operating at temperatures below 400°C. For higher temperatures, a niobium-stabilized wire
such as BÖHLER SAS 2 PW-FD is required.
Avesta FCW 308L/MVR-PW has a stronger arc and a faster freezing slag compared to Avesta FCW-2D 308L/MVR.
It is designed for all-round welding and can be used in all positions without changing the parameter settings. Very
good slag detachability and almost no spatter formation. Due to the fast freezing rutile slag, the weldability is
excellent also in the vertical-up and overhead positions.
Base materials
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4307 X2CrNi18-9, 1.4311 X2CrNiN18-9, 1.4312 GX10CrNi18-8,
1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4546 X5CrNiNb18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30453, S32100, S34700
AISI 304, 304L, 304LN, 302, 321, 347
ASTM A157 Gr. C9, A320 Gr. B8C or D
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
wt.-%
FCW
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E308LT1-4(1)
C
0.03
Si
0.7
Mn
1.5
Cr
19.8
Ni
10.5
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
380 (≥ 320)
535 (≥ 520)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
wt.-%
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
39 (≥ 30)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
70
-196°C
38 (≥ 32)
Current A
100 – 160
150 – 280
200 – 360
Voltage V
22 – 27
22 – 30
23 – 28
Wire feed m/min
8.0 – 15.0
6.0 – 15.0
4.5 – 9.5
Operating data
Dimension mm
0.9
1.2
1.6
Arc length mm
~3
~3
~3
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4307 X2CrNi18-9, 1.4311 X2CrNiN18-9, 1.4312 GX10CrNi18-8,
1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4546 X5CrNiNb18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30453, S32100, S34700; AISI 304, 304L, 304LN, 302, 321, 347; ASTM A157 Gr. C9, A320
Gr. B8C or D
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
FN
3 – 10
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
C
0.03
Si
0.7
Mn
1.5
Cr
19.8
Ni
10.5
FN
3 – 10
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Tensile strength Elongation A
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
u
380 (≥ 320)
535 (≥ 520)
39 (≥ 30)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
70
-196°C
38 (≥ 32)
Hardness
Brinell
200
Operating data
Dimension mm
0.9
1.2
1.6
Arc length mm
~3
~3
~3
Current A
100 – 160
150 – 280
200 – 360
Voltage V
22 – 27
22 – 30
23 – 28
Wire feed m/min
8.0 – 15.0
6.0 – 15.0
4.5 – 9.5
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. No pulsing needed. Backhand (drag) technique
preferred with a work angle of appr. 80°. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 as shielding gas offers the best weldability. 100%
CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V. The gas flow should be 15 – 20 l/min. The heat
input should not exceed 2.0 kJ/mm, the interpass temperature be limited to max. 150°C and the wire stick-out
15 – 20 mm. The scaling temperature is approx. 950°C in air. Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In
special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050°C followed by water quenching.
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability.
100% CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V. Suitable gas flow rate for welding
outdoors is 18 – 25 l/min. Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 150°C and wire
stick-out 15 – 20 mm. The scaling temperature is approx. 850°C in air. Post-weld heat treatment generally not
needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050°C followed by water quenching.
Approvals
Approvals
TÜV (10738), CWB, DB (43.014.39), ABS, CE
TÜV (09117), DB (43.014.23), DNV GL, CE
464
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
465
FCW
Classifications
BÖHLER EAS 2 PW-FD (LF)
Avesta FCW 308L/MVR Cryo
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, cryogenic
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, cryogenic
Classifications
Classifications
EN ISO 17633-A
T 19 9 L P M21 (C1) 1
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E308LT1-4(1)
EN ISO 17633-A
T 19 9 L P M21 (C1) 1
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Rutile flux-cored wire of T 19 9 L P / E308LT1 type for welding of stainless steels such as 1.4306 / 304L.
Controlled weld metal ferrite content (3 – 6 FN measured with FERITSCOPE FMP30), particularly for good
cryogenic toughness and lateral expansion down to –196°C as specified for LNG applications. Also fulfills AWS
A5.22 E308LT1-4J and E308LT1-1J. The fast freezing slag offers excellent weldability and slag control in all
positions. Easy handling and high deposition rate result in high productivity with excellent welding performance
and very low spatter formation. Increased travel speeds as well as good slag removal with little demand for
cleaning and pickling provide considerable savings in time and money. The wide arc ensures even penetration
and side-wall fusion to prevent lack of fusion. Suitable for service temperatures from –196°C to 350°C.
Designed for welding austenitic stainless steels of 1.4301 / 304 type with very good corrosion resistance
under fairly severe conditions, e.g. in oxidizing acids and cold or dilute reducing acids. Primarily for use in low
temperature applications. The carefully controlled chemical composition gives a weld metal with a ferrite content
in the range of 3 – 6 FN (measured with FERITSCOPE FMP30) and very good toughness down to –196°C as
specified for LNG applications. The lateral expansion at –196°C is ≥ 0.38 mm.
Avesta FCW 308L/MVR Cryo is designed for all-round welding and can be used in all positions without changing
the parameter settings. Very good slag detachability and almost no spatter formation. Due to the fast freezing
rutile slag, the weldability is excellent also in the vertical-up and overhead positions. Suitable for service
temperatures from –196°C to 350°C. Also fulfills AWS A5.22 E308LT1-4J and E308LT1-1J.
Base materials
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4307 X2CrNi18-9, 1.4311 X2CrNiN18-9, 1.4312 GX10CrNi18-8,
1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4546 X5CrNiNb18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30453, S32100, S34700
AISI 304, 304L, 304LN, 302, 321, 347
ASTM A157 Gr. C9, A320 Gr. B8C or D
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
C
0.03
Si
0.6
Mn
1.4
Cr
19.3
Ni
10.9
FN
2–4
Yield strength Tensile strength Elongation A
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
u
390 (≥ 350)
550 (≥ 520)
40 (≥ 30)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
wt.-%
Impact work ISO-V KV J
Lateral expansion
20°C
80
-196°C
≥ 0.38
-196°C
42 (≥ 32)
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2
1.6
Arc length mm
~3
~3
Current A
150 – 250
200 – 360
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4307 X2CrNi18-9, 1.4311 X2CrNiN18-9, 1.4312 GX10CrNi18-8,
1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4546 X5CrNiNb18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30453, S32100, S34700
AISI 304, 304L, 304LN, 302, 321, 347
ASTM A157 Gr. C9, A320 Gr. B8C or D
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
Voltage V
22 – 29
23 – 28
Wire feed m/min
6.0 – 13.0
6.0 – 13.0
C
0.03
Si
0.6
Mn
1.4
Cr
19.3
Ni
10.9
FN
2–4
FCW
wt.-%
FCW
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E308LT1-4(1)
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Tensile strength Elongation A
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
u
390 (≥ 350)
550 (≥ 520)
40 (≥ 30)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
80
-196°C
42 (≥ 32)
Hardness
Brinell
200
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2
Arc length mm
~3
Current A
150 – 250
Voltage V
22 – 29
Wire feed m/min
6.0 – 13.0
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. No pulsing needed. Backhand (drag) technique
preferred with a work angle of appr. 80°. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 as shielding gas offers the best weldability. 100%
CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V. The gas flow should be 15 – 20 l/min. The heat
input should not exceed 2.0 kJ/mm, the interpass temperature be limited to max. 150°C and the wire stick-out
15 – 20 mm. The scaling temperature is approx. 850°C in air. Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In
special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050°C followed by water quenching.
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability.
100% CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V. Gas flow rate 18 – 25 l/min. Suggested
heat input is 0.5 – 2.0 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 150°C and wire stick-out 15 – 20 mm. The scaling
temperature is approx. 850°C in air. Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution
annealing can be performed at 1050°C followed by water quenching.
Approvals
Approvals
CE
CE
466
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
467
BÖHLER SAS 2-FD
BÖHLER E 347L H-FD
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, stabilized
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, heat resistant
Classifications
Classifications
EN ISO 17633-A
T 19 9 Nb R M21 (C1) 3
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E347T0-4(1)
EN ISO 17633-A
T 19 9 Nb R M21 (C1) 3
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Rutile flux-cored wire of T 19 9 Nb R / E347T0 type for welding of stainless steels such as 1.4546 / 347.
Designed for single and multi-pass welding mainly in the flat and horizontal position and horizontal/vertical
position. The corrosion resistance corresponds to that of 308H, i.e. good resistance to general corrosion. Easy
handling and high deposition rate result in high productivity with excellent welding performance and very low
spatter formation. Increased travel speeds as well as self-releasing slag with little demand for cleaning and
pickling provide considerable savings in time and money. The wire shows good wetting behavior and results
in a finely rippled surface pattern. The wide arc ensures even penetration and side-wall fusion to prevent lack
of fusion. Stabilized with niobium and suitable for service temperatures from –196°C to 400°C. For welding in
vertical-up and overhead positions, BÖHLER SAS 2 PW-FD should be preferred.
Rutile flux-cored wire of T 19 9 Nb R / E347T0 type for welding of creep resistant austenitic CrNi-steels such
as 1.4912 / 347H suitable for service temperatures above 400°C. Especially designed for welding in flat and
horizontal position with Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 as shielding gas. Application examples are heat exchangers, hot
separators, hydrocracking and hydrodesulphurization in refineries. The corrosion resistance is corresponding
to 1.4301 / 304, i.e. good resistance to general corrosion. Easy handling and high deposition rate result in high
productivity with excellent welding performance and very low spatter formation. Increased travel speeds as
well as self-releasing slag with little demand for cleaning and pickling provide considerable savings in time and
money. The wide arc ensures even penetration and side-wall fusion to prevent lack of fusion. The bismuth-free
weld deposit (Bi ≤ 10 ppm) and controlled ferrite content of 5 – 9 FN (measured with FERITSCOPE FMP30) meet
the recommendations of API RP582 and AWS A5.22 for high temperature service or post-weld heat treatment. For
welding in vertical-up and overhead positions, BÖHLER E 347 H PW-FD should be preferred.
Base materials
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4311 X2CrNiN18-9, 1.4312 GX10CrNi18-8, 1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10,
1.4546 X5CrNiNb18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4552 GX5CrNiNb19-11
UNS S30400, S30403, S30453, S32100, S34700
AISI 347, 321,302, 304, 304L, 304LN
ASTM A296 Gr. CF 8 C, A157 Gr. C9, A320 Gr. B8C or D
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.6
Mn
1.4
Cr
19.5
Ni
10.6
Nb
0.37
u
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
420 (≥ 350)
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
585 (≥ 550)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
40 (≥ 30)
wt.-%
-120°C
41
Arc length mm
~3
~3
Current A
130 – 230
200 – 350
Voltage V
22 – 30
25 – 30
Si
0.6
Mn
1.3
Cr
18.5
Condition
-196°C
32 (≥ 32)
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2
1.6
C
0.030
Ni
10.5
Nb
0.45
FN
2–7
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
80
1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4878 X8CrNiTi18-10, 1.4912 X7CrNiNb18-10, 1.4940
X7CrNiTi18-10
UNS S32100, S32109, S34700, S34709
AISI 321, 321H, 347, 347H
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
FN
5 – 13
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
FCW
FCW
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E347T0-4(1)
Wire feed m/min
5.0 – 15.0
4.5 – 9.5
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. No pulsing needed. Backhand (drag) technique
preferred with a work angle of appr. 80°. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 as shielding gas offers the best weldability. 100%
CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V. The gas flow should be 15 – 20 l/min. The heat
input should not exceed 2.0 kJ/mm, the interpass temperature be limited to max. 150°C and the wire stick-out
15 – 20 mm. The scaling temperature is approx. 850°C in air. Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed.
Yield strength Tensile strength Elongation A
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
u
420 (≥ 350)
580 (≥ 550)
35 (≥ 30)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
90 (≥ 32)
-120°C
50 (≥ 32)
-196°C
37
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2
Arc length mm
~3
Current A
130 – 250
Voltage V
22 – 30
Wire feed m/min
5.0 – 15.0
Approvals
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. No pulsing needed. Backhand (drag) technique
preferred with a work angle of appr. 80°. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 as shielding gas offers the best weldability. 100%
CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V. The gas flow should be 15 – 20 l/min. The heat
input should not exceed 2.0 kJ/mm, the interpass temperature be limited to max. 150°C and the wire stick-out
15 – 20 mm.
TÜV (09740), CE
Approvals
CE
468
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
469
BÖHLER SAS 2 PW-FD
BÖHLER SAS 2 PW-FD (LF)
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, stabilized
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, stabilized, cryogenic
Classifications
Classifications
EN ISO 17633-A
T 19 9 Nb P M21 (C1) 1
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E347T1-4(1)
EN ISO 17633-A
T 19 9 Nb P M21 (C1) 1
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Rutile flux-cored wire of T 19 9 Nb P / E347T1 type for welding of stainless steels such as 1.4546 / 347. The
corrosion resistance corresponds to that of 308H, i.e. good resistance to general corrosion. The fast freezing
slag offers excellent weldability and slag control in all positions. Easy handling and high deposition rate result
in high productivity with excellent welding performance and very low spatter formation. Increased travel speeds
as well as self-releasing slag with little demand for cleaning and pickling provide considerable savings in time
and money. The wide arc ensures even penetration and side-wall fusion to prevent lack of fusion. Stabilized with
niobium and suitable for service temperatures from –120°C to 400°C. For flat and horizontal welding positions,
BÖHLER SAS 2-FD may be preferred.
Rutile flux-cored wire of T 19 9 Nb P / E347LT1 type with controlled weld metal ferrite content of 3 – 6 FN
for welding of stabilized austenitic CrNi-steels.. Especially suitable if a good cryogenic toughness and lateral
expansion down to –120°C is specified. The fast freezing slag offers excellent weldability and slag control in all
positions. Easy handling and high deposition rate result in high productivity with excellent welding performance
and very low spatter formation. Increased travel speeds as well as good slag removal with little demand for
cleaning and pickling provide considerable savings in time and money. The wide arc ensures even penetration
and side-wall fusion to prevent lack of fusion. Typical application areas are in all industry segments where
austenitic CrNi and ferritic 13% chromium steels are used. Stabilized with niobium and suitable for service
temperatures from –120°C to 400°C.
Base materials
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4311 X2CrNiN18-9, 1.4312 GX10CrNi18-8, 1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10,
1.4546 X5CrNiNb18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4552 GX5CrNiNb19-11
UNS S30400, S30403, S30453, S32100, S34700
AISI 347, 321,302, 304, 304L, 304LN
ASTM A296 Gr. CF 8 C, A157 Gr. C9, A320 Gr. B8C or D
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
C
0.03
Si
0.7
Mn
1.4
Cr
19.0
Ni
10.4
Nb
0.35
u
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
420 (≥ 350)
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
590 (≥ 550)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
35 (≥ 30)
wt.-%
-120°C
40
C
0.03
-196°C
32 (≥ 32)
Condition
u
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2
Arc length mm
~3
Current A
150 – 230
Voltage V
22 – 29
Si
0.7
Mn
1.4
Cr
18.7
Ni
10.4
Nb
0.35
FN
4–6
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
70
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4311 X2CrNiN18-9, 1.4312 GX10CrNi18-8, 1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10,
1.4546 X5CrNiNb18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4552 GX5CrNiNb19-11
UNS S30400, S30403, S30453, S32100, S34700
AISI 347, 321,302, 304, 304L, 304LN
ASTM A296 Gr. CF 8 C, A157 Gr. C9, A320 Gr. B8C or D
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
FN
5 – 13
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
FCW
wt.-%
FCW
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E347T1-4(1)
Wire feed m/min
6.0 – 13.0
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. No pulsing needed. Backhand (drag) technique
preferred with a work angle of appr. 80°. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 as shielding gas offers the best weldability. 100%
CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V. The gas flow should be 15 – 20 l/min. The heat
input should not exceed 2.0 kJ/mm, the interpass temperature be limited to max. 150°C and the wire stick-out
15 – 20 mm. The scaling temperature is approx. 850°C in air. Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed.
Approvals
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
430 (≥ 350)
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
600 (≥ 550)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
37 (≥ 30)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
85
-120°C
45 (≥ 32)
Dimension mm
1.2
Arc length mm
~3
Current A
150 – 230
Voltage V
22 – 29
Wire feed m/min
6.0 – 13.0
Operating data
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. No pulsing needed. Backhand (drag) technique
preferred with a work angle of appr. 80°. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 as shielding gas offers the best weldability. 100%
CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V. The gas flow should be 15 – 20 l/min. The heat
input should not exceed 2.0 kJ/mm, the interpass temperature be limited to max. 150°C and the wire stick-out
15 – 20 mm. The scaling temperature is approx. 850°C in air. Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed.
Approvals
TÜV (10059), CE
CE
470
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
471
BÖHLER E 347H PW-FD
BÖHLER EAS 4 M-FD
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, heat resistant
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Classifications
Classifications
EN ISO 17633-A
T 19 9 Nb P M21 (C1) 1
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E347HT1-4(1)
EN ISO 17633-A
T 19 12 3 L R M21 (C1) 3
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Rutile flux-cored wire of T 19 9 Nb P / E347HT1 type for welding of creep resistant austenitic CrNi-steels
such as 1.4912 / 347H suitable for service temperatures above 400°C. Especially designed for welding in all
positions with Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 as shielding gas. Application examples are heat exchangers, hot separators,
hydrocracking and hydrodesulphurization in refineries. Easy handling and high deposition rate result in high
productivity with excellent welding performance and very low spatter formation. Increased travel speeds as
well as self-releasing slag with little demand for cleaning and pickling provide considerable savings in time and
money. The wide arc ensures even penetration and side-wall fusion to prevent lack of fusion. The bismuth-free
weld deposit (Bi ≤ 10 ppm) and controlled ferrite content of 4 – 8 FN (measured with FERITSCOPE FMP30) meet
the recommendations of API RP582 and AWS A5.22 for high temperature service or post-weld heat treatment.
Also fulfils AWS A5.22 E347T1-4(1). For flat and horizontal welding positions, BÖHLER E 347L H-FD may be
preferred.
Rutile flux-cored wire of T 19 12 3 L R / E316LT0 type for welding of stainless steels such as 1.4435 / 316L.
Easy handling and high deposition rate result in high productivity with excellent welding performance and very
low spatter formation. Increased travel speeds as well as self-releasing slag with little demand for cleaning and
pickling provide considerable savings in time and money. The wire shows good wetting behavior and results in
a finely rippled surface pattern. The wide arc ensures even penetration and side-wall fusion to prevent lack of
fusion. Suitable for service temperatures from –120°C to 400°C. Resists intergranular corrosion up to 400°C.
For higher temperatures a niobium-stabilized consumable such as BÖHLER SAS 4-FD is required.For welding in
vertical-up and overhead positions, BÖHLER EAS 4 M PW-FD should be preferred.
Base materials
1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4878 X8CrNiTi18-10, 1.4912 X7CrNiNb18-10, 1.4940
X7CrNiTi18-10
UNS S32100, S32109, S34700, S34709
AISI 321, 321H, 347, 347H
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.045
Si
0.6
Mn
1.3
Base materials
1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4409 GX2CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4429 X2CrNiMoN17-12-3,
1.4432 X2CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2,
1.4580 X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12
UNS S31600, S31603, S31635, S31640, S31653
AISI 316L, 316Ti, 316Cb
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
wt.-%
Cr
18.5
Ni
10.5
Nb
0.45
FN
2–7
Current A
150 – 230
Voltage V
22 – 29
Cr
19.0
-196°C
38
28
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
410 (≥ 320)
560 (≥ 520)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
Ni
12.0
Mo
2.7
FN
3 – 10
Wire feed m/min
6.0 – 13.0
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. No pulsing needed. Backhand (drag) technique
preferred with a work angle of appr. 80°. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 as shielding gas offers the best weldability. 100%
CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V. The gas flow should be 15 – 20 l/min. The heat
input should not exceed 2.0 kJ/mm, the interpass temperature be limited to max. 150°C and the wire stick-out
15 – 20 mm.
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
34 (≥ 30)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
55
-120°C
35 (≥ 32)
Current A
130 – 280
200 – 350
Voltage V
22 – 30
25 – 30
Wire feed m/min
5.0 – 15.0
4.5 – 9.5
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2
1.6
Operating data
Arc length mm
~3
Mn
1.5
Condition
Condition
Dimension mm
1.2
Si
0.7
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Yield strength Tensile strength Elongation A
Impact work ISO-V KV J
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
-120°C
u
370 (≥ 350)
560 (≥ 550)
45 (≥ 30)
95 (≥ 32)
55 (≥ 32)
a
375
570
44
90
35
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
a post-weld heat treatment at 600°C for 36 h – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
C
0.03
FCW
FCW
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E316LT0-4(1)
Arc length mm
~3
~3
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. No pulsing needed. Backhand (drag) technique
preferred with a work angle of appr. 80°. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 as shielding gas offers the best weldability. 100%
CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V. The gas flow should be 15 – 20 l/min. The heat
input should not exceed 2.0 kJ/mm, the interpass temperature be limited to max. 150°C and the wire stick-out
15 – 20 mm. The scaling temperature is approx. 850°C in air. Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In
special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050°C followed by water quenching.
Approvals
TÜV (5349), DB (43.014.15), DNV GL, LR (M21), CE
Approvals
CE
472
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
473
Avesta FCW-2D 316L/SKR
BÖHLER EAS 4 PW-FD
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Classifications
EN ISO 17633-A
T 19 12 3 L R M21 (C1) 3
Classifications
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E316LT0-4(1)
EN ISO 17633-A
T 19 12 3 L P M21 (C1) 1
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Designed for welding 1.4436 / 316L type stainless steels with excellent resistance to general, pitting and
intergranular corrosion in chloride containing environments. Intended for severe service conditions, e.g. in dilute
hot acids. Also suitable for welding steels that are stabilized with titanium or niobium, such as 1.4571 / 316Ti for
service temperatures not exceeding 400°C. For higher temperatures a niobium-stabilized consumable such as
BÖHLER SAS 4-FD is required.
Avesta FCW-2D 316L/SKR provides excellent weldability in flat as well as horizontal-vertical position. Great slag
detachability and almost no spatter formation. Optimized to result in a shiny weld metal surface; also when
welding with 100% CO2. Due to the slow freezing rutile slag, the weld metal shows very smooth bead appearance
and low temper discoloration, which makes post-weld cleaning easier. Welding in vertical-up and overhead
positions is preferably done using Avesta FCW 316L/SKR-PW.
Rutile flux-cored wire of T 19 12 3 L P / E316LT1 type for welding of stainless steels such as 1.4435 / 316L. The
fast freezing slag offers excellent weldability and slag control in all positions. Easy handling and high deposition
rate result in high productivity with excellent welding performance and very low spatter formation. Increased
travel speeds as well as self-releasing slag with little demand for cleaning and pickling provide considerable
savings in time and money. The wide arc ensures even penetration and side-wall fusion to prevent lack of fusion.
Suitable for service temperatures from –120°C to 400°C. Resists intergranular corrosion up to 400°C. For flat and
horizontal welding positions, BÖHLER EAS 4 M-FD may be preferred.
Base materials
1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4409 GX2CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4429 X2CrNiMoN17-12-3,
1.4432 X2CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2,
1.4580 X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12
UNS S31600, S31603, S31635, S31640, S31653
AISI 316L, 316Ti, 316Cb
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.7
Mn
1.3
Cr
18.4
Ni
12.1
Mo
2.6
1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4409 GX2CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4429 X2CrNiMoN17-12-3,
1.4432 X2CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2,
1.4580 X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12
UNS S31600, S31603, S31635, S31640, S31653
AISI 316L, 316Ti, 316Cb
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
wt.-%
Current A
130 – 280
200 – 350
Voltage V
22 – 30
25 – 30
Mn
1.5
Cr
19.0
Ni
12.0
-120°C
37 (≥ 32)
Hardness
Brinell
210
Yield strength Tensile strength Elongation A
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
u
430 (≥ 320)
560 (≥ 520)
34 (=> 30)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
Mo
2.7
FN
3 – 10
Wire feed m/min
5.0 – 15.0
4.5 – 9.5
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability.
100% CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V. Suitable gas flow rate for welding
outdoors is 18 – 25 l/min. Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 150°C and wire
stick-out 15 – 20 mm. The scaling temperature is approx. 850°C in air. Post-weld heat treatment generally not
needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050°C followed by water quenching.
Approvals
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
65
-20°C
55
-120°C
40 (≥ 32)
Operating data
Dimension mm
0.9
1.2
1.6
Operating data
Arc length mm
~3
~3
Si
0.7
Condition
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Dimension mm
1.2
1.6
C
0.03
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
FN
3 – 10
Condition Yield strength Tensile strength Elongation A Impact work ISO-V KV J
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
-20°C
u
390 (≥ 320)
560 (≥ 520)
39 (≥ 30)
52
47
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
Base materials
FCW
FCW
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E316LT1-4(1)
Arc length mm
~3
~3
~3
Current A
100 – 160
150 – 280
200 – 360
Voltage V
22 – 27
22 – 30
23 – 28
Wire feed m/min
8.0 – 15.0
6.0 – 15.0
4.5 – 9.5
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. No pulsing needed. Backhand (drag) technique
preferred with a work angle of appr. 80°. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 as shielding gas offers the best weldability.
100% CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V. The gas flow should be 15 – 20 l/min.
The heat input should not exceed 2.0 kJ/mm, the interpass temperature be limited to max. 150°C and the wire
stick-out 15 – 20 mm. The scaling temperature is approx. 850°C in air. Post-weld heat treatment generally not
needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050°C followed by water quenching.
Approvals
TÜV (09118), DB (43.014.24), LR (M21), DNV GL, ABS (M21), BV (M21+Ø1.2), CE
TÜV (10745), CWB, DNV GL, ABS, CE
474
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
475
Avesta FCW 316L/SKR-PW
BÖHLER EAS 4 PW-FD (LF)
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, cryogenic
EN ISO 17633-A
T 19 12 3 L P M21 (C1) 1
Classifications
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E316LT1-4(1)
EN ISO 17633-A
T Z 19 12 3 L P M21 (C1) 1
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Designed for welding 1.4436 / 316L type stainless steels with excellent resistance to general, pitting and
intergranular corrosion in chloride containing environments. Intended for severe service conditions, e.g. in dilute
hot acids. Also suitable for welding steels that are stabilized with titanium or niobium, such as 1.4571 / 316Ti for
service temperatures not exceeding 400°C. For higher temperatures a niobium-stabilized consumable such as
BÖHLER SAS 4 PW-FD is required.
Avesta FCW 316L/SKR-PW has a stronger arc and a faster freezing slag as compared to Avesta FCW-2D 316L/
SKR. It is designed for all-round welding and can be used in all positions without changing the parameter
settings. Very good slag detachability and almost no spatter formation. Due to the fast freezing rutile slag, the
weldability is excellent also in the vertical-up and overhead positions.
Rutile flux-cored wire of T 19 12 3 L P / E316LT1 type with controlled weld metal ferrite content (3 – 6 FN
measured with Fischer FeriteScope). Particularly for good cryogenic toughness and lateral expansion down to
–196°C as specified for LNG applications. Also fulfills AWS A5.22 E316LT1-4J and E316LT1-1J. The fast freezing
slag offers excellent weldability and slag control in all positions. Easy handling and high deposition rate result in
high productivity with excellent welding performance and very low spatter formation. Increased travel speeds as
well as good slag removal with little demand for cleaning and pickling provide considerable savings in time and
money. The wide arc ensures even penetration and side-wall fusion to prevent lack of fusion. Suitable for service
temperatures from –196°C to 350°C.
Base materials
1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4409 GX2CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4429 X2CrNiMoN17-12-3,
1.4432 X2CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2,
1.4580 X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12
UNS S31600, S31603, S31635, S31640, S31653
AISI 316L, 316Ti, 316Cb
1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4409 GX2CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4429 X2CrNiMoN17-12-3,
1.4432 X2CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2,
1.4580 X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12
UNS S31600, S31603, S31635, S31640, S31653
AISI 316L, 316Ti, 316Cb
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
FCW
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E316LT1-4(1)
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.7
Mn
1.5
Cr
19.0
Ni
12.0
Mo
2.7
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
wt.-%
FN
3 – 10
Hardness
Brinell
Current A
100 – 160
150 – 280
200 – 360
Voltage V
22 – 27
22 – 30
23 – 28
210
Wire feed m/min
8.0 – 15.0
6.0 – 15.0
4.5 – 9.5
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability.
100% CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V. Suitable gas flow rate for welding
outdoors is 18 – 25 l/min. Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 150°C and wire
stick-out 15 – 20 mm. The scaling temperature is approx. 850°C in air. Post-weld heat treatment is generally not
needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050°C followed by water quenching.
Cr
18.1
Ni
12.5
Mo
2.1
FN
2–4
Impact work ISO-V KV J
Lateral expansion
20°C
75
-196°C
≥ 0.38
-196°C
35 (≥ 32)
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2
Arc length mm
~3
Current A
150 – 250
Voltage V
22 – 29
Wire feed m/min
6.0 – 13.0
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. No pulsing needed. Backhand (drag) technique
preferred with a work angle of appr. 80°. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 as shielding gas offers the best weldability. 100%
CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V. The gas flow should be 15 – 20 l/min. The heat
input should not exceed 2.0 kJ/mm, the interpass temperature be limited to max. 150°C and the wire stick-out
15 – 20 mm. The scaling temperature is approx. 850°C in air. Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In
special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050°C followed by water quenching.
Approvals
Approvals
TÜV (12823), CE
TÜV (10746), CWB, DB (43.014.40), DNV GL, ABS, BV (M21+Ø1.2), CE
476
Mn
1.4
Yield strength Tensile strength Elongation A
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
u
400 (≥ 320)
550 (≥ 520)
36 (≥ 30)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
Operating data
Arc length mm
~3
~3
~3
Si
0.7
Condition
Yield strength Tensile strength Elongation A Impact work ISO-V KV J
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
-20°C
-120°C
u
430 (≥ 320)
560 (≥ 520)
34 (≥ 30)
65
55
40 (≥ 32)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
Dimension mm
0.9
1.2
1.6
C
0.03
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
477
FCW
Classifications
BÖHLER SAS 4-FD
BÖHLER SAS 4 PW-FD
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, stabilized
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, stabilized
Classifications
Classifications
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Rutile flux-cored wire of T 19 12 3 Nb R / "E318T0" type for welding of CrNiMo(Ti/Nb) austenitic stainless steels.
Designed for single and multi-pass welding mainly in the flat and horizontal position and horizontal/vertical
position. Easy handling and high deposition rate result in high productivity with excellent welding performance
and very low spatter formation. Increased travel speeds as well as self-releasing slag with little demand for
cleaning and pickling provide considerable savings in time and money. The wire shows good wetting behavior
and results in a finely rippled surface pattern. The wide arc ensures even penetration and side-wall fusion to
prevent lack of fusion. Stabilized with niobium and suitable for service temperatures from –120°C to 400°C. For
welding in vertical-up and overhead positions, BÖHLER SAS 4 PW-FD should be preferred.
Rutile flux-cored wire of T 19 12 3 Nb P / "E318T1" type for welding of CrNiMo(Ti/Cb) austenitic stainless
steels. The fast freezing slag offers excellent weldability and slag control in all positions. Easy handling and high
deposition rate result in high productivity with excellent welding performance and very low spatter formation.
Increased travel speeds as well as self-releasing slag with little demand for cleaning and pickling provide
considerable savings in time and money. The wide arc ensures even penetration and side-wall fusion to prevent
lack of fusion.
Stabilized with niobium and suitable for service temperatures from –120°C to 400°C. For flat and horizontal
welding positions, BÖHLER SAS 4-FD may be preferred.
Base materials
Base materials
EN ISO 17633-A
T 19 12 3 Nb P M21 (C1) 1
1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4409 GX2CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3,
1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-13-3, 1.4437 GX6CrNiMo18-12, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4580 X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2,
1.4581 GX5CrNiMoNb19-11-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12
UNS S31600, S31603, S31635, S31640, S31653, AISI 316, 316L, 316Ti, 316Cb
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.6
Mn
1.3
Cr
18.8
Ni
12.2
Mo
2.7
Nb
0.29
FN
5 – 13
FCW
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
u
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
458 (≥ 350)
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
604 (≥ 550)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
38 (≥ 25)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
Dimension mm
1.2
1.6
Arc length mm
~3
~3
Current A
130 – 230
200 – 350
Voltage V
22 – 30
25 – 30
20°C
70
-100°C
44 (≥ 32)
Operating data
1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4409 GX2CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3,
1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-13-3, 1.4437 GX6CrNiMo18-12, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4580 X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2,
1.4581 GX5CrNiMoNb19-11-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12
UNS S31600, S31603, S31635, S31640, S31653, AISI 316, 316L, 316Ti, 316Cb
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.6
Mn
1.3
Cr
18.8
Ni
12.2
Mo
2.7
Nb
0.46
FN
5 – 13
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
u
Yield strength
Rp0.2
MPa
480 (≥ 350)
Tensile strength
Rm
MPa
665 (≥ 550)
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
32 (≥ 25)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
68
-100°C
50 (≥ 32)
Dimension mm
1.2
Arc length mm
~3
Current A
150 – 230
Voltage V
22 – 29
Wire feed m/min
6.0 – 13.0
FCW
EN ISO 17633-A
T 19 12 3 Nb R M21 (C1) 3
Operating data
Wire feed m/min
5.0 – 15.0
4.5 – 9.5
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. No pulsing needed. Backhand (drag) technique
preferred with a work angle of appr. 80°. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 as shielding gas offers the best weldability. 100%
CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V. The gas flow should be 15 – 20 l/min. The heat
input should not exceed 2.0 kJ/mm, the interpass temperature be limited to max. 150°C and the wire stick-out
15 – 20 mm. The scaling temperature is approx. 850°C in air. Post-weld heat treatment is generally not needed.
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. No pulsing needed. Backhand (drag) technique
preferred with a work angle of appr. 80°. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 as shielding gas offers the best weldability. 100%
CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V. The gas flow should be 15 – 20 l/min. The heat
input should not exceed 2.0 kJ/mm, the interpass temperature be limited to max. 150°C and the wire stick-out
15 – 20 mm. The scaling temperature is approx. 850°C in air. Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed.
Approvals
Approvals
CE
CE
478
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
479
BÖHLER E 317L-FD
BÖHLER E 317L PW-FD
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless
Classifications
Classifications
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E317LT0-4(1)
EN ISO 17633-A
T Z19 13 4 L P M21 (C1) 1
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E317LT1-4(1)
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Rutile flux-cored wire of T 19 13 4 L R / E317LT0 type for welding of corrosion resistant CrNiMo(N) austenitic
stainless steels. Better resistance to general, pitting and intergranular corrosion in chloride containing
environments than 1.4436 / 316L. Intended for severe service conditions, e.g. in dilute hot acids and satisfies the
high demands of offshore fabricators, shipyards building chemical tankers as well as the chemical/petrochemical,
pulp and paper industries. Easy handling and high deposition rate result in high productivity with excellent
welding performance and very low spatter formation. Increased travel speeds as well as self-releasing slag with
little demand for cleaning and pickling provide considerable savings in time and money. The wide arc ensures
even penetration and side-wall fusion to prevent lack of fusion. Suitable for service temperatures from –60°C to
300°C. The weld metal exhibits resistance to pitting corrosion and intergranular corrosion resistance (ASTM A
262 / Practice E) up to 300°C. Ferrite measured with FERITSCOPE FMP30 3 – 8 FN. For corrosion resistant single
layer cladding, the wire should be used under mixed gas (Ar + 15 – 25% CO2) to ensure > 3 FN. For welding in
vertical-up and overhead positions, BÖHLER E 317 L PW-FD should be preferred.
Rutile flux-cored wire of T 19 13 4 L P / E317LT1 type for welding of corrosion resistant CrNiMo(N) austenitic
stainless steels. Better resistance to general, pitting and intergranular corrosion in chloride containing
environments than 1.4436 / 316L. Intended for severe service conditions, e.g. in dilute hot acids and satisfies the
high demands of offshore fabricators, shipyards building chemical tankers as well as the chemical/petrochemical,
pulp and paper industries. The fast freezing slag offers excellent weldability and slag control in all positions. Easy
handling and high deposition rate result in high productivity with excellent welding performance and very low
spatter formation. The wide arc ensures even penetration and side-wall fusion to prevent lack of fusion. Suitable
for service temperatures from –60°C to 300°C. The weld metal exhibits resistance to pitting and intergranular
corrosion (ASTM A 262 / Practice E) up to 300°C. For corrosion resistant single layer cladding, the wire should
be used under mixed gas (Ar + 15 – 25% CO2) to ensure a ferrite content of > 3 FN. Ferrite measured with
FERITSCOPE FMP30 3 – 8 FN. For flat and horizontal welding positions, BÖHLER E 317 L-FD may be preferred.
Base materials
CrNiMo(N) austenitic stainless steels with higher Mo-content or corrosion resistant claddings on mild steels
1.4429 X2CrNiMoN17-13-3, 1.4434 X2CrNiMoN18-12-4, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4438 X2CrNiMo19-14-4,
1.4439 X2CrNiMoN17-13-5
AISI 316L, 316LN, 317L, 317LN, 317LMN
UNS S31600, S31653, S31703, S31726, S31753
CrNiMo(N) austenitic stainless steels with higher Mo-content or corrosion resistant claddings on mild steels
1.4429 X2CrNiMoN17-13-3, 1.4434 X2CrNiMoN18-12-4, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4438 X2CrNiMo19-14-4,
1.4439 X2CrNiMoN17-13-5
AISI 316L, 316LN, 317L, 317LN, 317LMN
UNS S31600, S31653, S31703, S31726, S31753
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.7
Mn
1.3
Cr
18.8
Ni
13.1
Mo
3.4
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
420 (≥ 350)
570 (≥ 550)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
32 (≥ 25)
Arc length mm
~3
Si
0.7
Mn
1.3
Cr
18.8
Condition
-60°C
45 (≥ 32)
Ni
13.1
Mo
3.4
FN
2–7
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
430 (≥ 350)
560 (≥ 550)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
36 (≥ 25)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
58
-60°C
50 (≥ 32)
Current A
150 – 250
Voltage V
22 – 29
Wire feed m/min
6.0 – 13.0
Operating data
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2
C
0.03
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
50
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
wt.-%
FN
2–7
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
FCW
FCW
EN ISO 17633-A
T Z19 13 4 L R M21 (C1) 3
Current A
130 – 280
Voltage V
22 – 30
Dimension mm
1.2
Wire feed m/min
5.0 – 15.0
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. No pulsing needed. Backhand (drag) technique
preferred with a work angle of appr. 80°. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 as shielding gas offers the best weldability. 100%
CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V. The gas flow should be 15 – 20 l/min. The
heat input should not exceed 1.5 kJ/mm, the interpass temperature be limited to max. 100°C and the wire stickout 15 – 20 mm. Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be
performed at 1050°C followed by water quenching.
Approvals
Arc length mm
~3
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. No pulsing needed. Backhand (drag) technique
preferred with a work angle of appr. 80°. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 as shielding gas offers the best weldability. 100%
CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V. The gas flow should be 15 – 20 l/min. The
heat input should not exceed 1.5 kJ/mm, the interpass temperature be limited to max. 100°C and the wire stickout 15 – 20 mm. Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be
performed at 1050°C followed by water quenching.
Approvals
BV (C1+Ø1.2), CE
CE
480
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
481
Avesta FCW-2D 2205
Avesta FCW 2205-PW
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, duplex stainless
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, duplex stainless
Classifications
EN ISO 17633-A
T 22 9 3 N L R M21 (C1) 3
Classifications
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E2209T0-4(1)
EN ISO 17633-A
T 22 9 3 N L P M21 (C1) 1
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Primarily designed for welding 22Cr duplex stainless steels such as 1.4462 / UNS S32205 and S31803 used in
offshore, shipyards, chemical tankers, chemical/petrochemical, pulp & paper, etc.
Avesta FCW-2D 2205 provides excellent weldability in flat as well as horizontal-vertical position. Welding in
vertical-up and overhead positions is preferably done using Avesta FCW 2205-PW. The weld metal has very good
resistance to pitting and stress corrosion cracking in chloride containing environments and meets the corrosion
test requirements per ASTM G48 Methods A, B and E (22°C), ASTM G36 and NACE TM 0177 Method A. Overalloyed in nickel to promote austenite formation.
Duplex alloys have good weldability, but the welding procedure should be adapted to the base material
considering fluidity, joint design, heat input, etc.
Primarily designed for welding 22Cr duplex stainless steels such as 1.4462 / UNS S32205 and S31803 used in
offshore, shipyards, chemical tankers, chemical/petrochemical, pulp & paper, etc.
Avesta FCW 2205-PW has a stronger arc and a faster slag compared to Avesta FCW-2D 2205. It is designed for
all-round welding and can be used in all positions without changing the parameter settings. The weldability is
excellent in the vertical-up and overhead welding positions. Very good resistance to pitting and stress corrosion
cracking in chloride containing environments. Meets the corrosion test requirements per ASTM G48 Methods A, B
and E (25°C). Over-alloyed in nickel to promote austenite formation.
Duplex alloys have good weldability, but the welding procedure should be adapted to the base material
considering fluidity, joint design, heat input, etc.
Base materials
Base materials
1.4462 X2CrNiMoN22-5-3, 1.4362 X2CrNiN23-4, 1.4162 X2CrNiMoN21-5-1
UNS S32205, S31803, S32304, S32101
2205, 2304, LDX 2101®, SAF 2205, SAF 2304
1.4462 X2CrNiMoN22-5-3, 1.4362 X2CrNiN23-4, 1.4162 X2CrNiMoN21-5-1
UNS S32205, S31803, S32304, S32101
2205, 2304, LDX 2101®, SAF 2205, SAF 2304
wt.-%
C
0.027
Si
0.7
Mn
0.9
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
Cr
22.7
Ni
9.0
Mo
3.2
N
0.13
PREN
> 35
FN
35 – 65
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Tensile strength Elongation A
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
u
620 (≥ 450)
800 (≥ 690)
27 (≥ 20)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
60
-30°C
45 (≥ 32)
wt.-%
C
0.029
Si
0.7
Mn
1.0
Cr
23.0
Ni
9.1
Mo
3.2
N
0.13
PREN
> 35
FN
45 – 65
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Hardness
Brinell
240
Operating data
Condition
Yield strength Tensile strength Elongation A
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
u
600 (≥ 450)
800 (≥ 690)
27 (≥ 20)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
58
-46°C
45
Hardness
Brinell
240
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2
1.6
Arc length mm
~3
~3
Current A
150 – 180
200 – 350
Voltage V
24 – 30
26 – 30
Wire feed m/min
6.5 – 15.5
5.0 – 9.5
Dimension mm
1.2
1.6
Arc length mm
~3
~3
Current A
130 – 230
200 – 320
Voltage V
23 – 30
25 – 30
Wire feed m/min
5.5 – 11.5
5.0 – 9.0
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability.
100% CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V and the weld metal austenite content
increases somewhat. Gas flow rate 18 – 25 l/min. Suggested heat input is 0.5 – 2.5 kJ/mm, interpass
temperature max. 150°C and wire stick-out 15 – 20 mm. Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In
special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1100 – 1150°C followed by water quenching. Ferrite
measured with FERITSCOPE FMP30 39 – 47 FN.
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability.
100% CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V and the weld metal austenite content
increases somewhat. Gas flow rate 18 – 25 l/min. Suggested heat input is 0.5 – 2.5 kJ/mm, interpass
temperature max. 120°C and wire stick-out 15 – 20 mm. Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In
special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1100 – 1185°C followed by water quenching. Ferrite
measured with FERITSCOPE FMP30 35 – 41 FN.
Approvals
Approvals
TÜV (10742), BV (C1+Ø1.2), CWB, DNV GL, LR, RINA (M21), DB (43.014.44), ABS, CE
TÜV (10743), BV (C1+Ø1.2), CWB, DNV GL, LR, RINA (M21), ABS, CE
Alternative products
Alternative products
BÖHLER CN 22/9-FD
BÖHLER CN 22/9 PW-FD
482
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
483
FCW
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
FCW
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E2209T1-4(1)
Avesta FCW-2D LDX 2101
Avesta FCW-2D 2304
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, lean duplex stainless
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, lean duplex stainless
Classifications
EN ISO 17633-A
T 23 7 N L R M21 (C1) 3
Classifications
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E2307T0-4(1)
EN ISO 17633-A
T 23 7 N L R M21 (C1) 3
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Designed for welding the lean duplex stainless steel LDX 2101® (1.4162 / UNS S32101) and similar alloys. The
combination of excellent strength and better resistance to pitting corrosion, crevice corrosion and stress corrosion
cracking than 1.4301 / 304 makes this alloy suitable for construction of for instance storage tanks, containers,
heat exchangers and pressure vessels. Typical applications are within civil engineering, transportation,
desalination, water treatment, pulp & paper, etc.
Avesta FCW-2D LDX 2101 provides excellent weldability in flat as well as horizontal-vertical position. Welding in
vertical-up and overhead positions is preferably done with Avesta FCW LDX 2101-PW. The wire is over-alloyed
with nickel to promote weld metal austenite formation and is suitable for service temperatures from –50°C to
250°C.
Duplex alloys have good weldability, but the welding procedure should be adapted to the base material
considering fluidity, joint design, heat input, etc.
Primarily designed for welding the lean duplex stainless steel SAF 2304 (1.4362 / UNS S32304) and similar
grades. The corrosion resistance is in general higher than for austenitic stainless steel of 1.4401 / 316L type.
Thanks to the low molybdenum content, the resistance to pitting corrosion and stress corrosion cracking in nitric
acid containing environments is very good. Typical applications are for example storage tanks, pressure vessels,
heat exchangers and containers within civil engineering, pulp & paper, transportation, chemical industry, etc.
Avesta FCW-2D 2304 provides excellent weldability in flat position. Welding in vertical-up and overhead positions
is preferably done using Avesta FCW 2304-PW. The wire is over-alloyed with nickel to promote weld metal
austenite formation.
Duplex alloys have good weldability, but the welding procedure should be adapted to the base material
considering fluidity, joint design, heat input, etc.
Base materials
1.4362 X2CrNiN23-4, 1.4162 X2CrMnNiN21-5-1, 1.4482 X2CrMnNiMoN21-5-3
UNS S32304, S32101, S32001
SAF 2304, LDX 2101®, 2001
ASME SA 240, ASME SA 790, ASME Code Case 2418 and similar alloys.
1.4162 X2CrMnNiN21-5-1, 1.4362 X2CrNiN23-4, 1.4482 X2CrMnNiMoN21-5-3
UNS S32101, S32001, S32304
LDX 2101®, SAF 2304, 2001
ASME SA 240, ASME SA 790, ASME Code Case 2418 and similar alloys.
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.025
Si
0.7
Mn
1.1
Cr
24.6
Ni
9.0
Mo
0.4
N
0.14
wt.-%
FN
≥ 30
Condition
Yield strength Tensile strength Elongation A Impact work ISO-V KV J
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
-40°C
-60°C
u
570 (≥ 450)
760 (≥ 690)
28 (≥ 20)
65
45
41
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
Hardness
Brinell
240
Operating data
Arc length mm
~3
Current A
150 – 280
Voltage V
24 – 30
C
0.025
Si
0.7
Mn
1.1
Cr
24.6
Ni
9.0
Mo
0.4
N
0.14
PREN
27
FN
≥ 30
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Dimension mm
1.2
Base materials
FCW
FCW
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E2307T0-4(1)
Condition Yield strength Tensile strength Elongation A Impact work ISO-V KV J
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
-40°C
u
570 (≥ 450)
760 (≥ 690)
28 (≥ 20)
65
45
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
Approvals
240
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2
Wire feed m/min
6.5 – 15.5
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability.
100% CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V and the weld metal austenite content
increases somewhat. Gas flow rate 18 – 25 l/min. Suggested heat input is 0.5 – 2.0 kJ/mm, interpass
temperature max. 150°C and wire stick-out 15 – 20 mm. Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In
special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1020 – 1080°C followed by water quenching. Ferrite
measured with FERITSCOPE FMP30 27 – 34 FN.
-60°C
41
Hardness
Brinell
Arc length mm
~3
Current A
150 – 280
Voltage V
24 – 30
Wire feed m/min
6.5 – 15.5
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability.
100% CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V and the weld metal austenite content
increases somewhat. Gas flow rate 18 – 25 l/min. Suggested heat input is 0.5 – 2.0 kJ/mm, interpass
temperature max. 150°C and wire stick-out 15 – 20 mm. Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In
special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1020 – 1080°C followed by water quenching. Ferrite
measured with FERITSCOPE FMP30 27 – 34 FN.
Approvals
TÜV (11416), CE
TÜV (11411), CE
484
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
485
Avesta FCW LDX 2101-PW
Avesta FCW 2304-PW
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, lean duplex stainless
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, lean duplex stainless
Classifications
Classifications
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E2307T1-4(1)
EN ISO 17633-A
T 23 7 N L R M21 (C1) 1
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E2307T1-4(1)
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Designed for welding the lean duplex stainless steel LDX 2101® (1.4162 / UNS S32101) and similar alloys. The
combination of excellent strength and better resistance to pitting corrosion, crevice corrosion and stress corrosion
cracking than 1.4301 / 304 makes this alloy suitable for construction for instance storage tanks, containers, heat
exchangers and pressure vessels. Typical applications are within civil engineering, transportation, desalination,
water treatment, pulp & paper, etc.
Avesta FCW LDX 2101-PW has a stronger arc and a faster freezing slag compared to Avesta FCW-2D LDX 2101.
It is designed for all-round welding and can be used in all positions without changing the parameter settings.
Weldability is excellent in the vertical-up and overhead welding positions. The wire is over-alloyed with nickel to
promote weld metal austenite formation and is suitable for service temperatures from –50°C to 250°C.
Duplex alloys have good weldability, but the welding procedure should be adapted to the base material
considering fluidity, joint design, heat input, etc.
Primarily designed for welding the lean duplex stainless steel SAF 2304 (1.4362 / UNS S32304) and similar
grades. The corrosion resistance is in general higher than for austenitic stainless steel of 1.4401 / 316L type.
Thanks to the low molybdenum content, the resistance to pitting corrosion and stress corrosion cracking in nitric
acid containing environments is very good. Typical applications are for example storage tanks, pressure vessels,
heat exchangers and containers within civil engineering, pulp & paper, transportation, chemical industry, etc.
Avesta FCW 2304-PW has a stronger arc and a faster freezing slag compared to Avesta FCW-2D 2304. It is
designed for all-round welding and can be used in all positions without changing the parameter settings. The
weldability is excellent in the vertical-up and overhead welding positions. The wire is over-alloyed with nickel to
promote weld metal austenite formation.
Duplex alloys have good weldability, but the welding procedure should be adapted to the base material
considering fluidity, joint design, heat input, etc.
Base materials
Base materials
1.4162 X2CrMnNiN21-5-1, 1.4362 X2CrNiN23-4, 1.4482 X2CrMnNiMoN21-5-3
UNS S32101, S32001, S32304
LDX 2101®, SAF 2304, 2001
ASME SA 240, ASME SA 790, ASME Code Case 2418 and similar alloys.
1.4362 X2CrNiN23-4, 1.4162 X2CrMnNiN21-5-1, 1.4482 X2CrMnNiMoN21-5-3
UNS S32304, S32101, S32001
SAF 2304, LDX 2101®, 2001
ASME SA 240, ASME SA 790, ASME Code Case 2418 and similar alloys.
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.7
Mn
1.1
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
Cr
24.6
Ni
9.0
Mo
0.4
N
0.14
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Tensile
Elongation A
Rp0.2
strength Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
u
580 (≥ 450)
750 (≥ 690)
31 (≥ 20)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
67
-30°C
54 (≥ 32)
PREN
27
FN
≥ 30
Hardness
Brinell
240
Operating data
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.7
Mn
1.1
Cr
24.6
Ni
9.0
Mo
0.4
N
0.14
PREN
27
FCW
FCW
EN ISO 17633-A
T 23 7 N L P M21 (C1) 1
FN
≥ 30
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Tensile strength Elongation A
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
u
580 (≥ 450)
750 (≥ 690)
31 (≥ 20)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
67
-30°C
54 (≥ 32)
Hardness
Brinell
240
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2
Arc length mm
~3
Current A
130 – 230
Voltage V
23 – 30
Wire feed m/min
5.5 – 11.5
Dimension mm
1.2
Arc length mm
~3
Current A
130 – 230
Voltage V
23 – 30
Wire feed m/min
5.5 – 11.5
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability.
100% CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V and the weld metal austenite content
increases somewhat. Gas flow rate 18 – 25 l/min. Suggested heat input is 0.5 – 2.0 kJ/mm, interpass
temperature max. 150°C and wire stick-out 15 – 20 mm. Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In
special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1020 – 1080°C followed by water quenching. Ferrite
measured with FERITSCOPE FMP30 27 – 34 FN.
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability.
100% CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V and the weld metal austenite content
increases somewhat. Gas flow rate 18 – 25 l/min. Suggested heat input is 0.5 – 2.0 kJ/mm, interpass
temperature max. 150°C and wire stick-out 15 – 20 mm. Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In
special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1020 – 1080°C followed by water quenching. Ferrite
measured with FERITSCOPE FMP30 27 – 34 FN.
Approvals
Approvals
ABS (C1), CE
CE
486
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
487
BÖHLER CN 23/12-FD
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, special applications
Classifications
EN ISO 17633-A
T 23 12 L R M21 (C1) 3
Operating data
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E309LT0-4(1)
Dimension mm
1.2
1.6
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Rutile flux-cored wire of T 23 12 L R / E309LT0 type for welding of dissimilar joints of Cr and CrNi(Mo)-steels
and unalloyed or low-alloyed steels, as well as weld cladding of unalloyed or low-alloyed base metals preferably
in flat or horizontal position. Ferrite measured with FERITSCOPE FMP30 14 – 22 FN. Easy handling and high
deposition rate result in high productivity with excellent welding performance and very low spatter formation.
Increased travel speeds as well as self-releasing slag with little demand for cleaning and pickling provide
considerable savings in time and money. The wire shows good wetting behavior and results in a finely rippled
surface pattern. The wide arc ensures even penetration and side-wall fusion to prevent lack of fusion. Suitable for
service temperatures from –60°C to 300°C. For welding in vertical-up and overhead positions, BÖHLER CN 23/12
PW-FD should be preferred.
Current A
130 – 280
200 – 350
Voltage V
22 – 30
25 – 30
Wire feed m/min
5.0 – 15.0
4.5 – 9.5
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. No pulsing needed. Backhand (drag) technique
preferred with a work angle of appr. 80°. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 as shielding gas offers the best weldability. 100%
CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V. The gas flow should be 15 – 20 l/min. The wire
stick-out should be 15 – 20 mm and the heat input not exceed 2.0 kJ/mm. For dissimilar welding, slight weaving
is recommended for all welding positions. The scaling temperature is approx. 1000°C in air. Post-weld heat
treatment generally not needed. Preheat and interpass temperatures as required by the base material.
Approvals
TÜV (05350), DB (43.014.16), DNV GL, LR, CE, RINA, BV (C1+Ø1.2), ABS (M21), CE
Base materials
Primarily used for surfacing (buffer layer) unalloyed or low-alloyed steels and when joining non-molybdenumalloyed stainless and carbon steels.
Joints and mixed joints between austenitic steels such as
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4308 GX5CrNi19-10, 1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404
X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4408 GX5CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4541
X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4552 GX5CrNiNb19-11, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4580
X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4581 GX5CrNiMoNb19-11-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12, 1.4948 X6CrNi18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30809, S31600, S31603, S31635, S32100, S34700, S31640
AISI 304, 304L, 316, 316L, 316Ti, 321, 347
or mixed joints between austenitic and heat resistant steels such as
1.4713 X10CrAlSi7, 1.4724 X10CrAlSi13, 1.4742 X10CrAlSi18, 1.4826 GX40CrNiSi22-10, 1.4828
X15CrNiSi20-12, 1.4832 GX25CrNiSi20-14, 1.4837 GX40CrNiSi25-12
with ferritic steels to pressure boiler steels P295GH and fine grained structural steels to P355N, ship building
steel grades A – E, AH 32 – EH 36, A40 – F40, etc.
FCW
FCW
Arc length mm
~3
~3
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.7
Mn
1.4
Cr
23.0
Ni
12.5
FN
12 – 23
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
400 (≥ 320)
540 (≥ 520)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
488
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
33 (≥ 30)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
55
-60°C
45 (≥ 32)
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
489
Avesta FCW-2D 309L
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, special applications
Classifications
EN ISO 17633-A
T 23 12 L R M21 (C1) 3
Operating data
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E309LT0-4(1)
Dimension mm
1.2
1.6
Current A
130 – 280
200 – 350
Voltage V
22 – 30
25 – 30
Wire feed m/min
5.0 – 15.0
4.5 – 9.5
Austenitic stainless steel flux-cored wire, primarily intended for surfacing low-alloyed steels and for dissimilar
welds between mild steel and stainless steels. Ferrite measured with FERITSCOPE FMP30 14 – 22 FN. Corrosion
resistance superior to 308L type fillers. When used for overlay welding on mild steel a corrosion resistance
equivalent to that of 1.4301 / 304 is obtained already in the first layer.
Avesta FCW-2D 309L provides excellent weldability in flat as well as horizontal-vertical position. Great slag
detachability and almost no spatter formation. Optimized to result in a shiny weld metal surface; also when
welding with 100% CO2. Due to the slow freezing rutile slag, the weld metal shows very smooth bead appearance
and low temper discoloration, which makes post-weld cleaning easier. Welding in vertical-up and overhead
positions is preferably done using Avesta FCW 309L-PW. Maximum application temperature 300°C.
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability.
100% CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V. Suitable gas flow rate for welding
outdoors is 18 – 25 l/min. Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm and wire stick-out 15 – 20 mm. For
dissimilar welding, slight weaving is recommended for all welding positions. The scaling temperature is approx.
1000°C in air. Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. For constructions that include dissimilar welding
of low-alloyed steels, a stress-relieving annealing stage may be advisable. Always consult the supplier of the
parent material or seek other expert advice to ensure that the correct heat treatment process is carried out.
Preheat and interpass temperatures as required by the base metal.
Base materials
Approvals
Primarily used for surfacing (buffer layer) unalloyed or low-alloyed steels and when joining non-molybdenumalloyed stainless and carbon steels.
Joints and mixed joints between austenitic steels such as
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4308 GX5CrNi19-10, 1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404
X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4408 GX5CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4541
X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4552 GX5CrNiNb19-11, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4580
X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4581 GX5CrNiMoNb19-11-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12, 1.4948 X6CrNi18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30809, S31600, S31603, S31635, S32100, S34700, S31640 304, 304L, 316, 316L,
316Ti, 321, 347,
or mixed joints between austenitic and heat resistant steels such as
1.4713 X10CrAlSi7, 1.4724 X10CrAlSi13, 1.4742 X10CrAlSi18, 1.4826 GX40CrNiSi22-10, 1.4828
X15CrNiSi20-12, 1.4832 GX25CrNiSi20-14, 1.4837 GX40CrNiSi25-12
with ferritic steels to pressure boiler steels P295GH and also fine grained structural steels to P355N, ship building
steels grade A – E, AH 32 – EH 36, A40 – F40, etc.
TÜV (10747), CWB, DB (43.014.41), DNV GL, RINA (M21), BV (C1+Ø1.2), ABS, CE
FCW
FCW
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Arc length mm
~3
~3
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.7
Mn
1.2
Cr
23.1
Ni
12.5
FN
12 – 23
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Tensile strength Elongation A
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
u
390 (≥ 320)
560 (≥ 520)
35 (≥ 30)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
490
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
49
-60°C
48 (≥ 32)
Hardness
Brinell
210
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
491
BÖHLER E 309L H-FD
BÖHLER CN 23/12 PW-FD
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, austentiic stainless, special applications, heat resistant
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, special applications
Classifications
Classifications
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E309LT0-4(1)
EN ISO 17633-A
T 23 12 L P M21 (C1) 1
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Rutile austenitic flux-cored wire of T 23 12 L R / E309LT0 type for welding of dissimilar joints of high-alloyed Cr
and CrNi(Mo)-steels with unalloyed or low-alloyed steels in flat or horizontal position, as well as the first cladding
layer on unalloyed and low-alloyed steels. Especially designed for welding in all positions with Ar + 15 – 25%
CO2 as shielding gas. Easy handling and high deposition rate result in high productivity with excellent welding
performance and very low spatter formation. Increased travel speeds as well as self-releasing slag with little
demand for cleaning and pickling provide considerable savings in time and money. The wire shows good wetting
behavior and results in a finely rippled surface pattern. The wide arc ensures even penetration and side-wall
fusion to prevent lack of fusion. Suitable for service temperatures down to –60°C. The bismuth-free weld deposit
(Bi ≤ 10 ppm) and controlled ferrite content of 12 – 18 FN (measured with FERITSCOPE FMP30) meet the
recommendations of API RP582 and AWS A5.22 for high temperature service or post-weld heat treatment. For
welding in vertical-up and overhead positions, BÖHLER E 309 H PW-FD should be preferred
Rutile flux-cored wire of T 23 12 L P / E309LT1 type for welding of dissimilar joints of Cr and CrNi(Mo)-steels
and unalloyed or low-alloyed steels, as well as weld cladding of unalloyed or low-alloyed base metals. Ferrite
measured with FERITSCOPE FMP30 14 – 22 FN. The fast freezing slag offers excellent weldability and slag
control in all positions. Easy handling and high deposition rate result in high productivity with excellent welding
performance and very low spatter formation. Increased travel speeds as well as self-releasing slag with little
demand for cleaning and pickling provide considerable savings in time and money. The wide arc ensures even
penetration and side-wall fusion to prevent lack of fusion. Suitable for service temperatures from –60°C to
300°C. For flat and horizontal welding positions, BÖHLER CN 23/12-FD may be preferred.
Base materials
Primarily used for surfacing (buffer layer) unalloyed or low-alloyed steels and when joining non-molybdenumalloyed stainless and carbon steels. Joints and mixed joints between austenitic steels or mixed joints between
austenitic and heat resistant steels with ferritic steels to pressure boiler steels and fine grained structural steels,
ship building steels, etc.
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
FCW
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E309LT1-4(1)
wt.-%
C
0.030
Si
0.6
Mn
1.3
Cr
23.0
Ni
12.2
FN
10 – 19
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
390 (≥ 350)
530 (≥ 520)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
45 (≥ 30)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
70 (≥ 47)
-60°C
50 (≥ 32)
Arc length mm
~3
Primarily used for surfacing (buffer layer) unalloyed or low-alloyed steels and when joining non-molybdenumalloyed stainless and carbon steels.
Joints and mixed joints between austenitic steels such as
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4308 GX5CrNi19-10, 1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404
X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4408 GX5CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4541
X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4552 GX5CrNiNb19-11, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4580
X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4581 GX5CrNiMoNb19-11-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12, 1.4948 X6CrNi18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30809, S31600, S31603, S31635, S32100, S34700, S31640
AISI 304, 304L, 316, 316L, 316Ti, 321, 347
or mixed joints between austenitic and heat resistant steels such as
1.4713 X10CrAlSi7, 1.4724 X10CrAlSi13, 1.4742 X10CrAlSi18, 1.4826 GX40CrNiSi22-10, 1.4828
X15CrNiSi20-12, 1.4832 GX25CrNiSi20-14, 1.4837 GX40CrNiSi25-12
with ferritic steels to pressure boiler steels P295GH and fine grained structural steels to P355N, ship building
steel grades A – E, AH 32 – EH 36, A40 – F40, etc.
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2
Base materials
Current A
130 – 250
Voltage V
22 – 30
Wire feed m/min
5.0 – 15.0
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.7
Mn
1.4
Ni
12.5
FN
12 – 23
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. No pulsing needed. Backhand (drag) technique
preferred with a work angle of appr. 80°. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 as shielding gas offers the best weldability. 100%
CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V. The gas flow should be 15 – 20 l/min. The wire
stick-out should be 15 – 20 mm and the heat input not exceed 2.0 kJ/mm. For dissimilar welding, slight weaving
is recommended for all welding positions. Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. For constructions that
include dissimilar welding of low-alloyed steels, a stress-relieving annealing stage may be advisable. Always
consult the supplier of the parent material or seek other expert advice to ensure that the correct heat treatment
process is carried out. Preheat and interpass temperatures as required by the base metal.
Cr
23.0
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
420 (≥ 320)
540 (≥ 520)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
36 (≥ 30)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
65
-60°C
50 (≥ 32)
Approvals
CE
492
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
493
FCW
EN ISO 17633-A
T 23 12 L R M21 (C1) 3
Avesta FCW 309L-PW
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, special applications
Classifications
Dimension mm
0.9
1.2
1.6
Arc length mm
~3
~3
~3
Current A
100 – 160
150 – 280
200 – 360
Voltage V
20 – 31
21 – 29
21 – 29
Wire feed m/min
8.0 – 15.0
6.0 – 15.0
4.5 – 9.5
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. No pulsing needed. Backhand (drag) technique
preferred with a work angle of appr. 80°. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 as shielding gas offers the best weldability. 100%
CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V. The gas flow should be 15 – 20 l/min. The wire
stick-out should be 15 – 20 mm and the heat input not exceed 2.0 kJ/mm. For dissimilar welding, slight weaving
is recommended for all welding positions. Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed, but depends on the
base material being used. Preheat and interpass temperatures as required by the base material.
Approvals
FCW
TÜV (09115), DB (43.014.22), DNV GL, LR, RINA (M21), BV (Ø1.2), ABS (M21), CE
EN ISO 17633-A
T 23 12 L P M21 (C1) 1
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E309LT1-4(1)
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Austenitic stainless steel flux-cored wire, primarily intended for surfacing low-alloyed steels and for dissimilar
welds between mild steel and stainless steels. Ferrite measured with FERITSCOPE FMP30 14 – 22 FN. Corrosion
resistance superior to type 308L fillers. When used for overlay welding on mild steel a corrosion resistance
equivalent to that of 1.4301 / 304 is obtained already in the first layer.
Avesta FCW 309L-PW has a stronger arc and a faster freezing slag compared Avesta FCW-2D 309L. It is designed
for all-round welding and can be used in all positions without changing the parameter settings. Very good slag
detachability and almost no spatter formation. Due to the fast freezing rutile slag, the weldability is excellent also
in the vertical-up and overhead positions. Maximum application temperature 300°C.
Base materials
Primarily used for surfacing (buffer layer) unalloyed or low-alloyed steels and when joining non-molybdenumalloyed stainless and carbon steels.
Joints and mixed joints between austenitic steels such as 1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4308
GX5CrNi19-10, 1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4408 GX5CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4435
X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4552
GX5CrNiNb19-11, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4580 X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4581 GX5CrNiMoNb19-11-2,
1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12, 1.4948 X6CrNi18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30809, S31600, S31603, S31635, S32100, S34700, S31640
304, 304L, 316, 316L, 316Ti, 321, 347
or mixed joints between austenitic and heat resistant steels such as 1.4713 X10CrAlSi7, 1.4724 X10CrAlSi13,
1.4742 X10CrAlSi18, 1.4826 GX40CrNiSi22-10, 1.4828 X15CrNiSi20-12, 1.4832 GX25CrNiSi20-14, 1.4837
GX40CrNiSi25-12 with ferritic steels to pressure boiler steels P295GH and also fine grained structural steels to
P355N, ship building steels grade A – E, AH 32 – EH 36, A40 – F40, etc.
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.7
Mn
1.4
Cr
23.0
Ni
12.5
FN
12 – 23
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Tensile strength Elongation A Impact work ISO-V KV J
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
-20°C
u
420 (≥ 320)
540 (≥ 520)
36 (≥ 30)
65
55
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
-60°C
50 (≥ 32)
Hardness
Brinell
210
Operating data
Dimension mm
0.9
1.2
1.6
Arc length mm
~3
~3
~3
Current A
100 – 160
150 – 280
200 – 360
Voltage V
22 – 27
22 – 31
23 – 28
Wire feed m/min
8.0 – 15.0
6.0 – 15.0
4.5 – 9.5
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability.
100% CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V. Suitable gas flow rate for welding
outdoors is 18 – 25 l/min. Suggested heat input is max. 2.0 kJ/mm, interpass temperature max. 150°C and wire
stick-out 15 – 20 mm. The scaling temperature is approx. 850°C in air. Post-weld heat treatment generally not
needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050°C followed by water quenching.
Approvals
494
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
TÜV (10739), CWB, DB (43.014.42), DNV GL, LR, RINA (M21), BV (Ø1.2), ABS, CE
495
FCW
Operating data
BÖHLER E 309L H PW-FD
BÖHLER CN 23/12 Mo-FD
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, special applications, heat resistant
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, special applications
Classifications
Classifications
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E309LT1-4(1)
EN ISO 17633-A
T 23 12 2 L R M21 (C1) 3
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Rutile austenitic flux-cored wire of T 23 12 L P / E309LT1 type for welding of dissimilar joints of high-alloyed
Cr and CrNi(Mo)-steels with unalloyed or low-alloyed steels, as well as the first cladding layer on unalloyed and
low-alloyed steels. Especially designed for welding in all positions with Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 as shielding gas. The
fast freezing slag offers excellent weldability and slag control in all positions. Easy handling and high deposition
rate result in high productivity with excellent welding performance and very low spatter formation. Increased
travel speeds as well as self-releasing slag with little demand for cleaning and pickling provide considerable
savings in time and money. The wide arc ensures even penetration and side-wall fusion to prevent lack of fusion.
Suitable for service temperatures down to –60°C. The bismuth-free weld deposit (Bi ≤ 10 ppm) and controlled
ferrite content of 12 – 18 FN (measured with FERITSCOPE FMP30) meet the recommendations of API RP582 and
AWS A5.22 for high temperature service or post-weld heat treatment. For flat and horizontal welding positions,
BÖHLER E 309L H-FD may be preferred.
Austenitic stainless rutile flux-cored wire of T 23 12 2 L R / E309LMoT0 type for welding and cladding preferably
in flat and horizontal position. The corrosion resistance is superior to E316L type fillers. Primarily designed for
welding dissimilar joints between stainless steels and low-alloyed steels. It can also be used for overlay welding,
providing an 18Cr-8Ni-2Mo deposit from the very first layer and for joining of various steels. The wire offers high
safety against hot cracking even at high dilution. Alloying with molybdenum increases the corrosion resistance
and weld metal strength. Easy handling and high deposition rate result in high productivity with excellent welding
performance, very low spatter formation and a smooth surface. Increased travel speeds as well as self-releasing
slag with little demand for cleaning and pickling provide considerable savings in time and money. The wide arc
ensures even penetration and side-wall fusion to prevent lack of fusion. Suitable for service temperatures from
–60°C to 300°C. For welding in vertical-up and overhead positions, BÖHLER CN 23/12 Mo PW-FD should be
preferred.
Base materials
Base materials
Primarily used for surfacing (buffer layer) unalloyed or low-alloyed steels and when joining non-molybdenumalloyed stainless and carbon steels. Joints and mixed joints between austenitic steels or mixed joints between
austenitic and heat resistant steels with ferritic steels to pressure boiler steels and fine grained structural steels,
ship building steels, etc.
Joints and mixed joints between austenitic stainless steels such as
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4308 GX5CrNi19-10, 1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404
X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4408 GX5CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4541
X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4552 GX5CrNiNb19-11, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4580
X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4581 GX5CrNiMoNb19-11-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12, 1.4948 X6CrNi18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30809, S31600, S31603, S31635, S32100, S34700, S31640, S31653
AISI 304, 304L, 304LN, 302, 321, 347, 316, 316L, 316Ti, 316Cb
or duplex stainless steels such as
1.4162 X2CrNiMoN21-5-1, 1.4362 X2CrNiN23-4, 1.4462 X2CrNiMoN22-5-3
UNS S32101, S32304, S31803, S32205
LDX 2101®, SAF 2304, SAF 2205
or mixed joints between austenitic and heat resistant steels
1.4713 X10CrAlSi7, 1.4724 X10CrAlSi13, 1.4742 X10CrAlSi18, 1.4826 GX40CrNiSi22-10, 1.4828
X15CrNiSi20-12, 1.4832 GX25CrNiSi20-14, 1.4837 GX40CrNiSi25-12
with ferritic steels to pressure boiler steels P295GH and also fine grained structural steels to P355N, shipbuilding
steels grade A – E, AH 32 – EH 36, A40 – F40, etc.
Dissimilar joint welds – overlay welding the first corrosion resistant surface layer on P235GH, P265GH, S255N,
P295GH, S355N – S500N
and high-temperature quenched and tempered fine-grained steels.
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
FCW
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E309LMoT0-4(1)
wt.-%
C
0.035
Si
0.7
Mn
1.3
Cr
23.0
Ni
12.5
FN
10 – 23
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
390 (≥ 350)
530 (≥ 520)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
35 (≥ 30)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
80 (≥ 47)
-60°C
60 (≥ 32)
Current A
150 – 230
Voltage V
22 – 29
Wire feed m/min
6.0 – 13.0
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2
Arc length mm
~3
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. No pulsing needed. Backhand (drag) technique
preferred with a work angle of appr. 80°. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 as shielding gas offers the best weldability. 100%
CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V. The gas flow should be 15 – 20 l/min. The wire
stick-out should be 15 – 20 mm and the heat input not exceed 2.0 kJ/mm. For dissimilar welding, slight weaving
is recommended for all welding positions. Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. For constructions that
include dissimilar welding of low-alloyed steels, a stress-relieving annealing stage may be advisable. Always
consult the supplier of the parent material or seek other expert advice to ensure that the correct heat treatment
process is carried out. Preheat and interpass temperatures as required by the base metal.
Approvals
CE
496
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.6
Mn
1.4
Cr
23.0
Ni
12.5
Mo
2.7
FN
27 – 42
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
520 (≥ 350)
700 (≥ 550)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
28 (≥ 25)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
50
-60°C
36 (≥ 32)
497
FCW
EN ISO 17633-A
T 23 12 L P M21 (C1) 1
BÖHLER CN 23/12 Mo PW-FD
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, austenitic stainless, special applications
Classifications
Dimension mm
1.2
1.6
Arc length mm
~3
~3
Current A
130 – 280
200 – 350
Voltage V
22 – 30
25 – 30
Wire feed m/min
5.0 – 15.0
4.5 – 9.5
EN ISO 17633-A
T 23 12 2 L P M21 (C1) 1
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E309LMoT1-4(1)
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. No pulsing needed. Backhand (drag) technique
preferred with a work angle of appr. 80°. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 as shielding gas offers the best weldability. 100%
CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V. The gas flow should be 15 – 20 l/min and the
wire stick-out 15 – 20 mm. The heat input should not exceed 2.0 kJ/mm. For dissimilar welding, slight weaving
is recommended for all welding positions. Preheat and interpass temperatures as required by the base metal.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. For constructions that include dissimilar welding of low-alloyed
steels, a stress-relieving annealing stage may be advisable. Always consult the supplier of the parent material or
seek other expert advice to ensure that the correct heat treatment process is carried out. Ferrite measured with
FERITSCOPE FMP30 15 – 23 FN.
Austenitic stainless rutile flux-cored wire of T 23 12 2 L P / E309LMoT1 type. The corrosion resistance is superior
to E316L type fillers. Primarily designed for welding dissimilar joints between stainless steels and low-alloyed
steels. It can also be used for overlay welding, providing an 18Cr-8Ni-2Mo deposit from the very first layer and
for joining of various steels. The fast freezing slag offers excellent weldability and slag control in all positions.
Easy handling and high deposition rate result in high productivity with excellent welding performance and very
low spatter formation. Increased travel speeds as well as self-releasing slag with little demand for cleaning and
pickling provide considerable savings in time and money. The wide arc ensures even penetration and side-wall
fusion to prevent lack of fusion. Provides high resistance to hot cracking even at high dilution. Alloying with
molybdenum increases the corrosion resistance and weld metal strength. Suitable for service temperatures from
–60°C to 300°C. For flat and horizontal welding positions, BÖHLER CN 23/12 Mo-FD may be preferred.
Approvals
Base materials
FCW
TÜV (05351), DB (43.014.17), ABS (M21), DNV GL, LR (M21), RINA (M21), CWB, CE
Joints and mixed joints between austenitic stainless steels such as
1.4301 X5CrNi18-10, 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11, 1.4308 GX5CrNi19-10, 1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4404
X2CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4408 GX5CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3, 1.4436 X3CrNiMo17-12-3, 1.4541
X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10, 1.4552 GX5CrNiNb19-11, 1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4580
X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4581 GX5CrNiMoNb19-11-2, 1.4583 X10CrNiMoNb18-12, 1.4948 X6CrNi18-10
UNS S30400, S30403, S30809, S31600, S31603, S31635, S32100, S34700, S31640, S31653
AISI 304, 304L, 304LN, 302, 321, 347, 316, 316L, 316Ti, 316Cb
or duplex stainless steels such as
1.4162 X2CrNiMoN21-5-1, 1.4362 X2CrNiN23-4, 1.4462 X2CrNiMoN22-5-3
UNS S32101, S32304, S31803, S32205
LDX 2101®, SAF 2304, SAF 2205
or mixed joints between austenitic and heat resistant steels
1.4713 X10CrAlSi7, 1.4724 X10CrAlSi13, 1.4742 X10CrAlSi18, 1.4826 GX40CrNiSi22-10, 1.4828
X15CrNiSi20-12, 1.4832 GX25CrNiSi20-14, 1.4837 GX40CrNiSi25-12
with ferritic steels to pressure boiler steels P295GH and also fine grained structural steels to P355N, shipbuilding
steels grade A – E, AH 32 – EH 36, A40 – F40, etc.
Dissimilar joint welds – overlay welding the first corrosion resistant surface layer on P235GH, P265GH, S255N,
P295GH, S355N – S500N
and high-temperature quenched and tempered fine-grained steels.
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.7
Mn
1.4
Cr
23.0
Ni
12.5
Mo
2.7
FN
23 – 36
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
540 (≥ 350)
705 (≥ 550)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
498
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
28 (≥ 25)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
65
-60°C
44 (≥ 32)
499
FCW
Operating data
Avesta FCW LDX 2404-PW
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, duplex stainless
Classifications
Operating data
Dimension mm
0.9
1.2
Arc length mm
~3
~3
Current A
100 – 160
150 – 200
Voltage V
22 – 27
22 – 29
Wire feed m/min
8.0 – 15.0
6.0 – 13.0
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. No pulsing needed. Backhand (drag) technique
preferred with a work angle of appr. 80°. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 as shielding gas offers the best weldability. 100%
CO2 can be also used, but the voltage should be increased by 2 V. The gas flow should be 15 – 20 l/min. The heat
input should not exceed 2.0 kJ/mm and the wire stick-out 15 – 20 mm. For dissimilar welding, slight weaving
is recommended for all welding positions. Preheat and interpass temperatures as required by the base metal.
Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. For constructions that include dissimilar welding of low-alloyed
steels, a stress-relieving annealing stage may be advisable. Always consult the supplier of the parent material or
seek other expert advice to ensure that the correct heat treatment process is carried out. Ferrite measured with
FERITSCOPE FMP30 15 – 23 FN.
Approvals
EN ISO 17633-A
T Z 25 9 4 N L P M21 (C1) 2
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E2594T1-G
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Specially developed for welding of LDX 2404® (1.4462 / UNS S82441) – a “lean duplex” stainless steel with
excellent strength and good resistance to general corrosion. Main applications are civil engineering, storage
tanks, containers, etc.
Avesta FCW LDX 2404-PW can be used in all positions without changing the parameter settings. The weldability
is excellent in the vertical-up and overhead welding positions. The critical pitting temperature (CPT) for welded
joints (sand blasted and pickled condition) is 20 – 30°C according to ASTM G48 E.
Duplex alloys have good weldability, but the welding procedure should be adapted to the base material
considering fluidity, joint design, heat input, etc.
Base materials
LDX 2404®, 1.4662, UNS S82441
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
TÜV (09116), BV (C1+Ø1.2), LR (C1) , DNV GL, CWB, ABS (M21), CE
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.7
Mn
1.5
Cr
25.1
Ni
8.8
Mo
2.2
N
0.19
PREN
36
FN
45 – 65
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
58
-40°C
46
Hardness
Brinell
240
FCW
Yield strength Tensile strength Elongation A
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
u
630 (≥ 550)
830 (≥ 760)
30 (≥ 18)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
FCW
Condition
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2
Arc length mm
~3
Current A
130 – 230
Voltage V
23 – 30
Wire feed m/min
5.5 – 11.5
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability
and mechanical properties. Gas flow rate 18 – 25 l/min. Suggested heat input is 0.5 – 1.5 kJ/mm, interpass
temperature max. 150°C and wire stick-out 15 – 20 mm. Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In
special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1020 – 1080°C followed by water quenching. Ferrite
measured with FERITSCOPE FMP30 37 – 41 FN.
Approvals
CE
500
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
501
Avesta FCW 2507/P100-PW
Avesta FCW 2507/P100-PW NOR
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, superduplex stainless
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, superduplex stainless
EN ISO 17633-A
T 25 9 4 N L P M21 (C1) 2
Classifications
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E2594T1-4(1)
EN ISO 17633-A
T 25 9 4 N L P M21 (C1) 2
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Rutile flux-cored wire of T 25 9 4 N L P / E2594T1 type designed for welding ferritic-austenitic superduplex steel
and equivalent steel grades such as 1.4410 / UNS S32570 and 1.4501 / UNS S32760. Can also be used for joints
between superduplex grades and austenitic stainless steels or carbon steels. Superduplex steels are particularly
popular for desalination, pulp & paper, flue gas desulphurization and sea water systems. The properties of the
weld metal match those of the parent metal, offering high tensile strength and toughness as well as an excellent
resistance to stress corrosion cracking and localized corrosion in chloride containing environments. Meet the
corrosion test requirements per ASTM G48 Methods A, B and E (40°C). Over-alloyed in nickel to promote austenite
formation. Designed for all-round welding and can be used in all positions without changing the parameter
settings. The weldability is excellent in the vertical-up and overhead welding positions. The operating temperature
range is –40°C to 220°C.
Duplex alloys have good weldability, but the welding procedure should be adapted to the base material
considering fluidity, joint design, heat input, etc.
Rutile flux-cored wire of T 25 9 4 N L P / E2594T1 type designed for welding ferritic-austenitic superduplex
steel and equivalent steel grades such as 1.4410 / UNS S32570 and 1.4501 / UNS S32760. Can also be used
for joints between superduplex grades and austenitic stainless steels or carbon steels. Superduplex steels are
particularly popular for desalination, pulp & paper, flue gas desulphurization and sea water systems. Developed to
satisfy severe requirements, such as those in NORSOK M-601 and similar standards. Properties of the weld metal
match those of the parent metal, offering high tensile strength and toughness as well as an excellent resistance
to stress corrosion cracking and localized corrosion in chloride containing environments. Meet the corrosion test
requirements per ASTM G48 Methods A, B and E (40°C). Over-alloyed in nickel to promote austenite formation.
Designed for all-round welding and can be used in all positions without changing the parameter settings. The
weldability is excellent in the vertical-up and overhead welding positions. The operating temperature range is
–50°C to 220°C.
Duplex alloys have good weldability, but the welding procedure should be adapted to the base material
considering fluidity, joint design, heat input, etc.
Base materials
25Cr superduplex ferritic-austenitic stainless steel and castings 1.4410 X2CrNiMoN25-7-4, 1.4467
X2CrMnNiMoN 26-5-4, 1.4468, GX2 CrNiMoN 25-6-3, 1.4501 X2CrNiMoCuWN25-7-4, 1.4507 X2CrNiMoCuN 256-3, 1.4515 GX2CrNiMoCuN 26-6-3, 1.4517 GX2CrNiMoCuN 25-6-3-3
UNS S32750, S32760, J93380, S32520, S32550, S39274, S32950
FCW
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
E2594T1-4(1)
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.7
Mn
0.9
Cr
25.3
Ni
9.8
Mo
3.7
N
0.23
PREN
> 41
FN
45 – 55
Yield strength Tensile strength Elongation A
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
u
690 (≥ 550)
890 (≥ 760)
27 (≥ 18)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
60 (≥ 50)
-40°C
38 (≥ 32)
Hardness
Brinell
260
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2
Arc length mm
~3
Current A
130 – 230
Voltage V
23 – 30
25Cr superduplex ferritic-austenitic stainless steel and castings 1.4410 X2CrNiMoN25-7-4, 1.4467
X2CrMnNiMoN 26-5-4, 1.4468, GX2 CrNiMoN 25-6-3, 1.4501 X2CrNiMoCuWN25-7-4, 1.4507 X2CrNiMoCuN 256-3, 1.4515 GX2CrNiMoCuN 26-6-3, 1.4517 GX2CrNiMoCuN 25-6-3-3
UNS S32750, S32760, J93380, S32520, S32550, S39274, S32950
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
wt.-%
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Base materials
Wire feed m/min
5.5 – 11.5
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability
and mechanical properties. Gas flow rate 18 – 25 l/min. Suggested heat input is 0.5 – 1.5 kJ/mm, interpass
temperature max. 120°C and wire stick-out 15 – 20 mm. Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In
special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1100 – 1185°C followed by water quenching. Ferrite
measured with FERITSCOPE FMP30 45 – 51 FN.
Approvals
C
0.03
Si
0.7
Mn
0.9
Cr
25.3
Ni
9.8
Mo
3.7
N
0.23
PREN
> 41
FN
35 – 65
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Tensile strength Elongation A
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
u
690 (≥ 550)
900 (≥ 760)
27 (≥ 18)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
65 (≥ 50)
-50°C
45
Hardness
Brinell
250
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2
Arc length mm
~3
Current A
130 – 230
Voltage V
23 – 30
Wire feed m/min
5.5 – 11.5
Welding with standard GMAW power source with DC+ polarity. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability
and mechanical properties. Gas flow rate 18 – 25 l/min. Suggested heat input is 0.5 – 1.5 kJ/mm, interpass
temperature max. 120°C and wire stick-out 15 – 20 mm. Post-weld heat treatment generally not needed. In
special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1100 – 1185°C followed by water quenching. Ferrite
measured with FERITSCOPE FMP30 45 – 51 FN.
Approvals
CE
CE
502
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
503
FCW
Classifications
BÖHLER NIBAS 70/20-FD
BÖHLER NIBAS 70/20 Mn-FD
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, nickel-base
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, nickel-base
FCW
EN ISO 17633-A
T Ni 6082 R M21 3
Classifications
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
ENiCr3T0-4
EN ISO 17633-A
T Ni 6083 R M21 3
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
ENiCr3T0-4 (mod.)
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Nickel-base rutile flux-cored wire of T Ni 6082 R / ENiCr3T0 type for welding of many creep resistant steels and
nickel-base alloys. Well-suited for dissimilar welding of stainless and nickel alloys to mild steels and some copper
alloys. Can also be used as a buffer layer in many difficult-to-weld applications, where the high nickel content
will minimize the carbon diffusion from the mild steel into the stainless material. The austenitic structure is very
stable and the risk of solidification cracking is low. The weld metal has low coefficient of thermal expansion and
is resistant to thermal shock. It provides high resistance to stress corrosion cracking and good resistance to
intergranular corrosion. Easy handling and high deposition rate result in high productivity with excellent welding
performance and very low spatter formation. Increased travel speeds as well as self-releasing slag with little
demand for cleaning and pickling provide considerable savings in time and money. The wire shows good wetting
behavior and results in a finely rippled surface pattern. The wide arc ensures even penetration and side-wall
fusion to prevent lack of fusion. Suitable for pressure vessel fabrication in the service temperature range –196°C
to 550°C, otherwise resistant to scaling up to 1200°C (in S-free atmosphere). Especially designed for flat and
horizontal welding positions.
Nickel-base rutile flux-cored wire of T Ni 6083 R / ENiCr3T0 type for welding of many creep resistant steels and
nickel-base alloys. Well-suited for dissimilar welding of stainless and nickel alloys to mild steels and some copper
alloys. Can also be used as a buffer layer in many difficult-to-weld applications, where the high nickel content
will minimize the carbon diffusion from the mild steel into the stainless material. The austenitic structure is very
stable and the increased manganese-content gives further improved resistance to hot cracking. The weld metal
has low coefficient of thermal expansion and is resistant to thermal shock. It provides high resistance to stress
corrosion cracking and good resistance to intergranular corrosion. Easy handling and high deposition rate result
in high productivity with excellent welding performance and very low spatter formation. Increased travel speeds
as well as self-releasing slag with little demand for cleaning and pickling provide considerable savings in time
and money. The wire shows good wetting behavior and results in a finely rippled surface pattern. The wide arc
ensures even penetration and side-wall fusion to prevent lack of fusion. Suitable for pressure vessel fabrication
in the service temperature range –196°C to 650°C, otherwise resistant to scaling up to 1200°C (in S-free
atmosphere). Especially designed for flat and horizontal welding positions.
Base materials
Base materials
Suitable for high-quality weld joints of nickel-based alloys, joint welding of dissimilar steels and difficult-to-weld
combinations including low-temperature steels up to 5% Ni, high-temperature and creep resistant materials,
scaling resistant, unalloyed and high-alloyed Cr and CrNiMo stainless steels
2.4816 NiCr15Fe, 2.4817 LC-NiCr15Fe, 1.4876 X10NiCrAlTi32–21
Alloy 600, Alloy 600 L, Alloy 800 / 800H. UNS N06600, N07080, N0800, N0810
Suitable for high-quality weld joints of nickel-based alloys, joint welding of dissimilar steels and difficult-to-weld
combinations including low-temperature steels up to 5% Ni, high-temperature and creep resistant materials,
scaling resistant, unalloyed and high-alloyed Cr and CrNiMo stainless steels
2.4816 NiCr15Fe, 2.4817 LC-NiCr15Fe, 1.4876 X10NiCrAlTi32–21
Alloy 600, Alloy 600 L, Alloy 800 / 800H
UNS N06600, N07080, N0800, N0810
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.03
Si
0.4
Mn
3.2
Cr
19.5
Ni
Bal.
Nb
2.5
Fe
≤ 2.5
FN
0
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
C
0.03
Si
0.3
Mn
5.5
Cr
19.7
Ni
Bal.
Nb
2.4
Fe
≤ 2.0
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
wt.-%
Condition
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
385 (≥ 360)
650 (≥ 600)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
39 (≥ 27)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
130
-196°C
120 (≥ 32)
Voltage V
22 – 30
25 – 30
Wire feed m/min
5.0 – 15.0
4.5 – 9.5
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2
1.6
Arc length mm
~3
~3
Current A
130 – 280
200 – 350
Welding with standard GMAW power source. No pulsing needed. Backhand (drag) technique preferred with a work
angle of appr. 80°. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 as shielding gas offers the best weldability. The gas flow should be 15 – 20
l/min. To minimize the risk of hot cracking when welding fully austenitic steels and nickel-base alloys, heat input
and interpass temperature must be low and there must be as little dilution as possible from the parent metal. The
heat input should not exceed 1.5 kJ/mm, the interpass temperature be limited to max. 100°C and the wire stickout 15 – 20 mm. Slight weaving is recommended for all welding positions. Post-weld heat treatment generally not
needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050 – 1200°C followed by water quenching.
Approvals
Condition
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Rp0.2
Rm
MPa
MPa
u
380 (≥ 360)
640 (≥ 600)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
FN
0
Elongation A
(L0=5d0)
%
41 (≥ 27)
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
130
-196°C
115 (≥ 32)
Current A
130 – 280
Voltage V
22 – 30
Wire feed m/min
5.0 – 15.0
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2
Arc length mm
~3
Welding with standard GMAW power source. No pulsing needed. Backhand (drag) technique preferred with a work
angle of appr. 80°. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 as shielding gas offers the best weldability. The gas flow should be 15 – 20
l/min. To minimize the risk of hot cracking when welding fully austenitic steels and nickel-base alloys, heat input
and interpass temperature must be low and there must be as little dilution as possible from the parent metal. The
heat input should not exceed 1.5 kJ/mm, the interpass temperature be limited to max. 100°C and the wire stickout 15 – 20 mm. Slight weaving is recommended for all welding positions. Post-weld heat treatment generally not
needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050 – 1200°C followed by water quenching.
Approvals
TÜV (10298), CE
CE
504
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
505
FCW
Classifications
BÖHLER NIBAS 625 PW-FD
Flux-cored wire, high-alloyed, nickel-base
Classifications
EN ISO 17633-A
T Ni 6625 P M21 2
Operating data
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
ENiCrMo3T1-4
Dimension mm
1.2
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Nickel-base rutile flux-cored wire of T Ni 6625 P / ENiCrMo3T1 type for welding of nickel-base alloys with high
molybdenum-content, e.g. Alloy 625 and Alloy 825, as well as "6Mo" austenitic stainless steels (e.g. 254 SMO®).
For welding of creep resistant, heat resistant and 9% Ni steels for cryogenic applications (e.g. LNG). The weld
metal is exceptionally resistant to general corrosion in various types of acids and to pitting, crevice corrosion
and stress corrosion cracking in chloride containing environments. Meets the corrosion test requirements per
ASTM G48 Methods A, B and E (50°C). Suitable for pressure vessel fabrication in the service temperature range
–196°C to 550°C, otherwise resistant to scaling up to 1200°C (in S-free atmosphere). The austenitic structure
is very stable and the risk of solidification cracking is low. Because of embrittlement of the base material at
550 – 850°C, service in this temperature range should be avoided. Can also be used for welding of dissimilar
joints including low-alloyed “hard-to-weld” steels. High nickel content prevents carbon diffusion at high service
temperatures or during post-weld heat treatment of dissimilar steels. The weld metal has low coefficient of
thermal expansion and is resistant to thermal shock. The fast freezing slag offers excellent weldability and slag
control in all positions. Easy handling and high deposition rate result in high productivity with excellent welding
performance and very low spatter formation. Increased travel speeds as well as self-releasing slag with little
demand for cleaning and pickling provide considerable savings in time and money. The wide arc ensures even
penetration and side-wall fusion to prevent lack of fusion.
Arc length mm
~3
Current A
120 – 230
Voltage V
23 – 27
Wire feed m/min
6.0 – 12.0
Welding with standard GMAW power source. No pulsing needed. Backhand (drag) technique preferred with a
work angle of appr. 80°. Ar + 15 – 25% CO2 as shielding gas offers the best weldability. The gas flow should be
15 – 20 l/min. To minimize the risk of hot cracking when welding fully austenitic steels and nickel-base alloys,
heat input and interpass temperature must be low and there must be as little dilution as possible from the parent
metal. The heat input should not exceed 1.5 kJ/mm, the interpass temperature be limited to max. 100°C and the
wire stick-out 15 – 20 mm. Slight weaving is recommended for all welding positions. Post-weld heat treatment
generally not needed. In special cases, solution annealing can be performed at 1050 – 1200°C followed by water
quenching.
Approvals
TÜV (11223), CE
Suitable for high-quality weld joints of nickel-based alloys, joint welding of dissimilar steels and difficult-to-weld
combinations including low-temperature steels up to 9% Ni, high-temperature and creep resistant materials,
scaling resistant, unalloyed and high-alloyed Cr and CrNiMo stainless steels
1.4529 X1NiCrMoCuN25–20–7, 1.4547 X1CrNiMoCuN20–18–7, 1.4580 X6CrNiMoNb17-12-2, 1.4583
X10CrNiMoNb18-12, 1.4876 X8NiCrAlTi32–21, 1.5662 X8Ni9, 2.4816 NiCr15Fe, 2.4817 LC-NiCr15Fe, 2.4641
NiCr21Mo6Cu, 2.4856 NiCr22Mo9Nb, 2.4858 NiCr21Mo
ASTM A 553 Gr.1, Alloy 600, Alloy 600 L, Alloy 625, Alloy 800 / 800H, Alloy 825
UNS N06600, N07080, N0800, N0810, N08367, N08926, S31254
Dissimilar welding with unalloyed and low-alloyed steels, e.g. P265GH, P285NH, P295GH, 16Mo3, S355N
FCW
FCW
Base materials
Typical analysis of the all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.05
Si
0.4
Mn
0.4
Cr
21.0
Ni
Bal.
Mo
8.5
Nb
3.3
Fe
< 1.0
FN
0
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Tensile strength Elongation A
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
u
460 (≥ 420)
740 (≥ 690)
40 (≥ 27)
u untreated, as-welded – shielding gas Ar + 18% CO2
506
Impact work ISO-V KV J
20°C
90
-196°C
80 (≥ 32)
Lateral
expansion
-196°C
1.45
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
507
BÖHLER CN 13/4-MC
BÖHLER CN 13/4-MC (F)
Metal-cored wire, high-alloyed, soft-martensitic stainless
Metal-cored wire, high-alloyed, soft-martensitic stainless
EN ISO 17633-A
T 13 4 M M12 2
Classifications
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
EC410NiMo (mod.)
EN ISO 17633-A
T 13 4 M M12 2
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Metal-cored wire of T 13 4 M / EC410NiMo type for welding of 13Cr-4Ni soft-martensitic stainless steels such
as 1.4313 / UNS S41500. Applications are for instance turbine components in the hydropower industry. Easy
handling and high deposition rate result in high productivity with excellent welding performance and very low
spatter formation. The wire shows good wetting behavior and results in a smooth surface. The wide arc ensures
even penetration and side-wall fusion to prevent lack of fusion. It is easy operate in all welding positions.
Additionally, precise alloy adjustment ensures very good weld metal impact toughness after heat treatment. The
diffusible hydrogen content is extra low with maximum 3 ml / 100 g to prevent cold cracking.
Metal-cored wire of T 13 4 M / EC410NiMo type for welding and repair welding of cast 13Cr-4Ni soft-martensitic
stainless steels such as 1.4407. Applications are for instance turbine components in the hydropower industry.
Easy handling and high deposition rate result in high productivity with excellent welding performance and very
low spatter formation. The wire shows good wetting behavior and results in a smooth surface. The wide arc
ensures even penetration and side-wall fusion to prevent lack of fusion. It is easy operate in all welding positions.
Additionally, precise alloy adjustment ensures very good weld metal impact toughness after heat treatment. The
diffusible hydrogen content is extra low with maximum 3 ml / 100 g to prevent cold cracking. Significant gains
in productivity can be realized by higher deposition rates and reduced post-weld grinding as compared to GMAW
using solid wires.
Base materials
1.4313 X3CrNiMo13-4, 1.4317 GX4CrNi13-4, 1.4407 GX5CrNiMo13-4, 1.4414 GX4CrNiMo13-4
ACI Grade CA 6 NM, UNS S41500
Base materials
1.4313 X3CrNiMo13-4, 1.4317 GX4CrNi13-4, 1.4407 GX5CrNiMo13-4, 1.4414 GX4CrNiMo13-4
ACI Grade CA 6 NM, UNS S41500
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
wt.-%
C
0.022
Si
0.7
Mn
0.9
Cr
12.0
Ni
4.6
Mo
0.6
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
MCW
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
EC410NiMo (mod.)
Yield strength Tensile
Elongation A
Impact work ISO-V KV J
Rp0.2
strength Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
0°C
-20°C
a
760 (≥ 500)
900 (≥ 760)
16 (≥ 15)
65
60 (≥ 47)
a1
730
860
17
68
62 (≥ 47)
a2
635
850
23
80
a annealed, 600°C for 2 h / furnace cooling to 300°C followed by air cooling – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
a1 annealed, 580°C for 8 h / furnace cooling to 300°C followed by air cooling – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
a2 annealed, 620°C for 6 h / furnace cooling to 300°C followed by air cooling – shielding gas Ar + 2.5% CO2
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2
1.6
Arc length mm
Max. 3
Max. 3
Current A
100 – 280
110 – 380
Voltage V
10 – 27
20 – 27
Wire feed m/min
3.5 – 13.0
1.5 – 8.0
Welding with conventional or pulsed power sources using DC+ polarity, but pulsed arc may be advantageous and
especially when welding out of position. Forehand (pushing) technique preferred with a work angle of appr. 80°.
Ar + 2.5% CO2 as shielding gas offers the best weldability. The gas flow should be 15 – 20 l/min and the wire
stick-out 15 – 20 mm. When welding out of position, the metal-cored wires are similar to solid wires and pulsed
arc welding is recommended. Recommended preheating and interpass temperatures in case of heavy wall
thickness are 100 – 160°C. The heat input should not exceed 1.5 kJ/mm. Tempering performed at 590 – 620°C.
Approvals
TÜV (12880), LR (M21, supplementary list), CE
wt.-%
C
0.023
Si
0.7
Mn
0.9
Cr
12.2
Ni
4.6
Mo
0.6
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength
Tensile strength Elongation A
Impact work ISO-V KV J
Rp0.2
Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
-20°C
a
745 (≥ 500)
900 (≥ 760)
16 (≥ 15)
55 (≥ 50)
50 (≥ 47)
a1
715
840
18
50
a annealed/tempered, 600°C for 2 h / furnace cooling to 300°C followed by air cooling – shielding gas Ar + 2.5%
CO2
a1 annealed/tempered, 580°C for 12 h / furnace cooling to 300°C followed by air cooling – shielding gas Ar +
2.5% CO2
Operating data
Dimension mm
1.2
1.6
Arc length mm
Max. 3
Max. 3
Current A
100 – 280
110 – 380
Voltage V
10 – 27
20 – 27
Wire feed m/min
3.5 – 13.0
1.5 – 8.0
Welding with conventional or pulsed power sources using DC+ polarity, but pulsed arc may be advantageous and
especially when welding out of position. Forehand (pushing) technique preferred with a work angle of appr. 80°.
Ar + 2.5% CO2 as shielding gas offers the best weldability. The gas flow should be 15 – 20 l/min and the wire
stick-out 18 – 20 mm. When welding out of position, the metal-cored wires are similar to solid wires and pulsed
arc welding is recommended. Recommended preheating and interpass temperatures in case of heavy wall
thickness are 100 – 180°C. The heat input should not exceed 1.5 kJ/mm. Tempering performed at 580 – 620°C.
Approvals
CE
508
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
©voestalpine Böhler Welding Group GmbH
509
MCW
Classifications
BÖHLER CN 13/4-MC HI
BÖHLER CAT 430L Cb-MC
Metal-cored wire, high-alloyed, soft-martensitic stainless
Metal-cored wire, high-alloyed, ferritic stainless
Classifications
EN ISO 17633-A
T 13 4 M M12 2
Classifications
AWS A5.22 / SFA-5.22
EC410NiMo (mod.)
EN ISO 17633-A
T Z17 Nb M M12 1
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Characteristics and typical fields of application
Metal-cored wire of T 13 4 M / EC410NiMo type for welding of 13Cr-4Ni soft-martensitic stainless steels such
as 1.4313 / UNS S41500. Applications are for instance turbine components in the hydropower industry. Easy
handling and high deposition rate result in high productivity with excellent welding performance and very low
spatter formation. The wire shows good wetting behavior and results in a smooth surface. The wide arc ensures
even penetration and side-wall fusion to prevent lack of fusion. It is easy operate in all welding positions. BÖHLER
CN 13/4-MC HI offers extra high impact values for heat treated weld metal and a very low hydrogen content with
maximum 4 ml / 100 g to prevent cold cracking.
Metal-cored wire for catalyzers, silencers, exhaust mufflers and inlet manifolds with same-type or similar-type
materials. The wire is resistant to scaling up to 900°C. The easy handling and high deposition rate result in high
productivity with excellent welding performance and very low spatter formation. The wire shows good wetting
behavior and results in a finely rippled surface pattern. The wide arc ensures even penetration and side-wall
fusion to prevent lack of fusion. The focus application is robotic welding of exhaust systems for the automotive
industry, especially for thin sheet one-layer joints with a high travel speed.
Base materials
1.4313 X3CrNiMo13-4, 1.4317 GX4CrNi13-4, 1.4407 GX5CrNiMo13-4, 1.4414 GX4CrNiMo13-4
ACI Grade CA 6 NM, UNS S41500
1.4016 X6Cr17, 1.4511 X3CrNb17
UNS S43000
AISI 430
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
Typical analysis of all-weld metal
C
0.014
Si
0.3
Mn
0.6
Cr
12.0
Ni
4.7
Mo
0.5
wt.-%
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal – typical values (min. values)
Condition
Yield strength Tensile
Elongation A
Impact work ISO-V KV J
Rp0.2
strength Rm
(L0=5d0)
MPa
MPa
%
20°C
0°C
-20°C
u
800
950
11
50
45
a
685 (≥ 500)
770 (≥ 760)
21 (≥ 15)
90
85
75 (≥ 47)
a1
665 (≥ 500)
785 (≥ 760)
21 (≥ 15)
80
75
70 (≥ 47)
u unt